/AATERIAyAEDICA 
 
 ro, v Nurses 
 
Class d- 
 
 Book 
 
 
 
 GopyrigM .. 
 
 3iL 
 
 COPYRIGHT DEPOSIT; 
 
By Lavinia L. Dock 
 
 A Text-Book of Materia Medic a 
 for Nurses. Fifth Edition, Revised 
 and Enlarged. Cr. 8vo. Net, $i .50. 
 Postage extra. 
 
 Hygiene and Morality. Net, $1.25. 
 
 A History of Nursing. In collabora- 
 tion with M. A. Nutting. 4 vols. 8vo. 
 Each fully illustrated. 
 
 Vols. I. and II. The Evolution of the 
 Methods of Care for the Sick from 
 the Earliest Times to the Foundation 
 of the First English and American 
 Training Schools for Nurses. Two 
 vols, with 80 Ills. Net, $5.00. Post- 
 age extra. 
 
 Vols. III. and IV. The Story of Modern 
 Nursing. Presenting an Account of 
 the Development in Various Coun- 
 tries of the Science of Trained Nurs- 
 ing with Special Reference to the 
 Work of the Past Thirty Years. Two 
 vols, with 75 Ills. Net, $5.00. Post- 
 age extra. 
 
TEXT-BOOK 
 
 OF 
 
 MATERIA MEDICA 
 
 FOR NURSES 
 
 COMPILED BY 
 
 LAVINIA L. DOCK 
 it 
 
 GRADUATE OF BELLEVUE TRAINING SCHOOL FOR NURSES 
 
 SIXTH EDITION, REVISED AND ENLARGED 
 
 REVISED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE NINTH DECENNIAL 
 REVISION OF THE U. S. PHARMACOPCEIA 
 
 G. P. PUTNAM'S SONS 
 
 NEW YORK & LONDON 
 
 Gbe linic&erbocfter press 
 
 1916 
 
-KM 
 
 25- 
 
 •33 61 
 
 Copyright, 1890 
 
 BY 
 
 LAVINIA L. DOCK 
 
 Copyright, 1897 
 
 BY 
 
 G. P. PUTNAM'S SONS 
 
 Copyright, 1905 
 
 BY 
 
 G. P. PUTNAM'S SONS 
 
 Copyright, 1915 
 
 BY 
 
 G. P. PUTNAM'S SONS 
 
 Copyright, 1916 
 
 BY 
 
 G. P. PUTNAM'S SONS 
 
 FEB 20 1917 
 
 Authority to use for comment the Pharmacopoeia of the United States os 
 America, Ninth Decennial Revision, in this volume, has been granted by 
 the Board of Trustees of the United States Pharmacopoeia Convention, 
 which Board of Trustees is in no way responsible for the accuracy of any 
 translations of the official weights and measures or for any statements as 
 to strength of official preparations. 
 
 Ube fmfcfeerbocfcer iprea*, "Hew M©«* 
 
 ©GU455605 
 

 i 
 
 
 PREFACE TO THE SIXTH EDITION. 
 
 The special feature of this revision is a chapter on 
 Solutions, prepared by Miss Ethel Johns of the Johns 
 Hopkins Hospital Training School for Nurses. 
 
 The dosage has been radically altered to follow the 
 averages as set by the Ninth Decennial Revision of the 
 United States Pharmacopoeia. 
 
 iii 
 
PREFACE TO THE FOURTH EDITION. 
 
 The) latest revision of the Materia Medica has been 
 entrusted to Miss Bean of the Johns Hopkins Hospital 
 Training School for Nurses. 
 
 As in former revisions, synthetic remedies which have 
 borne the test of practical experiment have been in- 
 cluded, no attempt being made to present a full list of 
 these innumerable drugs. As in former revisions also, 
 the sources of information have been personal rather 
 than from books; not taken from other works on 
 Materia Medica but collected in the pharmacy, the 
 class-room, and the clinic. Thus is preserved the 
 practical character which is essential in the teaching 
 of the nurse. 
 
 Whenever necessary to meet the changes in the 
 last — Ninth Decennial — edition of the United States 
 Pharmacopoeia the text of the book has been changed. 
 A generous list of new drugs or new preparations of 
 drugs will be found either in their proper classification 
 or towards the end of the book, and much recent ma- 
 terial on alcohol, salts, and other substances has been 
 incorporated. Changes in dosage have been made, the 
 therapeutic classification recast and improved, and new 
 tables added. 
 
 There is given information on serum- and organo- 
 therapy, notes on the hypodermic administration of 
 drugs, emetics, and the treatment of poisoning, a list 
 of the better-known mineral waters, and an exhaustive 
 index which will greatly facilitate the book's use by 
 the student. 
 
 Especial thanks for practical help in the past are 
 due to Mr. J. L,. Walz, the late pharmacist of the Johns 
 Hopkins Hospital. 
 
VI PREFACE. 
 
 The author feels impelled by the experience of many 
 years to remind nurses of the subtle dangers of many 
 potent remedies with which they are entrusted, and to 
 urge upon them most gravely never to lose sight of the 
 dreadful possibility of falling under the influence of cer- 
 tain drug habits unfortunately but too easily acquired 
 in accession to the relief offered by drugs in moments 
 of fatigue or of nerve exhaustion. Not to prop her fail- 
 ing strength by stimulating drugs is imperative for the 
 nurse. It is never necessary to tell a good nurse not 
 to prescribe for others — she scorns an act which is not 
 only unprofessional, but in the worst possible taste. 
 
 The newest teaching inclines steadily to less and less 
 drug giving. Dr. Osier says that the patient who 
 takes a medicine must recover twice — once from the dis- 
 ease and once from the medicine. The newer teaching 
 of nurses, too, must remove the cult of the drug some- 
 what farther into the background and make more 
 prominent the glorious principles of health preservation 
 and reverence for Nature and her laws. 
 
PREFACE. 
 
 The study of materia medica is made, to some 
 extent, a part of the course in all our training schools 
 for nurses; but, so far, no text-book has been prepared 
 along the special lines followed in class recitations. 
 
 Those special lines are well defined, and are limited. 
 They begin and end with medicines, and do not run 
 into therapeutics. The application of medicine to dis- 
 ease is no part of a nurse's study, and there are there- 
 fore some inconveniences met with in using — as 
 text-books — works on materia medica which are writ- 
 ten solely for the use of the medical profession. 
 
 I^arge works, containing all the points which a nurse 
 needs to know, contain also an immense amount of 
 matter with which she has nothing to do, and are very 
 expensive ; while those which are more concise usually 
 presuppose a large amount of information, and are, 
 indeed, not intended to be used at the beginning of a 
 course of study, but rather at the end. 
 
 It is in the hope of filling this middle place that this 
 text-book has been compiled, and the attempt made to 
 collect from all available sources the scattered points 
 which concern a nurse, and to give them simply and 
 directly. The outlines followed are those of the classes 
 in materia medica as taught in most of our training 
 schools for nurses, and include something of the source 
 and composition of drugs ; their physiological actions ; 
 signs indicating their favorable or unfavorable results ; 
 the symptoms of poisons, with their antidotes ; and 
 practical points on administration. 
 
 For material I am indebted to the following works: 
 "Materia Medica and Therapeutics," by Dr. H. C. 
 
 vii 
 
Vlll 
 
 PREFACE. 
 
 Wood; "Quiz Compend of Materia Medica," by Dr. S. 
 O. Potter; ''Materia Medica and Therapeutics," by 
 Dr. R. Bartholow ; " Lectures on Materia Medica and 
 Therapeutics," by Dr. Thomson, edited by Dr. Le 
 Fevre; " Manual of Pharmacology, Therapeutics, and 
 Materia Medica," by Dr. T. Lauder Brunton; "Materia 
 Medica and Therapeutics," by Dr. J. Mitchell Bruce; 
 and Dr. Farquharson's 4< Guide to Therapeutics and 
 Materia Medica," edited by Dr. Woodbury. 
 
 I gratefully acknowledge the kind permission ac- 
 corded by the authors and publishers of the first five 
 works to make extracts from them. For the use of the 
 last two I am indebted to the courtesy of Messrs. Lea 
 Brothers. Sincere thanks are due also to Dr. Charles 
 Rice for much kindness in giving assistance and in- 
 formation, and in contributing a table of comparison 
 between minims and drops; and to Dr. George Dock 
 for revision and corrections and for many practical sug- 
 gestions. The classification follows that used by Dr. 
 Brunton and Dr. Bruce. The doses follow the averages 
 set by the U. S. P., and not, as before, taken mainly 
 from Dr. Wood's " Materia Medica and Therapeutics." 
 
THE NEW PHARMACOPCEIA. 
 
 The Ninth Decennial Revision of the Pharmacopoeia 
 of the U. S. A. is in many respects the most interesting 
 as well as the most important yet issued, and the ex- 
 planatory matter contained in its Preface and Introduc- 
 tory Notices gives so much that is valuable, not only to 
 professional persons but also to the intelligent laity, 
 that it seems well to summarize briefly here such points 
 as are of general, — not too technical — information. 
 
 The U. S. P. IX, as it is briefly and officially called, 
 possesses far greater actual authority than any former 
 revision, because the National Food and Drugs Act, 
 passed by Congress in 1906 and followed by legislation 
 along the same lines by the various States, makes the 
 United States Pharmacopoeia and the National Formu- 
 lary the standards for drugs intended to be used for the 
 cure, mitigation, or prevention of disease of either man 
 or animals. 
 
 This has made it possible to obtain manufacturing 
 details heretofore withheld from publication, to set an 
 exact standard of precision, and to use the imperative 
 mood, instead of the conditional "if" employed in 
 earlier revisions. 
 
 At the same time, while scientifically exact, the 
 Pharmacopoeia seems plainer and simpler than ever 
 before, as a number of compound preparations have 
 been deleted and given over to the National Formulary, 
 while the Pharmacopoeia provides standards for vegeta- 
 ble drugs, chemical substances, and such pharmaceuti- 
 cal preparations as are simple in character and most 
 largely used. 
 
 A few compound preparations, much used, have been 
 
x THE NEW PHARMACOPOEIA. 
 
 retained, and an increased number of standardized 
 serums and animal products admitted. 
 
 A number of synthetic remedies have been added to 
 the list, and had it not been for the European War 
 possibly more might have been included with permission 
 of the manufacturers. 
 
 The word "mil" is now used instead of the term 
 "cubic centimeter.' ' The U. S. Bureau of Standards 
 declared that the latter term was a misnomer, there 
 being a slight difference between the thousandth part 
 of a liter and the cubic centimeter. 
 
 The British Pharmacopoeia has also adopted the word 
 mil, which is "short " for milliliter, and this brings uni- 
 formity into the two pharmacopoeias in the English 
 language. 
 
 A new detail in the interest of uniform exactitude is 
 the adoption of official abbreviations of the names of 
 drugs. As these are intended for prescription writing 
 and drug-room use, it has not been thought necessary 
 to include them in this volume. 
 
 Synonyms are also recognized and follow the titles 
 printed in a smaller type. In some cases, even when 
 these synonyms are of a purely popular character, if 
 widely used they are repeated in the U. S. P. 
 IX. 
 
 The doses given are averages only. The Metric Sys- 
 tem of Weights and Measures is of course the only one 
 recognized in the formulas of the Pharmacopoeia, but 
 because of the general use by physicians of the time- 
 honored Apothecaries Weights and Measures, these 
 symbols are also given in the dosage. 
 
 For writing formulas in the latter system, Roman 
 numerals are employed to follow, never to precede, 
 the symbol or abbreviation, thus: § ii,, gr. xv. 
 
 In the case of metric abbreviations, the numerals 
 precede the abbreviation, and are always written in 
 Arabic characters, thus: 5 Gms., 2 mils. 
 
 Because of the possibility of mistaking the abbrevia- 
 tion for gramme with that for grain, the former is always 
 to have a capital (Gm.) while the latter has always a 
 
THE NEW PHARMACOPCEIA. xi 
 
 small letter (gr). These points are important for nurses 
 to note. 
 
 It is important to remember that, because of the 
 absolute exactitude of the metric dosage, it is practi- 
 cally impossible to give true equivalents in the apothe- 
 caries system, or to translate one correctly into the 
 other. It is only possible to give an average dose in 
 each system, and the figures for doses are not to be re- 
 garded as interchangeable nor as equivalents. 
 
 The International Conference for the Unification of 
 Formulas for Potent Remedies has recommended that 
 certain standards for potent medicines be recognized by 
 all the nations of the world. The Committee on Re- 
 vision of the Ninth U. S. P. recommends that the next 
 Committee adopt these standards. This would mean a 
 long step towards unification of drug standards through- 
 out the world. 
 
 An unexpected feature of the pharmacopoeia is the 
 absence of brandy, whiskey, and wines. This is be- 
 cause of the inexact quantity of alcohol which they 
 contain and the consequent impossibility of maintaining 
 a fixed standard of purity. 
 
 Alcohol, being capable of exact chemical expression, 
 is used officially in the preparation of drugs. 
 
 For medicinal use when desired the physician can 
 order such wines, or brandy or whiskey, according to 
 the standards of the U. S. P. VIII. 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Preface to the Sixth Edition iii 
 
 Preface to the Fourth Edition , . . v 
 
 Preface vii 
 
 The New Pharmacopoeia. ix 
 
 Introduction i 
 
 Notes on Solutions 12 
 
 The Metric System 21 
 
 Classification of Remedies 26 
 
 Part I.— The Inorganic Materia Medica: 
 
 The Alkalies and Alkaline Earths ..... 40 
 
 The Metals 61 
 
 The Non-Metallic Elements 94 
 
 The Inorganic Acids 109 
 
 The Organic Acids 1 14 
 
 The Carbon Compounds 123 
 
 Part II. — The Organic Materia Medica : 
 
 The Vegetable Kingdom 165 
 
 The Animal Kingdom 262 
 
 Poisons and their Treatment 270 
 
 Emetics 275 
 
 Hypodermics 278 
 
 Serum Therapy 2S1 
 
 Electro-Therapeutics and Radiology . . . 288 
 
 Mineral Waters 293 
 
 Unclassified Drugs (Alphabetically Arranged) . 298 
 
 I ND Ex 3'3 
 
 xiii 
 
INTRODUCTION. 
 
 The broad meaning of medicine (Medicina) is " the 
 science and art of healing and curing the sick ' ' (Gould); 
 but aside from this meaning the word is used in a re- 
 stricted sense, to signify a drug used for the cure or 
 relief of disease. The word drug means " a substance, 
 simple or compound, natural or prepared, single or 
 mixed with other substances, used as a medicine" 
 (Gould); and " Materia Medica" covers the entire list 
 of such substances, with their whole history. 
 
 On beginning the study of Materia Medica a general 
 knowledge should be acquired of the classification of 
 drugs considered from three standpoints: 
 I. Their source of derivation. 
 II. Their physiological actions. 
 
 III. Their ultimate forms and appearance as prepared 
 in the pharmacy by definite, standard formulae, for 
 administration. 
 
 I. Both the organic and the inorganic worlds furnish 
 material useful for medicine, and in the former both 
 the animal and the vegetable kingdoms are represented. 
 The class of inorganic drugs is large, and comprises 
 alkalies, alkaline earths, acids, metals, and non-metals. 
 Among them all are many familiar elements, as lead, 
 iron, etc. 
 
 The animal kingdom furnishes but a small quota. 
 The drugs of vegetable origin are by far the most 
 numerous, and are obtained from green and flowering 
 plants, both fresh and dry, fungi, and lichens. The 
 whole plant may be represented, or a part only, as the 
 flowers, seeds, fruit, stems, or roots. The constituents 
 of vegetable drugs are many and varied in character, 
 some of them being of great potency. They are ex- 
 
2 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 tracted from the plant and isolated in a pure form by 
 elaborate chemical processes, and by means of especially 
 constructed appliances. 
 
 The principal ones are as follows: aromatic, odor- 
 ous, and bitter principles, albuminous bodies, starches 
 and sugars, glucosides, oils, gums, resins and oleo- 
 resins, and alkaloids. Gums are exudations from the 
 stems of plants. Resins are solid, brittle, non-volatile 
 substances, insoluble in water; and oleo- resins may be 
 broken up into resins and volatile oils. 
 
 The alkaloids are the most important, forming as 
 they do a class of poisons of marked characteristics and 
 great intensity. They are nitrogenous compounds, 
 many of them of deadly power, and are spoken of as 
 the " active principles " of those drugs in which they 
 are found, and to which they lend their own distinctive 
 properties. The name alkaloid is given to them from 
 their similarity in many ways to alkalies. 
 
 The other constituents of vegetable drugs are rela- 
 tively unimportant. 
 
 II. In considering drugs in reference to the second 
 division, we find them grouped according to the effect 
 they have on the human organism in disease. This 
 mode of classification must be grasped broadly, not by 
 rule. It is impossible to assign fixed and definite 
 places to all medicines from this standpoint, or to draw 
 sharp lines of division. Remembering the complex 
 nature of plants, and that one drug may contain more 
 than one active alkaloid, and a number of the less im- 
 portant substances just named, it is evident that one 
 medicine may have several actions; and practically it 
 is found that their effects are as scales of varying grada- 
 tion, and run insensibly into one another. The same 
 drug that in small doses acts as a beneficent agent may 
 in large ones be an overwhelming poison; one given 
 to quiet the nervous system may also constipate; 
 another given for purgation may seriously reduce the 
 strength of the heart; another given to strengthen the 
 heart may also increase the flow of urine, so that classi- 
 fication may well be sometimes a little puzzling. 
 
INTRODUCTION. 3 
 
 It will dispel bewilderment to remember that the 
 most important and prominent characteristic of a drug 
 is usually taken as its representative quality, the others 
 being for the time ignored. 
 
 Individual peculiarities have much to do in modify- 
 ing the physiological actions of drugs. The more 
 highly strung nervous organizations respond more 
 quickly, as a rule, to the actions of drugs than do those 
 of coarser fibre, and more quickly show evidence of 
 over-dosing and mild poisoning. Among these tem- 
 peraments are found many examples of what is called 
 <s idiosyncrasy" — that is, an increased susceptibility to 
 the effects of a drug which entirely forbids its use, and 
 for which no reason can be discovered. 
 
 Custom makes a decided difference, and the action 
 of a medicine is more energetic with one unused to it. 
 With frequent repetition comes " toleration," when 
 the system accommodates itself to the drug, and larger 
 doses can be taken with relatively less effect. Beyond 
 this point comes " habit," when the system not only 
 tolerates but craves the drug in ever increasing quanti- 
 ties, and with the result of a progressive degradation 
 of the will power, as is most strikingly shown in the 
 ascendency of alcohol and opium over the individual. 
 
 "Accumulation " and " cumulative action " of drugs 
 are expressions often met and are self-explanatory up 
 to a certain point. While it might be difficult to ex- 
 plain the exact processes in the body tissues by which 
 drugs are stored up or accumulate in them, it is, fortu- 
 nately, sufficient for practical purposes to know that a 
 number of drugs do become apparently fixed in the 
 tissues, and that many others accumulate by being 
 given more rapidly than they can be excreted. 
 
 Age is an important factor to consider. Strong 
 drugs, and especially those that act on the brain, are 
 given with much care to children and to the aged. 
 The condition of the stomach is another point to con- 
 sider. Medicines act more rapidly on an empty 
 stomach, and any irritating properties they may have 
 are then more marked. Given with or soon after food 
 
4 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 the action is more gentle and slow. The kinds of food 
 taken are to be thought of, and any which might 
 neutralize the medicine should be put off for a safe 
 interval. In giving medicines to produce sleep, all 
 conditions favorable to sleep must first be secured. 
 The good effect of many a hypnotic is lost through the 
 failure to provide darkness, warmth, arid quiet before 
 giving it. 
 
 In general the effects of medicines are classed as 
 primary and secondary, immediate or remote. By the 
 primary or immediate action is meant the first definite 
 result of the drug, and subsequent changes which are 
 brought about by this first result are termed the second- 
 ary or remote effects, viz., if a diuretic is administered 
 to a dropsical patient a copious flow of urine soon 
 occurs as the primary effect. As a result of increased 
 urination fluid is largely abstracted from the body 
 tissues, and the consequent diminution of the dropsy 
 is the secondary effect. The classes of medicine ac- 
 cording to their physiological actions are arranged 
 as follows : 
 
 Absorbents. — Those which produce absorption and 
 exudation of diseased tissue (Gould). 
 
 Alteratives. — A rather vague term, not universally 
 approved, applied to certain drugs which have an un- 
 explainable power over the nutritive processes. 
 
 Anaesthetics. — Those which produce a state of in- 
 sensibility to pain. They may be (a) general, as ether; 
 or (b) local, as cocaine. 
 
 Analeptics. — Restorative medicines, or food. 
 
 Anodynes, Analgesics. — Those which give relief 
 from pain. 
 
 Antacids. — Those which counteract acidity. 
 
 Anthelmintics. — Those used to expel (vermifuge) 
 or kill (vermicide) intestinal parasites. 
 
 Antiarthritics. — Medicines which relieve gout. 
 
 Antihydropics. — Those which relieve dropsical con- 
 ditions. 
 
 Antilithics. — Those which dissolve calculi. 
 
 Antiperiodics. — Those which break up the rhythmi- 
 
INTRODUCTION. 5 
 
 cal character of some manifestations of disease, as chilis 
 in ague. 
 
 Antipyretics. — Those which reduce fever. 
 
 Antiseptics. — Medicines which prevent putrefac- 
 tion. 
 
 Antispasmodics. — Those which relieve convulsions 
 and spasmodic pains (Gould). 
 
 Antizymotics. — Those which have power to kill 
 disease germs. 
 
 Aromatics. — Medicines characterized by a spiciness 
 of odor and taste, stimulant to the gastro-intestinal 
 mucous membrane. 
 
 Astringents. — Those which tend to contract the 
 tissues, thus checking secretions. 
 
 Bitters — aromatic. — Those which unite the proper- 
 ties of the aromatics and the bitters. 
 
 Bitters — simple. — Medicines which have a bitter 
 taste and power of stimulating the gastro-intestinal 
 tract without affecting the general system. 
 
 Calefacients. — Those used to produce a sense of 
 warmth. 
 
 Cardiac Depressants.— Those which weaken the 
 heart's action. 
 
 Cardiac Stimulants. — Those which strengthen the 
 heart's action. 
 
 Carminatives are slightly stimulant, and expel gas 
 from the stomach and intestines. 
 
 Cathartics, Purgatives. — Those which produce 
 evacuation of the bowels. They are subdivided as 
 follows : laxatives, or aperients, those of gentle action, 
 among which are fruits and some vegetables; drastic 
 cathartics, those of severe action causing griping ; 
 hydragogue cathartics, those which remove water 
 freely from the intestines. Some of the drastics belong 
 to this class, and all salines. Saline cathartics produce 
 a copious flow of serum from the intestinal walls into 
 the canal. The blood serum being of one degree of 
 alkalinity and the salts a much stronger solution, an 
 active exchange takes place until the two are equalized. 
 It was formerly taught that salts should be given in a 
 
6 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES, 
 
 large quantity of water, but Dr. Hay teaches giving 
 them in saturated solution, and states that it is not the 
 amount of water in the canal, but in the tissues that is 
 of importance, and that purgation may be prevented 
 by withholding water from the diet for a day or two. 
 
 Caustics. — Drugs which have the power of destroy- 
 ing living tissue. 
 
 Cholagogues. — Those which cause a flow of bile. 
 
 Convulsants. — Those which cause convulsions. 
 
 Correctives. — Medicines used to correct or render 
 more pleasant the action of other remedies, especially 
 purgatives. 
 
 Demulcents. — Mucilaginous principles which are 
 used in solution to soothe aud protect irritated mucous 
 membranes or other tissues. 
 
 Deodorants. — Substances which destroy or hide 
 foul odors. 
 
 Depilatories. — Those used to remove hair. 
 
 Depresso-Motors. — Those which lessen the activ- 
 ity of the spinal cord and motor centres (Gould). 
 
 Depurants. — Medicines which stimulate excretions 
 and so purify the system. 
 
 Detergents. — Those which cleanse wounds, ulcers, 
 etc. 
 
 Diaphoretics. — Those which increase the action of 
 the skin and produce perspiration. 
 
 Diluents. — Those which dilute the secretions of 
 organs. 
 
 Disinfectants. — Those which have the power of 
 destroying disease germs or noxious properties of 
 organic matter. 
 
 Diuretics. — Those which increase the flow of urine. 
 
 Ecbolics. — Those which produce abortion. 
 
 Emetics. — Those which produce emesis or vomit- 
 ing: (a) local emetics, those that act directly on the 
 nerves of the mucous membrane of the stomach, and 
 (£) systemic emetics, those that act on the vomiting 
 centres in the medulla. 
 
 Emmenagogues.— Those which stimulate the men- 
 strual flow. 
 
INTRODUCTION, 7 
 
 Emollients. — Substances used to soften and protect 
 tissue. 
 
 Epispastics, Escharotics. — Those which produce 
 blisters and sloughing. 
 
 Errhines. — Medicines which increase the nasal 
 secretion. 
 
 Evacuants. — A term applied to purgatives. 
 
 Excito-Motors. — Those which increase the activity 
 of the spinal cord and motor centres (Gould). 
 
 Expectorants. — Those which increase bronchial 
 secretions. 
 
 Febrifuges. — Medicines which dissipate fever. 
 
 Galactagogues. — Those which increase the secre- 
 tion of milk. 
 
 Haemostatics. — Such as arrest haemorrhage. 
 
 Hypnotics. — Those which produce sleep, but have 
 no power over pain. All anodynes are also hypnotics, 
 but all hypnotics are not anodynes. 
 
 Mydriatics. — Drugs which cause mydriasis or dila- 
 tation of the pupil. 
 
 Myotics. — Those which cause myosis or contraction 
 of the pupil. 
 
 Narcotics. — Those which have intensified anodyne 
 and hypnotic power, producing a condition of stupor. 
 
 Neurotics. — Those which act on the nervous system. 
 
 Nutriants. — Drugs which modify nutritive pro- 
 cesses. 
 
 Nutrients. — Substances which nourish. 
 
 Oxytocics. — Medicines which stimulate uterine 
 contractions. 
 
 Prophylactics. — Medicines which prevent the tak- 
 ing or development of a disease. 
 
 Refrigerants. — Those which lessen the body tem- 
 perature. 
 
 Revulsants. — Those which, by causing irritation, 
 serve to draw the blood from a distant diseased part. 
 Counter-irritants. 
 
 Rubefacients. — Those which redden the skin by 
 distending the capillaries. Rubefacients, epispastics, 
 and escharotics must be classified loosely, as many 
 
8 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 drugs have all three actions, according to the length 
 of time and severity of application. Nitrate of silver is 
 an escharotic which does not belong to the other two 
 classes. 
 
 Sedatives. — Those which have a soothing effect by- 
 lowering functional activity (Gould). 
 
 Sialagogues. — Those which produce an increased 
 flow of saliva. 
 
 Somnifacients, Soporifics. — Those which cause 
 sleep. 
 
 Sorbefacients. — Medicines which cause absorption. 
 
 Specifics. — Those which have direct curative influ- 
 ence on certain individual diseases. 
 
 Stimulants. — Those which increase functional 
 activity. 
 
 Stomachics. — Stimulants exciting the functional 
 activity of the stomach. 
 
 Styptics. — The same as haemostatics. 
 
 Sudorifics. — Those which produce sweating. 
 
 Taeniacides. — Drugs which kill tape- worms. 
 
 Tonics. — Those which promote nutrition and give 
 tone to the system. 
 
 Vesicatories. — Blisters. 
 
 III. The preparation of medicines from the crude 
 drug is carried on in" drug mills and pharmacies by 
 many processes of great nicety and by exact formulae 
 which place them, when completed, in distinct classes, 
 each class differing from all others in one or more 
 particulars. To standardize the preparation of drugs, 
 each country has its Pharmacopoeia, or authorized pub- 
 lication containing the list of such drugs and their 
 preparations as are declared official for that country. 
 Abroad the national Pharmacopoeias are established by 
 law. In this country, representatives of the medical 
 and pharmaceutical professions together formulate the 
 U. S. P., and appoint a committee to revise it every ten 
 years. 
 
 Dispensatories are private unofficial publications — 
 commentaries on the Pharmacopoeia, treating with much 
 detail not only those official drugs contained in it, but 
 
INTRODUCTION. 9 
 
 unofficial ones, and their preparations also. The Dis- 
 pensatory and the Pharmacopoeia both give doses. The 
 classes of preparations of the U. S. P. are as follows, a 
 few being omitted as unimportant: 
 
 UQUID PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Emulsions, Emulsa. 
 Elixirs, Elixiria. 
 Infusions, Infusa. 
 Solutions, Liquores. 
 Waters, Aquce. 
 Tinctures, Tinctures. 
 Fluidextracts, Fluidextracta, 
 Spirits, Spiritus. 
 Mixtures, Misturce. 
 Vinegars, Aceta. 
 Oleates, Oleata. 
 Oleoresi n s , Oleoresince. 
 Glycerites, Glycerita. 
 Syrups, Syrupi. 
 Mucilages, Mucilagines. 
 Liniments, Linimenta. 
 
 SOUD PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Extracts, Extracta. 
 Resins, Resincz. 
 Cerates, Cerata. 
 Pills, Pilules. 
 Powders, Pulveres. 
 Papers, Charta. 
 Ointments, Unguenta, 
 Plasters, Emplastra. 
 Suppositories, Suppositoria. 
 Troches, Trochisci. 
 
 LIQUID PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Emulsions. — Liquid preparations in which oleagin- 
 ous substances are suspended in a minutely divided 
 state, by the aid of gummy or viscid substances, in 
 water. Four official. 
 
 Elixirs are aromatic sweetened vehicles containing 
 alcohol, syrup, and water, with various drugs. They 
 are very popular in the United States and are typical 
 of the American method of exhibiting drugs. Two 
 official. 
 
 Decoctions. — Made by boiling the drug in w r ater. 
 A method used for hard fibrous or wood plants. They 
 are made in a strength of 5% unless otherwise directed. 
 None official. 
 
 Infusions. — Made by treating a vegetable drug 
 with either hot or cold water without boiling. Two 
 
IO MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 official. The strength is the same as that of decoc- 
 tions. 
 
 Solutions. — Preparations of non-volatile drugs dis- 
 solved in water. Twenty-five official. f 
 
 Waters. — Solutions of volatile principles dissolved 
 in water. Eighteen official. 
 
 Tinctures. — In the Eighth Decennial Revision of 
 the Pharmacopoeia , the proportion of drug to the finished 
 tincture had been made to conform to the standard 
 adopted at the International Conference, Brussels, 1902, 
 either ten or twenty per cent, by volume. There are, 
 however, exceptions to this general rule. There are 
 fifty-four official tinctures. 
 
 Fluidextracts. — Concentrated tinctures or alcoholic 
 extracts of definite strength. One mil of a fluid- 
 extract represents 1 gramme of the drug ; or, 1 minim 
 represents 1 grain, approximately. Forty-nine official. 
 
 Spirits. — Solutions of volatile substances in alcohol. 
 Fifteen official. 
 
 Wines. — Preparations made with a basis of wine. 
 None official. 
 
 Mixtures. — Watery preparations holding an in- 
 soluble substance, finely subdivided, in suspension. 
 There are two official mixtures. 
 
 Vinegars. — Preparations made with dilute acetic 
 acid. One official. 
 
 Oleates. — Preparations made with oleic acid. One 
 official. 
 
 Oleoresins. — Preparations containing a mixture of 
 natural oils and resins extracted from vegetable sub- 
 stances by the action of acetone. They are the most 
 concentrated of liquid preparations. Six official. 
 
 Glycerites. — Preparations made with a basis of gly- 
 cerin. Five official. 
 
 Syrups. — Preparations made with sugar and water, 
 sometimes containing alcohol. Simple syrup is sugar 
 and water. Twenty-two official. 
 
 Mucilages. — Preparations of soluble gummy sub- 
 stances dissolved in water. They spoil very quickly. 
 Two official. 
 
INTRODUCTION. II 
 
 Liniments. — Preparations for external application 
 with friction. They have an oily or soapy character. 
 Eight official. 
 
 SOLID PREPARATIONS. 
 
 Extracts. — Semi-solid or solid preparations, made 
 by evaporation of a solution of the soluble substances 
 of drugs. Twenty- five official. . 
 
 Resins. — Peculiar substances soluble in alcohol and 
 insoluble in water. It is the resinous constituent 
 which causes the thick precipitate seen when resinous 
 tinctures are diluted with water. Such preparations 
 are better diluted with weak wine. Four official. 
 
 Cerates. — Preparations made for inunction with 
 white wax. They differ from ointments in that they 
 contain a lar^e portion of wax and do not liquefy at 
 the body temperature. They are intended for dress- 
 ings. Three official. 
 
 Confections. — Medicinal substances prepared with 
 a mass of sugar and honey None official. 
 
 Pills. — Seven official. Need no general descrip- 
 tion. 
 
 Powders. — Seven official. Need no general de- 
 scription. 
 
 Papers. — Papers impregnated with medicinal sub- 
 stances. One official, which is for vesication. The 
 word "charta" also means the small papers in which 
 powders are done up, or, by inference, the powder 
 itself. 
 
 Ointments. — Preparations with a basis of vaseline, 
 fixed oils, or lard, to be used by inunction. Twenty 
 official. 
 
 Plasters. — Medicinal substances mixed with lead 
 plaster, wax, resin or gum resin, and spread upon 
 coarse muslin or white leather, and adherent at the 
 body temperature to the skin. Seven official. 
 
 Troches. — There are five official. Troches are 
 medicated lozenges. 
 
12 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 Suppositories. — Slender cone-shaped appliances for 
 insertion into the rectum, urethra, or vagina. The 
 basis is usually cocoa butter. They should be pro- 
 tected against heat and moisture. 
 
 Recent Methods of Exhibiting Drugs. 
 
 Tablets are compressed drugs which are first granu- 
 lated, then moistened with alcohol, and rubbed dry 
 through a sieve to prevent sticking to the dies of the 
 machine. They are prepared in a strictly aseptic way 
 and are in much demand because convenient in form 
 and easily soluble. 
 
 Collapsubes are collapsible tubes containing oint- 
 ments, creams, or lubricants, used with proper attach- 
 ments to apply substance to the urethra, uterus, rectum, 
 and in ophthalmic surgery. 
 
 Solubes are substances put up in soluble coverings for 
 local application as lotions. 
 
 Sterules are glass capsules of sterile solutions for 
 ophthalmic and general use. The ends are snipped 
 off at the file marks { in. from each end and the fluid 
 is allowed to flow into the part to be treated. 
 
 Vescettes are effervescent salts compressed, and are to 
 be used by dissolving in water. 
 
 Cachets consist of little hollowed discs of wafer- sheet, 
 so constructed that two can be fastened together by 
 their concave surfaces, enclosing a powder. The 
 cachet is dipped for an instant in water, when it softens, 
 and is placed upon the tongue and carried down by a 
 mouthful of water. Large doses of drugs in the form 
 of powders may be given in this way. 
 
 LamellcB are small gelatin discs containing drugs to 
 be inserted between the lower lid and the eyeball. 
 
 NOTES ON SOLUTIONS. 
 
 Introductory. 
 
 The making of solutions is a phase of nursing pro- 
 
INTRODUCTION. 1 3 
 
 cedure which necessitates exact knowledge and careful 
 technique. It is essentially a pharmaceutical process 
 and could be taught to good advantage in the hospital 
 drug room by the pharmacist, since here only is to be 
 found the requisite combination of expert knowledge 
 and suitable equipment which makes for efficient teach- 
 ing. By actually handling drugs, and by observation 
 under expert supervision of exact methods of weighing 
 and measuring, the nurse will more readily gra«-p the 
 underlying principles and realize the necessity for cau- 
 tion and accuracy. 
 
 Definition. 
 
 A solution is a liquid in which has been dissolved 
 particles of a solid, a gas, or another liquid, so finely 
 divided that the resultant mixture appears clear and 
 homogeneous and the dissolved substance cannot be 
 seen. 
 
 Saturation. 
 
 A saturated solution is a fluid which contains as 
 much of the solid as it is capable of dissolving. If 
 more of the solid be added, it will not be dissolved but 
 will remain as a sediment. The solubility of various 
 substances varies widely: some substances, such as 
 sodium iodide, dissolve readily in a relatively small 
 quantity of water; others, such as salicylic acid, 
 require a large proportion of water and dissolve very 
 slowly. The solubility of a substance is affected chiefly 
 by the following factors, viz.: (a) The nature of the sub- 
 stance to be dissolved. (0) The nature of the dissolving 
 medium, (c) The temperature of the dissolving medium. 
 
 The first point has already been explained. To 
 illustrate the second point, it may be stated that sub- 
 stances which will not dissolve in water at all will dis- 
 solve readily in alcohol (ex. camphor), and on the other 
 hand, magnesium sulphate, which in water dissolves 
 with the utmost ease, remains undissolved in alcohoL 
 
14 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 As regards the third factor it may be stated that, as a 
 general rule, the higher the temperature of the medium, 
 the higher the saturation point — e.g. y the more of the 
 solid may be dissolved in it. The saturation point of 
 alum in cold water is only 10 %, whereas if boiling water 
 be used this is increased to 80 %. 
 
 Concentration of Solutions, 
 
 By the strength or concentration of a solution is 
 meant the quantity of particles of a solid, a gas, or a 
 liquid which are dissolved in a given quantity of that 
 solution. This may be expressed in terms of percent- 
 age — that is to say, by stating the presence of so many 
 parts of dissolved substance in every hundred parts of 
 solution. Thus: a 5% solution of boric acid would con- 
 tain five parts of the solid drug to every hundred of 
 water. Solutions decompose very quickly, and the ap- 
 pearance of a cloudy growth shows that they are no 
 longer fit to use. 
 
 Proportion. 
 
 Sometimes the strength of a solution is designated 
 by stating that a given quantity, such as an ounce, con- 
 tains so many grains. Thus: atropine solution grs. iii. 
 ad. § i. The quantity of the solid drug here used is 
 indicated by arbitrary proportion and not by percentage. 
 
 On these two arithmetical procedures, viz., percentage 
 and proportion, are based the following methods of 
 working out typical problems encountered in the mak- 
 ing of solutions. 
 
 Problem I. — To estimate the amount of a drug which 
 must be added to a given quantity of the dissolving 
 medium in order to make a solution of a given percentage. 
 
 Example. — Let the solution called for be atropine 
 5% one ounce. Reduce quantity needed to lowest 
 unit, viz.: 
 
INTRODUCTION. 1 5 
 
 I i = 480 m. 
 Multiply result by the rate per cent. 
 
 480 x 5 = 2 4°°- 
 and divide by 100. 
 2400 -h 100 = 24. 
 
 The result, viz., 24 grains, represents the amount of 
 atropine which must be added to 1 ounce of water to 
 make a solution of 5%. 
 
 A convenient practical rule for diluting a stronger 
 solution to one of any given weaker strength is the 
 following: 
 
 Take number of units indicated by solution desired, 
 add water to bring the bulk up to number of units in- 
 dicated by original strength. Thus, to get a solution 
 of 75% from one of 95%, take 75 units of the 95% solu- 
 tion and add 20 units of water. The result will be of 
 the concentration desired, viz. 75%. 
 
 Problem II. — To find the amount of a stock solution 
 of known strength to use in making a given quantity 
 of a solution of known different strength. 
 
 Example. — One quart of bichloride of mercury solu- 
 tion 1 : 3000 is desired. The stock solution on hand is 
 1:25. 
 
 Reduce quantity called for to lowest units. 
 1 quart = 15000 TTt . (Approx.) 
 Multiply result by the weaker proportion. 
 
 15020 X 30W = 5- 
 
 Divide the result by the stronger proportion : 
 
 5-n = 5X ¥ = 125. 
 
 The result, viz., 125 tt^, represents the quantity of 
 the 1:25 solution necessary to make the quantity called 
 for, viz., 1 quart. 
 
 Problem HI. — To make a solution of known strength 
 from tablets of a different known strength. This 
 
1 6 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 problem occurs especially in the preparation of a drug 
 to be given hypoclermically when the stock tablets on 
 hand require division in order to procure the dose 
 desired. 
 
 Example. — Atropine gr. 1/120 desired. 
 Atropine gr. 1/100 on hand. 
 Calculate what proportion of ih is contained in ih>. 
 Thus: 
 
 The resulting fraction gives the proportion of the 
 stock tablet (gr. ih>) required, e.g. f. 
 
 Since the most accurate method of dividing the tablet 
 is to dissolve it in a known quantity of water and take 
 I of the resultant solution, we may proceed thus: 
 Add to stock tablet gr. tJ-o, TTt xxx of water: 
 
 I X 30 = 2 5- 
 
 Problem IV. — It is sometimes necessary to administer 
 a fractional dose of a drug when the only preparation 
 on hand is a solution whose strength is indicated in 
 terms of percentage. 
 
 Example. — Strychnine gr. -£0 is called for, the solution 
 on hand has a strength of 1% 
 Since "ni 100 contains gr. i. 
 
 . . HI I To5. 
 
 .'. gr. A will be contained in as many minims as 
 grain to-o is contained in gr. so. 
 
 _L • _ l _ — * \s ULO — o 
 
 50 ~ 100 - 6"0 A 1 — *• 
 
 Minims 2 of the stock solution represents the 
 amount called for, viz. , gr. ~h. 
 
 The foregoing examples would hold good for 
 modification of doses if given by the metric system. 
 
INTRODUCTION. ij 
 
 To illustrate the procedure under these conditions the 
 following example may be given: 
 
 Codeine tablets gram 0.06 on hand. 
 
 Dose required grain 0.015. 
 
 Demonstrate the ratio of 0.06: 0.015, viz. .4. 
 .4 (f) of the .06 gram tablet will then be needed to make 
 the dose called for, viz. 0.015. 
 
 Problem V. — Estimation of child's dose. 
 
 To estimate the proportional dose for a child under 
 twelve years from the adult dose, proceed as follows: 
 
 Make a fraction by taking the child's age as the num- 
 erator and the child's age plus 12 as the denominator. 
 Divide the adult dose by the resulting fraction. 
 
 Example, — Dover* s powder grs. x represents adult 
 dose. 
 
 Dose for child of 3 years required. 
 
 3 J, x — - a - 
 
 3+12 is 1 
 
 Dose for child of three years would be grs. ii. 
 
 We find the metals, as prepared for medicinal use, 
 usually in solution, after being changed in form by 
 the action of various other chemical agents. Among 
 tinctures, on the other hand, are found many of those 
 vegetable drugs from which are obtained the powerful 
 alkaloids. But if the pure alkaloids alone are desired, 
 as they are insoluble in water and only partly so in 
 alcohol, they must be treated as the metals are, and 
 combined with an acid to make them ready for inges- 
 tion. In this combination both metals and alkaloids 
 form what are called "salts" — being perfectly soluble 
 in water yet retaining all their medicinal qualities. 
 Thus one reads of the " salts " of iron, the " salts " of 
 strychnine, etc. Various acids are used, but the most 
 
1 8 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 common one is sulphuric acid, as it is cheap. These 
 salts are then finally prepared for use in solution, and 
 distinguished from each other by the name of the acid 
 used — e. g. t " the solution of the sulphate of morphine, ' * 
 the "hydrochloride of cocaine," etc. 
 
 As solutions are made in varying strengths, the face 
 of the bottle is always carefully marked either with the 
 percentage or with the amount to the drachm. 
 
 Many preparations of drugs are injured by age, espe- 
 cially when not securely corked. Tinctures and fluid- 
 extracts become stronger by reason of evaporation of 
 their alcohol. Infusions soon spoil. Many prepara- 
 tions are injured by light and air, as the silver solu- 
 tions, and others are unstable as to composition. 
 
 Medicinal agents may be applied : (i) to the skin in 
 various ways, viz., by inunction, as oils, liniments, and 
 ointments, rubbed into the skin ; by simple contact 
 without rubbing, as medicated baths, cooling or seda- 
 tive mixtures, blisters, plasters, powders, etc.; and by 
 painting, as iodine ; (2) to mucous membranes, as gar- 
 gles, insufflations, sprays, arid douches ; (3) to wounds 
 and diseased tissue, as antiseptic powders, ointments, 
 and solutions; or they may be administered (4) by in- 
 halation, as fumes or vapor; (5) by hypodermic injec- 
 tion into the subcutaneous tissues; (6) by the mouth, 
 or by the rectum, into the alimentary canal. 
 
 By the first three ways, the effects produced are, 
 generally speaking, local (though in many instances 
 the local impression may be deepened into a general 
 one) and results are slow. 
 
 Inhalation is a rapid mode of impressing the system, 
 but only a few drugs are fitted for use in this way. 
 
 Drugs given hypodermically act most promptly, be- 
 cause they go directly into the blood current, and are 
 diffused through the tissues in a short time. Only 
 highly concentrated or powerful agents which are 
 active in small bulk can be given in this way; and of 
 these, many, otherwise available, are forbidden on 
 account of their irritant properties. 
 
 Medicines are most often given by way of the ali- 
 
INTRODUCTION. 1 9 
 
 mentary canal, and the rectum is used when for any 
 reason it is not desirable to use the stomach. 
 
 Having entered the circulation by whatever route, a 
 drug is carried by the blood to the tissues, and is finally 
 eliminated, or cast off as waste product, by the excre- 
 tory organs. 
 
 As full instructions for giving hypodermic injections 
 are found in nursing text-books, only brief details of the 
 methods used for deep and superficial injections are 
 here given. 1 The measurements commonly used in 
 this country are the minim — TT[ , the fluid drachm — 3 , 
 and the fluid ounce — § , or half ounce — § ss. 
 
 The minim is not by any means the exact equivalent 
 of a drop, nor are all drops alike. A medicine ordered 
 in minims must not be measured by drops, nor one 
 ordered in drachms, by a teaspoon. 
 
 It is hardly necessary to say that the nurse should 
 always know what she is giving, and in what propor- 
 tions. It is therefore essential that she should learn 
 to read prescriptions, to recognize the most important 
 ingredient or ingredients contained therein, and to find 
 out by arithmetical process the exact amount of such 
 ingredients contained in a given dose. 
 
 Dosage, 
 
 In order to facilitate the learning of doses it may be 
 advisable to become familiar with the ordinary dose of 
 the different classes of drugs. 
 
 Potent tinctures are given in doses of niv.-xv. (0.3- 
 1 mil), except the tincture of iodine, which is given in 
 doses of TUi.-iii. (0.05-0.2 mil). 
 
 Fluidextracts can be given in doses of TTlx.-xx. 
 (0.65-1 .3 mils). Potent fluidextracts are given in doses 
 of TTti. (0.05 mil). 
 
 Solid extracts may be administered in gr. i. (0.06 
 
 1 Pages 278-280. 
 
20 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 Gm) doses. The potent solid extracts are given in 
 gr. i (0.015 Gm.) doses. 
 
 Spirits may be given in doses of 3w. (2 mils), except 
 the spirits of nitroglycerin TTU.-iii. (0.05-0.2 mil), and 
 the spirits of phosphorus tt^x. (0.65 mil). 
 
 Syrups are given in doses of 3 i. (4 mils); the syrup 
 of the iodide of iron in doses of Ti|x.-xxx. (0.65-2.0 
 mils). 
 
 Diluted acids may be given in doses of TT[ x.-xxx. 
 (0.65-2.0 mils), well diluted and taken through a glass 
 tube. Dilute hydrocyanic (prussic) acid is taken in 
 doses of ity i.-iii. (0.05-0.2 mil). 
 
 Infusions and decoctions range in dose from one to 
 two tablespoonfuls (15-30 mils). Infusion of digitalis 
 is taken in doses of 3 i.-iv. (4-15 mils). 
 
THE METRIC SYSTEM. 
 
 This system of weights and measures, first instituted 
 by the French, is now in general use on the Continent 
 of Europe, and is legalized in the United States, where 
 it is employed in certain departments of the govern- 
 ment and by scientific people at large. Most physi- 
 cians and surgeons make use of the system, particularly 
 in the prescription of medicines and in operating-room 
 work. It therefore has become necessary that a nurse 
 should understand it, while its simplicity, convenience, 
 and accuracy commend the system to everyone. 
 
 The metric tables which most concern a nurse's work 
 are as follows: 
 
 Weights. 
 
 i milligramme (mg.) = o.ooi gramme. 
 
 i centigramme (eg.) = o.oi 
 
 i decigramme (dg.) = o.i 
 
 I gramme (Gm.) = i.o 
 
 i decagramme = io.o grammes. 
 
 i hectogramme = ioo.o 
 
 i kilogramme = iooo.o 
 
 Length. 
 
 i millimeter (mm.) = o.ooi meter. 
 
 i centimeter (cm.) = o.oi 
 
 i decimeter (dm.)= o.i 
 
 i meter (m.) = i.o " 
 
 In describing dosage and quantities of fluid the term 
 cubic centimeter has been discarded by the U. S. P. 
 as the cubic centimeter is not an exact thousandth of 
 the milliliter. The term now used instead of Cc. is 
 " mil," the first syllable of milliliter. 
 
 21 
 
22 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 Capacity. 
 
 i milliliter or mil (ml.) =0.001 liter, 
 i centiliter (cl.)= o.oi M 
 
 deciliter (dl.) = o.i 
 
 I liter (1.)= i.o 
 
 In writing dosage or strengths according to the metric 
 system, the numerals are written in Arabic characters 
 and are followed by the proper abbreviation, as, 2 mils, 
 1 Gm. The abbreviation for gramme has always a 
 capital to distinguish it from gr. But in writing by 
 the apothecaries' system Roman numerals are employed 
 after the symbol or abbreviation, as 3 i., gr. i. 
 
 The primary unit of the metric system is the meter, 
 (39.37 inches), which is approximately one ten-millionth 
 part of the distance from the equator to the north pole; 
 and from this as a basis the units of weight and ca- 
 pacity are readily derived, the remaining measurements 
 in each table being obtained from their units by decimal 
 subdivision and multiplication. It will be observed 
 that any term less than the unit is expressed by the 
 aid of a I^atin prefix (deci, centi, milli), while Greek 
 prefixes {deka, hecto, kilo) express multiplication, or 
 terms greater. 
 
 To mention the correspondence between the metric 
 denominations and those of the United States currency, 
 which is a metric currency, may serve to make under- 
 standing more clear. It will be noticed that meters — 
 for instance — correspond to dollars, decimeters to dimes, 
 centimeters to cents, and millimeters to mills. Some- 
 what analogous to our method of reading currency is 
 that of reading the metric system generally. 
 
 For instance in the figures $5.25 we have represented 
 dollars and cents, the latter being equal to -ffo of a dol- 
 lar. Similarly in the metric system these figures would 
 stand for 5 and T 2 o 5 o- of whatever the measure might be 
 — whether of length or of capacity. 
 
 Practically, of the table of capacities the liter and its 
 
THE METRIC SYSTEM. 23 
 
 multiplications only are used, as the mil is more con- 
 venient for small quantities. Formerly, instead of the 
 liter, the term 1000 Cc. was employed. The cubic cen- 
 timeter (Cc), centimeter (Cm.), and gramme (Gm.) 
 are the terms the nurse most often meets with. The 
 method of obtaining the gramme, the unit of the 
 standard for weighing both solids and liquids, has 
 been explained. 
 
 Apothecaries' Weight 
 
 20 grains = 1 scruple = 3 
 60 grains = 1 drachm = 3 
 8 drachms = 1 ounce = § = 480 gr. 
 12 ounces — 1 pound = lb. = 5760 gr. 
 
 Wine Measure. 
 
 60 minims = 1 fluid drachm = 3 
 8 fluid drachms = 1 fluid ounce = § 
 
 16 fluid ounces = 1 pint = O. 
 8 pints = 1 gallon = gal. 
 
 Common Measure and Metric Equivalents. 
 
 1 grain = 0.065 Gm. 
 
 1 ounce Troy = 31.103 " 
 
 I pound avoirdupois = 453.600 " 
 
 1 fluid drachm = 4 mils. 
 
 I fluid ounce = 30 " 
 
 1 pint = 480 " 
 
 1 inch = 2.539 Cm. 
 
 I gramme = 15.432 grains. 
 
 1 kilo = 2.204 lbs- avoirdupois, 
 
 I cubic centimetre = 16.23 minims. 
 
 1 liter = 33.81 fluid ounces. 
 
 1 centimeter == 0.393 inch. 
 
 1 meter = 39.37 inches. 
 
24 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 Approximate Equivalents. 
 
 i mil = 15 minims. 
 
 4 mils = 1 fluid drachm. 
 
 30 mils = 1 " ounce. 
 
 1 gramme = 15^ grains. 
 
 1 decigramme = 1 \ grains. 
 
 1 centigramme = \ grain. 
 
 1 milligramme = fa grain. 
 
 1 liter = 1 quart. 
 
 1 kilo = 2\ lbs. avoirdupois. 
 
 1 cm. = 4 inch. 
 
 To obtain the number of grammes, approximately, 
 reduce the quantity to grains and divide by 15. Or 
 
 Reduce the quantity to drachms and multiply by 4; 
 and proceed on like principles with other denominations. 
 
 It may be interesting to note how often 15 or some 
 multiple of 15 comes into use in measuring medicine by 
 the metric system or in the ordinary way. Thus, 1 
 grain is equal to about 60 milligrammes; 15 grains are 
 equal to about 1 gramme; 60 minims are equal to 1 
 drachm, or a teaspoonful, or about 4 grammes; 30 
 grammes are equal to about 1 ounce; and 15 milli- 
 grammes are equal to about 1 tablespoonful. For one 
 who is accustomed to the use of the ordinary measures 
 only three of these equivalents will be necessary in 
 order quickly and easily to transfer doses from one 
 system to the other. These are: 
 
 1 gr. = 60 milligrammes, approximately. 
 
 (< 
 
 15 gr- = 1 gramme 
 1 S = 3° grammes 
 
 The following approximate equivalents may be used: 
 
 4 mils = 1 fluidrachm = 1 teaspoonful — 60 minims. 
 
 8 mils = 2 fluidrachms = 1 dessertspoonful = 120 
 minims. 
 
 15 mils = 4 fluidrachms = 1 tablespoonful = 240 minims 
 (U.S. P., ix., p. li). 
 
Table showing quantities from five grains down, ac- 
 cording to the old tables, with their equivalents under 
 the metric system: 
 
 
 Grains 
 
 Grammes. 
 
 in decimal fractions. 
 
 in common fractions 
 (approximate). 
 
 O.324 
 
 5 
 
 s 
 
 O.29I 
 
 4.5 
 
 4i 
 
 O.259 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 0.226 
 
 3-5 
 
 3i 
 
 O.I94 
 
 3 
 
 3 
 
 O.I62 
 
 2.5 
 
 2£ 
 
 O.I30 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 O.097 
 
 1-5 
 
 4 
 
 O.065 
 
 1 
 
 I 
 
 O.061 
 
 0.94 
 
 n 
 
 O.060 
 
 o.93 
 
 A 
 
 O.057 
 
 0.88 
 
 i 
 
 O.O53 
 
 0.82 
 
 $ 
 
 O.O5O 
 
 0.77 
 
 * 
 
 O.049 
 O.O45 
 
 0.76 
 0.69 
 
 4 
 
 O.04O 
 
 0.62 
 
 « 
 
 O.O36 
 
 0.56 
 
 ft 
 
 O.032 
 
 0.5 
 
 £ 
 
 O.O28 
 
 0.43 
 
 ♦ 
 
 0.025 
 
 o.39 
 
 I 
 
 O.O24 
 
 0.37 
 
 | 
 
 0.020 
 
 0.31 
 
 O.OI6 
 
 0.24 
 
 
 O.OI2 
 
 0.18 
 
 tV 
 
 O.OO8 
 
 0.12 
 
 1 
 
 O.OO4 
 
 0.06 
 
 tit 
 
 O.OO32 
 
 0.05 
 
 * 
 
 0.0027 
 
 0.04 
 
 & 
 
 O.O022 
 
 0033 
 
 «V 
 
 O.OOI8 
 
 0.028 
 
 & 
 
 O.OOl6 
 
 0.025 
 
 & 
 
 O.OOI3 
 
 0.02 
 
 $ 
 
 O.OOII 
 
 0.017 
 
 uV 
 
 O.OOI 
 
 0.015 
 
 & 
 
 0.0006 
 
 O.OI 
 
 Tffff 
 
 0.0005 
 
 0.008 
 
 if. 
 
 0.0004 
 
 0.0065 
 
 r*ff 
 
 0.0003 
 
 0.005 
 
 "STTO 
 
 0.0002 
 
 0.003 
 
 FTff 
 
 O.OOOI 
 
 0.0015 
 
 *i?r 
 
 35 
 
A CLASSIFICATION OF REMEDIES 
 
 ACCORDING TO THEIR 
 
 PROMINENT THERAPEUTICAL ACTIONS. 
 
 This classification of the Materia Medica, being de- 
 signed for the use of nurses, follows the order in which 
 Anatomy is commonly taught in training schools for 
 nurses, as it is thought that the study of those reme- 
 dies most frequently employed in diseases of the various 
 systems of the body, taken in conjunction with the 
 anatomy and physiology of each system, may induce a 
 clearer comprehension of both our Materia Medica and 
 Anatomy, and at the same time serve to fix both in the 
 mind. 
 
 THE CIRCULATORY SYSTEM. 
 Drugs Acting on the Heart. 
 
 Cardiac Tonics, — increase force of heart's contraction, 
 lessening frequency. 
 
 Strychnine. Digitalis. Arsenic. 
 Rest. Graded Exercise. Food. 
 
 Also iron, iodides, mercury, caffeine, adonis vernalis, 
 convallaria, fresh air in carriage, cheerfulness, encour- 
 agement, Schott baths, cupping, bleeding, purging, 
 counter-irritation, douches, etc. 
 
 Cardiac Stimulants, — increase both force and number 
 of heart beats. 
 
 Ether. Digitalis. Belladonna. 
 
 Counter-irritation to prsecordia. 
 
 Carminatives (Red Pepper. Ginger.) 
 
 Also strophanthus, squills, sparteine, camphor, am- 
 
 26 
 
A CLASSIFICATION OF REMEDIES. 2y 
 
 monia hyoscyamus, stramonium, amyl nitrite, strych- 
 nine, chloroform, ammonia to 5th nerve, cold douche, 
 flagellation, cupping, leeching, food, air, good diges- 
 tion, active liver, cold weather. 
 
 Normal salt solution, one of the most efficient cardiac 
 stimulants, has only a mechanical action, supplying a 
 fluid of the same specific gravity as the blood, which 
 the heart pumps upon until the natural circulation is 
 restored. 
 
 Cardiac Sedatives, — lessen force and frequency of pulse. 
 
 Opium. Aconite. Potassium. 
 Venesection. Purgatives. 
 
 Also hydrated chloral, veratrine, antimony, dilute 
 hydrocyanic acid, ergot, alcohol, chloroform (late 
 effect), ipecac, physostigmine, conium, low diet, diu- 
 retics, arrest sensory impressions (warm bath), diapho- 
 retics, warm weather. 
 
 Drugs Acting on the Vessels. 
 
 Vascular Stimulants y — dilate the vessels through the 
 vasomotor centres, equalizing blood pressure. 
 
 Nitroglycerin. Amyl Nitrite. Alcohol. 
 Also lobelia, ether, belladonna, liquor ammonii acetatis. 
 
 Local Stimulants (on skin), — dilate the vessels by local 
 action. 
 Heat (poultices, fomentation). Acrid Oils (mustard). 
 
 Also volatile oils (turpentine, camphor), irritant metals 
 (zinc, copper, iron), carbon compounds (creosote, 
 phenol, etc.), and pepper. 
 
 Vascular Sedatives. See Haematinics and Antiphlogis- 
 tics- 
 
28 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 THE RESPIRATORY SYSTEM. 
 Drugs Acting on Respiration. 
 
 Respiratory Stimulants, — stimulate respiration by ac- 
 tion on brain centres. 
 
 Strychnine. Ammonia. Atropine. 
 
 Also aconite, belladonna, hyoscyamus, stramonium, 
 camphor, caffeine, and cocaine. Alcohol, ether, and 
 
 chloroform in first stages. 
 
 Respiratory Depressants, — lower action of respiratory 
 centre. 
 
 Heroine. Hydrated Chloral. Chloroform. 
 
 Also opium, ether, alcohol, antimony, and hydrocyanic 
 acid. 
 
 Drugs Acting on the Bronchial Tubes. 
 
 Pulmonary Sedatives, — relieve cough and dyspnoea. 
 
 » Heroine. Opium. Hydrocyanic Acid. 
 
 Also codeine, hydrated chloral, bromides, oil of turpen- 
 tine, belladonna, hyoscyamus, cannabis indica, chloro- 
 form, and wild cherry. 
 
 Expectorants, — modify bronchial secretion and aid its 
 expulsion. 
 
 (i) Depressant Expectorants. 
 
 Antimony. Ipecac. Alkalies. 
 
 Also apomorphine, iodides, and general depressants, 
 as opium, hydrated chloral, etc. 
 
A CLASSIFICATION OF REMEDIES. 29 
 
 (2) Stimulant Expectorants. 
 
 Ammonium Chloride. Ammonium Carbonate. Squill. 
 
 Also balsam of Peru, balsam of tolu, creosote, senega, 
 benzosol, aromatic oils, acids, and syrups. 
 
 Inhalations, — used to stimulate the bronchi, disinfect 
 secretions, or relieve spasms. 
 
 Benzoin. Creosote. Amyl Nitrite. 
 
 Also turpentine, oil of eucalyptus, stramonium, conium, 
 chloroform, tobacco, nitre paper, steam. 
 
 THE DIGESTIVE SYSTEM. 
 
 Drugs Acting on the Salivary Glands. 
 
 Sialagogues, — increase flow of saliva. 
 
 Pilocarpus. Mercurials. Acids. 
 
 Also tobacco, ether, pungents, iodine, physostigmine, 
 antimony, and ipecac. 
 
 Anti- Sialagogues, — decrease flow of saliva. 
 Atropine. Opium. Alkalies. 
 
 Also belladonna, hyoscyamus, stramonium, tobacco in 
 excess, and all nauseous or insipid stuffs. 
 
 Refrigerants, — allay thirst and create coolness. 
 
 Cool Drinks. Dilute Acids. Cold Externally. 
 
 Also fruit juices, many diaphoretics, and cold per 
 rectum or vagina. 
 
 Drugs Acting on the Stomach. 
 
 Emetics, — cause vomiting. 
 
 Stomach Tube. Warm Water. Apomorphine, 
 Also mustard, soapsuds, or salt and warm water, tartar 
 
30 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 emetic, ipecac, zinc or copper sulphate, alum, infusion 
 of camomile, and ammonium carbonate. 
 
 Anti- Emetics, — relieve nausea and vomiting. 
 Quiet. Morphine. Cerium Oxalate. 
 
 Also bromides, chloral, cocaine, creosote, carbolic acid, 
 iodine, lime water, ice, bismuth subnitrate, chloro- 
 form, hydrocyanic acid, ipecac (in small doses), and 
 alcohol. 
 
 Carminatives, — aid in expulsion of gas from stomach 
 and intestines. 
 
 Capsicum. Ginger. Peppermint. 
 
 Also asafcetida, camphor, cardamom, cinnamon, musk, 
 cloves, Hoffman's anodyne, spirits of chloroform, dilute 
 sulphuric acid, and pungent, spirituous, and aromatic 
 stomachics. 
 
 Gastric Tonics or Stomachics, — excite the functional ac- 
 tivity of the stomach, and thus increase appetite and 
 aid digestion. 
 
 Nux Vomica. Dilute Acids. All Alkalies. 
 
 Also gentian, quassia, cinchona, calumba, hydrastis, 
 eucalyptus, wild cherry, cascarilla, taraxacum, aloes, 
 rhubarb, pepsin, pancreatin, and alcohol. 
 
 Gastric Sedatives, — relieve pain and quiet the stomach. 
 Bromides. Silver Nitrate. Phenol and Iodine. 
 
 Drugs Acting on the Intestines. 
 
 Cathartics or Purgatives, — hasten intestinal evacuation, 
 (i) Laxatives or Aperients, — of moderate action. 
 Manna. Cascara. Prunes. 
 
 Also figs, tamarinds, molasses, sulphur, magnesia, 
 glycerin, olive oil, and water. 
 
A CLASSIFICATION OF REMEDIES. 3 1 
 
 (2) Simple Purgatives, — produce active peristalsis 
 (and griping pain). 
 
 Castor Oil. Senna. Aloes. 
 
 Also cascara, rhubarb, glycyrrhiza, liquorice, eupato- 
 rium, and small doses of drastic, saline, and cholagogue 
 purgatives. 
 
 (3) Drastic Purgatives, — intense action ; watery 
 stools ; much pain. 
 
 Elaterium. Croton Oil. Compound Cathartic Pills. 
 
 Also aloes, colocynth, gamboge, jalap, podophyllum, 
 and scammony. 
 
 (4) Saline Purgatives or Hydragogues, — slight pain ; 
 very watery evacuation. 
 
 Epsom Salt. Seidlitz Powder. Rochelle Salt. 
 
 Also sodium sulphate, magnesium citrate, sodium 
 phosphate, cream of tartar, and saline waters. 
 
 (5) Cholagogue Purgatives, — remove bile from the in- 
 
 testines. 
 
 Calomel. Podophyllum. Sodium Phosphate. 
 
 Also blue mass, gray powder, iris, euonymus, fel bovis, 
 and scammony. 
 
 (6) Intestinal Antiseptics, — destroy low organisms ; 
 check fermentation (antizymotics). 
 
 Salol. Naphthalene. Thymol. 
 
 Also beta naphthol, benzosol, silver nitrate, oil of tur- 
 pentine. 
 
 Anthelmintics, — destroy {vermicides) or expel {vermi- 
 fuges) intestinal worms. 
 
 (1) Tape-worm. 
 
 Filix Mas {B. P.). Cusso. Pepo. 
 
 Also turpentine, thymol, pelletierine, kamala, and gra- 
 uatum. 
 
32 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 (2) Round-worm. 
 
 Santonin. Spigelia, Senna. 
 
 (3) Thread- worm. 
 
 Quassia. Alum. Sodium Chloride, 
 
 Also tannin, calumba, lime water, and vinegar (by 
 enema). 
 
 (4) Hook-worm. 
 
 1. Calomel. 2. Thymol. 3. Epsom Salts. 
 
 THE NERVOUS SYSTEM. 
 
 Drugs Acting on the Spinal Cord and Nerves. 
 
 Spinal Stimulants and Motor- Excitants, — stimulate cells 
 of spinal cord; act on motor nerves; increase reflex 
 excitability. 
 
 Strychnine. Ammonia. Ether. 
 
 Also picrotoxin (on medulla), ergot, and alcohol. 
 
 Spinal and Motor Depressants, — lower the activity of 
 spinal cord and motor apparatus. 
 
 Bromides. Gelsemium. Chloral. 
 
 Also atropine, amyl nitrite, physostigmine, lobelia, to- 
 bacco, alcohol, ether and chloroform, cocaine. 
 
 Drugs Acting on the Brain and Nerves. 
 
 Cerebral Stimulants, — increase the activity of the brain, 
 most of them producing delirium if taken in large 
 doses. Some (as alcohol) are narcotics at last. 
 Caffeine. Coca. Camphor. 
 
 Also cannabis indica, guarana, cocaine, belladonna, 
 stramonium, hyoscyamus, theobromine, and alcohol. 
 
A CLASSIFICATION OF REMEDIES. 33 
 
 Cerebral Depressants^ — lower or suspend the activity of 
 the brain. 
 
 (1) Hypnotics or Soporifics, — produce sleep. 
 
 Hydrated Chloral. Bromides. Opium. 
 
 Also paraldehyde, sulphonal, trional, somnal, amylene 
 hydrate, hyoscine, exalgine, and urethane. 
 
 (2) Narcotics, — intensified hypnotic power. 
 Cannabis Indica. Bromal Hydrate. Chloretone. 
 
 Also opium and other drugs. 
 
 Anesthetics, — produce insensibility to pain. 
 
 (1) General Anesthetics. 
 
 Ether. Chloroform. Nitrous Oxide. 
 
 Also alcohol, and many derivatives of alcohol and ether, 
 Schleich mixtures, ACE mixture, ethyl bromide, 
 pental, and bromoform. 
 
 (2) Local Anesthetics. 
 
 Cocaine. Ethyl Chloride. Eucaine B. 
 
 Also ethyl hydrate, orthoform, carbolic acid, cold, 
 sterile water, holocaine, ether. 
 
 Anodynes or Analgesics, — terms applied to drugs that 
 relieve mild pain. 
 
 (1) General Anodynes. 
 
 Acetanilide. Opium. Bromides. 
 
 Also phenacetine, antipyrine, all narcotics, and many 
 hypnotics. 
 
 (2) Local Anodynes. 
 
 Cold or Heat. Aconite. Menthol. 
 
 Also belladonna, stramonium, carbolic acid, cocaine, 
 chloroform and other liniments, chloral, camphor, and 
 opium. 
 
34 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Antispasmodics, — prevent or relieve spasm of muscle by 
 action on nerve centres. 
 
 Amyl Nitrite. Ether. Bromides. 
 
 Also potassium nitrate, chloroform, chloral, camphor, 
 conium, aromatic oils, asafoetida, valerian, alcohol, 
 musk, belladonna, stramonium, hyoscyamus, lobelia, 
 and opium. 
 
 THE URINARY ORGANS. 
 
 Drugs Acting on the Kidneys. 
 
 Diuretics, — increase the quantity of urine. 
 
 (i) Cardiac, — increase the flow of urine by action 
 on heart, and general and local circulation. 
 
 Digitalis. Alcohol. Squills. 
 Also strophanthus, spirits of nitre, and convallaria. 
 
 (2) Renal, — increase flow of urine by action on 
 
 kidneys. 
 
 Salines. Buchu. Copaiba. 
 
 Alsocubeb, sandalwood, capsicum, juniper, turpentine, 
 cantharides, taraxacum, zea mays, uva ursi, and 
 eucalyptus. Salines are potassium acetate, citrate, 
 nitrate, and bitartrate, and sodium. 
 
 (3) Combined Cardiac and Renal, — act on heart, 
 blood-vessels, and kidneys. 
 
 Caffeine. Diuretin. Water. 
 
 Also theobromine, scoparus, calomel, beer, and gin. 
 
 (4) Urinary Alkalinizers, — render the urine alka- 
 line. 
 
 Salts of— 
 Potassium. Sodium. Lithium. 
 
 (5) Urinary Acidifiers, — render the urine acid. 
 
 Benzoic Acid. Salicylic Acid. 
 
A CLASSIFICATION OF REMEDIES. 35 
 
 Drugs Acting on the Bladder. 
 
 Vesical Sedatives or Tonics, — improve the condition of 
 the muscle and mucous membrane of bladder and 
 urethra, reducing inflammation. 
 
 Copaiba. Salol. Urotropin. 
 
 Also cubeb, buchu, zea mays, eucalpytus, opium, bella- 
 donna, hyoscyamus, strychnine, salts of potassium 
 and lithium, and local antiseptic and astringent ap- 
 plications. 
 
 THE GENERATIVE ORGANS. 
 
 Emmenagogues, — restore or regulate the menstrual 
 flow. Most of them are tonic and sedative to the 
 uterus and ovaries. 
 
 Viburnum Prunifolium. Iron. Aloetic Purgatives. Savine. 
 
 Also hydrastis, apiol, Pulsatilla, ergot, myrrh, oil of rue, 
 tansy. Indirect tonics — strychnine, manganese, cod- 
 liver oil, hot hip bath, foot bath. 
 
 Ecbolics or Oxytocics, — cause contraction of the gravid 
 uterus or of the uterus following childbirth. 
 
 Ergot. Quinine. Savine. 
 
 Also rue, hydrastis, and cotton-root bark. 
 
 Uterine Depressants, — restrain contraction of the uterus. 
 
 Viburnum Prunifolium. Opium. Chloral. 
 Also bromides, chloroform, and cannabis indica. 
 
 Galactagogues, — increase the secretion of milk. 
 Pilocarpus. Fluids. Milk. Leaves of Castor Oil Plant. 
 
 Antigalactagogues, — decrease the secretion of milk. 
 Belladonna. Camphor. 
 
$6 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 THE SKIM. 
 
 Diaphoretics, — increase the secretion of sweat. In- 
 directly they aid the kidneys and reduce temperature. 
 Pilocarpine. Dover's Powder. Acetanilide. 
 
 Also salicylates, nitrous ether, antimony, eupatorium, 
 potassium, ammonium, camphor, alcohol, heat, antipy- 
 rine, asaprol, and other synthetics. 
 
 Anhidrotics, — diminish secretion of sweat. 
 
 Atropine. Hyoscyamus. Picrotoxin. Cold. 
 
 Irritants. — Many drugs when applied to the skin pro- 
 duce vascular excitement or irritation; called counter- 
 irritants if applied to excite reflex influence at a 
 remote point. 
 
 (i) Rubefacients, — cause redness of the skin. 
 Mustard. Heat. Turpentine. 
 
 Also ammonia, capsicum, camphor, veratrine, iodine, 
 arnica, friction. 
 
 (2) Vesicants or Epispastics, — produce blisters, or 
 collections of serum beneath the epidermis. 
 
 Cantharides. Mustard. 
 
 (3) Pustulants, — produce pustules, or small collec- 
 
 tions of white blood corpuscles. 
 
 Croton Oil. Tartar Emetic. 
 
 Caustics or Escharotics, — destroy the vitality of the 
 tissues, producing a slough. 
 
 Nitrate of Silver. Caustic Potash. Sulphuric Acid 
 
 Also zinc chloride, mercury, copper, chloride of ali- 
 mony, bromine, lime, caustic soda ; acids — carbolic 
 nitric, acetic (glacial). 
 
 Astringents, — produce contraction of vessels and tissue 
 and lessen secretion from mucous membrane. Known 
 as remote or local astringents according as they act 
 
A CLASSIFICATION OF REMEDIES. 37 
 
 on internal organs or affect the part to which they 
 are applied. As they chiefly affect the vessels they 
 may also be considered in relation to the circulation. 
 
 Tannic Acid. Alum. Iron. 
 
 Also gallic acid ; substances containing tannic acid, as 
 galls, hamamelis, catechu, etc.; acetic acid ; salts of — 
 lead, silver, zinc, copper, bismuth. 
 
 Antiphlogistics, — agents reducing or subduing inflam- 
 mation or fever (Gould). They include all medicines 
 and means to this end. 
 
 Styptics or Hemostatics , — arrest haemorrhage. 
 Adrenalin. All Astringents. Cold. 
 
 Also ergot, strychnine, digitalis, actual cautery, heat. 
 
 Emollients and Demulcents , — soften and protect skin or 
 mucous membranes. 
 
 Vaseline. Cacao Butter. Borax. 
 
 Also olive oil, lanolin, lard, glycerin, starch, lycopo- 
 dium, licorice, white of egg, barley water, rice water, 
 flax seed, tragacanth, acacia, and other mucilaginous 
 substances. 
 
 Protectives, — used to cover a part. 
 
 Collodion. Guttapercha, etc 
 
 THE EYE. 
 
 Mydriatics, — cause dilatation of the pupil of the 
 eye. 
 
 Atropine. Duboisine. Cocaine. 
 
 Myotics, — contract the pupil. 
 
 Physostigmine (Eserine). Opium, etc 
 
38 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 SUBSTANCES HAVING GENERAL SYS- 
 TEMIC EFFECT ON BLOOD AND TISSUE. 
 
 Restoratives, — promote constructional tissue change, 
 (i) Foods, — supply new material for repair and 
 
 oxidation. 
 Proteids. Carbohydrates. Fats. Salts. Water. 
 
 Including albumins, starches, sugars, sodium chloride 
 calcium phosphate; oils — olive, cod-liver; alcohol and 
 other substances. 
 
 (2) Hamatinics, — increase the haemoglobin (red 
 coloring matter) in the blood. 
 
 Iron. Manganese. 
 
 (3) Tonics, — promote nutrition and give tone to the 
 system. 
 
 Strychnine. Iron. Arsenic. 
 
 Also quinine, vegetable bitters, phosphates, hypophos- 
 phites, cod-liver oil; acids — hydrochloric, nitro-hydro- 
 chloric, phosphoric, lactic, citric; salicin, and other 
 drugs. 
 
 Alteratives, — by some unknown process alter morbid 
 conditions and improve the nutrition of the body. 
 
 Mercury. Arsenic. Iodine. 
 
 Also antimony, gold and sodium chloride, sarsaparilla. 
 colchicum, cod-liver oil. 
 
 Antipyretics,— reduce fever (1) by promoting loss of 
 heat and (2) by lessening its production. 
 
 Cold. Acetanilide. Quinine. 
 
 Also antipyrine, salicylic acid, guaiacol, resorcin, 
 phenacetine, aconite, chinoline, asaprol, and others. 
 
 Antiperiodics, — lessen the severity or prevent the return 
 of certain periodically recurring diseases. 
 
 Quinine. F.ydrasttne. Eucalyptus. 
 
A CLASSIFICATION OF REMEDIES. 39 
 
 ANTISEPTICS AND DISINFECTANTS, 
 
 Antiseptics, — arrest the growth of or destroy micro- 
 organisms. 
 
 Disinfection, — relates to the complete destruction of the 
 organism. 
 
 Formaline. Bichloride of Mercury. Sulphurous Acid. 
 
 Also carbolic acid, boric acid and borax, chloride of 
 zinc, oxalic acid, permanganate of potassium, salicylic 
 acid, peroxide of hydrogen, oil of eucalyptus, thymol, 
 quinine, bismuth, iodoform, europhen, benzoin, lysol, 
 aristol, dermatol, pyrogallol, chlorine, naphthalene, 
 lime, creolin, and others. 
 
 Deodorants, — remove disagreeable odors. 
 
 Potassium Permanganate. Chloride of Lime. Chlorinated 
 Soda. Charcoal, and many others. 
 
 Parasiticides, — destroy parasites on the skin. 
 
 Staphisagria. Picrotoxin. Ichthyol. Mercurials. Sulphur, 
 Ether. Alcohol. Carbolic Acid. 
 
TEXT-BOOK OF MATERIA MEDICA 
 FOR NURSES. 
 
 PART I. 
 
 THE INORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 THE ALKALIES AND ALKALINE EARTHS. 
 
 The word "alkali" is formed from two Arabic 
 words, " al," meaning " the," and " kali," the name 
 of a plant from the ashes of which soda was obtained. 
 
 Chemically, an alkali is one of a class of caustic 
 bases, the term "base" being given to the principal 
 element of a compound. The chief characteristics of 
 an alkali are comparatively well known : it unites with 
 oils and fats to form soaps; neutralizes acids and forms 
 with them fresh compounds known as salts, which 
 possess properties differing from those of either con- 
 stituent; turns red litmus paper blue; and is soluble in 
 water. 
 
 Those alkalies which are obtained in a solid state, 
 viz., soda and potash, are termed " fixed," while am- 
 monia, by reason of its gaseous nature, is called a 
 "volatile" alkali. 
 
 An alkaloid is an alkaline principle found in the 
 tissues of plants or animals, or prepared synthetically in 
 the laboratory; more soluble in alcohol than in water, 
 and having a definite composition as regards the 
 
 40 
 
THE ALKALIES AND ALKALINE EARTHS. 41 
 
 proportions of its chemical elements. This composi- 
 tion is different from that of an alkali. An alkaloid also 
 unites with acids to form salts, and these salts have the 
 same physiological and therapeutic actions as the alka- 
 loid and are nearly all soluble in water. 
 
 Salt Action or Ion Action. 
 
 The alkalies and their combinations with acids, form- 
 ing salts, act in the system in a different way from the 
 animal or vegetable drugs or the metals. When the 
 salts are taken into the stomach and intestines there is 
 set up a process of osmosis, diffusion, and filtration, 
 while the secretory activity of the mucous-membrane 
 cells in these organs is increased, and, as a result of 
 these various actions, water is diverted from the blood 
 into the stomach and intestines, at the same time that 
 a portion of the salt is absorbed. Later the fluid and 
 salt are all absorbed in the case of the chlorides, iodides, 
 and bromides, this being accomplished readily. The 
 carbonates, tartrates, citrates, phosphates, and sul- 
 phates are less readily absorbed, the last two being 
 very difficult of absorption. The alkalies also vary in 
 their rate of absorption, magnesium being very difficult 
 of absorption. This enables one to understand why 
 magnesium sulphate (Epsom salt) is a good purgative. 
 
 The following list shows the rate of absorption of the 
 various alkalies and salts, those most rapidly absorbed 
 being given first, the rate decreasing in order as given: 
 
 1 Ammonium 
 
 2 Sodium 
 
 3 Potassium 
 
 4 Lithium 
 
 5 Calcium . 
 
 6 Magnesium 
 
 1 Chlorides 
 
 2 Carbonates 
 
 3 Citrates 
 
 4 Tartrates 
 
 5 Phosphates 
 
 6 Sulphates 
 
 The action of the saline purgatives is considered to 
 take place in this manner: When the salt enters the 
 stomach and passes into the intestines, very little if 
 
42 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 any of it is absorbed, but a great deal of water is ex- 
 tracted from the blood by osmosis, diffusion, and filtra- 
 tion. This distends the intestines, increases peristalsis, 
 and the contents of the bowel is liquefied and evacuated. 
 The blood then repletes itself from the tissues. Should 
 the blood and tissues be deficient in fluid this process 
 would not go on, and there would be no purgative 
 action. The salt would be slowly absorbed and cause 
 diuresis, with consequent greater decrease in the fluid 
 of the blood. But in cases of dropsy the fluid will be 
 drawn off and evacuated through the bowel. The 
 saline purgatives should be given in the morning, on 
 an empty stomach, in as little water as will dissolve the 
 salt, the water being as hot as can be taken internally. 
 Activity aids the action of the salines, therefore the 
 person taking them should move about during the day 
 if practicable. The three alkalies, sodium, potassium, 
 and ammonium, with their salts, may be divided into 
 four groups. 
 
 1. In this group are placed sodium chloride and 
 potassium chloride, which exhibit the specific action 
 of the metallic ions, sodium and potassium, and are 
 therefore depressant. 
 
 II. Group two contains sodium and potassium 
 hydroxide, carbonate, and subcarbonate, which act 
 through the non-metallic ion (the hydroxide, carbonate, 
 or subcarbonate) by deoxydizing, or drawing oxygen 
 from, the tissues. Their action is manifested in three 
 ways: They 
 
 i. Neutralize acids, stop stomach secretion, aid pan- 
 creatic secretion, and cause alkaline urine. Some claim 
 that they stimulate stomach secretion by neutralizing 
 acid. 
 
 2. Dissolve proteids, and change them to alkali pro- 
 teids — surface effect on skin and mucous membrane. 
 
 3. Saponify fats — surface of body and alimentary 
 canal. 
 
 III. Ammonium chloride represents this group. Its 
 action is due to both the metallic and non-metallic ion. 
 It is stimulant and is used as an expectorant. 
 
THE ALKALIES AND ALKALINE EARTHS. 43 
 
 IV. Ammonium hydroxide and carbonate belong to 
 this group, which is noted for its instability. Am- 
 monia is given off freely and readily, exhibiting its 
 stimulant effect. "Smelling salts" and aromatic 
 spirits of ammonia belong here. 
 
 Salt action is not confined to the alkalies and salts, 
 but is possessed by other bodies, such as sugar and 
 urea. 
 
 Potassii Hydroxidum, Potassium Hydroxide. 
 (Potash.) 
 
 There are three great natural sources from which 
 potash and its salts are derived, viz.: 1. Wood ashes. 
 2. Argol, the deposit left in wine casks during the fer- 
 mentation of grape-juice. 3. Beds of saline earths, 
 found chiefly in India, but also to some extent in other 
 countries. 
 
 Physiological Actions, 
 
 Potash depresses the muscular, nervous, and cardiac 
 tissues. Given long or in concentrated doses it destroys 
 muscle and nerve tissue and nerve-centres. 
 
 It is extremely diffusible, and is rapidly excreted, 
 principally by the kidneys, but also to some extent by 
 the salivary, mammary, and intestinal glands, and by 
 the skin. 
 
 In the living organism it is found chiefly in the blood 
 corpuscles and muscles. 
 
 Being so quickly removed from the body, the danger 
 to the tissues, even from large doses, is comparatively 
 slight, except when there is disease of the excretory 
 organs, or when it is given for a long time, and under 
 these circumstances a dyscrasia or unhealthy condition 
 results, characterized by impoverishment and excessive 
 fluidity of the blood. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 In poisoning by the salts of potash there is violent 
 inflammation of the alimentary canal; intense burning 
 
44 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 pain about the epigastrium; nausea and vomiting, 
 sometimes of bloody mucus; and profuse and watery, 
 sometimes dysenteric, stools. With these there are the 
 symptoms of depression of the general system: a weak, 
 rapid pulse; shrunken face; cold skin; coma; and in- 
 sensibility. There is sometimes paralysis of the lower 
 limbs, and death may occur with great suddenness. 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning. 
 
 In potash poisoning dilute vinegar, lemon juice, and 
 cider are given as antidotes; the stomach and bowels 
 are emptied, and oils, with bland demulcent drinks, 
 such as gum tragacanth, barley water, flaxseed tea, 
 milk, white of egg, or gruel, given to relieve the irrita- 
 tion of the mucous membranes, and stimulants to sus- 
 tain the heart. 
 
 Preparations of Potassium. 
 
 Potassii Carbonas. 
 Potassium Carbonate. 
 Salt of Tartar. 
 
 A white, granular powder, with strongly alkaline 
 taste which liquefies on exposure to the air by absorb- 
 ing moisture from it. Average dose, gr. xv.-i Gm. 
 
 Potassii Bicarbonas. 
 Potassium Bicarbonate. 
 
 Sometimes called saleratus. It is not deliquescent ■ 
 nor corrosive, nor as irritating as the carbonate; other- 
 wise their qualities are the same. They are antacid 
 Stomachics and mild diuretics; stimulants of the 
 liver; expectorants, and have some slight diapho- 
 retic action. 
 
 In small doses on an empty stomach they promote 
 the formation of gastric juice by increasing the diffusion 
 of the blood constituents from which the gastric juice 
 is formed. Large doses irritate the stomach, and, taken 
 during digestion, decompose the gastric j uice. 
 » — ■ — ■ 
 
 1 Melting by absorbing moisture from the air. 
 
THE ALKALIES AND ALKALINE EARTHS. 45 
 
 These salts are given before or after meals according 
 to the effect desired. The alkalinizing action on the 
 stomach and kidneys is more pronounced when they 
 are taken during digestion. They must be well diluted, 
 in mucilaginous or sweetened water. Average dose, 
 gr. xv.-i Gm. 
 
 Liquor Potassii Hydroxidi. 
 Solution of Potassium Hydroxide. 
 
 A clear, colorless liquid, strongly alkaline, contain- 
 ing about six per cent, potassium hydroxide. Average 
 dose, fTL xv. -1 mil, well diluted. 
 
 Potassii Hydroxidum. 
 Potassium Hydroxide. 
 Caustic Potash. 
 
 Grayish- white pencils, hard but very deliquescent. 
 
 Caustic potash is very powerfully corrosive. When 
 applied to the skin it melts slowly, destroying the 
 tissues by its affinity for moisture and power of dis- 
 solving albumin. Its application is very painful and 
 great care is required to avoid injury to the surround- 
 ing tissues. It differs from nitrate of silver in extending 
 its action far below the surface; for this reason it is 
 used in cases which require deep-reaching action. The 
 healing process takes place more slowly after the ap- 
 plication of caustic potash than after that of any other 
 escharotic in use. A grayish slough is formed, with 
 inflammation of the parts near by. The slough re- 
 mains for a time varying from six to twelve days, 
 when it separates, leaving a rather indolent ulcerated 
 surface. 
 
 In using caustic potash the surrounding tissues 
 should be protected by adhesive plaster, having a 
 hole cut in it the size of the spot to be cauterized. 
 The surface of the plaster is oiled, but the oil must 
 not touch the skin. After sufficient action has been 
 
46 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 obtained, and the plaster removed, the spot may be 
 washed with dilute vinegar. 
 
 In cases of poisoning by caustic potash, the corrosive 
 action is seen about the lips and fauces in bloody ooz- 
 ing, sloughs of mucous membrane, and vomiting of 
 shreds of sloughing and bloody tissue. Deformity of 
 the mouth and contraction of the oesophagus and of the 
 cardiac and pyloric orifices may remain after recovery, 
 interfering mechanically with nutrition, and resulting 
 in death after periods of time varying from six weeks 
 to one or two years. 
 
 Potassii Citras. 
 Potassium Citrate. 
 
 Made with citric acid and potassium carbonate. The 
 least unpleasant of all the preparations of potash except 
 the tartrates. It has diuretic and refrigerant dia- 
 phoretic action. In the blood it is decomposed, and is 
 excreted by the urine in the form of alkaline carbonate. 
 Average dose, gr. xv.-i Gm., well diluted. 
 
 Potassii Acetas. 
 Potassium Acetate. 
 
 It is antacid, strongly diuretic, and, in large doses, 
 mildly cathartic. It increases the flow of urine and 
 diminishes the secretion of urea and uric acid. Average 
 dose, gr. xv.-i Gm., largely diluted. 
 
 Potassii Chloras. 
 Potassium Chlorate. 
 
 The powder is white, odorless, with a cool, salty 
 taste. It is not deliquescent. In combination with 
 organic matters it is explosive. Soluble in 16 parts of 
 cold and 2 J parts of boiling water. 
 
 Physiological Action. 
 Potassium chlorate acts as a stimulant to mucous 
 
THE ALKALIES AND ALKALINE EARTHS. 47 
 
 membranes and ulcerated surfaces, and its use as an 
 application for sore throat is familiar. In medicinal 
 doses it has no marked effect upon the system, but 
 taken continuously it is very irritating to the kidneys, 
 and causes chronic nephritis or inflammation of those 
 organs. 
 
 Poisoning by potassium chlorate is manifested in 
 three directions: 
 
 1. By the formation of methaemoglobin and the 
 destruction of red blood cells. 
 
 2. By irritation of the kidneys. 
 
 3. By depression of the heart. 
 
 Minute quantities of the drug may cause no ill effect, 
 but in children, or when more of the drug is taken 
 than nature can care for, the formation of methaemo- 
 globin by oxidation from the haemoglobin of the red 
 blood cells occurs at the same time that the cells are 
 destroyed. Extrusion of the haemoglobin from the 
 cells is called " laking " the blood. The result of this 
 process is that the blood carries less oxygen and the tis- 
 sues become asphyxiated by lack of oxygen, the latter 
 being held in closer combination in methaemoglobin 
 than in haemoglobin. 
 
 The kidne3 r s are blocked up by the detritus of 
 broken-down cells, and there may be acute inflammation 
 of these organs — nephritis. 
 
 The depression of the heart and nervous system with 
 the body muscles is due to the action of the potassium. 
 The drug is especially dangerous for children and 
 should not be given to them as a gargle or mouth wash 
 in sore throat, diphtheria, etc. 
 
 The poisonous effect of potassium chlorate is not very 
 generally known among non-professional people, and 
 potassium chlorate is used to excess by numbers of 
 persons, without the authority of a physician, under 
 the impression that it is perfectly harmless. A nurse 
 has many opportunities of observing habits of this kind, 
 and should use all her influence to discourage them. 
 Potassium chlorate is eliminated unchanged by the 
 urine. 
 
48 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 Taken in sufficient quantities potassium chlorate is a 
 powerful poison and has often caused death. The 
 symptoms may be acute or subacute. In the former 
 case there are violent vomiting, profuse diarrhoea, and 
 great dyspnoea and cyanosis. After death, which occurs 
 from heart failure, the blood is of a chocolate color. In 
 subacute cases there are severe gastro-intestinal symp- 
 toms; vomiting of blackish-green matters and swelling 
 of the liver and spleen. The urine is albuminous, 
 diminished, and sometimes suppressed. Its color is 
 dark, reddish brown, or black, and under the micro- 
 scope the detritus of red blood corpuscles, which had 
 choked the tubules of the kidney, may be seen. The 
 nervous symptoms are headache, loss of appetite, great 
 pains in the abdomen and other parts of the body, 
 marked abdominal tenderness, tonic and clonic muscu- 
 lar contractions, a peculiar stiffness of the extremities, 
 delirium, and coma. Small ecchymoses sometimes 
 appear on the surface of the body, and there is fre- 
 quently a general jaundice. In some cases there is a 
 fatal relapse after the patient seems in a fair way to 
 recover. The smallest poisonous dose is not known, 
 but in one case death was caused by a little over § ss. 
 A child one year old died from 3 i. given in a night, 
 and a child of three years from 3 iii. In one case 
 death took place a week after taking § i. 
 
 Dose, gr. iv.-0.25 Gm., well diluted. 
 
 Potassii Cyanidum. 
 Potassium Cyanide. 
 
 It has the odor of hydrocyanic acid and similar 
 though somewhat alkaline taste. It is soluble in water. 
 When taken into the stomach the acids there convert 
 it into hydrocyanic acid. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 The physiological, therapeutic, and toxic effects of 
 this salt are like those of hydrocyanic acid. Death, 
 
THE ALKALIES AND ALKALINE EARTHS. 49 
 
 however, does not occur so soon, and insensibility is 
 sometimes not manifested for several minutes. Cases 
 of poisoning have occurred from inha u0c bn of the 
 vapor; also from absorption through the rmncls, among 
 photographers. There is, usually, little time to employ 
 treatment. A weak solution of sulphate of iron has 
 the effect of decomposing the poison, and converts it 
 into Prussian blue. Cold affusions and other treat- 
 ment, the same as used for hydrocyanic-acid poisoning, 
 may be tried. Death has been caused by gr. v. 
 
 A solution of potassium cyanide, in the strength of 
 2 to 4 grains in § i. of water, will remove the stains 
 of nitrate of silver. 
 
 Potassii Bitartras. 
 Potassium Bitartrate. 
 Cream of Tartar. 
 
 Made from argol, and from lees of wine by purifica- 
 tion and 'evaporation. White crystalline masses of 
 pleasant acid taste, not readily soluble in water, requir- 
 ing for solution in cold water about 180 parts, or more. 
 An active diuretic and hydragogue cathartic. It is 
 agreeably given as " cream of tartar lemonade." The 
 quantity ordered is dissolved in hot water, and when 
 cool, the clear solution is poured off, flavored with 
 lemon juice, and sweetened to taste. In excessive 
 doses it will produce gastro-intestinal troubles, and one 
 case of poisoning is recorded after taking over § ss. 
 
 Potassii Nitras. 
 Potassium Nitrate. 
 Saltpetre. 
 
 Obtained for medicinal use chiefly by purification of 
 native nitre found in beds of saline earths in India. It 
 is also found in saltpetre caves in the United States, 
 and is manufactured artificially in nitre beds formed 
 of animal and vegetable matter, wood ashes, and cal- 
 careous earth; and, finally, is obtained from old plaster 
 rubbish. 
 
50 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Nitre is refrigerant, diaphoretic, diuretic, and in 
 large dosgs^ laxative. In excessive or concentrated 
 doses it nwj^act as a fatal poison, producing gastro- 
 enteritis and derangement of the nervous system. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 Burning pain in throat and stomach; bloody stools; 
 syncope; collapse and death, sometimes preceded by 
 convulsions. Death has been caused by § i., but when 
 In weak solution much larger quantities may be safely 
 taken tlian would cause death if concentrated. There 
 is no known antidote. Mucilaginous drinks should be 
 given, vomiting freely promoted, and the stomach-pump 
 used. 
 
 Average dose, gr. viii.-o.5 Gm., well diluted with 
 barley water or other demulcent. 
 
 Potassii et Sodii Tartras. 
 Potassium and Sodium Tartrate. 
 Rochelle Salt. 
 
 Made by adding carbonate of soda to a solution of 
 potassium bitartrate. A mild saline purgative, less 
 efficient but less offensive to the taste than Epsom salt. 
 It is given very hot or very cold, in a saturated solu- 
 tion. If given in hot water, the addition of tr. ginger, 
 gtt. x.-xv., makes it more agreeable to the taste. If 
 cold, it may be given in seltzer or carbonated water. 
 It should be given early in the day and on an empty 
 stomach. 
 
 Average dose, 3 iiw.-io Gm. 
 
 Sodium (Soda). 
 
 There are four natural sources of the official salts of 
 soda and their preparations, viz. : 
 
 1. Sodium, a metallic element. 
 
 2. Sodium chloride, or common salt, obtained from 
 sea- water by evaporation and from salt mines. 
 
THE ALKALIES AND ALKALINE EARTHS. 51 
 
 3. Sodium nitrate. Found native in Chili and puri* 
 fled by crystallization from water. 
 
 4. Sodium borate or borax; a native product found 
 in various localities. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 The salts of soda are absorbed into the blood and 
 excreted from it more slowly than the salts of potash, 
 and for this reason the action of soda upon the alimen- 
 tary canal is stronger than that of potash. It is 
 diuretic, but not as strongly so as potash; antacid, 
 and purgative. It is less depressing than potash and 
 more easily borne by the stomach. The soda salts are 
 taken into the organism in large quantities with food, 
 especially vegetables and fruits, and are the chief 
 source of the natural alkalinity of the blood. Soda is 
 excreted by all the mucous surfaces, by the kidneys, 
 the liver, and, possibly, by the skin. 
 
 Sodii Chloridum. 
 Sodium Chloride. 
 (Common Salt.) 
 
 Salt performs a very important part in the human 
 economy. It exists normally in the blood in the pro- 
 portion of 9 to 1000, and is very abundant in various 
 normal secretions. Active tissue changes are promoted 
 by the presence of salt. It stimulates the desire for 
 food, and aids in its thorough alteration and absorp- 
 tion. It is the natural antiseptic of the blood; aids 
 osmosis, 1 and keeps the fibrin and albumin of the blood 
 in solution. Water alone is injurious to cut tissues, 
 but a weak solution of salt makes it non-irritant. 
 During the course of an inflammation sodium chloride, 
 being needed for its solvent action, accumulates in the 
 inflamed area, disappearing temporarily from the urine. 
 This is notably the case in pneumonia, and the return 
 of the chloride to the urine marks a favorable change 
 
 f The force by which fluids pass through moist membranes. 
 
52 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 in the condition of the patient. In substance or in 
 strong solution it is irritating to cut surfaces, mucous 
 membranes, muscle and nerve tissue. Taken into the 
 stomach in large quantities it causes vomiting, and 
 when absorbed in excess of the needs of the system it 
 causes the nervous irritation which produces the sensa- 
 tion of thirst, and which is relieved by taking enough 
 water to dissolve the salt and carry it away to be 
 excreted by the kidneys. Salt dissolves in 2} parts of 
 water. 
 
 In convalescence patients often crave some salty 
 article of food which, being indigestible, must be denied 
 them, but the need of the system which is thus ex- 
 pressed, may be satisfied by giving salt in another way. 
 
 The difficulty found by some persons in digesting 
 milk may possibly be overcome or lessened by adding 
 a generous pinch of salt to the beverage. 
 
 Salt water in strong solution is an anthelmintic. 
 
 Sodii Carbonas. 
 
 Sodium Carbonate. Not official. 
 
 Called sal soda, or washing soda. Transparent color- 
 less crystals, soluble in two parts of water. Its effects 
 are similar to those of the potassium carbonate, but it is 
 rarely used medicinally. In large quantities it is an 
 irritant poison for which oils and acids are the anti- 
 dotes. It is an excellent material for cleaning glass, 
 china, and wood. Poured in strong solution into 
 drains and water-pipes it carries away grease. It will 
 remove the stains made by bichloride of mercury on 
 china and glass. 
 
 Sodii Bicarbonas. 
 Sodium Bicarbonate. 
 
 Soluble in 12 parts water (saturated solution). 
 Sodium bicarbonate has a soothing action in burns, 
 eruptions, and irritation of the skin. Dose, as an 
 antacid, gr. x.-xx. (0.65-1.3 Gm.) It is pleasantly 
 administered in carbonated water — Seltzer or Vichy. 
 
THE ALKALIES AND ALKALINE EARTHS. 53 
 
 Pulvis Effervescens Compositus. 
 Compound Effervescing Powder. 
 Seidlitz Powder. 
 
 Seidlitz powder is put up in two packets, a white 
 paper containing gr. xxv. of tartaric acid (the acid of 
 grapes), and a blue one containing gr. xl. of sodium 
 bicarbonate and gr. cxx., or 3 ii., of Rochelle salt. 
 They are dissolved separately in very cold water, the 
 acid in one or two ounces, and the salt in five or six. 
 They are then poured together and taken after the 
 first escape of gas, while still effervescing. It is hardly 
 necessary to say that they should not be mixed at a 
 distance from the patient, but at his side and at the 
 precise moment when he is ready to take the dose. 
 The glass must be large, to allow for the effervescence, 
 and it is well to have a saucer under it, to avoid the 
 annoyance of having it effervesce over the top and 
 sides. The powders must be kept dry. Exposed to 
 the air they become damp and lose their effervescing 
 quality. Seidlitz powder is refrigerant and laxative, 
 and should be given in the morning on an empty 
 stomach. One powder is usually sufficient for a dose, 
 acting in from three to six hours. 
 
 Sodii Boras. 
 Sodium Borate. 
 Borax. 
 
 Borax is found as a native product in several locali- 
 ties. It is also artificially made by combining native 
 boric acid with soda. On the skin it acts as a soap — 
 removing the waste. Added to "hard" water, it 
 softens it pleasantly for bathing purposes, and is useful 
 in many local and external applications by means of 
 its cleansing properties. 
 
 Lithium (Lithia). 
 
 Lithiurn is obtained from several minerals, and 
 traces of it are found in certain mineral waters. 
 
 Lithium salts have strong alkaline properties, and 
 
54 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 act on the human organism as do the other members 
 of the group. It is stated that lithium salts alka- 
 linize the urine more decidedly even than salts of 
 potassium. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Lithii Carbonas. Lithium Carbonate. 
 
 Average dose, gr. viii.-o.5 Gm. 
 Lithii Citras. Lithium Citrate. 
 
 Average dose, gr. viii.-o.5 Gm. 
 Lithii Bromi e. Lithium Bromide. 
 
 Average dose, gr. xv.-i Gm. 
 
 Ammonium (Ammonia). 
 
 Ammonia is a gaseous compound of hydrogen and 
 nitrogen; colorless, irrespirable, highly irritant, of 
 strong alkaline reaction and pungent odor. It is ob- 
 tained in the manufacture of coal gas, and occurs as a 
 result of the decay of organic substances. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Applied to the skin, ammonia is a powerful irritant, 
 causing redness, blistering, and sloughing. Inhaled, 
 it causes severe irritation of the air-passages, with 
 sneezing, disturbed respirations, flow of water from the 
 eyes and nose, and quickened pulse. Ammonia acts 
 as a general stimulant to the heart and nervous sys- 
 tem, especially the spinal cord and respiratory centre. 
 Being rapidly diffused, its action is prompt but some- 
 what transitory. It is excreted by the kidneys and 
 mucous membranes. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 In large amount ammonia is a corrosive poison, 
 
 producing violent abdominal pain, vomiting and purg- 
 ing of bloody matters, with convulsions, collapse, and 
 death. Consciousness may remain until the last, or 
 coma may precede death. In some cases death has 
 
THE ALKALIES AND ALKALINE EARTHS. 55 
 
 taken place within five minutes, having been caused 
 probably by oedema of the larynx. The symptoms 
 come on at once in poisoning by ammonia. 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning. 
 
 Dilute vinegar or lemon juice is given to counteract 
 the alkali; oils and bland liquids to soothe the mucous 
 membrane, which is corroded. Heat favors the action 
 of ammonia, and cold antagonizes it; therefore, in 
 poisoning by ammonia plenty of cold fresh air should 
 be admitted, if possible, and cold applications made 
 to the head. The feet must be kept warm. 
 
 Preparations of Ammonia. 
 
 Ammonii Chloridum. 
 Ammonium Chloride. 
 
 A white crystalline or granular powder, of a cooling, 
 salty taste. The action of ammonium chloride on the 
 skin is soothing rather than irritating, as applied in 
 lotions. It has a cooling effect, and is a tonic to the 
 sensory nerves, and reduces local external inflammation. 
 It has a stimulant action on the liver; is diuretic 
 and diaphoretic, and, like other preparations of am- 
 monia, a stimulant expectorant. The taste is very 
 nauseous, resembling sea-water. 
 
 Average dose, gr. V.-0.3 Gm., well diluted with cold 
 water. 
 
 Ammonii Carbonas. 
 Ammonium Carbonate. 
 
 A very active and quickly diffusible stimulant to 
 the heart and respiration, and an expectorant, acting 
 in the latter capacity by liquefying the bronchial secre- 
 tions, which are thus more easily raised, and the air- 
 cells kept free. In large doses (gr. xxx.) ammonium 
 carbonate acts as an emetic. It has a nauseous taste, 
 
56 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 is very pungent, and must be well diluted. It may be 
 given in milk. 
 
 Average dose, gr. V.-0.3 Gm. 
 
 Aqua Ammonia Fortior. 
 Stronger Ammonia Water. 
 
 Has a strength of 28 per cent., and has been used as 
 an application to the bites of poisonous animals or ser- 
 pents. It may be used as a vesicant, but its action is 
 apt to be more severe than is desirable. It acts more 
 quickly than cantharides, and does not affect the urinary 
 organs. 
 
 Aqua Ammonias. 
 Ammonia Water. 
 
 A solution of the gas in water, 10 per cent, in strength. 
 It may be used externally as a counter-irritant. Ap- 
 plied in dilute solution to the bites made by insects, it 
 relieves the sting. Taken internally, it is a general 
 stimulant and antacid. 
 
 Average dose, TTj, xv.-i mil, largely diluted. 
 
 Spiritus Ammoniae Aromaticus. 
 Aromatic Spirit of Ammonia. 
 
 Contains ammonia water, and ammonium carbonate, 
 with oil of nutmeg, of lemon, and of lavender ; alcohol 
 and water. It is an antacid and stomachic, overcoming 
 a feeling of nausea, and a general stimulant. It is not 
 unpleasant. 
 
 Average dose, fit xxx.-2 mils, "well diluted in milk 
 or water. 
 
 Liquor Ammonii Acetatis. 
 Solution of Ammonium Acetate. 
 Spirit of Mindererus. 
 
 Made from carbonate of ammonia and diluted acetic 
 acid. It is more active than the other preparations, as 
 
THE ALKALIES AND ALKALINE EARTHS. 57 
 
 a diaphoretic, especially if the body be kept warm. 
 If the skin be kept cool, its diuretic action is more 
 pronounced. It must be freshly prepared. Average 
 dose, 3 iv.-i5 mils, well diluted with water. 
 
 Linimentum Ammoniae. 
 
 Ammonia Liniment. Hartshorn Liniment. 
 
 A mixture of ammonia water with sesame oil. It 
 should be freshly made. 
 
 Raspail's Sedative Water. Not official. 
 
 A mixture of ammonia water, sodium chloride, and 
 camphorated spirits of wine, with water. For sponge 
 baths; cooling and sedative. 
 
 Nitrous Oxide Gas (Laughing Gas). 
 
 Nitrous oxide gas is a colorless, inodorous gas that 
 can be liquefied by pressure, and is made by heating 
 ammonium nitrate to 350-450 F. , and washing the gas. 
 It is used in dentistry, in minor surgery, and as a 
 starter in ether and chloroform anaesthesia. It is ad- 
 ministered through an inhaler connected with a cylin- 
 der, where the gas is under pressure, and is given 
 without admixture with air. The inhalation is carried 
 on until distinct cyanosis is visible. Unconsciousness 
 comes on in from one-half to three minutes. Anaes- 
 thesia occurs when the blood becomes dark. Blood 
 pressure is very high and there is almost complete 
 asphyxia. Return to consciousness occurs in from one 
 to three minutes after removal of the gas, without 
 leaving any after-effects except a slight headache, 
 which may persist for hours. Nitrous oxide is the 
 safest known anaesthetic, and much the most pleasant. 
 
 Calx. Calcium Oxide, Lime. 
 
 Calcium occurs abundantly in nature and in manu- 
 facture. It is found largely as a carbonate in the form 
 of limestone, chalk, marble, etc.; as a sulphate as 
 
58 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 plaster of Paris, gypsum, alabaster; as a phosphate in 
 the different phosphate rocks and bone ash. Calcium is 
 an exceedingly important constituent of the body, 
 being found, in the form of solution of the phosphate, 
 in every animal tissue and fluid. It gives solidity to 
 bones, and accumulates wherever rapid tissue changes 
 are taking place. The preparations of calcium are 
 antacid and slightly astringent. Locally they are 
 sedative to mucous membrane. Calcium is a valuable 
 antidote in poisoning by oxalic acid, chloride of zinc, 
 and the mineral acids. It can always be obtained for 
 this purpose in the form of wall-plaster or whitewash. 
 
 Preparations of Calcium Oxide. 
 
 Calx. 
 
 Lime. 
 
 Made from chalk or limestone by calcining (purifying 
 and rendering friable by the action of heat). In this 
 state it has the form of compact white masses, which 
 readily absorb water, crack, evolve heat, and fall into 
 powder. It is then called slaked lime, or quick-lime. 
 If it should come in contact with the eye, it should be 
 washed out with a solution of boric acid. 
 
 Liquor Calcis. Solution of Calcium Hydroxide. 
 Lime-Water. 
 
 Lime-water is a saturated solution of lime containing 
 about } of a grain to 1'\. of water. It is made by 
 washing slaked lime and shaking it up in distilled 
 water, preferably, though ordinary water may be used. 
 After it settles, the water is poured off from the sedi- 
 ment and strained. It is colorless, inodorous, and 
 has a disagreeable alkaline taste. By exposure to the 
 air it absorbs carbonic acid, and should therefore 
 always be kept well corked. Lime-water acts as a 
 gastric sedative, and added to milk prevents its 
 curdling in large lumps. The ordinary proportion is 
 lime-water | ss. to milk § v., increased, according to 
 
THE ALKALIES AND ALKALINE EARTHS. 59 
 
 circumstances, to J or even £ lime-water. Lime- water 
 is slightly constipating. 
 
 Milk of Lime. Whitewash. Not official. 
 
 To one part of slaked lime, as above, four parts of 
 water are added. This, mixed thoroughly with in- 
 fectious stools, and added until the mixture gives a 
 strong alkaline reaction when tested with litmus paper, 
 is considered an efficient disinfectant for cholera and 
 typhoid stools. Next to it in value comes chloride 
 of lime, which is not effective unless fresh. This is to 
 be made in a solution of six ounces to one gallon of 
 water. 
 
 Syrupus Calcii Lactophosphatis. 
 Syrup of Calcium Lactophosphate. 
 
 Contains calcium carbonate, lactic acid, and phos- 
 phoric acid. Average dose, 3 iiss.-io mils. 
 
 Linimentum Calcis. 
 Lime Liniment. 
 Carron Oil. 
 
 A mixture of lime-water and olive oil or linseed oil, 
 in equal parts, for external use. It is an excellent ap- 
 plication for burns, and has the merit of cheapness. 
 
 Creta Praeparata. 
 Prepared Chalk. 
 
 Made from chalk by a cleansing and drying process. 
 A smooth white powder, insoluble in water, and of 
 astringent action. Externally, it is used as a dusting- 
 powder. When taken internally it may be administered 
 in glycerin or syrup. Average dose, gr. xv.-i Gm. 
 
 Mistura Cretae. 
 Chalk Mixture. 
 
 Contains prepared chalk, and is an astringent. It 
 must be freshly made. Dose, § SS.-15 mils. 
 
60 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Calcii Chloridum. 
 Calcium Chloride. 
 
 A white salt, very deliquescent, and soluble in water. 
 Odorless, with a sharp, salty taste. Average dose, 
 gr. viii-0.5 Gm. 
 
 Magnesii Oxidum, Magnesium Oxide, 
 Magnesia. 
 
 The official preparations of magnesia are all derived, 
 directly or indirectly, from the sulphate. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Magnesia, in the form of the oxide and carbonates, 
 forms insoluble and comparatively harmless compounds 
 with the mineral acids. It is therefore used as an anti- 
 dote for these poisons, the oxide being preferable, and 
 to be very freely given. 
 
 Magnesia has antacid, purgative, and diuretic 
 qualities. Kntering the circulation, it increases the 
 alkalinity of the plasma, and is partly excreted by the 
 kidneys, rendering the urine more abundant and less 
 acid. 
 
 Preparations of Magnesia. 
 
 Magnesii Sulphas. 
 Magnesium Sulphate. 
 Epsom Salt. 
 
 Made from dolomite, or magnesian limestone, by 
 solution in sulphuric acid and purification. A quickly 
 acting hydragogue cathartic, easily borne by the 
 stomach, though of nauseous taste. Ordinary laxative 
 doses act in a few hours. Large doses ( f i.-ii.) produce 
 a result almost immediately, and cause griping and 
 abdominal distension. It should be given well diluted 
 and on an empty stomach. It is soluble in 2^ parts of 
 water. Dose, f ss. (15 Gm.) in carbonated, Seltzer, 
 or Vichy water. 
 
THE METALS. 6 1 
 
 Liquor Magnesii Citratis. 
 Solution of Magnesium Citrate. 
 
 In small doses a laxative, in large ones cathartic, 
 acting in from four to six hours. It is effervescent, 
 and should be kept cold and taken at the moment it is 
 poured out. If the whole amount is not taken at once 
 the bottle should be stood on the corked end or laid on 
 its side. Average dose, § xiL-350 mils. 
 
 Magnesii Sulphas Effervescens. 
 Effervescent Magnesium Sulphate. 
 
 A white coarse-grained salt of refreshing taste, very 
 soluble and effervescent, acting in the same way as the 
 liquor. 
 
 Dose, 3 i.-iv. stirred up in cold water. (4-15 Gm.) 
 
 Cerium (Cerium). 
 A metal of which the oxalate only is used. 
 
 Cerii Oxalas. 
 Cerium Oxalate. 
 
 A white granular powder, insoluble in water, alcohol, 
 or ether. It is a gastric sedative, and is given dry 
 on the tongue. Average dose, gr. iii-0.2 Gm. 
 
 THE METALS. 
 
 Plumbum (Lead). 
 
 Lead is found native in small masses. It is a dull, 
 whitish metal with a tint of blue, and is not given in its 
 native state, medicinally, but in the form of salts. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 The special property of the lead salts is astringency, 
 and they are, in consequence, sedative, anti-phlogis- 
 tic, and haemostatic. 
 
62 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Used in dilute solutions externally as applications to 
 ulcers, mucous surfaces, etc., they precipitate the albu- 
 minous fluids which cover the surface, contract the 
 small blood-vessels, and harden the tissues of the young 
 growing cells. Applied in concentrated solutions, 
 they are irritant, causing inflammation, or increas- 
 ing it. Taken internally, their action is first evident 
 as a peculiar astringent taste, with a dry feeling of the 
 throat. In the stomach and intestines the same action 
 is shown. L,ead dries the secretions, contracts the 
 vessels, and checks peristaltic action, thus causing 
 constipation. 
 
 It is changed by the intestinal juices into an albumi- 
 nate, and so enters the blood. It is rapidly deposited 
 in the tissues, especially in the central nervous system, 
 the kidneys, liver, and bones. It is excreted, but 
 slowly, in the bile, the urine, and perspiration; also by 
 the mammary glands. It diminishes the excretion of 
 uric acid by the kidneys. 
 
 Poisoning by Lead. 
 
 Acute lead poisoning is rare, and will be spoken of 
 in connection with the acetate. Chronic poisoning is 
 quite common, the poison being introduced into the 
 system in one or more of the following ways: By ab- 
 sorption through the unbroken skin, as in the case of 
 painters, glaziers, etc. — the fine particles of metal which 
 are rubbed off and adhere to the skin being changed by 
 its secretions into soluble salts which are readily ab- 
 sorbed; by absorption through ulcers, wounds, etc., 
 from the excessive application of ointments; by the use 
 of food put up in cans soldered with lead, cooking 
 utensils made of painted wood or imperfectly burnt 
 pottery, and by eating buns, cake, etc., colored with 
 chromate of lead; by the habit of biting silk thread 
 adulterated with lead; by sleeping or working in 
 newly painted rooms, and by the poisoning of a water 
 supply from lead pipes. This does not occur with 
 " hard " water — viz., that containing salts of lime, as an 
 
THE METALS. 63 
 
 insoluble coating is then deposited on the lining of the 
 pipes; but with pure, or "soft" water, the lead is 
 slowly dissolved in the form of a carbonate. The first 
 symptoms of poisoning are: A feeling of pain, with a 
 sense of sinking in the region of the navel; loss of ap- 
 petite, thirst, and dryness of the mouth and throat, 
 with a metallic astringent taste; pale face and skin 
 generally; fetor of the breath; constipation; emaciation 
 and wasting of the muscles, especially those of the 
 arms; swelling of the joints, and rheumatic pains. 
 Colic is a very pronounced symptom, sometimes com- 
 ing on very suddenly, sometimes after several days' 
 illness. The pain is intense and varies in character, 
 sometimes being sharp, sometimes dull, or, again, 
 "twisting," and seems to centre about the umbilicus. 
 This fact of its being localized differentiates it from 
 hepatic colic, which goes through to the back, and 
 from renal colic, which radiates along the line of the 
 ureters. The abdominal walls are violently retracted 
 and rigid, and neuralgic pains seize the abdominal 
 muscles and shoot along those of the thorax and ex- 
 tremities, especially the flexors. The skin and con- 
 junctivae sometimes become jaundiced, and the urine 
 tinged with bile. 
 
 A very striking feature of lead poisoning, occurring 
 both in acute and chronic cases, is the dark slate- 
 cok,red line on the gums along the margin of the in- 
 cisor teeth. It is said to be more marked in those 
 cases where the tooth-brush is not used. 
 
 The chronic nervous symptoms of lead poisoning 
 may be developed after the first attack of colic, or they 
 may come on without marked abdominal disturbance. 
 The most common and noticeable one is the paralysis 
 of the extensor muscles of the forearms, causing what 
 is termed " wrist-drop." With this there is sometimes 
 either partial or complete anaesthesia of the affected 
 members. 
 
 Paralysis of the laryngeal muscles sometimes occurs, 
 resulting in aphonia. The pulse is incompressible and 
 tense, full, and infrequent. There may be anaesthesia 
 
64 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 ©f the optic nerve as a result of the direct action 
 of lead, or dimness of sight may result from the albu- 
 minuria which is often present; and, finally, there 
 may be a condition of cerebral disturbance known as 
 " encephalopathia saturnina," or lead encephalopathy, 
 beginning with headache, and characterized by de- 
 lirium, stupor, epileptiform convulsions, and coma. 
 Death may follow, although severe cases have been 
 known to recover. Death may also result from the 
 gradual failure of nutrition, or from an extension of 
 paralysis to the muscles of respiration. 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning. 
 
 In treating chronic lead poisoning, large doses of 
 purgatives are given. Potassium iodide aids in elimi- 
 nation of the poison, and baths of potassium sulphide 
 are also used for this purpose. Workers in lead may 
 guard against poisoning by personal cleanliness, which 
 is of great importance, by the use of sulphuric-acid 
 lemonade, and milk, as a food, in large quantities. 
 
 Preparations of Lead. 
 
 Plumbi Acetas. 
 Lead Acetate. 
 Sugar of Lead. 
 
 Made by the action of acetic acid on litharge, or 
 lead oxide. This is the only preparation of lead given 
 internally. Acute poisoning has been caused by the 
 lead acetate, although, as it acts as an emetic, it is 
 rarely fatal. The symptoms appear in from half an 
 hour to two hours after taking it, and are essentially 
 the same as described under chronic poisoning. Re- 
 covery may take place within a few days, although 
 symptoms recur, occasionally, after a long interval. 
 The fatal dose is between § i. and § ii. The treatment 
 consists of large doses of Glauber's and Epsom salts; 
 castor oil; emetics, if vomiting is not already excited; 
 opium; and albuminous drinks freely given. 
 
 Average dose, gr. i.-o.o6 Gm. 
 
THE METALS. 65 
 
 Liquor Plumbi Subacetatis. 
 Solution of Lead Subacetate. 
 Goulard's Extract. 
 
 Used only externally. It should be diluted, in a 
 strength of § i.-iv. to O. i. of water. 
 
 Ceratum Plumbi Subacetatis. 
 Cerate of Lead Subacetate. 
 (Goulard's Cerate.) 
 
 Compound of wool fat, paraffin, white petrolatum, 
 camphor, and Goulard's extract. For external use. 
 
 Emplastrum Plumbi. 
 Lead Plaster. 
 Diachylon Plaster. 
 
 Made with lead oxide, oil, lard, and water. 
 
 Emplastrum Adhaesivum. 
 Adhesive Plaster. 
 
 Made of rubber, lead plaster, and petrolatum. 
 
 Emplastrum Saponis. 
 Soap Plaster. 
 
 Made of soap, lead plaster, and water. 
 
 Unguentum Diachylon. 
 Diachylon Ointment. 
 
 Made of lead plaster, petrolatum, and oil of lavender. 
 
 Argentum (Silver). 
 
 The metal silver itself is not used in medicine, and 
 its preparations are not numerous. The properties of 
 silver will be described under its most important salt. 
 
 Argenti Nitras. 
 Silver Nitrate. 
 
 Prepared by dissolving silver in nitric add. 
 
 5 ^ - 
 
66 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSESJ 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Silver nitrate has locally a caustic, or corrosive 
 
 action. It combines with the albumin of the tissues, 
 forming a superficial slough. It has a strong metallic 
 and styptic taste, and in the stomach produces a feeling 
 of warmth. It is decomposed by the gastric juice, and, 
 therefore, does not act as an irritant to the stomach, 
 unless taken in poisonous doses. Silver enters the 
 blood as an albuminate, and, if continued for some 
 time, a part of it remains permanently in the connective 
 tissues, staining them a dull slate-gray, which cannot 
 be removed. This tinge first appears as a line along 
 the gums and teeth, and on the mucous membrane in- 
 side the lips and cheeks. In small doses silver is 
 astringent and anti-spasmodic, stimulates secre- 
 tion and nutritive processes, and is a nerve tonic. 
 Long continued it disorders digestion, and produces a 
 general waste of tissue, albuminuria, rapid and irregu- 
 lar heart action, disturbed respiration, and nervous 
 symptoms, viz. : tetanic convulsions, loss of the power 
 of co-ordination, and paralysis. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning, 
 
 In toxic doses silver causes gastro-enteritis, and the 
 antidote is common salt, given very freely in solution. 
 It forms an insoluble chloride, and also acts as an 
 emetic. 
 
 Preparations of Silver. 
 
 Average dose of the nitrate, gr. i-o.oi Gm., in pill, 
 given after meals, unless otherwise ordered. Silver 
 nitrate is quickly decomposed, if in solution, by organic 
 matter and by the action of light, and is for that rea- 
 son kept in dark-colored bottles, and should never be 
 left uncorked. With tannin it forms an explosive 
 compound. 
 
THE METALS. 6j 
 
 Argenti Nitras Fusus. 
 Moulded Silver Nitrate. 
 Lunar Caustic. 
 
 Made by evaporating silver nitrate and forming it 
 in pencil-shaped moulds. It is used externally as a 
 caustic. It is not deliquescent; its action is superficial 
 and does not extend beyond the point touched; and the 
 slough formed is rapidly healed. In applying silver 
 nitrate the pencil should always be washed in an anti- 
 septic solution before and after using, and, especially 
 before it is put away, carefully dried. 
 
 Argenti Nitras Mitigatus. 
 Mitigated Silver Nitrate. 
 (Mitigated Caustic.) 
 
 Made with silver nitrate and potassium nitrate. For 
 local use externally, and is used as an application to 
 the eyelids. 
 
 Aurum (Gold). 
 Preparations of Gold. 
 
 Auri et Sodii Chloridum. 
 Gold and Sodium Chloride. 
 
 This salt is a somewhat deliquescent powder of salty 
 metallic taste, soluble in water. The precise physio- 
 logical actions of the salts of gold are not well under. 
 stood. Clinically the gold preparations are looked 
 upon as alteratives and nerve tonics, improving general 
 nutrition, and more especially the nutrition of the ner- 
 vous system. The most prominent use of gold is in 
 connection with the alcohol habit. It is believed that 
 in the Keeley Institutes for the cure of alcoholism the 
 treatment consists in part at least of the gold and 
 sodium chloride, with intervening doses of strychnine 
 and atropine. 
 
 The average dose in solution or pill form is gr. tV- 
 0.005 Gm. Hypodermically it is irritating and painful. 
 
68 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Auri Chloridura. Not official. 
 Gold Chloride. 
 
 This salt is not in frequent use. Dose, gr« yfo-c 
 (0.00043 Gm.) 
 
 Auri et Potassii Bromidum. Not official. 
 Gold and Potassium Bromide. 
 
 This drug is usually given hypodermically. Un- 
 pleasant symptoms referable to the cardiac region may 
 be caused by it, as pain and rigor, but they do not last 
 long. Dose, gr. J-f . (0.02-0.04 Gm.) 
 
 Zincum, Zinc. 
 
 There are two sources of the salts and preparations 
 of zinc, viz.: the metal, zinc, and the native carbonate, 
 calamine. Not official as a metal. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 The salts of zinc are, in their stronger forms, caustic ; 
 in weaker forms, astringent and antiphlogistic. 
 The activity of the different preparations is in propor- 
 tion to their solubility and diffusibility. Applied to a 
 broken surface or mucous membrane, the salts of zinc 
 harden the albuminous secretions, check the growth of 
 new cells, and contract the vessels, though in a lesser 
 degree than do lead and silver. The salts of zinc, in 
 the blood, take the form of albuminates. They enter 
 the circulation slowly, do not have the tendency to 
 accumulate and remain fixed in the tissues as do lead, 
 mercury, and copper, and are much more rapidly ex- 
 creted. They are eliminated by the liver, kidneys, 
 intestinal and mammary glands. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 If the use of zinc be long continued there may result 
 a series of symptoms similar to those of lead-poisoning, 
 though less severe — viz., wasting of the tissues and 
 
THE METALS. 69 
 
 loss of strength; pallor; muscular weakness and trem- 
 bling; colic; fetid breath ; constipation; feeble mind; 
 and paralysis. 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning. 
 
 In cases of acute poisoning by zinc salts the antidotes 
 are lime-water, tannin, in the form of strong tea, car- 
 bonate of sodium or potassium, soap-suds, and muci- 
 laginous drinks, milk, etc. Vomiting should be 
 encouraged and, if necessary, the stomach washed out. 
 
 Preparations of Zinc. 
 
 Zinci Chloridum. 
 Zinc Chloride. 
 
 Made by dissolving zinc which has been melted and 
 poured into cold water, in dilute hydrochloric acid, and 
 boiling. It then goes through several purifying pr o- 
 cesses. A whitish-gray, deliquescent substance, soft, 
 like wax, and with very corrosive and irritant action. 
 It is used as a caustic and acts powerfully, cau&ing 
 destruction of the part, with severe pain, followed by- 
 sloughing which heals slowly. An impure sohxtion 
 known as Burnett's fluid, containing 200 grains to § i. 
 of water, is sold as a disinfectant and has caused numer- 
 ous cases of poisoning. The symptoms, whi< h are 
 those of severe gastro-enteritis and collapse, come on 
 immediately, and death may result in a few ho urs, or 
 be delayed for several days. 
 
 Zinci Sulphas. 1 
 Zinc Sulphate. 
 
 Made by dissolving zinc in dilute sulphuric add, and 
 crystallizing. Soluble in water. In small doses sulphate 
 
 'Zinc solution for the disinfection of white clothing. Sul- 
 phate of zinc, 1 ii. Common salt, § iv. Water, 1 gallon. 
 Soak clothes for from 4 to 6 hours, boil, and wash. 
 
JO MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 of zinc has tonic and astringent properties. Con- 
 tinued long in medicinal doses it may cause ulcera- 
 tion of the mucous membrane of the alimentary canal. 
 Zinc sulphate is a specific emetic. It acts promptly, 
 and entirely by its local irritant action, not being 
 absorbed, and causing no flow of secretions. It is not 
 constitutionally depressing, and causes but little nausea 
 either before or after the act of vomiting. 
 
 Average dose (medicinal), gr. To-0.006 Gm. 
 
 Dose (emetic), gr. xv.-i Gm., largely diluted with 
 warm water, and given every fifteen minutes until 
 vomiting occurs. 
 
 Zinci Oxidum. 
 Zinc Oxide. 
 
 A yellowish white powder, insoluble in water, and 
 used principally to dust over the skin as an astringent. 
 
 Unguentum Zinci Oxidi. 
 Ointment of Zinc Oxide. 
 
 Made of oxide of zinc, usually twenty parts, to ben 
 zoinated lard, eighty parts. 
 
 Cuprum (Copper). 
 
 The action of copper is very similar to that of silver 
 and zinc. Metallic copper is inert. The salts are not 
 absorbed by the unbroken skin, but applied to mucous 
 membranes and exposed tissues they are caustic, 
 Stimulant, and astringent. Internally in small doses 
 they have the last two, and also tonic, qualities; and 
 in large doses act on the stomach as irritants, causing 
 vomiting, and on the intestines as irritant purga 
 tives. Copper salts enter the blood very slowly, 
 and are eliminated by the saliva, bile, faeces, and 
 urine. The metal is not official. 
 
THE METALS. 7 1 
 
 Preparations of Copper. 
 
 Cupri Sulphas. 
 Copper Sulphate. 
 
 Sometimes called blue vitriol, or bluestone. 
 Externally it is used as an escharotic, and internally 
 as a tonic and astringent. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 In cases of acute poisoning by blue vitriol, as much 
 as | ss. or upwards will produce the following symp- 
 toms, which come on in a few minutes: A strong 
 metallic taste in the mouth; nausea, and vomiting of 
 bluish or greenish liquids; a feeling of constriction in 
 the throat; a distended abdomen; colicky pains in the 
 stomach and bowels; diarrhoea and tenesmus. These 
 symptoms are fully developed in one or two hours. 
 Then follow rapid and difficult breathing; small, quick 
 pulse; great thirst; cold perspiration ; weakness, giddi- 
 ness, stupor, coma, convulsions, and paralysis. Death 
 may occur in a few hours, or be delayed several days. 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning. 
 
 Albumin, as white of egg, milk, wheat flour, should 
 be given, and then, as the albuminate of copper is not 
 entirely harmless, the stomach should be well washed 
 out with plenty of warm water. Stomach-pump used 
 if necessary. The chemical antidote is potassium ferro- 
 cyanide, but with this, too, emesis should follow 
 promptly. 
 
 Average dose (medicinal), gr. ^-0.004 Gm. 
 
 Average dose (emetic), gr. iv.-0.25 Gm. 
 
 Copper poisoning, acute and chronic, may result from 
 the use of dirty copper dishes and cooking utensils, 
 and from cooking acid fruits in copper. Chronic 
 poisoning is also caused by the inhalation of the fumes 
 of copper, as in certain occupations, and by the adul- 
 teration of certain articles of food, as pickles, which 
 
*J 2 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 are sometimes colored green with copper. Chronic 
 poisoning presents the same symptoms as the acute 
 form, but in a lesser degree, and death may result from 
 exhaustion. 
 
 Alumen, Alum. 
 
 Alum is the sulphate of aluminum and potash and 
 has a crystalline form and a taste which is both acid 
 and sweetish, and also astringent. It is soluble in 
 water, but insoluble in alcohol. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Alum is an astringent and styptic. In doses of 
 3 i. it is an irritant but non-depressing emetic, and in 
 large doses a purgative. Taken into the mouth, the 
 flow of saliva is first increased by alum, and afterwards 
 diminished, as it hardens the albumin of the secretions 
 and contracts the capillaries. 
 
 The same effect is shown on the mucous membrane 
 of the stomach. Alum is absorbed into the blood, not- 
 withstanding its power of coagulating albumin, and 
 checks capillary haemorrhage by constricting the 
 vessels. Alum should always be given alone, and 
 it is to be remembered that it has a very injurious 
 action on the teeth. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 In large doses alum produces gastro-enteritis, with 
 frothing at the mouth. The treatment consists in pro- 
 moting vomiting and washing out the stomach, giving 
 magnesium hydrate in large quantities, or a weak 
 solution of ammonium carbonate at intervals. Death 
 has been caused in eight hours in an adult by § ii. of 
 alum. 
 
 Preparations of Alum. 
 
 Alumini Hydroxidum. 
 Aluminum Hydroxide. 
 
 The average dose of alum is gr. viii.-o.5 Gm. Any 
 preparation should be taken through a tube. 
 
THE METALS. 73 
 
 Alumen Exsiccatum. 
 Exsiccated Alum. 
 
 Alum which has been deprived of its water by heat, 
 
 and powdered. Combined with alcohol (in which it 
 
 is insoluble), in the proportion of 3 i.-iv. to alcohol 
 
 § v.-vi., it is used to harden the skin, as a preventive 
 
 of bed-sores. 
 
 Ferrum (Iron). 
 
 All the salts and preparations of iron are made 
 directly or indirectly from the metal. 
 
 Physiological Actions, 
 
 Iron is the most important of the mineral tonics, and 
 may be more properly described as a food rather than 
 as a medicine, being one of the most essential constitu- 
 ents of the red blood corpuscles. It exists normally in 
 the blood in the proportion of 1 part iron to 230 parts 
 red corpuscles, and in a state of health enough iron is 
 taken with various kinds of food, to supply the demand. 
 Beef especially, as an article of diet, provides iron, as 
 it contains 1 part iron to 194 parts red corpuscles. 
 
 Iron has been called the great respiratory food. In 
 the lungs it takes up oxygen from the inspired air, and 
 carries it to all the tissues. No function of the body 
 can be carried on without oxygen; the muscular system 
 especially is dependent for its perfect activity on the 
 presence of oxygen, and muscular power is in direct 
 proportion to the efficiency of the respirations. 
 
 The feeling of tone and energy, both bodily and 
 mental, which belongs to perfect health, comes from an 
 ample supply of oxygen, and it is in this primary way 
 that iron acts as a tonic ; stimulates and strengthens 
 the heart, nerves, and muscles ; raises the tem- 
 perature of the body and increases the appetite. 
 
 It is not absorbed by the unbroken skin, but on 
 
74 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 exposed tissue and mucous surfaces its action is astrin- 
 gent, coagulating the albumin of tissue and plasma, 
 diminishing the circulation by compression of the ves- 
 sels, and arresting hemorrhage. Iron is thus classed 
 as a styptic or haemostatic. 
 
 Taken internally there is an astringent taste, and the 
 tongue and teeth are darkened by a sulphide which is 
 deposited as a result of decomposition. If given in 
 excess or on an empty stomach it decomposes the 
 digestive fluid, and acts as an irritant and astringent 
 upon the mucous membrane. 
 
 The digestion or absorption of iron takes place partly 
 in the stomach and partly in the intestines, and depends 
 upon the presence, in normal quantities, of the gastric 
 and intestinal juices. 
 
 Organic and inorganic compounds of iron are be- 
 lieved to be absorbed with equal readiness in the 
 alimentary canal, principally in the duodenum, whence 
 they pass to the spleen, where they are stored 
 up, being given off to the blood later, and carried to 
 the liver, where they assist in forming haemoglobin. 
 Some part of the iron is afterwards taken into the 
 blood, and is excreted by the caecum and large intestine. 
 This is the prevalent view regarding the absorption of 
 iron and its distribution throughout the system. Some 
 claim that the inorganic iron combines with the sulphur 
 in the intestines, forming the sulphide of iron which is 
 excreted in the faeces, thus leaving all the food iron to 
 be absorbed. Part of the food iron would be taken into 
 combination, otherwise, by the sulphur, preventing 
 absorption. 
 
 Iron has sometimes an irritant action on the bladder; 
 its astringency in the alimentary canal causes constipa- 
 tion; and it is said that it decreases the secretion of 
 milk in nursing women. An excess of iron is elimi- 
 nated from the system in almost every possible way, 
 but principally by the faeces, which it colors black by 
 forming a sulphide. 
 
 The local irritant action of iron explains why it is 
 always given well diluted and after meals. 
 
THE METALS. J$ 
 
 Incidental Effects. 
 
 In administering a course of iron, two things must 
 be provided for: 
 
 i. The bowels must be loose. 
 
 2. The digestion must be good ; and in the course of 
 administration any one or more of the following symp- 
 toms may be noticed, indicating an excess in the system: 
 frontal headache, slight disturbances of the digestion, 
 irritation of the stomach or of the bladder, a feeling of 
 weight at the epigastrium, constipation, a feverish con- 
 dition. An acne of the face and chest is sometimes 
 produced by iron, and the reduced iron causes eructa- 
 tions of gas. 
 
 It is very important to remember that all preparations 
 of iron stain clothing, carpets, — in fact everything 
 touched, and that the stains are with difficulty removed. 
 Silver spoons should never be used for iron, but if they 
 have been used, the stain will come off if rubbed with 
 ammonia water undiluted. Oxalic acid will take the 
 stains out of muslin or linen. 
 
 Preparations of Iron. 
 
 The five preparations of iron which are especially 
 prescribed because of their effectiveness and because 
 they are the least irritating of the iron compounds are: 
 
 Tincture of the chloride. 
 
 Syrup of the iodide. 
 
 Solution of the acetate of iron and ammonia (' ' Bas- 
 ham's Mixture"). 
 
 Pills of the carbonate (" Blaud's Pills ,, ). 
 
 Iron and potassium tartrate. 
 
 {Saline Combinations.} 
 Tinctura Ferri Chloridi. 
 Tincture of Ferric Chloride. 
 
 Sometimes called the muriated tincture. 
 It is reddish- yellow in color, and has peculiar prop- 
 erties. It is the most frequently used of all the 
 
y6 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 preparations of iron. It is astringent, irritating, 
 and somewhat corrosive. It has diuretic and anti- 
 spasmodic qualities, owing probably to the ether, and 
 is antiseptic by virtue of the chlorine and iron; tonic, 
 as are all iron preparations. It contains about 4$ of 
 metallic iron. 
 
 Tr. of iron should never be given at the same time 
 with tea, or with other medicines containing tannin, 
 as an ink-like combination results. It should not be 
 added to whiskey, but may be well given in milk, being 
 dropped in at the moment when it is to be taken. It 
 may be given with glycerin, 3 parts to iron 1 part, the 
 glycerin to prevent constipation, or it may be dropped 
 into egg albumen to prevent its action on the teeth. It 
 is a very incompatible drug, and should not be given 
 at the same time that another drug is administered. 
 Iron attacks the teeth, unless properly diluted, and 
 should always be given through a glass tube. When 
 the throat is gargled with iron, the teeth should be 
 brushed after each application, or washed off with salt 
 water. 
 
 Average dose, TU viii.-o-5 mil, half an hour after 
 meals, in a tumblerful of water. 
 
 Liquor Ferri et Ammonii Acetatis. 
 Solution of Iron and Ammonium Acetate. 
 Basham's Mixture. 
 
 Composed of tr. of ferric chloride, diluted acetic acid, 
 solution of ammonium acetate, elixir of orange, glycerin, 
 and water. It should be freshly made. 
 
 Average dose, 3 iv.-i5 mils, well diluted. 
 
 Syrupus Ferri Iodidi. 
 Syrup of Ferrous Iodide. 
 
 Iodide of iron affects the teeth seriously. It has 
 iodine, iron, and syrup, and exerts a special action on 
 nutrition by means of the iodine. 
 
 Average dose, TTt xv.-i mil, largely diluted. 
 
THE METALS. 77 
 
 Mistura Ferri Composita. 
 Compound Iron Mixture. 
 (Griffith's Mixture.) 
 
 Contains ferrous sulphate, potassium carbonate, and 
 myrrh. 
 
 Dose, 1 SS.-15 mils. 
 
 Liquor Ferri Subsulphatis. 
 Solution of Ferric Subsulphate. 
 Monsel's Solution. 
 
 Contains about 13 $ of metallic iron. 
 
 Ferrous sulphate, sulphuric and nitric acids are con- 
 stituents of Monsel's solution. It has a deep red color 
 and the consistency of syrup. It is an active styptic, 
 but it is rather uncertain in its action, sometimes caus- 
 ing severe sloughing, and is not much used. 
 
 Liquor Ferri Tersulphatis. 
 Solution of Ferric Sulphate. 
 
 Contains about 10 $ metallic iron. The chief employ- 
 ment of it is in making other ferruginous preparations. 
 It should always be kept on hand for the quick prepara- 
 tion of the antidote to arsenic. 
 
 Pilulae Ferri Carbonatis. 
 Pills of Ferrous Carbonate. 
 Blaud's Pills. 
 
 Contains sulphate of iron and carbonate of potassium, 
 althaea, tragacanth, and glycerin. Dose, pil. i. 
 
 Ferrum Reductum. 
 Reduced Iron. 
 Quevenne's Iron. 
 
 A light gray powder, quite tasteless, and of all the 
 preparations of iron the most free from astringency. 
 Dose, gr. i.-oo6 Gm., taken after meals in pill form. 
 It may be given to children in candy or lozenges. 
 
78 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Pilulae Ferri Iodidi. 
 Pills of Ferrous Iodide. 
 
 Contain reduced iron, iodine, glycyrrhiza, acacia, and 
 balsam of tolu. Dose, pil. i. 
 
 Ferri et Quininae Citras. 
 Iron and Quinine Citrate. 
 
 Contains about 12% of quinine. It should not be 
 exposed to the light. 
 Average dose, gr. iv.-0.25 Gm. 
 
 Ferri Sulphas Granulatus. 
 Granulated Ferrous Sulphate. 
 
 Average dose, gr. iss.-o. 1 Gm. 
 
 Ferri Phosphas. 
 Ferric Phosphate. 
 
 Contains not less than 12% of iron. It should not 
 be exposed to light. 
 Average dose, gr. iv.-0.25 Gm. 
 
 (Antidotes to Arsenic.} 
 
 Ferri Kydroxidum. 
 Ferric Hydroxide. 
 
 As an antidote to arsenic this preparation of iron 
 must be fresh, and may be quickly prepared by adding 
 to several ounces of the tr. ferri chlor. enough ammonia 
 water or sodium carbonate to form a precipitate, which 
 will appear almost instantly. Continue adding the 
 alkali until no more of the precipitate falls; then turn 
 it into a piece of muslin or a fine strainer and wash it 
 well by letting cold water run freely through it, until 
 all traces of the soda or ammonia are removed. Stir 
 up a tablespoonful of the precipitate in milk or water, 
 and give it, repeating as often as necessary. It is 
 harmless. About 8 grains of it are required to 
 neutralize 1 grain of the poison. 
 
THE METALS. 79 
 
 Ferri Hydroxidum cum Magnesii Oxido. 
 Ferric Hydroxide with Magnesium Oxide. 
 
 Made by combining the solution of the ferric sulphate 
 with magnesia. It is said to be the best antidote for 
 arsenic. Dose as antidote, § iv.-i20 mils. 
 
 Dialyzed Iron. Not official. 
 
 An antidote to arsenic; also given medicinally. It 
 is said that it does not blacken the teeth nor constipate. 
 Dose, from 20 to 40 drops. It should always be given 
 alone. 
 
 Manganesium (Manganese). 
 
 Manganese is found native in the form of the black 
 oxide. Not official as such. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Manganese is found in the human body associated 
 with iron. They are found together in the blood, hair, 
 and bile, the proportion in the blood being 1 part of 
 manganese to 20 of iron. The preparations of man- 
 ganese are gastro-intestinal irritants. In small doses 
 they aid digestion and promote appetite. They 
 enter the blood probably as albuminates. Used in ex- 
 cess they lower the heart action, diminish the pulse 
 rate, and cause loss of muscular power and paralysis. 
 
 The action of manganese on the tissues, blood, and 
 excretory organs is not clearly defined. It is supposed 
 that the salts are decomposed before being absorbed, 
 except when in poisonous doses. 
 
 Preparations of Manganese. 
 
 Potassii Permanganas. 
 Potassium Permanganate. 
 
 Made from the black oxide of manganese, potassium 
 chlorate, and a solution of caustic potash, by a very 
 elaborate chemical process. It has the form of dark- 
 purple slender prisms, inodorous, with an astringent, 
 
So MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 sweet taste; soluble in 16 parts of water. It should 
 be kept in the dark. 
 
 Potassium permanganate in the pure state is irritant 
 and caustic. In solution it is stimulating and heal- 
 ing. In the latter form it gives out oxygen in the form 
 of ozone, and changes into hydrated peroxide of man- 
 ganese, losing its purple color and becoming brown. 
 This change does not occur with the crystals. 
 
 This oxidizing power gives it special attributes as an 
 antiseptic, disinfectant, and deodorant, but prac- 
 tically it is not useful in disinfecting excreta, as the 
 amount required to be effectual would make it enor- 
 mously expensive. 
 
 It is oftenest and most satisfactorily used as a deodor- 
 izer, in the one-per-cent solution, as a wash, douche, 
 spray, or gargle, for foul, carious, or gangrenous dis- 
 charges. It is also used in skin disinfection, in a 
 supersaturated solution. 
 
 The stains made upon linen by this salt may be re- 
 moved with oxalic acid, lemon juice, or water with 
 muriatic acid. 
 
 Given internally, the dose, gr. ss.-ii., is freely diluted 
 with distilled water; or, if given in pellets, boiled or 
 filtered water should be given with it to dilute it after 
 being swallowed. It should be given on an empty 
 stomach. 
 
 Mangani Sulphas. 
 Manganese Sulphate. 
 
 In full doses an emetic and cathartic, with action 
 on the liver, as is shown by the bile discharged after 
 purgative doses. Dose, gr. ii.-v. (0.1-0.3 Gm.) 
 
 Hydrargyrum Mercury. 
 
 Quicksilver. 
 
 Mercury is obtained from cinnabar by roasting and 
 distilling with lime. It is a silver-white metal, liquid, 
 and giving off vapor at ordinary temperatures, and 
 capable of being entirely volatilized by heat. All the 
 
THE METALS. Si 
 
 different preparations are derived directly or indirectly 
 from the metal itself. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 In the metallic form mercury is inert, large amounts 
 of the pure metal having been swallowed and dis- 
 charged from the intestines without poisoning or injury; 
 but in the form of vapor, or any of its preparations, it is 
 very readily absorbed by the pulmonary and other 
 mucous membranes, by the alimentary canal, and by 
 the skin and tissues, either whole or broken. The 
 constitutional effects may be reached in any one or all 
 of these ways. 
 
 All mercurials are antiseptic and disinfectant. 
 
 The local action of mercury in moderate strength, 
 either externally or internally, is astringent, anti- 
 phlogistic, and stimulant. In large or concentrated 
 doses it is irritant to the stomach and intestines, and in 
 some forms is a locally acting purgative. 
 
 In various pathological conditions of the system 
 mercury exerts an influence as an alterative, through 
 some power over nutrition which is not perfectly under- 
 stood. It is considered a specific in some forms of 
 syphilis. 
 
 Mercury is excreted by the saliva, perspiration, 
 milk, urine, and bile. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 The mildest evidences of over-doses of mercury are: 
 slight fetor of the breath and uoreness if the teeth are 
 knocked together or struck; a metallic taste next ap- 
 pears. After this comes salivation, an abnormal amount 
 of fluid being poured out from the salivary glands, and 
 small ulcers appear on the lips, gums, and tongue. A 
 feeling of constriction of the throat, which is found 
 among the symptoms of acute poisoning, has been 
 caused in some susceptible persons by a single medici- 
 nal dose of mercury. 
 
 When its use is continued beyond this point saliva* 
 
82 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 tion increases. The gums become swollen and spongy, 
 and bleed easily. The tongue swells, sometimes pro- 
 truding from the mouth. The teeth are loosened, and 
 a dark line is seen at their upper margin. In some 
 cases ulceration of the soft parts and necrosis of the 
 jaw-bones result. In pronounced chronic poisoning, 
 in addition to these symptoms, there are abdominal 
 pains, nausea, vomiting and diarrhoea, anaemia, ema- 
 ciation and general weakness; aching pains in the 
 bones and joints; loss of hair; a trembling or shaking 
 palsy ; and paralysis, with a brown tint of the skin. In 
 some cases there is wrist-drop. Chronic poisoning may 
 be caused indirectly by exposure to the metal or its 
 fumes, as in various occupations, and it may come on 
 very suddenly. 
 
 When chronic poisoning by mercury is evident, the 
 drug should be stopped immediately, the throat and 
 mouth gargled regularly with a solution of potassium 
 chlorate, and atropine may be given to lessen the exces- 
 sive secretion of saliva, while potassium iodide is used 
 to eliminate the mercury from the tissues. 
 
 Acute poisoning will be described under corrosive 
 sublimate. 
 
 Preparations of Mercury. 
 
 Hydrargyri Chloridum Corrosivum. 
 Corrosive Mercuric Chloride. 
 Corrosive Sublimate. 
 
 Known as bichloride of mercury, or " bichloride.'* 
 Made by subliming bisulphate of mercury with chloride 
 of sodium. Soluble in 16 parts of cold water. It is a 
 powerful germicide under certain conditions, and is 
 ordinarily used as a disinfectant solution for the skin, 
 for dressings, etc. , in a strength of i : iooo. It is not 
 an efficient disinfectant in the case of stools, or bloody 
 or purulent discharges, as it hardens albumin, thus 
 forming a protective shell within which germs retain 
 perfectly their vitality. White materials are stained 
 
THE METALS. 83 
 
 yellow by bichloride of mercury, and it is not always 
 desirable therefore as a disinfectant for clothing. 1 
 
 The external use of bichloride of mercury, as in dress- 
 ing surgical and obstetrical cases, may produce symp- 
 toms of poisoning which must not be overlooked. 
 Among the latter class of cases an eruption of small 
 pimples appears about the buttocks and may extend 
 down the limbs. Sore gums, fetid breath, and saliva- 
 tion may follow. The eruption should always be 
 reported as soon as noticed. In chronic poisoning by 
 this preparation there is more tendency to abdominal 
 pains, diarrhoea, and colic. 
 
 Internally in small over-doses it causes nausea, burn- 
 ing in the stomach, colicky abdominal pain, and 
 diarrhoea; or, these symptoms may not be prominent 
 and a sore ulcerated mouth may show the toxic action. 
 In poisonous doses it is a violent irritant and caustic, 
 and the symptoms appear in a few moments — viz., a 
 metallic taste, the mucous lining of the mouth some- 
 times glazed and white, vomiting of mucus and blood, 
 dysenteric purging, tenesmus, and cramps, with fetid 
 breath. Violent abdominal pain is sometimes, not 
 always, present. The urine is diminished, may con- 
 tain blood and albumin, may be suppressed. In the 
 course of two or three hours there is collapse, with 
 small, quick, irregular pulse, pinched, anxious face, 
 cold extremities, syncope, convulsions, coma, and 
 death. 
 
 The smallest fatal dose is not absolutely certain, but 
 may be put at 3 to 5 grains. Death usually takes place 
 in from 1 to 5 days, but may be earlier or later than this. 
 On recovery the convalescence is long and tedious. 
 
 The antidote is albumin, milk, gluten (flour), or, best 
 of all, the white of egg y in proportion of 1 egg to 4 
 grains of the poison. More than this is said to redis- 
 solve the mercury. 
 
 1 For this purpose the solution of salt and sulphate of zinc is 
 better. See zinc. 
 
84 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 Vomiting should be promptly induced and actively 
 kept up for a time after taking the antidote. 
 
 Average dose, gr. 2^-0.003 Gm., well diluted and given 
 after meals. All other non-purgative preparations are, 
 as a rule, taken after meals also. 
 
 Hydrargyri Salicylas. 
 Mercuric Salicylate. 
 
 Average dose, gr. iT-0.004 Gm. 
 
 Hydrargyri Iodidum Flavum. 
 Yellow Mercurous Iodide. 
 Protoiodide of Mercury. 
 
 Average dose, gr. e-o.oi Gm. 
 
 Hydrargyri Iodidum Rubrum. 
 Red Iodide of Mercury. 
 Biniodide of Mercury. 
 
 Average dose, gr. srir-0.003 Gm. 
 
 Hydrargyri Chloridum Mite. 
 Mild Mercurous Chloride. 
 
 Calome;. 
 
 Made by subliming sulphate of mercury and chloride 
 of sodium. A white, insoluble powder, used as a 
 cathartic and indirect cholagogue. 
 
 It increases the amount of bile evacuated from the 
 intestines without directly increasing the amount 
 secreted by the liver. In the ordinary routine of diges- 
 tion part of the bile in the intestines is re-absorbed and 
 carried back to the liver; but by the action of calomel 
 this is all expelled from the body, the result being that 
 the next quantity secreted must all be newly formed, 
 out of fresh materials. 
 
 Salivation occurs more frequently from the use of 
 calomel than from other mercurials except blue pill, 
 and it has an insidious harmful effect on the teeth, 
 tending to retract the g-ums and expose the unprotected 
 
THE METALS. £5 
 
 roots. Being tasteless and insoluble, it is best given 
 dry on the tongue, with some water after it. It is slow 
 in its action, requiring from 8 to 12 hours if given alone. 
 Salty food should not be taken after calomel, as alka- 
 line chlorides change it into bichloride. Acids also are 
 often forbidden, though this is not now considered very 
 important. 
 
 It should never be used as a home remedy. Average 
 dose, gr. i.-o.o6 Gm., as laxative. 
 
 Massa Hydrargyri. Mass of Mercury. 
 Blue Mass. 
 
 Made by combining mercury in the metallic state 
 with glycyrrhiza, althaea, etc. It contains one third 
 its weight of the metal, and is used, like calomel, as a 
 purgative, but is milder. Each pill contains usually 
 from 3 to 5 grains of the mass, equalling gr. \ of metal. 
 Average dose, gr. iv.-0.25 Gm. 
 
 Hydrargyrum cum Creta. 
 Mercury with Chalk. 
 
 A gray powder, similar in its properties and strength 
 to blue mass. It may be placed dry on the tongue 
 or mixed with glycerin. Dose, gr. i.-v. (0.06-0.25 
 Gm.) The mercurial purgatives are abused by num- 
 bers of persons who prescribe for themselves. They 
 should never be taken without authority, and it is also 
 to be remembered that many quack purgative medi- 
 cines, " liver pills," etc., contain mercury in uncertain 
 quantities, and are harmful. 
 
 Unguentum Hydrargyri. 
 Mercurial Ointment. 
 
 Composed of mercury, benzoinated lard, suet, and 
 oleate of mercury. v Strength about 50%. The diluted 
 ointment is called " blue." 
 
86 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Unguentum Hydrargyri Oxidi Flavi. 
 Ointment of Yellow Mercuric Oxide. 
 
 Strength, io#. 
 
 Unguentum Hydrargyri AmmoniatL 
 Ointment of Ammoniated Mercury. 
 
 Strength, io#. 
 
 Unguentum Hydrargyri Nitratis. 
 Ointment of Mercuric Nitrate. 
 Citrine Ointment. 
 
 Strength, 7 #. Contains also nitric add. 
 
 Black Wash. Not official. 
 Calomel 3 i, lime-water O. j. Used externally. 
 
 Yellow Wash. Not official. 
 
 Corrosive sublimate 3ss, lime-water O. j. Used 
 
 externally. 
 
 These two washes depend for their efficacy on the 
 black and yellow oxides which are formed by the 
 union with lime-water. They are used for syphilitic 
 ulcers. The yellow wash is the more stimulating. 
 
 Mercury, besides being given internally, is used in 
 the form of vapor baths and inunctions. There are 
 many preparations, and with all of them constitutional 
 symptoms are likely to appear, and must always be 
 watched for. 
 
 It is of great importance that the diet of persons 
 taking mercury should be ample and nutritious. 
 
 The bowels should be kept open and the teeth should 
 be kept clean in order to prevent salivation. 
 
 Mercurial ointment should be rubbed in with a piece 
 of flannel and the nurse's hand must be well protected 
 to prevent absorption. 
 
THE METALS. 87 
 
 Arsenium (Arsenic). 
 
 Metallic arsenic is inert, and is not used in medicine. 
 
 Arseni Trioxidum. Arsenic Trioxide. 
 Arsenous Acid. 
 White Arsenic. 
 
 Obtained principally as a secondary product in the 
 roasting of cobalt ores. It is not a true acid, but an 
 anhydride, or acid deprived of its water. All the prep- 
 arations of arsenic are derived from white arsenic. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Arsenic in concentrated form applied to the tissues 
 causes inflammation, followed by ulceration and 
 sloughing. It has therefore been used as an escha- 
 rotic, but its action is very painful and is attended 
 with danger, as arsenic is readily absorbed from broken 
 skin, ulcers, and mucous membrane, unless there is 
 enough inflammation to throw it off; it being under- 
 stood that when an inflammatory process is going on, 
 the absorptive capacity of that part is checked. 
 
 In the stomach in medicinal doses arsenic does not 
 combine with the albuminons contents of the organ, 
 but remains unchanged and acts directly on the mucous 
 membrane, stimulating the nerves and vessels, caus- 
 ing a sense of heat and hunger, and promoting the 
 gastric functions. 
 
 Arsenic enters all organs and tissues, increases tissue 
 changes and the vital activity of the whole system. 
 It does not combine with the tissues, and is excreted 
 chiefly by the urine, and also by the skin, liver, and 
 intestines. Arsenic is therefore, in medicinal doses, a 
 stomachic and general tonic, increasing the appetite 
 and improving digestion and general nutrition. 
 
 It stimulates the secretions, peristaltic action, the 
 brain, heart, and respiratory centre. 
 
88 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 In giving arsenic, the first signs which indicate over- 
 dosing are: a slight puffiness about the eyelids, without 
 redness, and noticeable first in the early morning, dis- 
 appearing later; an itching of the eyelids; tingling or 
 itching of the fingers, abdominal pain or soreness. In- 
 creasing symptoms of over-dosing are: a metallic taste, 
 nausea, vomiting, diarrhoea, and sometimes dysenteric 
 stools, with tenesmus; an irritable and feeble heart 
 action; palpitations and oppressed breathing; eczema 
 and other skin eruptions; trembling and stiffness of the 
 joints; and albuminuria. 
 
 In acute arsenical poisoning two effects are produced 
 upon the tissues: 
 
 i. The epithelium of mucous membranes is desqua- 
 mated, especially in the alimentary canal. 
 
 2. The blood-vessels in the splanchnic area are 
 widely dilated. 
 
 These two conditions give rise to clear watery stools 
 — "rice water stools," — which are characteristic of 
 arsenical poisoning and Asiatic cholera. 
 
 In acute poisoning the symptoms are of two varieties, 
 gastro-intestinal and cerebral. The former is much 
 more common, and is marked by a burning pain at the 
 epigastrium, radiating over the abdomen; violent and 
 uncontrollable vomiting of matter, first mucous, then 
 bilious, and finally serous; intense thirst and dryness 
 of the mouth and throat; stools bloody and offensive, 
 sometimes involuntary; strangury; sometimes bloody 
 urine, or suppression; great restlessness and agitation; 
 dyspnoea ; a rapid, weak, .intermittent pulse ; cold 
 breath; shrunken face; cold and clammy skin, and 
 final collapse, consciousness being retained until death 
 occurs. In the cerebral form there is sudden and deep 
 insensibility, ending in death, without intestinal symp- 
 toms. Occasionally there is a combination of both sets 
 of symptoms; also they may vary according to the form 
 and dose in which the poison has been taken. The 
 time in which they come on is usually from half an 
 
THE METALS. 89 
 
 hour to an hour after taking the poison, and death has 
 occurred in a few hours, but the average length of time 
 is about twenty-five hours. It often happens that re- 
 covery is made from the first effects, with death from 
 exhaustion or secondary causes many days, or even 
 weeks, after. 
 
 The signs to be watched for in the administration of 
 arsenic are: 
 
 1. Puffiness about the eyes in the early morning. 
 
 2. Constriction of the throat. 
 
 3. Gastric disturbances — indigestion, pain, nausea, 
 etc. 
 
 4. Pigmentation of the skin. 
 
 5. " Rice water stools." 
 
 The arsenic should be discontinued for a short time, 
 but may be resumed unless the symptoms were alarm- 
 ing. 
 
 The fatal dose for an adult may be put at from 2 to 4 
 grains. 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning. 
 
 In treating poisoning by arsenic, if vomiting has not 
 already been caused by the poison, emetics should be 
 given: a tablespoon ful of mustard in a glass of warm 
 water, followed by large quantities of mucilaginous and 
 albuminous drinks, such as flaxseed tea, milk, with 
 white of egg, etc. The antidotes, hydrated sesquiox- 
 ide of iron and hydrated magnesia, have been described 
 under iron and may be given in water, a tablespoonful 
 at a time, every few minutes while necessary. Castor- 
 oil should be given to clear the bowels. If the poison 
 has been taken in solution, the antidotes will precipitate 
 it in an insoluble form, but no confidence can be placed 
 in them if the powder has been taken, as rat- poison 
 (often used in suicidal cases). The early and complete 
 removal of the poison by emetics and purgatives is then 
 the only real hope. The urine must be watched, as 
 suppression may occur, and, while the patient lives, a 
 daily specimen saved for examination. 
 
 Arsenic is not accumulative, and is an irritant, not 
 
go MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 a corrosive, poison. After death the stomach and in- 
 testines are found to be deeply reddened and inflamed, 
 but not ulcerated. The post-mortem appearances, as 
 well as many of the symptoms, resemble those of chol- 
 era very strongly. Chronic poisoning is caused by the 
 inhalation of arsenical fumes, by the use of wall-papers 
 and clothing dyed with materials containing arsenic, 
 and by eating adulterated candy and other articles of 
 food. 
 
 Preparations of Arsenic. 
 
 Arseni Trioxidum. 
 Arsenic Trioxide. 
 
 Arsenous Acid. 
 
 Average dose, gr. st>-o.oo2 Gm., well diluted and 
 given after meals. 
 
 Liquor Acidi Arsenosi. 
 Solution of Arsenous Acid. 
 
 Contains arsenic trioxide i part in ioo, and diluted 
 hydrochloric acid 5 parts in 100. 
 
 Average dose, 111 iii.-o.2 mil, well diluted and given 
 after meals. 
 
 Liquor Potassii Arsenitis. 
 Solution of Potassium Arsenite. 
 Fowler's Solution of Arsenic. ) 
 
 Contains tr. of lavender and arsenic trioxide and 
 bicarbonate of potassium, 1 part of arsenic in 100. Five 
 minims represent gr. ih. 
 
 Average dose, iri iii.-o.2 mil, well diluted and given 
 soon after meals. 
 
 Arseni Iodidum. 
 Arsenous Iodide. 
 
 Average dose, gr. iT-0.005 Gm. 
 
THE METALS. 91 
 
 Liquor Arseni et Hydrargyri Iodidi. 
 Solution of Arsenous and Mercuric Iodides. 
 (Donovan's Solution.) 
 
 A very powerful alterative, containing 1 % each of 
 iodide of arsenic and red iodide of mercury. It is 
 capable of acting as a corrosive poison, and may sali- 
 vate. Iyocally it is a violent irritant. 
 
 Average dose, TT[ ii-0.1 mil, well diluted. 
 
 Cupri Arsenis. Not official. 
 Paris Green. 
 
 Is not used medicinally, but is often taken as a means 
 of suicide. 
 
 It may be repeated in conclusion that all preparations 
 of arsenic should be given well diluted, and soon after 
 meals, to avoid the local irritant action on the stomach; 
 and that it is necessary to keep close watch for the con- 
 stitutional symptoms, which may at first be so unob- 
 trusive as to escape notice. 
 
 Antimonium (Antimony). 
 
 The metal itself (stibium) is not official, all prepara- 
 tions being derived from black antimony, which is 
 obtained from siliceous matter, purified and powdered. 
 
 Antimonii et Potassii Tartras. 
 Antimony and Potassium Tartrate. 
 Tartar Emetic. 
 
 Made by boiling cream of tartar and water with 
 oxide of antimony. 
 
 Tartar emetic, applied to the skin, is a strong coun- 
 ter-irritant, and excites an eruption closely resembling 
 that of smallpox, viz., small papules, becoming vesicu- 
 lar and finally pustular. It is now but little used in 
 this way. Internally it is irritant, and, as an emetic, 
 its action is partly direct — that is, acting immediately 
 
92 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 on the walls of the stomach, and partly indirect, or 
 acting on the nerve-centre in the medulla which con- 
 trols vomiting. Tartar emetic causes nausea and de- 
 pression both before and after the act of vomiting, and 
 is therefore not well suited to cases where rapid action 
 with as little depression as possible is required, as in 
 poisoning. 
 
 In small continued doses the local action of tartar 
 emetic is apt to produce loss of appetite, nausea, diar- 
 rhoea, and pain. In the tissues antimony has an alter- 
 ative action, the special results being an increase of the 
 waste products of the body, with a lessening of oxygen- 
 ation, and fatty degeneration of the organs. 
 
 Tartar emetic depresses the circulation even in small 
 doses, the first effect visible after a therapeutic dose 
 being a diminution of the pulse and increase of per- 
 spiration. 
 
 With a continuance of the medicine the pulse be- 
 comes weakened, soft, and compressible, infrequent 
 and irregular, and fainting may occur. Respiration is 
 weakened, inspiration being shortened, and expiration 
 lengthened. 
 
 The nervous system is depressed, a feeling of languor, 
 sleepiness, and lassitude being produced by a moderate 
 dose. It affects the muscular system so powerfully 
 that before chloroform came into use tartar emetic was 
 employed to produce muscular relaxation in the reduc- 
 tion of dislocations, etc., and the depressed state so 
 brought about lasted for six or eight days in spite of 
 heart stimulants. 
 
 Emetic doses cause great muscular weakness, trem- 
 ors, and aching of the muscles, loss of power to stand, 
 with free perspiration and an increase of saliva. 
 
 Antimony is excreted by all the mucous surfaces, the 
 liver, kidneys, and skin. 
 
 Its excretion by the bile shows it to be a hepatic 
 Stimulant ; in passing through the kidneys it acts as 
 a diuretic, and through the skin as a diaphoretic. 
 
 The characteristic pustular eruption is sometimes 
 caused by its internal use. 
 
THE METALS. 93 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 The symptoms of poisoning are very like those of 
 the collapse of cholera, viz.: shrunken features, cold 
 surface and breath; great epigastric pain, vomiting, and 
 purging; small, rapid, soft, and irregular pulse; cyano- 
 sis; syncope; cramps of the lower extremities; insen- 
 sibility to stimulants; intense prostration; delirium; 
 tetanic spasms in some cases, or aphonia. 
 
 The quantity of tartar emetic which will destroy life 
 is not definitely known. The smallest fatal dose re- 
 corded is I of a grain in the case of a child; gr. ii. has 
 caused death in an adult, while doses have been re- 
 covered from, ranging from gr. xx. to § i. It is prob- 
 able that, under ordinary circumstances favoring the 
 action of the poison, gr. x. or xv. would destroy life, if 
 taken at once, or a smaller quantity, if divided. The 
 symptoms come on rapidly, and death may occur in a 
 few hours, or days, or may be delayed for several weeks. 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning. 
 
 The antidote is tannic acid; or substances containing 
 it, as strong tea. Opium, and alcoholic stimulants, 
 with demulcent drinks, are given. 
 
 Average dose of tartar emetic, gr. Tir-0.005 Gm., 
 diluted. 
 
 Vinum Antimonii. 
 
 Wine of Antimony. Not official. 
 
 Contains of tartar emetic gr. ii. to § i. 
 This preparation decomposes on being kept, and a 
 fungoid growth takes place in it which unfits it for use. 
 It is not considered useful. 
 
 Syrapus Scillae Compositus. 
 Compound Syrup of Squill. 
 
 Contains squill, senega, sugar, and water, with tartar 
 emetic, about gr. | to 3 i. Syrup of squill is some- 
 times used as a domestic remedy for children, without 
 
94 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 a physician's order, and as tartar emetic is not a safe 
 medicine for children, its unauthorized use has some- 
 times had fatal effects, and should always be strongly 
 discouraged. 
 
 Bismuthum (Bismuth). 
 
 A crystalline metal, impure in its crude state, and 
 containing arsenic as one of the impurities. It goes 
 through various chemical processes by way of purifica- 
 tion. Not official as a metal. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Externally and internally bismuth acts as a mild 
 sedative and astringent. It is useful as a dry appli- 
 cation in the first stages of bed-sores, as a dressing for 
 burns and blisters, and may be satisfactorily used on 
 small fresh wounds. It is given internally as an astrin- 
 gent, and in large quantities colors the faeces black or 
 dark-gray. 
 
 Bismuthi Subnitras. 
 Bismuth Subnitrate. 
 
 A heavy white powder, odorless and almost taste- 
 less, insoluble in water. The easiest way to give it is 
 mixed in a little glycerin and diluted with milk or 
 water; or it may be given in wine, or placed dry on the 
 tongue. 
 
 Average dose, gr. viii.-o.5 Gm. 
 
 NON-METALLIC ELEMENTS. 
 
 Phosphorus, Phosphorus. 
 
 A non-metallic element made from bones, by treating 
 bone-ash with sulphuric acid and water. It is a semi- 
 transparent, almost colorless, wax-like solid, with a 
 peculiar garlic odor; it is luminous in the dark, is in- 
 soluble in water, and soluble in ether and in oils. 
 
NON-METALLIC ELEMENTS. 95 
 
 Phosphorus is a constituent of the most important 
 tissues of the body, especially of the nervous system, 
 where it exists as phosphorized fats. In the bones it 
 is present as phosphate of calcium, magnesium, and 
 sodium. It is contained in various articles of food, 
 especially in fish and vegetables. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 In small doses phosphorus acts as a tonic and alter- 
 ative, and stimulates the nutritive processes, especially 
 in the case of the nervous and bony tissues. Given for 
 a considerable length of time in small doses it affects 
 the structure of bone, and makes the spongy portion 
 firm and compact. The heart is stimulated by medici- 
 nal doses of phosphorus, and the temperature slightly 
 raised. 
 
 Full doses given for a long time disturb the stomach, 
 producing eructations of gas (phosphide of hydrogen), 
 and depress the heart. Perspiration and urine are in- 
 creased by phosphorus, and the latter becomes reddish 
 and has the odor of violets. 
 
 Phosphorus poisoning causes grave changes in met- 
 abolism, indicated by lessened oxidation, and fatty de- 
 generation in all the tissues of the body and cirrhosis 
 of the various organs, stomach, liver, and kidneys, as 
 well as necrosis of bone, especially of the jaw. 
 
 Phosphorus is an irritant poison, and the symptoms 
 vary somewhat according to the state in which it is 
 taken, appearing more quickly after taking a solution 
 in oil, or the paste used as a vermin killer, than after 
 match heads or ordinary phosphorus have been used. 
 In the latter case the symptoms do not come on at once; 
 some hours usually — sometimes one or two days — in- 
 tervening before they show themselves. Then epigas- 
 tric pain and burning begin, with a burning sensation 
 in the throat, a taste of garlic in the mouth, and an 
 odor of garlic to the breath; great thirst, nausea, and 
 vomiting. During the first eight or ten hours the 
 vomited matters have a garlic odor and are luminous 
 
g6 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 in the dark, and if purging occurs, the faecal matters 
 are sometimes luminous, as is also the urine. Vomit- 
 ing sometimes continues through the whole of the 
 attack, but usually stops about the second or third day. 
 Jaundice is a characteristic but not an invariable 
 symptom. It appears from the third to the fifth day, 
 and with it vomiting may reappear, exuded blood 
 giving a peculiar appearance which is described as 
 " coffee- ground." There is great prostration, with a 
 small, frequent, almost imperceptible pulse, and cold 
 skin. The mind may remain clear, or there may be 
 noisy delirium. Sometimes convulsions occur, or 
 paralysis. Death may take place suddenly from col- 
 lapse and paralysis of the heart, but more commonly 
 the patient dies comatose from gradual failure of res- 
 piration and circulation. The time at which death 
 occurs varies from a few hours to several weeks, the 
 average time being several days or a week. 
 
 The fatal dose is stated to be between gr. f and ii., 
 though it may vary according to circumstances, and 
 large quantities have been recovered from. 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning. 
 
 The chemical antidote is the crude French acid tur- 
 pentine, which is given in doses of 3 ss. every fifteen 
 minutes. After the poison has entered the blood there 
 is no known antidote, and therefore emetics and purga- 
 tives are of the greatest importance. Sulphate of 
 copper is the emetic used, and forms an insoluble com- 
 pound, phosphide of copper. It is given in dilute solu- 
 tion, gr. ii. at a time, every five minutes until vomiting 
 is caused, and after that in small doses, gr. \, every 
 twenty minutes as long as ordered. Hydrated mag- 
 nesia may be used as a purgative. Mucilaginous and 
 albuminous drinks are given, and all oils and fats care- 
 fully avoided, both in medicine and nourishment, as 
 they dissolve phosphorus and hasten its absorption. 
 
 Chronic phosphorus poisoning is found among arti- 
 sans who are exposed to the fumes, and is especially 
 
Calcii 
 Potassii 
 
 NON-METALLIC ELEMENTS. 97 
 
 characterized by necrosis of the jaw. This form of 
 poisoning is not as common now, since improved ways 
 of making matches have been introduced, as it once 
 was. 
 
 Preparations of Phosphorus. 
 
 Pilulae Phosphori. 
 Pills of Phosphorus. 
 
 Kach contains gr. T J ¥ of phosphorus. (0.0006 Gm.) 
 
 " .. \ Hypophosphis. Calcium ) H ypophosphite. 
 
 ssiij Potassium) 
 
 Average dose of each, gr. viii.-o.5 Gm. 
 
 Sodii Hypophosphis. Sodium Hypophosphite. 
 
 Average dose, gr. xv.-i Gm. 
 
 Syrupus Hypophosphitum. 
 Syrup of Hypophosphites. 
 
 Contains hypophosphite of lime, about gr. iii. to 
 3 i., and of soda and potash each about gr. i. to 
 3 i., with diluted hypophosphorous acid, glycerine, 
 and sugar. 
 
 Average dose, 3 iiss.-io mils, diluted. 
 
 Chlorum (Chlorine). 
 
 Chlorine is a greenish-yellow gas, belonging to the 
 halogen group of elements. The title " halogen " is 
 derived from the Greek word meaning sea, and is so 
 given because the most important members of the group 
 are obtained directly or indirectly from the ocean — viz. : 
 chlorine, obtained from sea-salt; bromine, from sea- 
 water; and iodine, from sea- weed. 
 
 Chlorine itself is not official, but is represented in 
 medicine by several of its compounds; also by hydro- 
 chloric acid and chlorinated lime, by which it is 
 furnished. Chlorine is irrespirable, and of strong 
 penetrating odor. It is soluble in water, in the propor- 
 tion of two parts gas to one oart water. If inhaled in 
 7 
 
98 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 any quantity it irritates the lining of the air-passages, 
 causes spasm of the glottis, and narcotizes the brain. 
 
 It is a most powerful disinfectant, antiseptic, and 
 deodorant, its great activity in these respects being 
 due to its affinity for hydrogen, by which it decom- 
 poses compounds containing hydrogen, and sets oxygen 
 free in its most active state, as ozone. It is not used 
 in disinfecting clothing, as it destroys the color and 
 texture of fabrics, nor the person, as it cannot be 
 breathed in a strength sufficient to destroy germs. 
 For disinfecting rooms it may be prepared as follows: 
 Mix equal parts of common salt and black oxide of 
 manganese. To a tablespoonful of this powder, in a 
 saucer, add a tablespoonful ( § ss.) of strong sulphuric 
 acid diluted one third with water. In cold weather the 
 saucer should be heated. This will produce enough 
 chlorine to disinfect a room thirty-two feet square. 
 
 Calx Chlorinata. 
 Chlorinated Lime. 
 
 Made by the action of chlorine on slaked lime, con- 
 taining 30 per cent, chlorine. Its action as a disin- 
 fectant is that of chlorine, and when so used it should 
 be perfectly fresh or it is valueless. To test it, dissolve 
 a little in water; if the solution is clear it is good, but 
 if it has lost its chlorine the solution will be turbid 
 and milky. This preparation is popularly called 
 chloride of lime. 
 
 Liquor Sods Chlorinatae. 
 Solution of Chlorinated Soda, 
 
 Labarraque'a Solution. 
 
 Contains sodium carbonate and chlorinated lime. A 
 greenish-yellow liquid, with sharp salty taste and very 
 slight odor of chlorine. It is a good preparation for 
 cleansing purposes in sick-rooms, wards, etc., in weak 
 solution. In full strength it removes stains from glass. 
 Medicine droppers, douche nozzles, and other small 
 articles which are hard to clean may be soaked in it 
 until the stains come away. 
 
NON-METALLIC ELEMENTS. 99 
 
 The antidote, in case of poisoning by any of the 
 chlorine compounds, is albumin: white of egg } milk 
 and flour. 
 
 Bromum, (Bromine.) 
 
 A liquid element obtained from sea-water and from 
 certain mineral springs. A dark, brownish-red, very 
 volatile liquid, of strong and suffocating odor. When 
 brought into contact with organic matter it oxidizes 
 and destroys it with great rapidity. Its local action 
 is, therefore, powerfully irritant and escharotic. It 
 is also a deodorant and antiseptic. It is never given 
 internally, alone, but has been used as a caustic, and 
 the vapor has been used medicinally. 
 
 Preparations of Bromine. 
 
 Potassii Bromidum. 
 Potassium Bromide. 
 
 Prepared by adding a solution of pure carbonate of 
 potash to a solution of bromide of iron, filtering, and 
 evaporating. Colorless crystals, soluble in ij% parts 
 water. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Potassium bromide lessens cerebral activity, and the 
 tendency to " emotionalism"; diminishes the sensibil- 
 ity and irritability of the mind in various nervous states; 
 such, for instance, as result from excessive mental 
 strain, anxiety, or intellectual work; and produces a 
 condition of anaemia of the brain such as is found in 
 natural sleep. It is thus an indirect hypnotic, not 
 acting like opium or chloral, but inducing sleep by 
 bringing about a physiological condition favorable to 
 its advent. Bromide of potash is depressing to the 
 heart and respirations, both being slowed and weak- 
 ened by its action. The spinal centres, spinal nerves, 
 and the muscles are all depressed, and the tempera- 
 
IOO MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 ture somewhat lowered, though not to any marked 
 extent. Bromide of potassium contains 66 per cent, of 
 bromine. 
 Dose, gr. x.-xx. (0.65-1.3 Gm.) 
 
 Ammonii Bromidum. 
 Ammonium Bromide. 
 
 Prepared by precipitating the freshly made solution 
 of bromide of iron with ammonia water. The salt re- 
 maining in solution is crystallized and powdered. It 
 is soluble in i£ parts of water. The effects and uses of 
 bromide of ammonia are very like those of the bromide 
 of potash, and it is said to be, in addition, slightly 
 stimulating. It is not much used. 
 
 Average dose, gr. xv.-i Gm, 
 
 Sodii Bromidum 
 Sodium Bromide. 
 
 Colorless crystals, soluble in itu parts of water, and 
 containing 98 per cent, of sodium bromide. It resembles 
 potassium bromide, and has very much the same quali- 
 ties. It is considered less depressing, and the least 
 toxic of all the bromide preparations. There is a 
 variety of opinions as to its hypnotic power compared 
 with that of potassium bromide. 
 
 Average dose, gr. xv.-i Gm. 
 
 Lithii Bromidum. 
 Lithium Bromide. 
 
 A granular, very soluble salt, containing 98 per cent, 
 of lithium bromide. In addition to the hypnotic power 
 of the bromides in general it is said to have some tonic 
 and diuretic action. 
 
 Average dose, gr. xv.-i Gm. 
 
 Incidental Effects. 
 
 In giving a course of the bromides it is very essential 
 that the state of the digestion and of the bowels be 
 
NON-METALLIC ELEMENTS. IOI 
 
 carefully watched, and the latter strictly regulated, foi 
 the accumulation of an excess of bromine in the system 
 causes a series of symptoms known as " bromism." 
 The first is usually a salty taste in the mouth, with 
 salivation and fetid breath. Next come drowsiness, 
 heaviness, and sluggishness of intellect, loss of mem- 
 ory, partial aphasia, depressed spirits, a staggering 
 gait, dull, listless expression, sluggish pupils, and 
 sometimes an infrequency of winking. 
 
 One of the marked features of bromism is the appear- 
 ance of eruptions of the skin, in great variety, and of 
 varying severity. All manner of skin lesions have 
 been described as resulting from the use of bromine, 
 even to one resembling that of smallpox. The most 
 common is a simple acne or eruption of pimples. It 
 sometimes occurs early, or after the use of small doses, 
 yet is not always among the first symptoms. 
 
 The bromides are excreted by the kidneys chiefly, 
 also by the salivary and mammary glands, the skin, 
 and all mucous surfaces. They are rapidly diffused, 
 appearing in the secretions a few moments after being 
 taken. 
 
 Iodum (Iodine). 
 
 Iodine is a non- metallic element of bluish color, 
 derived chiefly from the ashes of sea- weeds; not read- 
 ily soluble in water; soluble in ether, alcohol, and 
 glycerin. It is never given internally in crude form. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Applied externally iodine is an irritant and vesi- 
 cant, and stains the skin yellow, or, in repeated appli- 
 cations, deep brown. It causes some pain, with a 
 feeling of warmth, and desquamation may follow its 
 use. It is absorbed into the blood partly through the 
 skin and partly in the form of vapor. 
 
 The vapor of iodine, like that of chlorine, but in a 
 feebler degree, decomposes sulphuretted and phosphu- 
 retted compounds, and is. therefore, antiseptic and 
 
102 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 disinfectant. Internally iodine excites a sensation of 
 heat and burning in the stomach. In sufficient quan- 
 tity it is an irritant poison, causing inflammation of the 
 lining of the stomach, severe pain in the abdomen, 
 vomiting, and purging. The matters vomited have a 
 yellow color, except when farinaceous food has been 
 taken; in this case they are blue or purplish. The 
 amount of iodine necessary to produce toxic symptoms 
 varies with constitutional peculiarities and with the 
 kind and amount of food in the stomach. Death has 
 been caused in twenty-four hours by 3 i. The antidote 
 is starch or flour stirred up in water, and emetics should 
 be given afterwards. 
 
 Iodine is rapidly excreted, appearing in the urine, 
 the perspiration, saliva, bile, milk, and mucous secre- 
 tions, especially of the air-passages. 
 
 Preparations of Iodine. 
 
 Potassii Iodidum. 
 Potassium Iodide. 
 
 Made by dissolving iodine in liquor potassae, evapo- 
 rating, and treating the residue with wood charcoal. 
 
 Potassium iodide is extremely diffusible and enters 
 the blood with great rapidity. It acts in a general 
 way as a tonic and stimulant to nutrition, accelerates 
 tissue-changes, and increases the excretion of wastes 
 products. It has some slight diuretic action, and 
 has the power of dislodging from the tissues vari- 
 ous poisonous metallic substances, notably lead and 
 mercury. 
 
 The lymphatic glands are reduced in size by iodide 
 of potash, and, like mercury, it has over some forms of 
 disease a marked and positive influence, not thoroughly 
 explainable. Its action in these cases is called '* spe- 
 cific " or " alterative." 
 
 Incidental Effects. 
 
 In giving any of the iodides, and especially the iodide 
 of potash, the peculiar set of symptoms known as 
 
NON-METALLIC ELEMENTS. 103 
 
 "iodism" must be carefully watched for. There is 
 first an inflammation of the mucous membrane of the 
 head resembling acute coryza, or catarrh; running at 
 the eyes and nose, salivation, swelling of the eyelids, 
 sneezing, and frontal headaches; sore-throat, hoarse- 
 ness, and trouble in swallowing, with a feeling of gen- 
 eral wretchedness, and rise in temperature. 
 
 There are also several varieties of eruptions which 
 may appear, said to be more likely to occur in the case 
 of patients with diseased kidneys. The most common 
 is an eruption of acne on the face, shoulders, and 
 thighs, and eczema is also frequent. 
 
 Debility and pains in the joints are sometimes 
 noticed, and in some cases digestive disturbances 
 result, with nausea and diarrhoea. 
 
 The solution of 1 in 1 (Tit i. = gr. i.) is best given 
 in milk; or it may be given in cinnamon water, or the 
 compound syrup of sarsaparilla, to disguise the un- 
 pleasant taste. It is often ordered with bichloride of 
 mercury, and they may be given together, but if it is 
 not ordered in combination it should never be added to 
 any other medicine, but given alone. 
 
 By largely diluting it and giving it on an empty 
 stomach, symptoms of iodism are in a measure avoided. 
 
 Potassium iodide is given pleasantly and with great 
 freedom in aromatic spirits of ammonia. 
 
 Average dose, gr. V.-0.3 Gm. 
 
 Liquor Iodi Compositus. 
 Compound Solution of Iodine. 
 Lugol's Solution. 
 
 Composed of iodine and potassium iodide — of the 
 former, 5%. 
 
 Average dose, ni iii.-o.2 mil, well diluted. 
 
 Tinctura Iodi. 
 Tincture of Iodine. 
 
 Contains 70 Gm. iodine, and 50 Gm. potassium 
 iodide, in 1000 mils alcohol. 
 
104 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 Recent surgical work has given the iodine tincture 
 a distinguished place in the technique of disinfection 
 and treatment of wounds. It was formerly used simply 
 as a counterirritant, painted on the skin as ordered, 
 with a camel's-hair brush. If the application is pain- 
 ful and it is desirable to remove it, a weak solution of 
 ammonia will take it off. 
 
 Unguentum Iodi. 
 Iodine Ointment. 
 
 Contains 4 parts in 100 of iodine, with 4 parts of 
 potassium iodide, 12 parts glycerine, and benzoinated 
 lard to make up the rest. 
 
 Iodoformum/ 
 Iodoform. 
 
 Iodoform is made by heating iodine with potassium 
 carbonate, alcohol, and water, and allowing the crys- 
 talline deposit to settle. It consists of small, bright- 
 yellow, lustrous crystalline scales, with a very strong 
 and clinging odor, and sweetish taste. It contains 
 about 97 per cent, of iodine, and is freely soluble in 
 oils, ether, and chloroform. It is slightly volatile at 
 ordinary temperatures, and at a temperature above 
 239 F. emits vapors of iodine. 
 
 Iodoform was discovered in 1822, but was not used 
 for some years. Before the perfecting of surgical tech- 
 nique it had great vogue for a time as a disinfectant 
 and antiseptic. Iodoform gauze was much used for 
 wounds and dressings, and the powder freely applied. 
 This overuse caused many cases of poisoning, as it is 
 absorbed with great facility through an abraded surface. 
 
NON-METALLIC ELEMENTS. 105 
 
 Such incidents checked its popularity, and its strong 
 odor made patients averse to it. 
 
 As sterilization developed and other substances were 
 evolved, the use of iodoform was diminished. In cases 
 of poisoning by absorption through a wounded surface, 
 the following symptoms may occur: 
 
 Rise of temperature as high as 104 F., or higher. 
 This may be the only symptom; or with it there may 
 be headache, a rapid and compressible pulse, and loss 
 of appetite, the symptoms going off as soon as the 
 iodoform is discontinued. Iodine is found in the urine 
 in iodoform poisoning. More serious effects are: a 
 grave depression of the system, and anxious melan- 
 cholia; a restless mental condition, with very weak and 
 rapid pulse, perhaps reaching 180; drowsiness, delirium, 
 and collapse. Death sometimes occurs quickly, even 
 though the application be stopped. The amount cap- 
 able of causing fatal poisoning has been recorded as 
 varying from 500 grains upwards. In using iodoform 
 the extent of exposed surface through which absorption 
 may take place is of more importance than the actual 
 amount applied, which may not all be absorbed. 
 
 Iodoform is sometimes given internally, in pill or 
 capsule. Average dose, gr. ii.-0.125 Gm. 
 
 Unguentum Iodoformi. 
 Iodoform Ointment. 
 
 Iodoform 10 parts, and benzoinated lard 90 parts. 
 
 Iodolum. 
 Iodol. 
 
 Iodol is an unofficial substance which has been 
 produced in the attempt to make an equivalent for 
 iodoform, which should have its qualities without the 
 unpleasant odor. It is obtained by the action of iodine 
 on certain constituents of mineral oil, and contains 
 about 85 per cent, iodine. It is a yellowish-brown 
 
106 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 powder, which darkens on exposure to light. It is 
 odorless, soluble in alcohol, ether, and chloroform; in- 
 soluble in water. It is said to be as efficiently anti- 
 septic and disinfectant as iodoform, having the same 
 deodorant and anaesthetic properties, but it is not 
 much used. 
 
 Other derivatives of iodoform, unofficial, are : 
 
 Aristol. Antiseptin. 
 
 Europhen. Losophane. 
 
 Antiseptol. Sozoiodol. 
 
 Sozal. Sulphaminol. 
 Thiophene. 
 
 Sulphur (Brimstone). 
 
 Sulphur is found native in volcanic districts as 
 crude sulphur, and in combination with metals, as 
 sulphides. Not official as crude sulphur. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Sulphur is used externally for its action on the skin. 
 It has no local action of its own, but by contact with 
 the products of the skin it changes into sulphuretted 
 hydrogen and sulphides, which are active substances. 
 In this form it is a vascular stimulant, a nerve 
 sedative, a stimulant to the skin, and a diaphoretic. 
 
 Taken internally it acts as a laxative, increasing 
 peristalsis, and it has also probably some power of 
 influencing nutrition. 
 
 If taken for a long time it impairs the blood and 
 causes emaciation, anaemia, trembling, and debility. It 
 forms sulphuretted hydrogen in the intestines, giving 
 an unpleasant odor to the faeces, and the same dis- 
 agreeable odor is imparted to the perspiration, by the 
 excretion of sulphur through the skin. Silver jewelry 
 worn by a patient taking sulphur becomes discolored 
 by the excretions of the skin. 
 
NON-METALLIC ELEMENTS. 107 
 
 Preparations of Sulphur. 
 
 Sulphur Sublimatum. 
 Sublimed Sulphur. 
 Flowers of Sulphur. 
 
 Prepared from crude sulphur (which compressed into 
 molds forms the roll sulphur used in fumigating) by 
 subliming. A yellow powder, tasteless, and odorless 
 until heated, and insoluble in water. It always con- 
 tains a little sulphuric acid, and is used only in making 
 other preparations. 
 
 Sulphur Lotum. 
 Washed Sulphur. 
 
 Sublimed sulphur washed with ammonia water and 
 freed from acid. The action is laxative. It is given 
 in powder mixed with simple syrup or molasses. Dose, 
 3 L-4 Gm., given at night. 
 
 Potassa Sulphurata. 
 Liver of Sulphur. 
 
 A mixture containing about 12 per cent, of sul- 
 phur. Solid greenish pieces, alkaline, and of very 
 acrid taste; soluble in water, making an orange-colored 
 solution. Locally applied, sulphurated potash is an 
 irritant, and taken internally is a violent corrosive 
 poison. It is used in ointments and in giving sulphur 
 baths; in the latter case in a strength of from 3 i.-vi. to 
 30 gallons of water. The bath may last from twenty 
 minutes to two hours, and has a generally stimulat- 
 ing effect. 
 
 A papular eruption and eczema sometimes follow the 
 use of sulphur. 
 
 Unguentum Sulphuris. 
 Sulphur Ointment. 
 
 Sulphur in strength of 1 \ parts in 10, with benzoin 
 ated laid. 
 
108 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 Ichthyol. Not official. 
 
 A preparation obtained from a bitumen ' found in the 
 Tyrol, and supposed to be the residue of extinct fishes. 
 It contains 10 per cent, of sulphur and is not irritating 
 to the skin. It is used externally in an ointment of 
 10-20 per cent, strength. It is useful as a sedative, 
 antiseptic, and alterative. 
 
 Carbo Ligni. 
 
 Wood Charcoal. 
 
 Charcoal is obtained from the combustion of bones, 
 — carbo animalis, animal charcoal, or bone black — and 
 of wood — carbo ligni, wood charcoal. 
 
 Charcoal absorbs and condenses many gases and 
 vapors, coloring matters, alkaloids, and other sub- 
 stances in quantities many times greater than its own 
 bulk; and when exposed to the air it thus increases 
 rapidly in weight. For this reason, when intended for 
 medicinal purposes it must be kept carefully covered in 
 well-stoppered bottles. 
 
 Externally it is used as an absorbent and deodo- 
 rant, and internally as a carminative. It may be 
 given between two slices of bread and butter, or mixed 
 with wine. Charcoal does not enter the system, but is 
 entirely expelled by the bowels. Average dose, gr. xv- 
 i Gm. 
 
 Liquor Hydrogenii Dioxidi. 
 Solution of Hydrogen Dioxide. 
 Solution of Hydrogen Peroxide. 
 
 A slightly acid watery solution of hydrogen dioxide, 
 containing, when fresh, about 3 per cent., by weight, 
 of the pure dioxide, corresponding to about ten volumes 
 of oxygen. 
 
 It is used in the treatment of ulcers, fetid suppura- 
 
 1 An inflammable mineral substance. 
 
INORGA NIC A CIDS. 1 09 
 
 tion, diphtheritic membranes, etc. Its virtues depend 
 on its readiness to yield oxygen to all oxidizable sub- 
 stances. 
 
 As it soon loses strength, it should be kept in small 
 quantities, in a cool place, not exposed to the light, 
 and as it is an expensive article, should be carefully 
 used. 
 
 INORGANIC ACIDS. 
 
 Acidum Sulphuricum, Sulphuric Acid. 
 
 (Oil of Vitriol.) 
 
 Sulphuric acid is made by passing in leaden chambers 
 simultaneously the vapors of burning sulphur, nitric 
 acid, steam, and air. 
 
 It is a colorless, oily-looking, intensely acid liquid, 
 containing 7.5 per cent, water. On exposure to the air 
 it absorbs moisture. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Sulphuric acid is a powerful corrosive, and ab- 
 stracts water from animal and vegetable tissue, leaving 
 carbon. It thus blackens organic matter while destroy- 
 ing its texture. 
 
 Concentrated and mixed in a paste with charcoal, 
 sulphuric acid has been used as an escharotic. Di- 
 luted, its special action both externally and internally 
 is that of an astringent. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 When swallowed in concentrated form it corrodes the 
 alimentary canal, causing acute pain of the mouth, 
 throat, and epigastrium. The tongue and lining of the 
 mouth are whitened, like parchment, afterwards turn- 
 ing brown, while brown or blackened spots appear on 
 the lips. 
 
 There are: violent vomiting, of tarry matters often, 
 
IIO' MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 cold extremities, and clammy skin; proiuse and bloody 
 salivation, suppressed voice, and feeble pulse. The 
 face expresses great suffering and anxiety. The mind 
 is clear. The matters at first vomited are acid, and if 
 they fall on colored articles of dress the color is taken 
 out and the texture destroyed; while on black material 
 brown spots are produced, with an edge of red. 
 
 There is sometimes perforation of the stomach or in- 
 testines. The symptoms come on immediately after 
 the act of swallowing, and death may result in a few 
 hours, but usually delays for from 18 to 24 hours; 
 occurring, finally, very suddenly. The smallest fatal 
 dose recorded is 3 i. Usually § i. or more has been 
 taken. 
 
 Antidotes. 
 
 The antidotes are chalk, magnesia, whitewash, or 
 soap. They should be mixed in milk or water and 
 given 'freely. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Acidum Sulphuricum Dilutum. 
 Diluted Sulphuric Acid. 
 
 Has a strength of 10 per cent, of the acid. 
 Average dose, TU, xv.-i mil. 
 
 Acidum Sulphuricum Aromaticum. 
 Aromatic Sulphuric Acid. 
 
 Contains alcohol and aromatics, and acid in a strength 
 of 20 per cent. Both these preparations should be given 
 well diluted, and through a glass tube, to save the 
 teeth from injury. 
 
 Average dose, Ti[ xv.-i mil. 
 
 Acidum Nitricum, Nitric Acid. 
 
 (Aqua Fortis.) 
 
 Nitric acid is prepared from nitre by distillation with 
 water and sulphuric acid. A colorless, intensely acid, 
 
INORGA NIC A CIDS. 1 1 1 
 
 fuming liquid, containing 68 per cent, acid, the rest 
 water. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 It is a very powerful caustic, and if used in this way 
 the sound tissues should be protected by a coating of 
 oil or soap, or sheet-lint wet in a solution of bicarbo- 
 nate of soda, and the spot cauterized be washed with 
 warm soap-suds after sufficient effect has been obtained. 
 
 Taken internally in medicinal doses it has stimulant 
 and astringent properties. 
 
 Poisoning and Antidotes. 
 
 In concentrated form nitric acid is an exceedingly 
 corrosive poison, even more violent than sulphuric 
 acid. Like the latter, it destroys the membrane lining 
 of the mouth, oesophagus, and stomach. The symp- 
 toms are the same, except that nitric acid stains the 
 tissues yellow instead of black. They come on with 
 the same severity, and immediately. The antidotes 
 are the same, and death occurs on an average in half a 
 day, or a day. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Nitric Acid is used in preparing Acidum Nitro- 
 hydrochloricum in its strong and diluted forms. There 
 is no longer an official preparation of diluted nitric acid 
 for medicinal use. 
 
 Acidum Hydrochloricum. 
 Hydrochloric (Muriatic) Acid. 
 
 Hydrochloric acid is obtained by the action of sul- 
 phuric acid on chloride of sodium, and solution of the 
 fumes in water until it has a strength of about 31 per 
 cent. An almost colorless, very acid liquid, with pun- 
 gent odor. It is one of the natural acids of the stomach, 
 
112 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 and acts as a tonic on the glands of the alimentary- 
 canal, increasing the normal secretions. Its astringent 
 properties are not marked. In concentrated form it is 
 a corrosive poison, not as powerful as nitric or sulphuric 
 acids. The symptoms and treatment are like the other 
 two. 
 
 Acidum Hydrochloricum Dilutum. 
 
 Diluted Hydrochloric Acid. 
 
 Has a strength of about 10 per cent. 
 Average dose, "in, xv.-i mil, well diluted and given 
 after meals. 
 
 Acidum Nitrohydrochloricum. 
 Nitrohydrochloric Acid. 
 
 Made by mixing 180 parts of nitric with 820 parts of 
 hydrochloric acid. An orange-colored liquid, chang- 
 ing color in time, and more rapidly on exposure to 
 light, to a light yellow. In medicinal doses the physio- 
 logical effects are: stimulation of the liver especially, 
 and also of the other glands of the alimentary canal. 
 Besides being given internally, it is used in local appli- 
 cations over the liver, and in baths. In the former case, 
 for stupes, the strength is 3 i.-iii. to O. i. of water; and 
 in the latter, § i. to C. i. In poisonous doses the effects 
 are the same as the other mineral acids. The stains it 
 produces are yellow. The same antidotes are used as 
 given before. 
 
 In giving any of the mineral acids, the first symp- 
 toms of intolerance are: griping pains and diarrhoea, 
 with strongly acid urine. These points are to be re- 
 membered, as well as the necessity for protecting the 
 teeth. 
 
 Acidum Nitrohydrochloricum Dilutum. 
 Diluted Nitrohydrochloric Acid. 
 
 Average dose, TT[ X.-0.65 mil, well diluted and given 
 through a glass tube. 
 
INORGA NIC A CIDS. 1 1 3 
 
 Acidum Phosphoricum, Phosphoric Acid. 
 
 A colorless, odorless liquid, made by boiling phos- 
 phorus with nitric acid and water, and having a strength 
 of 85 per cent. It is very acid, but does not corrode 
 the tissues. Its physiological effects are unimportant 
 —mildly tonic and astringent. 
 
 Acidum Phosphoricum Dilutum. 
 Diluted Phosphoric Acid. 
 
 Dose, TTt xxx.-2 mils, well diluted. 
 
 Acidum Sulphurosum, Sulphurous Acid. 
 
 Made by heating sulphuric acid with charcoal. Sul- 
 phurous-acid gas results, and is dissolved in water, 
 constituting 6 per cent, of the solution. A colorless 
 liquid with pungent sulphurous odor. Sulphurous-acid 
 gas 6.4 per cent, is obtained by the combustion of roll 
 sulphur, and was formerly used in disinfecting rooms. 
 This form of disinfection, formerly believed to be ef- 
 ficient, is now known to be useless in so far as patho- 
 genic bacteria are concerned, and boards of health are 
 abandoning its use after contagious disease, though no 
 faster than the advance in popular education on such 
 lines. It is, however, of real value in ridding a room 
 or ward of bedbugs, if these pests have lodged in the 
 walls or woodwork, and for this purpose steam is not 
 necessary. It is a specific for all forms of lower animal 
 life — not bacteria. 
 
 Acidum Boricum, Boric Acid. 
 
 Made by the action of sulphuric acid on borax, or by 
 purification of native boric acid, which is a compound 
 of the element boron with oxygen, and is obtained from 
 certain mineral springs in Italy. White, pearly, glis- 
 tening crystals, soluble in 25 parts of cold and 3 parts 
 
114 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 of hot water. The saturated solution has a strength 
 of 4 per cent. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Boric acid is antiseptic, disinfectant, and deodo- 
 rant, destroying low organisms, and stopping fermen- 
 tation and putrefactive changes. 
 
 It is not irritating externally, but rather the reverse, 
 and when applied to wounds prevents suppuration. 
 Internally, in large doses, it is a gastro-intestinal 
 irritant, and poisoning has been caused by washing 
 out internal cavities with a 5 per cent, solution. The 
 symptoms were: nausea, vomiting, hiccough, disturbed 
 respirations, rapid ; feeble pulse ; erythema and ecchy- 
 mosis, subnormal temperature, and collapse. As a 
 wash for babies' eyes and mouths, the saturated solu- 
 tion is diluted one half with water. 
 
 It is used as the basis of a variety of mouth washes 
 for the sick. It constitutes the largest part of Thiersch 
 powder, used in making an antiseptic solution. (See 
 salicylic acid.) Its use as a preservative for milk is 
 dangerous, the milk so preserved being injurious, 
 especially to infants. 
 
 Unguentum Acidi Borici. 
 Ointment of Boric Acid. 
 
 Contains paraffin, white petrolatum, and boric add. 
 
 THE ORGANIC ACIDS. 
 Acidum Aceticum, Acetic Acid. 
 
 Prepared from wood by destructive distillation and 
 purification. A colorless liquid, with pungent odor 
 and strong acid taste; strength 36 per cent.; the rest 
 water. 
 
 Glacial acetic acid has 99 parts acetic acid to 1 of 
 water, and crystallizes at a temperature below 6o°. It 
 is not official. 
 
THE ORG A NIC A CIDS. 1 1 5 
 
 Acidum Aceticum Dilutum. 
 Diluted Acetic Acid. 
 
 Has a strength of about 6 per cent. 
 
 Acetum. 
 
 Vinegar. Not official. 
 
 An organic liquid containing acetic acid. It corre- 
 sponds nearly in strength with the dilute acid. Vine- 
 gar is obtained from various vegetables and fruits by a 
 process of fermentation known as the acetous or sour, 
 as distinguished from the vinous fermentation and 
 others. 
 
 Acetous fermentation may be induced in all liquids 
 capable of undergoing vinous fermentation. 
 
 The best vinegar is made from cider. It is often 
 adulterated with sulphuric acid. 
 
 Locally used acetic acid is a caustic. It is best ap- 
 plied with a glass rod or a splinter of wood, and needs 
 to be applied with care to avoid inj uring the surround- 
 ing parts. 
 
 Diluted and applied to the skin it is stimulant, as- 
 tringent, and refrigerant, and in the form of vinegar 
 is sometimes added to baths for the reduction of 
 temperature. 
 
 Internally it has a stimulating effect on the appetite 
 and digestion; increases the secretion frcm the intes- 
 tines, and the flow of urine. It does not neutralize the 
 alkalinity of the blood, but decomposes there, and 
 combines with part of the alkali of the plasma, forming 
 a carbonate, and in this form passes out of the body, 
 unless given in excess, when the excess escapes un- 
 changed from the kidneys. In the alimentary canal 
 the acid acts directly en its contents, and is given in 
 the form of vinegar as an antidote for poisoning by 
 alkalies. 
 
 In concentrated doses acetic acid is a corrosive 
 poison, and has caused death in one case known. 
 
Il6 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 The symptoms are like those of the mineral acids, 
 and the treatment is the same, consisting in giving 
 alkalies and their carbonates, warm soap-suds, and 
 milk. 
 
 Acidum Citricum, Citric Acid. 
 
 Citric acid is obtained from the juice of the lemon, 
 Citrus limonum, or of the lime, Citrus bergamia, by- 
 neutralizing the boiling juice with chalk, and putting 
 it through various processes. It is very soluble in 
 water, and gr. xx. in 3 ss. of water makes a solution 
 resembling lemon juice in strength and acidity. 
 
 Citric acid, like the other free acids, acts directly on 
 the contents of the alimentary canal, neutralizing 
 alkalies. 
 
 It is stimulant ; relieves thirst and promotes appe- 
 tite; increases the flow of the saliva and of the gastric 
 juice, and, indirectly, increases the action of the kid- 
 neys and skin, hot lemonade especially being a 
 diaphoretic. 
 
 It is slightly laxative, and counteracts a tendency 
 to torpidity of the liver. The juice of half a lemon, 
 mixed with that of an orange, is a satisfactory laxative 
 drink in many cases. It is best taken before breakfast. 
 
 In malarial countries lemon-juice is freely used as an 
 article of food, and among sailors and soldiers it is used 
 as a prophylactic against scurvy. 
 
 Citric acid has no action on the sound skin; it is but 
 slightly irritating in large quantities internally, and is 
 not poisonous. 
 
 It may not be out of place here to refer to a popular 
 error regarding a point of diet: that is, that a nursing 
 woman may not drink lemonade because it will " sour 
 the milk," and " give the baby colic." A nurse will 
 probably often be appealed to on this subject. Her 
 knowledge of the chemical facts — that citric acid is 
 decomposed in the blood, forming a neutral salt; that 
 it does not reach the tissues as an acid, but passes out 
 of the body as a carbonate — will at once decide the 
 question. 
 
THE ORGANIC ACIDS. 1 17 
 
 Acidum Tartaricum, Tartaric Acid. 
 
 Tartaric acid is the acid of the grape, and is made 
 from acid tartrate of potassium by a process similar to 
 that used with citric acid. 
 
 Its local action upon abraded surfaces, mucous mem- 
 branes, or even the unbroken skin, is that of a decided 
 irritant. Taken internally it is diuretic and slightly 
 laxative, and somewhat depressing to the heart. 
 
 Tartaric acid does not enter the tissues as an acid, 
 but is decomposed in the blood, and passes out of the 
 body as a carbonate. 
 
 Poisoning and Antidotes. 
 
 In large doses it is an irritant poison, causing burn- 
 ing pain of the oesophagus and stomach, vomiting, and 
 gastro-intestiual inflammation, which may prove fatal. 
 A dose of I i. has caused death in nine days. The 
 alkalies, magnesia, lime, soap-suds, or the alkaline 
 carbonates are antidotes. 
 
 Average dose, gr. viii.-o.5 Gm., freely diluted. 
 
 Acidum Tannicum, Tannic Acid. 
 
 There are two kinds of tannic acid, of which the 
 official one is the gallo-tannic, and is obtained by treat- 
 ing powdered galls with washed ether. (Galls are 
 growths of plant tissue caused by parasitic fungi or 
 insects, whose excretions stimulate the plant cells to 
 an abnormal development. There are many hundred 
 varieties; that from which tannic acid is made being 
 formed on an oak tree, Quercus lusitanica, by the action 
 of the fly Cynips gall& tinctorics.) Tannic acid is a 
 light, feathery, yellow-white, non-crystalline powder, 
 of faint odor and slightly bitter taste. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Locally applied it is an active astringent, contract- 
 ing the tissues, and in the case of mucous membranes 
 causing great dryness. It coagulates albumin readily. 
 
Il8 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 It has much greater strength than gallic acid. It is 
 used to overcome relaxed conditions, and to check ex- 
 cessive secretions of the skin and mucous membranes. 
 Parts exposed to friction, as tender feet or sore nipples, 
 may be successfully hardened by the use of tannic acid. 
 It is also a haemostatic. 
 
 It is the best chemical antidote for the poisonous 
 alkaloids, but its administration should be followed by 
 emetics and purgatives, as the compounds formed are 
 capable of being dissolved and absorbed in the alimen- 
 tary canal. 
 
 When meant to act on the stomach it is usually 
 given in powder; on the bowels, in pill form; and 
 locally, as an ointment or lotion. 
 
 Tannic or gallic acid in some form is contained in 
 and gives character to nearly all of the vegetable astrin- 
 gents, such as castanea or chestnut, catechu, geranium, 
 pomegranate, logwood, hamamelis or witch hazel, 
 kino, coto bark, alder, diospyros or persimmon, mango, 
 Pinus canadensis^ and others. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Glyceritum Acidi Tannic!. 
 Glycerite of Tannic Acid. 
 Strength, 20 $. 
 
 Unguentum Acidi Tannic! Not official. 
 Tannic Acid Ointment. 
 
 Strength, 20 <? . 
 
 Trochisci Acidi Tannici. 
 Troches of Tannic Acid. 
 1 gr. each. 
 
 Acidum Gallicum, Gallic Acid. 
 
 Gallic acid is also made from galls, and is an astrin- 
 gent similar to, but milder than, tannic acid. It does 
 not coagulate albumin. 
 
 It is given in powder and pill, the average dose 
 being gr. xv.-i Gm. 
 
THE ORG A NIC A CIDS. 1 1 9 
 
 Acidum Lacticum, Lactic Acid. 
 
 Lactic acid is found in sour milk. It is also produced 
 by the action of a special ferment on sugar, and is one 
 of the normal constituents of the gastric juice. It is a 
 pale-yellow, syrupy, inodorous liquid, with acid taste. 
 
 Lactic acid aids digestion and promotes appetite. 
 It is credited with the power of dissolving fibrinous 
 exudations, but its use as an application is very pain- 
 ful. Flatulence and epigastric pain result from its too 
 free administration. 
 
 It enters the blood as alkaline lactates, is decomposed, 
 and excreted by the urine as carbonic acid. 
 
 Acidum Lacticum Dilutum. Not official. 
 Dilute Lactic Acid. 
 
 Consists of 15 parts acid to 85 parts water. Dose 
 
 3 ss., well diluted. 
 
 Acidum Hydrocyanicum. 
 Hydrocyanic or Prussic Acid. 
 
 The pure anhydrous ' acid is a colorless, transparent, 
 volatile, and inflammable liquid, so poisonous that its 
 fumes alone will cause death. 
 
 Its discoverer, Scheele, is supposed to have died from 
 inhaling it. It is not official, and is kept only in 
 laboratories. It is found in nature in a number of 
 vegetable substances, viz., peach kernels, bitter al- 
 monds, wild cherry, cherry laurel, etc. 
 
 Acidum Hydrocyanicum Dilutum. 
 Diluted Hydrocyanic Acid. 
 
 Made by distilling aqueous solutions of ferro-cyanide 
 of potassium and sulphuric acid, and diluting the pro- 
 duct with the water to the required strength. A color- 
 less, watery liquid, containing 2 parts of the pure acid 
 
 1 Without water. 
 
120 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 to 98 parts alcohol and water. Its reaction is faintly 
 acid; the taste and odor like those of peach kernels and 
 bitter almonds. Under the influence of light it has a 
 tendency to decompose, and should be kept in dark- 
 colored, well-stoppered bottles. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Applied to the skin the acid depresses the sensory 
 
 nerves and causes numbness. It is therefore used for 
 various local purposes, largely diluted, but should never 
 be applied to an abraded surface as, being readily 
 absorbed, poisoning might result. 
 
 It enters the blood very rapidly, especially through 
 the lungs, enters the tissues promptly, and acts chiefly 
 on the nervous structures as a sedative and depres- 
 sant. The respiratory centre is especially affected, the 
 respirations weakened and slowed. The vaso- motor 
 centre is stimulated temporarily, and then quickly de- 
 pressed. The cardiac centre is also depressed, though 
 it is the last to be affected. The sedative action of the 
 drug is not confined altogether to the nerve-centres, but 
 is shown also on the muscular structure of the heart. 
 The motor nerves and muscles are weakened by hydro- 
 cyanic acid, the enfeebling action extending downward. 
 
 It is very rapidly eliminated from the system, prob- 
 ably by the lungs. This is not, however, a settled 
 point. When taken in medicinal doses hydrocyanic 
 acid causes a feeling of sleepiness. The first peculiar 
 effects are: a bitter taste, an increased flow of saliva, 
 and a feeling of irritation and constriction of the throat. 
 These effects pass off in half an hour or, at most, an 
 hour. 
 
 When the dose is rather larger than medicinal, viz., 
 about TTl xxx. of the weak acid, there may be noticed: 
 nausea, transient giddiness, faintness, a feeble pulse, 
 and general muscular weakness. Sometimes there is 
 vomiting, or foaming and frothing at the mouth, with 
 a suffused or bloated appearance of the face, and promi- 
 nent eyes. 
 
THE ORG A NIC A CIDS. 1 2 1 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 The inhalation of the vapor, short of a fatal quantity, 
 causes giddiness, faintness, embarrassed breathing, a 
 weak, small pulse, and even coma and insensibility, 
 followed by recovery. 
 
 If death results from small doses, there are commonly 
 present tetanic spasms, lockjaw, and involuntary evac- 
 uations. 
 
 Prussic acid is one of the most powerful poisons 
 known, and after a toxic dose the symptoms come on 
 instantly, and death may result in a few moments. 
 Among its most marked effects are the insensibility 
 and loss of muscular power, which are produced much 
 more rapidly than by any other poison. 
 
 There is usually loss of consciousness in a few 
 seconds; the eyes are protruding and shining, the 
 pupils dilated and irresponsive to light; the limbs re- 
 laxed and covered with clammy sweat; the pulse im- 
 perceptible ; respiration very slow and convulsive, 
 sometimes stertorous, sometimes gasping, or sobbing, 
 the act of expiration being long and forced, with a 
 pause afterwards during which the patient seems dead. 
 
 There is usually an odor of the acid on the breath. 
 When the poisonous dose is small, yet still fatal, there 
 are often convulsions, spasmodic clinching of the 
 fingers, and contraction of the toes. 
 
 The smallest fatal dose recorded was an amount 
 equivalent to gr. T V of pure acid. This caused death 
 in twenty minutes. Probably the average fatal dose is 
 about gr. i. of pure acid, and the average time of death 
 from two to ten minutes. It is not an accumulative 
 poison. 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning. 
 
 There is no chemical antidote which acts quickly 
 enough to be of any service. Cold-water affusions to 
 the head and spine, and artificial respirations, are of 
 more service than anything else, and should be per- 
 severed in, especially the latter, as long as there is any 
 
122 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 sign of breathing; as, if the tendency to death from 
 apnoea be combated until the influence of the poison 
 begins to pass off, life may be saved. The stomach 
 may be emptied by emetics or the stomach-pump; in- 
 halations of ammonia and chlorine water given; and 
 injections hypodermically of ammonia, ether, and alco- 
 holic stimulants. 
 Average dose of dilute acid, tt[ iss.-o. i mil. 
 
 Acidum Oxalicum (Oxalic Acid). 
 
 Oxalic acid is never used in medicine, but, as a 
 poison, it has caused accidental death so often that it 
 will be included here. There are two forms of oxalic 
 acid: one, the simple acid, which is found in sorrel and 
 several other vegetable substances; the other, the 
 article known as essential salt of lemon, one of the 
 most violent of the corrosive poisons, and often mis- 
 taken for Epsom salt. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning, 
 
 A hot, acrid taste, and burning in the throat and 
 stomach; intense abdominal pain, and vomiting of 
 greenish, brown, or bloody mucus of very acid reaction; 
 livid, cold skin; small, irregular pulse ; unconscious- 
 ness, stupor, and collapse. In some cases the gastric 
 symptoms predominate, in others the nervous symp- 
 toms, as convulsions, numbness, paralysis, and stupor. 
 
 The smallest fatal dose known is 3 i. An ounce 
 usually proves fatal, and the symptoms appear imme- 
 diately. Death may occur within a few minutes, or 
 may be delayed more than a week, and then take place 
 from starvation resulting from the injuries to the in- 
 testinal canal. 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning, 
 
 The immediate administration of an antidote is of 
 the greatest importance. Neither potash nor soda can 
 be used, as their oxalates are poisonous; but lime and 
 
THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 1 23 
 
 chalk are perfect antidotes, and can be given as pre- 
 cipitated chalk or saccharated solution of lime, or they 
 may be scraped off the wall, whitewashed fences, or 
 ceilings, stirred up in milk, and freely administered. 
 Emetics, followed by the soothing and demulcent 
 drinks usual in the after-treatment of irritant poi- 
 sons, are employed, and stimulants, with external 
 warmth. 
 
 Dr. Potter says that the stomach pump should never 
 be used in cases of oxalic acid poisoning. 
 
 The use of oxalic acid with permanganate of potash 
 in the surgical theatre as a part of the process of hand 
 and finger-nail disinfection for the surgeon is dealt with 
 in text-books on operating-room technique. 
 
 THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 
 Alcohol. 
 
 Alcohol is a product which results from a process of 
 fermentation in substances containing grape-sugar — 
 called the vinous fermentation in distinction from the 
 acetous or vinegar-forming process. 
 
 At a temperature of 8o° F., the presence and growth 
 of the fermenting body (a low vegetable organism 
 called the yeast-plant) converts a solution of grape- 
 sugar into alcohol and carbonic acid. Starchy sub- 
 stances yield alcohol, starch being convertible into 
 grape-sugar. From these vinous or fermented liquors 
 alcohol is obtained by repeated distillation. It is also 
 made synthetically, 1 by shaking olefiant gas (a gas 
 composed of carbon and hydrogen, which is generally 
 present in coal gas, oil gas, and other gaseous mixtures 
 produced by the action of heat on organic substances) 
 with strong sulphuric acid, diluting and distilling. 
 Alcohol is a colorless, volatile liquid, of strong pungent 
 odor and burning taste; it is inflammable, burning 
 
 1 By uniting elements into a compound. 
 
124 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 without smoke and with a blue flame, evaporates on 
 exposure to the air, is vaporized by heat, and unites 
 readily with water in all proportions. 
 
 There are three important alcohols or varieties of 
 alcohol, viz. : (The two last are not official. J 
 
 i. Alcohol Ethylicum, Ethyl Hydrate, Grain 
 Spirit. This is the alcohol of common language. 
 
 2. Alcohol Amyiicum, Amyl Hydrate, Potato 
 Spirit, called fusel oil, and obtained also as an impurity 
 in the production of ethylic alcohol by continuing the 
 distillation after the pure spirit has ceased to come 
 away. Amylic alcohol is not inflammable. 
 
 3. Alcohol Methylicum, Methyl Hydrate, Wood 
 Spirit. Wood spirit is inflammable, and is cheaper 
 than alcohol. 
 
 Methyl alcohol is slowly fatal if administered in 
 small doses for a long time, or rapidly fatal if taken in 
 large doses at one time, and causes optic-nerve atrophy 
 — 4< methyl alcohol blindness." Its commercial use in 
 many essences, Jamaica ginger, soda water, ales, etc., 
 and in the form of " Columbian spirit," witch hazel, 
 bay rum, eau de cologne, peruna, etc., is exceedingly 
 dangerous. 
 
 Liquor Formaldehydi. 
 Solution of Formaldehyde. 
 
 Formaldehyde is derived from the oxidation of wood 
 alcohol. It is antiseptic, disinfectant, deodorant, and 
 germicidal in its action. It may be used either in 
 solution in water (formaline) or as a vapor. Its action 
 seems to be specific for the destruction of lower animal 
 and plant life, but not for the higher animals. Sul- 
 phur is a better germicide for insects than formaldehyde, 
 and the action of the latter is simply irritant to human 
 beings. Formaldehyde is as efficient as corrosive sub- 
 limate and penetrates more rapidly. It is too irritating 
 as an antiseptic in general surgery, but may be used in 
 solutions of 1 : 500 or 1000. Instruments can be sterilized 
 
THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 1 25 
 
 in a solution of 1:200 formaline. It may be employed 
 as a deodorant, and as a disinfectant for stools and 
 sputa in 5 $ solution. A solution of 1 : 50 may be used 
 for sweating feet. Clothing may be thoroughly disin- 
 fected by placing the articles in a compartment, causing 
 a vacuum, and distilling the gas into this compartment 
 where it penetrates thoroughly into every article. In 
 the disinfection of rooms the gas should be admitted 
 under pressure through the keyhole, after the room 
 has been made practically air-tight. The gas from 
 150 c.c. of 40 <f formaline is sufficient for each 1000 
 cubic feet of space. The room should be closed for 
 twenty-four hours and before entering it a small amount 
 of ammonia may be sprayed into the room to precipi- 
 tate the formaldehyde, thus preventing the extremely 
 irritant effects on the eyes and mucous membranes, 
 when the room is entered. 
 
 Poisoning is very rarely reported. Large amounts 
 internally or as douches cause toxaemia by shrivelling 
 up the red blood cells, with the formation of haematin. 
 There may be vomiting, purging, dyspnoea, cyanosis, 
 and collapse. Ammonia water is the antidote. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 The action of alcohol is both local and general. It 
 is an irritant in either case; an irritant being a drug 
 that disorders or disorganizes function, in contradis- 
 tinction to a stimulant, which increases activity, 
 thereby increasing function. Its local action is the 
 more important, for its entire effect may be due to the 
 local irritant action on the skin and mucous membrane, 
 and after absorption on the endothelium of the blood- 
 vessels or their intrinsic nervous apparatus, on the 
 heart and skeletal muscles, on the brain and nervous 
 system, on the organs, and on all the cellular elements 
 of the body. It produces at first a disorderly reaction 
 by its irritant effect, finally causing fatigue, or com- 
 plete inactivity of all parts by depression, depending 
 upon the amount taken and the condition of the indi- 
 
126 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 vidual, etc. As in the case of any other poison there is 
 a certain reaction in the organs and their functions in 
 attempting to get rid of the noxious element. Alco- 
 hol has great affinity for nervous tissue. The brain 
 responds by losing its power of inhibition, thus allow- 
 ing free play to the emotions, while lessening will 
 power. At first there is a quicker response to stimuli, 
 but finally less capacity for accurate work either 
 mental or physical. The respirations are increased in 
 frequency, the alcohol being oxidized rapidly, and 
 eliminated. The heart becomes more active and force- 
 ful as a result of the dilatation of the peripheral blood- 
 vessels, due to paralysis of the vaso-constrictors, de- 
 creasing the resistance to the action of the heart, and 
 by paralysis of the cardiac inhibitory nerves, thus giv- 
 ing the cardiac acceleration full play. Small quantities 
 of alcohol after meals may improve the digestion by 
 irritating the mucous membrane to greater activity, 
 but prolonged regular use, or large quantities taken at 
 one time, especially on an empty stomach, create grave 
 indigestion by causing a catarrhal condition of the 
 mucous membranes. Muscular activity is increased, 
 for a few minutes, but in a disorderly way, and is 
 rapidly followed by fatigue. Experiments prove that 
 alcohol in even minute quantities is detrimental to rifle- 
 men at target practice, tight-rope performers in their 
 acts, and whenever fine adjustments of nerve and 
 muscle are necessary. likewise it has been found to 
 be harmful to mountain climbers, who are unable to 
 carry on their feats of skill and endurance, to soldiers 
 on the march, and to labor in all conditions. Theo- 
 retically alcohol is a food, saving tissue waste by 
 taking the place of fats and carbohydrates in the pro- 
 duction of heat and energy, but practically it is of no 
 value. It is not a serviceable food, but an oxidizable 
 drug, and may require more energy to overcome its 
 irritant effects than it creates by stimulating, if it does 
 really stimulate. Alcohol acts peculiarly by lowering 
 body temperature and vitality, thus inviting inroads 
 by any or all diseases that may be prevalent, or with 
 
THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 1 27 
 
 which the person may come into contact. Its poison- 
 ous properties are thus manifested, and European 
 studies have proved beyond a doubt that it is detri- 
 mental. It is absolutely bad for children and nervous 
 persons. 
 
 In morbid states alcohol may be of service, as to tide 
 over a crisis in fever, but it should never be used in 
 case of shock, or during anaesthesia, because better 
 remedies may be applied. 
 
 Alcohol is locally antiseptic and disinfectant, 
 cooling, and astringent. Internally, in medicinal 
 doses it is pre-eminently a heart stimulant, and, in 
 a lesser degree, a diuretic, diaphoretic, and anti- 
 pyretic. 
 
 When rubbed into the skin, as for the prevention of 
 bed-sores, it disinfects and hardens it, checks the 
 activity of the sweat glands, and irritates the cutaneous 
 nerves, causing redness, heat, and local anaesthesia. 
 Applied and allowed to evaporate, as in sponge baths, 
 it has a cooling action. Coming in contact with an 
 abraded surface it is very painful. It is absorbed by 
 the unbroken skin. In the stomach it produces a sense 
 of warmth, and, in moderate amount, stimulates the 
 mucous membrane and dilates the small vessels, with 
 the result that the blood supply is increased and the 
 gastric secretion is correspondingly abundant. 
 
 When used in doses sufficient to give this result 
 simply, alcohol is evidently favorable to digestion, but 
 in larger quantities it has another and unfavorable 
 action, namely, that of precipitating the pepsin of the 
 stomach. 
 
 Overdoses produce this result ; a small quantity, 
 diluted as it is by the gastric fluids, has not sufficient 
 power to act on the pepsin to any marked degree. If 
 alcohol is constantly used to excess, an abnormal 
 secretion of mucus — gastric catarrh — results, with 
 various evidences of dyspepsia, viz. : loss of appetite, 
 acidity of stomach, heartburn and pyrosis, nausea, and 
 morning vomiting. 
 
 Other evidences of the alcohol habit are: constipa- 
 
128 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 tion; pain on pressure over the stomach; brown, dry 
 tongue with red tip; chronic pharyngitis; fat, flabby, 
 soft hands. 
 
 Sleep, for the first part of the night, is sound, but is 
 disturbed in the early morning, after which wakefulness 
 remains, or broken sleep with bad dreams. 
 
 Confirmed drinkers age fast. The skin becomes dry, 
 and feels waxy, soft, and unhealthy. The mind be- 
 comes sluggish and weak, and cirrhosis of the liver and 
 kidneys, phthisis, epilepsy, paraplegia, insanity, and 
 other disorders are among the sequels of alcoholism. 
 
 Alcohol enters the blood unchanged or as aldehyde, 1 
 and reaches the tissues and organs, a small portion 
 being changed into acetic and carbonic acids. In its 
 passage through the tissues it is oxidized, if given in 
 moderate amount, and changed into carbonic acid and 
 water, like other carbo-hydrates, — thus becoming a 
 food or source of heat and force. 
 
 In a healthy adult, f iss. of absolute alcohol can be 
 thus oxydized in twenty-four hours, and supplies to the 
 organism as much heat and energy as is contained in 
 the same amount of cod-liver oil or in about § ix. of 
 beef. 
 
 Beyond this, in health, it becomes injurious, and is 
 eliminated by the kidneys, skin, and lungs; though in 
 different morbid states large— even excessive — quanti- 
 ties can be safely taken. 
 
 Although alcohol is itself oxydized, it interferes with 
 the oxidation of other substances, thus saving the tis- 
 sues from wear and retarding the process of waste. 
 
 This, joined to its apparent stimulating action on 
 the circulation and on the nervous system, gives it the 
 power of sustaining life for a time, under the strain of 
 acute exhausting disease, or during a period of tem- 
 porary inability to take sufficient food. 
 
 Its apparently stimulant effect is shown on the heart 
 by an increase in the strength of the contraction or 
 systole. The pulse becomes strong and regular, full, 
 
 1 Alcohol deprived of a certain proportion of its hydrogen. 
 
THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 1 29 
 
 and compressible. If it had, before, been rapid and 
 weak, it will, under the favorable influence of alcohol, 
 become reduced in frequency to near the normal; but, 
 if over-stimulated, this shortening of the period of rest 
 will in time exhaust the heart. 
 
 In giving alcohol as a medicine, it is important to be 
 able to recognize the first evidences of over-stimulation 
 as given by the pulse. 
 
 The ' ' whisky pulse, " as it is called, is unnaturally 
 strong, full, frequent, and bounding. 
 
 On the brain and nervous system alcohol acts as a 
 stimulant, up to a certain point; beyond that, as a 
 depressant and narcotic. 
 
 On the circulation and bodily heat its action would, 
 at first sight, seem to be contradictory. The sense of 
 warmth given by a dose of alcohol seems incompatible 
 with the well-proved facts that the bodily heat is, on 
 the whole, lowered by alcohol, and that the power of 
 resistance to cold is weakened by its use. 
 
 The physiological explanation is, that the blood-ves- 
 sels are dilated by paralysis of the vaso-constrictors, — 
 the blood rushes to the surface to fill the superficial ves- 
 sels, and a feeling of warmth results, which, in a warm 
 or moderately cool atmosphere, remains, and promotes 
 the general comfort; but, in a cold atmosphere, the 
 supply of blood to the surface being so much larger 
 than ordinary and perspiration being also increased, 
 while active tissue-changes are checked, heat is ab- 
 stracted from the body by evaporation at a rate which 
 soon affects the vital powers seriously. 
 
 In giving stimulants there are various points to 
 notice by which to judge whether it is doing good or 
 not. 
 
 The pulse has been mentioned; the tongue gives 
 another indication. If a dry tongue becomes moist 
 under the influence of alcohol, it is acting well; if the 
 dryness of the tongue be increased, it is not, and 
 the same rule applies to the skin. If nervousness is 
 quieted, sleep induced, delirium and subsultus lessened 
 by alcohol, it is acting favorably; if restlessness and 
 
130 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 uneasiness follow, or increased delirium, or sleepless* 
 ness, — unfavorably. 
 
 In cases of sudden heart failure alcoholic stimulants 
 are given hot and concentrated. 
 
 Dilute alcohol administered early is a valuable anti- 
 dote in carbolic acid poisoning. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 A steady course of alcohol in excess, without taking 
 food, will result in delirium tremens. Acute alcoholic 
 poisoning presents the following symptoms: a short 
 period of excitement, followed by coma; respirations 
 irregular, sometimes sighing but usually stertorous; 
 pupils either dilated or contracted, usually the former; 
 face flushed; pulse hard, rapid, and strong. 
 
 Acute alcoholic poisoning may be mistaken for opium 
 poisoning, apoplexy, or compression of the brain. 
 
 Death results from paralysis of the heart and respira- 
 tions. The time at which death may occur varies from 
 a few minutes to several days. 
 
 The smallest known fatal dose was between § iii.-iv. 
 of brandy swallowed by a child of seven. One pint or 
 200 Cc. of whisky at one time is a fatal dose. 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning. 
 
 The treatment consists in emptying the stomach; the 
 application of heat to the extremities and cold affusions 
 to the head; the inhalation of ammonia, and the use 
 of electricity applied to the respiratory muscles. 
 
 Preparations of Alcohol. 
 
 Alcohol. 
 Alcohol. 
 
 Contains 94.9$ by volume, 92.3 # by weight, of 
 pure ethyl alcohol with 7.7 of water. 
 
THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 131 
 
 Alcohol Dehydratum. 
 
 Dehydrated Alcohol. 
 
 Alcohol Absolutum. U. S. P., viii. 
 
 Made from alcohol by a lengthy chemical process. 
 It consists of not less than 99% by weight of alcohol, 
 and is not kept for sale but used only for pharmaceutical 
 purposes. 
 
 Spiritus Tenuior. 
 Proof Spirit. Not official. 
 
 Equal parts of alcohol and water, or, strictly speak- 
 ing, 49 per cent, alcohol. 
 
 Alcohol Dilutum. 
 Diluted Alcohol. 
 
 41 # by weight, of alcohol, 48.6 # by volume. 
 Alcoholic Beverages. 
 
 Spiritus Frumenti. (U. S. P., viii. Dismissed from U. S. P., ix.) 
 Whisky. 
 
 Made in the United States from rye and corn, in 
 Scotland from barle}', and in Ireland from potatoes. 
 
 It has from 44 to 50 per cent, by weight of ethyl alco- 
 hol (by volume 50 to 56 per cent.), and contains ethers 
 which are developed in the course of its fermentation; 
 and, even in the best varieties, some traces of fusel oil. 
 Whisky should be at least two years old before it is 
 used. 
 
 The use of alcoholic beverages as medicinal agents 
 is being rapidly discontinued, and if whisky is ordered 
 in medical treatment the dosage is small and con- 
 centrated. 
 
 Spiritus Vini Gallici. (U. S. P., viii. Dismissed from U.S. P., ix.) 
 Brandy. 
 
 Brandy should be distilled from grapes, but it is also 
 made artificially. It has about the same percentage of 
 alcohol as whisky. It may be either pale or dark; in 
 
132 MATERIA MEDIC A, FOR NURSES. 
 
 the former case it is colored by the cask, in the latter it 
 contains caramel. It should be at least four years old. 
 Brandy has a more sedative action on the stomach than 
 whisky, and is preferable where there is any tendency 
 to diarrhoea, as it is slightly constipating, containing 
 a little tannin. Both brandy and whisky are more 
 easily taken, as medicines, if poured over a small glass- 
 ful of cracked ice; or they may be diluted with carbon- 
 ated or seltzer water more acceptably than with plain 
 water. Giving them in milk very often causes patients 
 to take a dislike to the milk. They are both used 
 hypodermically, and for this purpose should always be 
 filtered. 
 
 Rum. Not official. 
 
 Made by the distillation of fermented molasses. 
 
 Gin. Not official. 
 
 Distilled from rye or barley, and flavored with juni- 
 per berries. If it is pure it is an efficient diuretic, 
 owing to the oil of juniper, but it is rarely pure. 
 
 Wines. Not official. 
 
 Wines, brandy, and whisky have been excluded 
 from U. S. P., ix., because of their inexact contents cf 
 alcohol. White wine contains about 10 per cent, of 
 alcohol, and is made from grape juice without skins, 
 stems, or seeds. 
 
 All wines contain various acids and traces of mineral 
 substances. Those which are free from sugar are called 
 11 dry " wines. 
 
 The red wines — claret, port, etc. — are made from 
 colored grapes with the skins, and have considerable 
 alcoholic strength. Port wine, vinum portense, con- 
 tains from 30 to 40 per cent, of alcohol, but is rarely 
 pure. 
 
 As stimulants and in narcotic power these wines 
 stand next to brandy and whisky. They contain some 
 tannic acid and are astringent, causing constipation 
 
THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 1 33 
 
 and disordering the stomach. They also tend to raise 
 the temperature. 
 
 Vinum xericum, or sherry, belongs to the dry spirit- 
 uous wines. It contains 17 per cent, of alcohol, and is 
 usually made artificially. It assists digestion if taken 
 during meals. 
 
 Sparkling wines, of which champagne is the most 
 important, are bottled before fermentation is complete, 
 and are effervescent, being charged with carbonic acid. 
 They are more intoxicating than others in proportion 
 to their strength, are less stimulating to the heart, 
 and liable to leave headache and sour stomach as after- 
 effects when freely taken. In small doses they are 
 gastric sedatives, champagne especially being so. 
 Given ice-cold and in teaspoon ful doses, at short inter- 
 vals, it may be retained by an irritable stomach which 
 rejects everything else. In giving champagne in this 
 way care is necessary to prevent escape of the gas and 
 flattening of the wine. A champagne tap is used, and 
 the bottle held head downward. In the intervals it is 
 kept on ice in the same position. 
 
 Sweet wines, including Burgundy and Madeira, are 
 rather trying to the digestion. They disorder the 
 stomach and cause headache. They contain 6 or 7 per 
 cent, of alcohol. 
 
 Dry acid wines — the German and some of the French 
 wines — are stimulant, and do not cause acid fermenta- 
 tion. They contain from 5 to 7 per cent, of alcohol. 
 
 Beer, Ale, Porter, Stout, 
 
 Contain from 2 to 6 per cent, of alcohol; also extract 
 of malt, lactic acid, salts of potash and of soda, and 
 aromatics. 
 
 Chloroformum, Chloroform. 
 
 Chloroform is made by the action of chlorine on 
 alcohol. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Externally applied and allowed to evaporate, chlo- 
 roform causes a sense of coldness and depresses the 
 
134 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 terminations of the sensory nerves, acting as an anodyne 
 and producing insensibility to pain. If evaporation is 
 prevented it irritates, reddens, and blisters the skin. 
 These effects are followed by anaesthesia of the part. 
 Given by mouth, chloroform has a hot, sweet taste, 
 and in the stomach produces a feeling of warmth. In 
 large quantities or undiluted it causes violent gastro- 
 enteritis. Medicinally it is given as an antispasmodic, 
 anodyne, and carminative. It enters the circulation 
 through the lungs, stomach, and unbroken skin. It 
 reaches the tissues very rapidly, and exerts its greatest 
 power on the central nervous system. It is excreted 
 partly as chloroform by the kidneys, lungs, mammary 
 glands, and skin, and part is lost in the system. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning, 
 
 In poisoning by chloroform taken internally the 
 symptoms are: stupor; cold skin covered with perspi- 
 ration ; pulse slow, thread}', sometimes almost imper- 
 ceptible ; respirations at first stertorous, afterwards 
 becoming shallow, irregular, and infrequent. The 
 symptoms come on almost immediately after it has 
 been swallowed, and death may result in a few hours, 
 or may result after a longer time from gastro-enteritis 
 or from inflammation of the trachea. 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning, 
 
 There is no antidote for chloroform, on account of its 
 extremely rapid diffusibility through the system. The 
 stomach must be emptied, washed out, if necessary, 
 and cold-water affusions applied to the head, and plenty 
 of fresh air admitted. Artificial respiration should be 
 practised steadily and unremittingly. 
 
 The smallest fatal dose recorded is 3 ii. 
 
 Average dose of chloroform, ''11 v. -0.3 mil. 
 
THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 135 
 
 Spiritus Chloroformi. 
 Spirit of Chloroform. 
 
 Strength 6%. 
 
 Average dose, TTl xxx.-2 mils. 
 
 Aqua Chloroformi. 
 Chloroform Water. 
 
 Average dose, 1 SS.-15 mils. 
 Chlorodyne. Not official. 
 
 A proprietary medicine containing chloroform, ether, 
 morphine, cannabis indica, and hydrocyanic acid. 
 Average dose, tt[ xv.-i mil, well diluted. 
 
 Linimentum Chloroformi. 
 Chloroform Liniment. 
 
 Composed of soap liniment and chloroform. 
 
 Linimentum Chloroformi Compositum. 
 Compound Chloroform Liniment. Not official. 
 
 Contains chloroform, oil of turpentine, laudanum, 
 tincture of aconite, and soap liniment. 
 
 Chloroform Anaesthesia. 
 
 In the use of the vapor of chloroform as an anaesthetic 
 there are three stages of narcosis: the first, a short 
 period of excitement during which the sensibilities are 
 blunted, though consciousness is not lost; second, the 
 stage of anaesthesia. Consciousness and sensibility are 
 abolished; the pulse is about normal in frequency and 
 slightly weaker; respiration slow, heavy, and stertor- 
 ous. During this period operations are performed. 
 The third stage is a dangerous one, with profound 
 narcosis; entire muscular relaxation; stertorous breath- 
 ing, gradually becoming sighing and weak; and com- 
 plete abolition of reflex actions. 
 
136 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 Chloroform is preferred to ether in some cases because 
 it is easier and pleasanter to take; is more prompt in 
 its action; is not so nauseating, and its after-effects 
 pass away more quickly. In obstetrical cases it is 
 preferred because by its use a stage of insensibility to 
 pain can be produced without bringing on complete 
 muscular relaxation, which would delay labor. 
 
 No fatal cases are known to have occurred in par- 
 turient women, although in surgical cases death has 
 occurred quite frequently and with great suddenness, 
 from paralysis of the respirations and heart, and ordi- 
 narily chloroform is considered much less safe than 
 ether. In giving chloroform to a patient in labor 
 (which a nurse may be required to do), the face must 
 first be oiled with vaseline to prevent any possibility of 
 blistering. 
 
 About 3 ss. of chloroform is poured at one time on a 
 sponge, or piece of lint, and held before the nose in 
 a way that will allow plenty of air to mix with it, as 
 the chloroform should only be in a strength of 3 per 
 cent, with the inspired air when inhaled. 
 
 It is only to be inhaled during the existence of a 
 pain, and not in sufficient quantity to lessen uterine 
 contraction. If the pulse weakens, the respirations 
 grow shallow, or the pains become insufficient, it is 
 stopped. 
 
 It is well to keep the supply safely out of reach in 
 the case of excitable and hysterical patients. 
 
 In the treatment of poisoning by inhalation of chlo- 
 roform vapor, the head is lowered to an angle of about 
 40 . Plenty of fresh air is needed, and should be 
 warm, about 8o°-85° F. External heat must be ap- 
 plied, and artificial respiration kept up for several 
 hours. 
 
 iEther. 
 
 Ether. 
 
 A colorless, volatile liquid, made by the action of 
 sulphuric acid on alcohol, by a very elaborate process. 
 
THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 137 
 
 It evaporates rapidly on exposure to the air, and is 
 very inflammable, as is also the vapor. The odor is 
 very strong, heavy, and peculiar. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Applied to the skin and allowed to evaporate, ether 
 is a refrigerant and local anaesthetic of such power 
 that minor surgical operations are sometimes performed 
 under its local influence; the part to be operated on — 
 as, for instance, a finger — being sprayed with ether 
 until benumbed, a process which requires only a few 
 moments' time. 
 
 Internally it has a strong burning taste, is irritant 
 to mucous membrane, and causes salivation through 
 reflex action. In the stomach it acts as a local stimu- 
 lant and carminative, and also, by reflex action, as a 
 stimulant to the heart, respiratory organs, brain, and 
 intestines. 
 
 It is an antispasmodic, anthelmintic, and diapho- 
 retic. When inhaled it first produces a strong irrita- 
 tion of the throat, with a strangled feeling. The 
 cerebrum is first affected by the use of ether as an 
 anaesthetic; the sensory and motor nerves next; the 
 centres of respiration and circulation in the medulla are 
 the last to become influenced, and continue to act, 
 unless the anaesthetic is pushed too far, when the res- 
 pirations die away, the heart continuing to beat aftei 
 breathing has stopped. Reflexes from nose (fifth nerve) 
 -and rectum are the last to be abolished. 
 
 The state of the bladder must be carefully watched 
 in all cases after etherization, as there is often retention 
 of urine. External heat must be plentifully supplied, 
 and the facility with which an insensible patient may 
 be seriously burned by hot-water bottles and bags 
 should be constantly kept in mind. The effects of the 
 ether are allowed to pass off quietly of themselves, 
 plenty of fresh air being secured, any effort at vomiting 
 being best overcome by giving a teaspoonful of very 
 hot water at intervals. If there is no tendency towards 
 collapse, cracked ice in small quantities may be used. 
 
I38 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 In preparing a patient for etherization, definite orders 
 from the surgeon are always received, and it is only 
 necessary here to speak of the absolute importance of 
 having the stomach, bowels, and bladder entirely 
 empty. 
 
 Death from strangulation may be caused by a frag- 
 ment of vomited food lodging in the windpipe, and the 
 bowels and bladder, if not thoroughly attended to, will 
 empty themselves spontaneously. 
 
 Ether is excreted like chloroform, and rapidly. The 
 anaesthetic mixture of Nussbaum is formed of ether 3 
 parts, alcohol and chloroform each 1 part. 
 
 Preparations of Ether. 
 
 Spiritus Athens 
 
 Spirit of Ether. Hoffman's Drops. 
 
 Has 32.5 parts of ether and 67.5 of alcohol. 
 Dose, 3 1.-4 mils, well diluted with cold water. 
 
 Spiritus ^Btheris Compositus. 
 Compound Spirit of Ether. 
 (Hoffman's Anodyne.) 
 
 Contains 32.5% ether, with alcohol and ethereal oil. 
 
 It is a carminative, antispasmodic, and stimulant. 
 
 Dose, 3 1.-4 mils, diluted with very cold or iced water. 
 
 Spiritus jEtheris Nitrosi. 
 Spirit of Nitrous Ether. 
 Sweet Spirit of Nitre. 
 
 A solution of sodium nitrite in alcohol, with the 
 addition of sulphuric acid, monhydrated sodium car- 
 bonate and potassium carbonate. Sweet spirit of nitre 
 is volatile and inflammable. It should not be kept 
 long, as it becomes acid with age. It is a diuretic and 
 diaphoretic, acting by relaxing and dilating the renal 
 
THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 1 39 
 
 and cutaneous vessels. It is also a nerve sedative 
 and antispasmodic. 
 
 The action on the skin is made more prominent by 
 keeping the patient warmly covered in bed, and on 
 the kidneys when kept cool, or out of bed. Like all 
 preparations of ether it should be largely diluted and 
 given very cold, as this lessens the strangling feeling in 
 the throat. 
 
 The inhalation of sweet spirit of nitre has caused 
 alarming symptoms — viz. : pallor, weak pulse, muscular 
 weakness, pain about the heart, and headache. 
 
 Taken internally, in large quantities, it has in one 
 or two instances caused death. 
 
 Average dose, HI xxx.-2 mils. 
 
 Preparations of ether are given hypodermically as 
 heart stimulants, and should be injected deeply into 
 the muscular tissues to avoid irritation and formation 
 of abscesses. 
 
 TEthylis Bromidum. 
 
 Ethyl Bromide. 
 
 Bromide of Ether. Not official. 
 
 Made by distilling together alcohol, sulphuric ether, 
 and potassium bromide. It is colorless, volatile, and 
 highly inflammable. Ethyl bromide is used as a gen- 
 eral anaesthetic in short operations, or before beginning 
 chloroform anaesthesia. It is administered by means 
 of a mask, as in giving ether. Anaesthesia lasts on an 
 average for a minute and a half with one administra- 
 tion of the anaesthetic. Consciousness returns more 
 quickly than from any other anaesthetic, but the inhala- 
 tion is not pleasant and patients complain of great de= 
 pression and discomfort afterwards. Ethyl bromide is 
 liable to decomposition when kept long and is often 
 furnished in impure form. It ought to be perfectly 
 colorless, as a yellow color indicates decomposition, 
 often with the presence of free bromine. The in- 
 halation of from one to six drachms should give the 
 desired result. 
 
140 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 ^thylis Chloridum. 
 Ethyl Chloride. 
 
 A highly inflammable gas at the ordinary room 
 temperature, it must never be used near a fire. It 
 may easily be liquefied, and is used both as a general 
 and a local anaesthetic. In obstetrics and in dentistry 
 it may take the place of chloroform or of nitrous oxide, 
 and it may be used preliminary to the administration 
 of ether or chloroform. The liquid comes in sealed 
 glass tubes with capillary points which are to be broken 
 off or unscrewed when the liquid is volatilized by the 
 warmth of the hand. The stream is directed upon the 
 point desired in local anaesthesia, the tube being held 
 a few inches away. Anaesthesia is usually effected in 
 fifteen to twenty seconds. It should not be applied so 
 long that the tissues are frozen hard, but should be 
 removed as soon as they appear white. Too much 
 freezing may cause delayed healing or a slough. 
 
 Chloral. 
 
 Chloral is an oily, colorless fluid, made by the action 
 of chlorine on alcohol. It is not used in medicine. 
 United with water it forms a hydrate which is the 
 hydrated chloral of the U. S. P. 
 
 Chloralum Hydratum. 
 Hydrated Chloral. 
 
 Colorless, volatile crystals of hot, burning taste and 
 pungent odor; readily soluble in water, ether, or alcohol. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Chloral has antiseptic properties and has been so 
 used in a strength of gr. v.- \ i. of water. A concen- 
 trated solution vesicates and is very painful. 
 
 Given internally it acts on the nerve centres as a 
 sedative, its effect on the brain, under suitable condi- 
 tions, being that of a pure and perfect hypnotic. The 
 
THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 141 
 
 sleep it causes resembles natural sleep, coming on 
 quickly and lasting for six or seven hours. The 
 patient may be aroused from it for medicine or nourish- 
 ment, and falls asleep again, finally awaking refreshed 
 and without headache or the unpleasant after-effects — 
 such as nausea, giddiness, and constipation — which are 
 commonly found after taking opium. Even if given 
 for a long time chloral is not apt to cause constipation 
 or disturbance of the stomach. 
 
 In the sleep of chloral the pupil is slightly con- 
 tracted, the pulse unaltered or a little slower than 
 normal, the respirations regular, full, and quiet. The 
 cases in which its beneficial action is best seen are 
 cases of insomnia from mental labor, anxiety, or 
 fatigue. It is not an anodyne, having no power to 
 overcome pain unless given in dangerous doses. If so 
 given the after-effects are bad. 
 
 The action of chloral is not always satisfactory. 
 With some persons headache, excitement, and even 
 delirium are caused by medicinal doses. It is pre- 
 eminently a great depressant. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 In larger doses the respiratory centre is depressed 
 and the respirations become slow, irregular, and shal- 
 low. The activity of the vasomotor centre is lessened, 
 so that the vessels dilate generally, and the heart is 
 depressed and weakened not only through the centre 
 in the medulla but also by a direct influence on its own 
 nerve ganglia. 
 
 The pulse becomes weak and slow; in toxic doses it 
 grows rapid and irregular, and in fatal cases feeble and 
 thready, while other symptoms are coma, great muscu- 
 lar relaxation, pupils at first contracted, afterwards 
 dilated; and death results from paralysis of the respira- 
 tions and heart. 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning. 
 
 The treatment in chloral poisoning consists in the 
 use of alcoholic stimulants, strong coffee, galvanism, 
 
142 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 and artificial respiration. The application of external 
 heat is of the utmost importance. Mustard pastes and 
 hot mustard foot-baths may be used, avoiding, how- 
 ever, all measures which might exhaust the patient. 
 
 Incidental Effects, 
 
 There may be noticed after ordinary doses of chloral, 
 dyspnoea; redness and swelling of the conjunctivae; and 
 eruptions of the skin, most frequently a simple erythema 
 which seems to follow preferably the course of the large 
 nerve trunks. Sometimes the eruption takes the form 
 of wheals, and a papular eruption has also been ob- 
 served. These disorders are often attended by some 
 rise of temperature, and desquamation sometimes re- 
 sults. It is supposed that they, as well as the more 
 alarming ill effects of chloral, are greatly, if not alto- 
 gether, due to impurities in the drug. 
 
 The great danger of chloral is the sudden paralysis 
 of the heart, which may occur even after ordinary 
 medicinal doses, and without warning. This attaches 
 so much uncertainty to its action that it is impossible 
 to express caution too strongly in regard to using it 
 without orders. The patient may be sleeping quietly, 
 but suddenly becomes restless and passes into a state 
 of syncope. The danger cannot be considered past 
 until from 60 to 100 pulse beats can be counted con- 
 tinuously without any irregularity in strength. 
 
 The habitual use of chloral may become a disorder 
 almost as grave as the opium habit. Those who have 
 formed this habit are usually excitable in manner; 
 hurried and voluble in speech; nervous and wakeful at 
 night; melancholy and low-spirited during the day, 
 and subject to vertigo and ringing in the ears. The 
 eyes are brilliant and restless; the appetite capricious 
 or lacking altogether; digestion disordered; the heart 
 action weak and irregular; and the secretion of bile 
 deficient. 
 
 Average dose, gr. viii -0.5 Gm., diluted only mod- 
 erately with water or a weak syrup. 
 
THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 143 
 
 Butyl Chloral Hydrate. 
 Croton Chloral. Not official. 
 
 A crystalline body formed by the action of chlorine 
 on aldehyde; sparingly soluble in water, readily so in 
 glycerin. It is said to resemble chloral in its action, 
 but to be more depressing and less efficient. A feebler 
 poison, more disagreeable in taste, and having a special 
 anaesthetic effect on the fifth nerve. 
 
 Average dose, gr. v. -0.3 Gm., in syrup or glycerin. 
 
 Metachloral. Not official. 
 
 A solid substance prepared by acting on chloral 
 hydrate with sulphuric acid, and used as a counter- 
 irritant and local anaesthetic. 
 
 Chloral Camphor. Not official. 
 
 Equal parts of camphor and chloral, used as an ex- 
 ternal application for the relief of pain. 
 
 Paraldehydum, Paraldehyde. 
 
 Paraldehyde is a colorless liquid solidifying below 
 50 F., and soluble in ten parts of water. It has a 
 strong ethereal odor and unpleasant taste. It is a 
 pure hypnotic, like chloral, having about half its 
 power and many of its qualities without the dangers 
 of chloral. 
 
 In its action the cerebrum is first affected, and sleep 
 induced with no primary stage of excitement. The 
 medulla is next affected, and next the spinal cord. It 
 has little or no control over pain. In medicinal doses 
 it is not paralyzing to the heart, and does not, as a rule, 
 leave headache or unpleasant after-effects. 
 
 It is irritant to mucous membrane, and is likely in 
 time to impair digestion. It gives an unpleasant odor 
 to the breath, and if used for a long time it may produce 
 nasal ulcers, cerebral congestion, and vasomotor paraly- 
 sis. It sometimes causes erythema or reddening of the 
 
144 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 skin. Average dose, % xxx.-2 mils, in water, either 
 plain or with simple syrup. It must be well diluted. 
 
 Sulphonmethanum, Sulphonal. 
 
 Sulphonal is an alcohol derivative, belonging to what 
 are chemically known as the sulphur compounds of 
 alcohol. It has hypnotic action. It is a white, odor 
 less, and tasteless powder, almost insoluble in water, 
 requiring from ioo to 150 parts of cold, and 18 or 20 
 of boiling, water to dissolve it. 
 
 In favorable instances it produces a physiological 
 sleep, which lasts for several hours, with no unpleasant 
 after-effects. With susceptible cases sleep has been 
 known to come on in an hour or little over, but as a 
 usual thing sulphonal is rather slow in action, sometimes 
 not taking effect for several hours, sometimes even not 
 until the next day; and in these delayed cases, sleep, 
 when it does come, is prolonged and dull. In a certain 
 number of cases sulphonal fails to act satisfactorily, 
 and, in these, nausea, mental excitement, vomiting, 
 dizziness and staggering, headache and depression have 
 been observed after its use. 
 
 It may be given dry on the tongue, but is best given 
 in hot milk, or soup, or beef-tea, with plenty of salt. 
 Large amounts of warm fluids favor its absorption, and 
 as it is often slow in action it is better given early in 
 the evening. Average dose, gr. xii.-0.75 Gm. 
 
 Hypnone. Not official. 
 
 A hypnotic, produced chemically as a derivative 
 of alcohol. A colorless liquid having a strong odor 
 of almond or orange. It is not dangerous, and leaves 
 no ill after-effects except a disagreeable odor to the 
 breath. 
 
 Average dose, gr. V.-0.3 Gm., in capsule, being 
 insoluble in water. 
 
THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 14$ 
 
 Urethan. Not official. 
 
 A combination of carbonic acid and ethylic ether, 
 sometimes used as a hypnotic. Its action is rather 
 uncertain, and resembles paraldehyde. It has no 
 power over pain, is not depressing or irritating to the 
 stomach, and under favorable circumstances has in- 
 duced sleep in 15 or 20 minutes, and prolonged it for 6 
 or 8 hours. It is soluble in water, and may be given 
 hypodermically, as it is not irritating. 
 
 Average dose, gr. viii.-o.5 Gm., best given in pellet, 
 wafer, or capsule. 
 
 Amylene Hydrate. Not official. 
 
 An alcohol derivative, with properties as a hypnotic, 
 its power being considered intermediate between chloral 
 and paraldehyde. It is a clear liquid, soluble in 8 parts 
 of water, and readily so in alcohol. It is agreeable to 
 the taste and not dangerous, having, in medicinal doses, 
 no depressing effect. Very large doses paralyze the 
 respiratory centre, and also the heart. 
 
 Average dose, tt[ xxx.-2 mils. 
 
 Amylis Nitris, Amyl Nitrite. 
 
 Amyl nitrite is produced by distilling nitric acid with 
 amylic alcohol (fusel oil), sulphuric acid, and copper, 
 and purifying with alkalies by various intricate pro- 
 cesses. An ethereal liquid of yellow color and fruity 
 odor. 
 
 It is given by inhalation usually. The vapor enters 
 the blood through the lungs with extreme rapidity, 
 reaching the tissues and producing its characteristic 
 effects almost instantaneously. 
 
 Amyl nitrite is a motor depressant. Its leading 
 physiological action is upon the spinal cord and the 
 circulation, other effects being secondary. The motor 
 centres in the cord are directly and strongly depressed, 
 and a similar but less powerful action is exerted on the 
 
146 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 motor nerves and muscles. The sensory nerves are but 
 little affected. 
 
 Two effects are produced on the circulation. First, 
 the muscular walls of the arteries are paralyzed; the 
 vessels dilate, and the blood pressure falls. Second, 
 by this reduction of the blood pressure the resistance 
 which was met by the left ventricle in discharging its 
 contents disappears, with consequent relief to the heart, 
 which has at once less work to do, with the same, or in- 
 creased, strength to do it. The heart-beats are increased 
 in number — not always in force, — and the depression 
 of the inhibitory apparatus gives the beats an energetic 
 and thumping character. 
 
 In this way amyl nitrite acts as a heart stimulant, 
 not by actually strengthening the heart itself, but by 
 clearing away obstructions to a free circulation which 
 increased the work of the heart and exhausted it by 
 compelling it to put forth abnormal exertions. 
 
 From 2 to 5 drops, inhaled, will give this result, with 
 the attendant symptoms of fulness and throbbing of the 
 head, amounting sometimes to severe pain. 
 
 If inhalation is carried beyond this there will be 
 vertigo; flushing of the face, with visible pulsation 
 of the carotids; deep, labored respiration; tingling of 
 the surface; dilatation of the pupils; restlessness and 
 anxiety. These symptoms disappear rapidly on the 
 withdrawal of the drug, and the heart-beats fall to 
 normal. 
 
 It is stated that all objects look yellow to one fully 
 under the influence of amyl nitrite. 
 
 Larger doses increase all these symptoms in severity, 
 to the point of grave depression, with cold extremities; 
 heavy, clammy perspiration; slow, almost impercep- 
 tible pulse; irregular respirations; and severe persistent 
 headache. There may sometimes be convulsions. 
 Toxic doses paralyze the heart and respiratory centres. 
 In cases of poisoning by amyl nitrite all the blood of 
 the body becomes a uniform hue, which is described 
 as being nearer a chocolate color thai> ordinary venous 
 blood. 
 
THE CARBON COMPOUNDS, 147 
 
 The poisonous dose is not certainly known. A des- 
 sert-spoonful taken internally has been recovered from, 
 by the aid of emetics, and hypodermically 3 ii. have 
 been given in an hour and a half without unpleasant 
 symptoms. 
 
 In giving inhalations of amyl nitrite, from 1 to 3 
 drops are placed on a handkerchief, or piece of lint or 
 cotton, held near the nose, and withdrawn as soon as 
 fulness in the head or flushing of the face is produced. 
 The symptoms usually are a little more prominent for 
 a moment or two after the drug has been withdrawn. 
 It has been given hypodermically and also by mouth. 
 In the latter way the dose is ttt, i. — Ii. on sugar. Amyl 
 nitrite is inflammable. 
 
 Amyl nitrite escapes by the kidneys. The urine is 
 increased in amount and in acidity, and may sometimes 
 contain sugar. 
 
 Nitro Glycerinum, Nitro Glycerin, Trinitrin, 
 Glonoin. Not official. 
 
 Made b}' dropping glycerin in a mixture of sulphuric 
 and nitric acids kept ice-cold; separating by pouring 
 the product into water, washing, and evaporating to a 
 proper density. A colorless, oily liquid, odorless, with 
 sweet, pungent taste; slightly soluble in water and 
 freely so in oils, alcohol, and ether. 
 
 If heated in a close vessel, or if subjected to per- 
 cussion, it will explode. Mixed with porous silica, 
 nitro-glycerin constitutes dynamite. It is never used 
 undiluted in medicine. If spilled on the floor it may 
 be dangerous. Pour potassium hydroxide on it to 
 cause decomposition. 
 
 Spiritus Glycerilis Nitratis. 
 Spirit of Glyceryl Trinitrate. 
 Spirit of Nitroglycerin. 
 
 A one-per-cent. alcoholic solution of glyceryl trini- 
 trate. It should be kept cool, away from lights or fire. 
 
148 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Nitroglycerin is the most powerful ot the nitrites. 
 Its physiological actions resemble very strongly those 
 of amyl nitrite but in a greater degree, and the effects, 
 while less prompt in appearing, are more lasting, being 
 developed in from three to five minutes, and continuing 
 for about forty-five minutes. 
 
 Depression of the motor centres, dilatation of the 
 blood-vessels, and lowering of the blood pressure are 
 the chief factors in the action of nitro-glycerin. The 
 first signs manifest are perspiration and quickened 
 heart action, with, sometimes, a dicrotic pulse; dis- 
 turbed respiration, flushed face, vertigo, constriction 
 of the head and throat, occasional nausea, throbbing of 
 the carotids, and headache, which is of a severe frontal 
 type, and lasts sometimes for hours after other effects 
 have worn away. In some cases albumin in the urine 
 is diminished by nitro-glycerin. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 Poisonous doses cause heart failure, with slow, inter- 
 mittent, and very irregular pulse; dilated pupils; a 
 feeling of weakness in the epigastrium; and intense 
 headache, with a feeling as of a tight band around the 
 head. 
 
 Symptoms of poisoning not resulting in death have 
 followed doses of from two to ten drops of the alcoholic 
 solution. 
 
 Nitro-glycerin is given in tablets, or in the form of 
 the alcoholic solution, strength 1 per cent. This prep- 
 aration should be constantly renewed, as it decom- 
 poses with age. In the case of an unconscious patient 
 it may be dropped on the back of the tongue. Average 
 dose, iTl i.-o.o5 mil, in a little glycerin. 
 
 Phenol, Carbolic Acid. 
 
 Phenol is a product of the distillation of coal tar. It 
 may also be obtained by the distillation of other organic 
 
THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 1 49 
 
 substances, and, finally, may be made artificially — 
 synthetic carbolic acid. Crude phenol is an imperfectly 
 purified article, the result of two distillations. It is a 
 dark-reddish liquid, useful as a disinfectant, and cheap. 
 Further distillations produce pure phenol, which is 
 colorless, crystallizes in needles, and, if absolutely pure, 
 does not absorb water from the air. 
 
 If 5 to 10 % of water be added to the melted crystals, 
 phenol will remain clear and not recrystallize on cool- 
 ing; the further addition of water will cause a separa- 
 tion, phenol going to the bottom as an oily layer, the 
 mixture not becoming clear again until 90 to 95 % of 
 water has been added. The standard solution for 
 ward use is made 1 part in 20 parts of water. The 
 phenol and water should be well mixed, as they do not 
 readily combine. Phenol is freely soluble in glycerin, 
 alcohol, and ether. It sometimes acquires a reddish 
 color on exposure, said to be due to minute quantities 
 of metal, probably copper, contained in traces of the 
 tar products present. 
 
 Physiological Effects. 
 
 Phenol applied locally is antiseptic, irritant, and 
 anaesthetic. In concentrated form it is a severe 
 caustic. The vapor, internally, is stimulant and dis- 
 infectant. Taken into the stomach, the acid arrests 
 fermentative changes, and in large doses is a powerful 
 irritant and narcotic poison, acting on the respiratory 
 and vasomotor centres, which it quickly paralyzes. It 
 is rapidly absorbed by the unbroken skin, the sub- 
 cutaneous tissues, the mucous surfaces, wounds, the 
 respiratory passages, and the stomach, and is excreted 
 by the urine, to which it gives a dark, smoky, or green- 
 ish color; also by the saliva, which is increased in 
 quantity. 
 
 Phenol is a deodorizer and disinfectant as well as 
 an antiseptic. It is very destructive to low forms of 
 life if used in sufficient strength, but in solutions of a 
 strength which may be safely used externally, as in 
 the dressing of wounds, or applications to skin or 
 
150 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 membrane, it only prevents the development of germs, 
 and does not kill their spores. Used constantly, as in 
 dressings, even dilute phenol will produce in time a 
 gangrenous condition. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 The first signs of poisoning from the use, either ex- 
 ternal or internal, of phenol, are : giddiness, tension of 
 the head, and, usually, the dark color of the urine. 
 More serious evidences of danger are : contracted 
 pupils; pallor; embarrassed breathing; a small, slow, 
 feeble pulse; ringing or singing in the ears; and sud- 
 den vertigo. 
 
 When swallowed in poisonous doses there is at once 
 a hot burning sensation from mouth to stomach, and 
 the symptoms come on immediately. The lips and 
 lining of the mouth are white and hardened; there is 
 nausea, with violent pain and vomiting of frothy 
 mucus; the lips, ears, and eyelids are livid; the pupils 
 contracted and insensible to light. The skin is cold 
 and covered with clammy perspiration; the pulse very 
 feeble and almost always rapid, — 120 — though it has 
 been known to fall to 40 or 50 a minute; the respirations 
 are rapid, irregular, and difficult, sometimes stertorous, 
 sometimes gasping, and the breath has the odor of the 
 acid. Insensibility, coma, and collapse follow quickly 
 in succession, and death may occur within a few 
 minutes from paralysis of the respiration, or, if a very 
 large amount has been taken, from paralysis of the 
 heart. The average time of death is between one and 
 ten hours, and the fatal dose may range from 3 i. to 
 I ss. (4-16 Gm.) 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning, 
 
 In the treatment of this poison emetics are not al- 
 ways of use, owing to a paralyzed condition of the 
 stomach, and the stomach-pump should be used, wash- 
 ing out the stomach with 50 # alcohol. The chemical 
 antidotes are sulphate of magnesia or of soda, or syrup 
 
THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 151 
 
 of lime, and they should be freely given ( § iii. of the 
 sulphates have been given) as long as the patient can 
 swallow, or until there is improvement. Lime water 
 and milk in equal parts may be given, and vegetable 
 demulcents — as flaxseed tea, — but no oils or glycerin, as 
 they dissolve the acid and aid its absorption. Atropine 
 is a physiological antagonist, maintaining respiration; 
 and cardiac stimulants may be required, given hypoder- 
 mically. 
 
 Phenol is in general use as an antiseptic and disin- 
 fectant, though the manner of its employment has been 
 greatly modified and changed in some respects from 
 that of former years. For the practical work of the 
 nurse in cleaning and disinfecting it stands high, and 
 is used in a strength cf 1 in 20 or 1 in 40. Articles to 
 be disinfected, viz. soiled clothing, sputum cups, etc., 
 must soak in it for varying lengths of time, according 
 to the nature of the case. 
 
 Phenol may be used for clothing, as it does not stain. 
 In the sick-room its strong odor makes it unpleasant 
 to many persons, and this odor may be covered by using 
 oil of peppermint or cinnamon. 
 
 Average dose, gr. i.-o.o6 Gm., in glycerin or simple 
 syrup — well diluted. 
 
 There is a large and constantly increasing group of 
 compounds allied to phenol, called cresols. They are 
 derived from coal tar, and possess strong antiseptic and 
 germicidal powers. As a rule, they are less poisonous 
 than phenol. Among them may be mentioned creolin, 
 lysol, saprol, sozal, chlorphenol, pheno-salyl, aseptol, 
 etc. The well-known Dobell's solution contains phenol, 
 sodium bicarbonate, borax, and glycerin. 
 
 Creosotum, Creosote. 
 
 Creosote is produced by the distillation of wood tar, 
 and is a very complex substance, containing many 
 hydro-carbons, some of which are closely related to 
 phenol. Creosote is not as poisonous as phenol, nor so 
 active as a germicide and antiseptic, but many of its 
 
I $2 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 physiological properties are similar, and its value me* 
 dicinally is about the same, though it is oftener used. 
 
 It is a stimulant, expectorant, and gastric seda- 
 tive. In the stomach it checks fermentation, yet does 
 not interfere with digestion. The vapor is disinfec- 
 tant and deodorant. When inhaled it is stimulant, 
 and when ordered in this way it is convenient to use a 
 small cone, which may be easily improvised. 
 
 Only a few cases of poisoning are recorded. The 
 symptoms and treatment are like those of phenol. 
 
 Average dose, ttl iiL-0.2 mils. 
 Aqua Creosoti. 
 Creosote Water. 
 
 Strength, 1 per cent. Dose, 3 i.-ii. 4-8 mils. 
 Guaiacol. 
 
 Obtained by distilling beechwood-tar creosote, or by 
 preparing synthetically. 
 
 Derivatives of guaiacol : the first only official. 
 
 Guaiacolis Carbonas 
 
 Benzosol. 
 
 Styracol. 
 
 Acidum Salicylicum, Salicylic Acid. 
 
 Salicylic acid is prepared synthetically by treating a 
 solution of carbolic acid in caustic soda with carbonic 
 acid, at a moderate heat. It is also found in nature in 
 oil of wintergreen, in sweet birch, and in the bark of 
 several varieties of willow. A dull white powder, 
 readily soluble in alcohol and glycerin, but almost in- 
 soluble in cold water. In hot water it is more readily 
 dissolved, and borax and boric acid assist the solvent 
 action. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Salicylic acid is an antiseptic and disinfectant. It 
 is a diaphoretic and antipyretic in fever, but doef 
 
THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 1 53 
 
 not lower the temperature in health. It is not much 
 used in this way, as other antipyretics are more lasting 
 in influence and less depressing than salicylic acid. 
 
 After an antipyretic dose there is slight temporary 
 stimulation of the heart; the face and eyes are suffused 
 and there is a feeling of warmth, followed by perspira- 
 tion. These effects are visible in ten or fifteen minutes, 
 and following them there is a reduction of the strength 
 of the heart. 
 
 Salicylic acid has a stimulant and disinfectant action 
 on the kidneys and urinary apparatus, and increases 
 the acidity of the urine. In some cases it irritates the 
 kidneys and causes hematuria or albuminuria. 
 
 In small doses it stimulates digestion, the heart, 
 and respiration, but in large doses it depresses the last 
 two, lowers arterial tension, and causes nausea and 
 vomiting. 
 
 Incidental Effects. 
 
 In giving salicylic acid the first evidences of over- 
 dosing which are to be looked for are buzzing and 
 roaring in the ear, and fulness of the head. Increased 
 doses bring severe headache, perspiration, deafness, 
 and various disturbances of vision; and, if still con- 
 tinued, these symptoms are all intensified. The respi- 
 rations become deeper and are labored, rapid, and 
 irregular — sometimes the most violent respiratory 
 efforts being made to overcome the dyspnoea ; the 
 pulse is slow and weak, and there is a great restless- 
 ness, with a delirium characterized by hallucinations 
 of vision, and which is sometimes cheerful, sometimes 
 melancholy, and sometimes wildly maniacal. The 
 urine may be dark olive-green, and involuntary evacu- 
 ations of the bowels may take place. 
 
 The depression of the circulatory system causes a 
 relaxed state of the skin, and bed-sores are liable to 
 appear rapidly. Eruptions of the skin, somewhat re- 
 sembling that of urticaria, may appear even after 
 medicinal doses. 
 
 Salicylic acid is not considered an active poison to 
 
154 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 man. Cases of death from its use have been recorded, 
 but they are not all well verified. As a preservative 
 in canned foods it acts as a slow poison and as such it 
 is even more dangerous. 
 
 Salicylic acid is transformed in the blood into salicy- 
 late of sodium, and is slowly excreted by the urine, 
 perspiration, saliva, bile, and mucous secretions. 
 
 Average dose, gr. xii.-0.75 Gm., moderately diluted. 
 
 Sodii Salicylas. 
 Sodium Salicylate. 
 
 Made by the action of salicylic acid on carbonate of 
 sodium. It is readily soluble in water; has the same 
 physiological actions as salicylic acid, and is less irrita- 
 ting. It has no antiseptic qualities in external use. It 
 is considered a specific in rheumatism, and in giving a 
 course of it the same incidental symptoms mentioned 
 under salicylic acid are to be looked for. 
 Average dose, gr. xv.-i Gm., moderately diluted. 
 
 Phenylis Salicylas. 
 Phenyl Salicylate. 
 Salol. 
 
 A preparation composed of two thirds salicylic and 
 one third carbolic acids. It is insoluble in water and 
 is given in compressed tablets. 
 
 Salol is antiseptic and antipyretic; sedative to 
 the brain and spinal cord, and with some power as an 
 analgesic. It is an active diaphoretic, and though 
 in some cases it has a somewhat depressing effect, yet 
 its action is usually not marked by as much exhaustion 
 as that of many of the new antipyretics, and when the 
 temperature rises after being reduced by salol, it does 
 so without chill or chilly feelings. Its physiological 
 effects and medicinal uses are in general very like those 
 of salicylic acid. It is not considered poisonous, and 
 is, like iodoform, used as a topical application. 
 
 Average dose, gr. v-0.3 Gm. 
 
THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 155 
 
 _ , * ... . y See Organic Materia Medica. 
 Oleum Gaulthenae. j & 
 
 Thiersch Powder. 
 
 A combination of salicylic and boric acids, usually 
 ordered in the proportion of J ss. of the latter to 3 ss. 
 of the former. Added to o* e quart of water it forms 
 an antiseptic solution, of moderate power, which is not 
 irritating or poisonous when freely used. The propor- 
 tions of a Thiersch powder are not invariable, as Prof. 
 Thiersch did not confine himself to one formula. 1 
 
 Theobromine Sodio-Salicylas. 
 Theobromine Sodio-Salicylate. 
 
 Made from theobromine, an alkaloid obtained from 
 the seeds of Theobroma cacao, the chocolate tree of South 
 America, and sodium salicylate. It is a white powder, 
 soluble in half its weight of warm water. As the theo- 
 bromine separates from it on exposure to the air, it 
 should not be given as powder, but as freshly prepared 
 aqueous solution. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 It is a reliable diuretic, increasing the amount of 
 urine, and the solids excreted by the urine. Its in- 
 fluence over the amount of albumin is not constant. 
 However, in chronic nephritis the amount of albumin 
 is generally diminished. In dropsy, with the increase 
 of urine, there is disappearance or marked improvement 
 of the oedema. Occasionally a profuse diarrhoea is ap- 
 parently produced by the remedy, and assists in this 
 removal of the transudation. 
 
 It is believed that the drug has a moderate influence 
 on the heart. It strengthens and regulates it, is not 
 depressing, and produces no functional disturbance. 
 It does not appear that it causes any irritation either 
 of the stomach or kidneys. Its diuretic action depends 
 on a direct influence on the renal epithelium. 
 
 Average dose, gr. viii.-o.5 mils. 
 
 1 Charles Rice, Ph.D. 
 
156 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Naphthalenum, Naphthalin. 
 
 A coal-tar derivative with the taste and odor of tar; 
 insoluble in water, soluble in ether, hot alcohol, and 
 benzol. 
 
 It is antiseptic and destructive to low forms of life. 
 Internally it is a stimulant expectorant, and acts as 
 a disinfectant to the alimentary canal. The latter 
 action is a local one, as it is not readily absorbed into 
 the system, but is mostly carried away by the faeces, 
 that part of it taken up by the blood being excreted 
 by the urine partly unchanged and partly as naphtol. 
 Externally it is used as an antiseptic. 
 
 Betanaphthol. 
 Naphthol. 
 
 Derived from naphthalin ; soluble in alcohol, ether, 
 chloroform, oil, and vaseline. It is more easily ab- 
 sorbed than naphthalin, and causes vomiting, haema- 
 turia, convulsions, and unconsciousness. In medicinal 
 doses it is an intestinal disinfectant, in doses of 
 gr. i.-iv. (0.065-0.25 Gin.). It is also used as a local 
 application, dissolved in alcohol, in from 1 to 50$. 
 
 Allied to naphthol, all unofficial, are: 
 
 Microcidin. Alumnol. 
 
 BenzonaphthoL HydronaphthoL 
 Betol. Asaprol. 
 
 Chinolin. Not official. 
 
 Chinolin is a derivative of cinchona bark, from 
 which it is named, and is also found in coal-tar oil. 
 It is made synthetically by the action of glycerin on 
 nitro-benzol and aniline. It is a colorless, oily liquid, 
 and on exposure to the air turns dark. Like an alka- 
 loid, it combines with acids to form salts. It is 
 antiseptic. 
 
 The taste and odor are very disagreeable. It re- 
 sembles quinine somewhat in its antipyretic action. 
 
THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. I 57 
 
 After a full dose there is a short preliminary stage of 
 excitement, with increased pulse and a feeling of 
 warmth, followed by perspiration, fall of temperature, 
 slow and weak pulse, and lessened respirations. In 
 large doses it diminishes reflex action and causes 
 dyspnoea, paralysis, and collapse. Only one salt, the 
 tartrate, is used medicinally. 
 
 Chinolin Tartras. Not official. 
 
 Average dose, gr. viii.-o.5 Gm., may be given with 
 peppermint water. 
 
 Chinolin is not in general use, and is here placed be- 
 fore some of the more practically important antipyretics 
 in an introductory way. Many of these medicines, 
 which are synthetically prepared in laboratories, are 
 the results of experiments made in the attempt to pro- 
 duce an imitation of quinine, and several different ones 
 are derived from chinolin. 
 
 ANTIPYRETICS. 
 
 These drugs are supposed to act upon the heat regu- 
 lating centre of the body, throwing it out of function, 
 the heat then accumulating in the body as it is formed 
 by oxidation and other processes, until, by a diffuse 
 dilatation of the blood-vessels, the body loses a large 
 amount of heat, even chills and rigors with possibly 
 sweating and collapse resulting. Large doses of these 
 drugs "lake" the blood, break up the red blood cells, 
 and form methaemoglobin. Cf. Potassium Chlorate, p. 
 42. The cyanosis may be caused partly by this, partly 
 by the dilated blood-vessels, and partly by the weak 
 circulation due to collapse. The drugs so acting are 
 antipyrine, acetanilide, resorcinol, and phenacetine. 
 
 Antipyrina, Antipyrine. 
 
 Antipyrine is a coal-tar derivative, being prepared 
 from chinolin. It is an alkaloidal body, combining 
 with acids to form salts. A whitish, crystalline powder 
 
153 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 of slightly bitter taste, soluble in water in a proportion 
 of ten parts to six parts of water. 
 
 Physiological Actions, 
 
 When first introduced it was a proprietary medicine 
 and was known principally as an antipyretic. With 
 further use and investigation other therapeutic qualities 
 have been manifested. 
 
 It is a general nerve sedative and anodyne, having 
 a considerable degree of power in the relief of pain in 
 various conditions of nervous origin. It is slightly 
 antiseptic and disinfectant, diaphoretic, and has 
 some diuretic action. It is also credited with being to 
 some extent a haemostatic. Antipyrine does not lower 
 the normal temperature, but in fever its action is very 
 marked. There is a short period of stimulation, with 
 flushing of the face, a feeling of heat, and increased 
 action of the heart. In about half an hour or more 
 perspiration breaks out and usually becomes very pro- 
 fuse. The pulse is then slowed, but not always weak- 
 ened. The skin is cool; there may be chilly feelings, 
 and the temperature falls from one to several degrees, 
 according to the amount taken, and remains down for 
 a length of time also proportioned to the dose — usually 
 two or three hours, and often longer. 
 
 There results very often — especially in subjects weak- 
 ened by a long illness — a decided state of depression, 
 sometimes so marked as to be alarming, and the pulse, 
 though not always weakened, is in some cases seriously 
 so. The use of antipyrine in acute illness often causes 
 nausea and vomiting, though it is not a gastric irritant 
 in any special sense, but in small doses tonic, increas- 
 ing the appetite. Symptoms which indicate danger in 
 giving antipyrine are cyanosis, muscular weakness, dis- 
 turbed and rapid respirations, weakened irregular pulse, 
 dyspnoea, and sensations of heat over the body. Col- 
 lapse may result from its use, and death in one instance 
 followed the administration of fifty-odd grains. An 
 eruption of the skin frequently occurs, with some con- 
 stitutional disturbance and considerable suffering and 
 
THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 1 59 
 
 annoyance from the itching, which is severe. It lasts 
 for several days, and in the majority of cases resembles 
 the measles rash; but sometimes appears as a general 
 and intense erythema, with swelling of the face, espe- 
 cially about the eyes, burning sensations, and rise of 
 temperature. Antipyrine has been given hypodermi- 
 cally, but is irritant and liable to cause abscesses. If 
 so given it should be injected deeply into the gluteal 
 muscular tissue. 
 
 Average dose, gr. V.-0.3 Gm., diluted moderately. 
 It may be given in a little wine, or iced brandy and 
 water. 
 
 Acetanilidum, Acetanilid. 
 Antifebrin. 
 
 A neutral substance derived from aniline by the 
 action of glacial acetic acid. A colorless crystalline 
 powder of slightly burning taste, soluble in alcohol, 
 but not readily so in water. 
 
 Its medicinal qualities are very similar to those of 
 antipyrine, it being antipyretic, analgesic, and a 
 nervous sedative. It has some differences of action. 
 It diminishes the irritability of sensory nerves, lessens 
 the reflex action of the spinal cord, raises arterial ten- 
 sion to some extent, and slows the heart correspond- 
 ingly. The reduction of temperature by acetanilide 
 takes place rather more slowly than that caused by 
 antipyrine — sometimes twice as much time being 
 required. 
 
 The effects last longer — six or seven hours — and the 
 fall is sometimes, though not always, accompanied by 
 perspiration rather less profuse than that produced by 
 antipyrine. The lowering of the temperature is not 
 supposed to depend on this diaphoresis, as experiments 
 show that one sometimes follows without the other. 
 
 The antipyretic action of acetanilide is occasionally 
 followed by cyanosis, and in rare cases by collapse, 
 though it is usually considered less apt than antipyrine 
 to produce severe depression, and in the majority of 
 
160 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 cases its use leaves no ill after-effects and does not 
 nauseate. It has diuretic action and is a cerebral 
 stimulant, while antipyrine depresses the brain. A 
 poisonous dose destroys the ozonizing function of the 
 blood. 
 
 Incidental effects noticed sometimes after its use are 
 deafness, ringing in the ears, dilatation of the pupils, 
 and an eruption similar to that caused by antipyrine. 
 
 Average dose, gr. iii.-o.2 Gm. It may be given in 
 dilute alcoholic solution, and, like many remedies to- 
 day, is put up in compressed tablets. 
 
 Allied to acetanilid, all unofficial, are : 
 
 Benzanilid. Exodyne. 
 
 Antikamnia. Phenolid. 
 Antinervin. 
 
 Resorcinol, Resorcin. 
 
 Resorcinol is obtained from galbanum, a resin, by 
 the action of alkalies. It is also made from phenol, 
 thus belonging to the phenol group of derivatives of 
 coal tar. It occurs as white crystals with an odor re- 
 sembling phenol, and is soluble in water, and also in 
 alcohol. It is antiseptic and disinfectant, inferior, 
 however, in these respects to phenol. It has consider- 
 able antipyretic action, in large doses, causing free 
 diaphoresis with reduction of the pulse and tempera- 
 ture. The pulse may, within an hour, be slowed by as 
 much as one third its former number of beats, and the 
 temperature fall three or four degrees, to remain down 
 for from two to four hours, when it rises again rapidly. 
 While rising there may be chilly feelings, or a distinct 
 chill. 
 
 Doses which produce these results, viz., gr. xxx.-lx., 
 cause also, as preliminary symptoms, dizziness, ringing 
 in the ears, frontal headache, trembling, and quickened 
 respirations. With the breaking out of perspiration 
 these disturbances die away. No fatal case of poison- 
 ing is known. In one case, where 120 grains were 
 taken, giddiness and a feeling as of the pricking of 
 
THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. l6l 
 
 pins came on immediately. Unconsciousness followed, 
 with subnormal temperature and thready pulse. 
 
 The chief action of resorcinol is upon the nerve 
 centres, and it has been shown experimentally that 
 very large doses paralyze the heart. 
 
 Average dose, gr. ii. -0.125 O-m.. 
 
 It is used in an ointment, strength from 5 to 30 per 
 cent. 
 
 Pheno-Resorcin. Not official. 
 
 A mixture of phenol and resorcinol, in the proportion 
 of two thirds of the former and one third of the latter. 
 It has antiseptic qualities. 
 
 Acetphenetidinum, Acetphenetidin. 
 Phenacetin. 
 
 A preparation belonging to the phenol group; a de- 
 cided antipyretic, being also antiseptic, sedative, 
 and analgesic. After large doses profuse sweating is 
 the first result, appearing in from thirty to fifty minutes, 
 and in one or two hours the temperature begins to fall, 
 reaching its lowest point in about four hours. The re- 
 duction is quite marked, averaging about 3 , while a 
 fall of 5 or 6° has been known. Some depression may 
 follow — not severe enough usually to be alarming — 
 with weak and chilly feelings and weakened pulse. 
 The rise of temperature is more gradual than the fall. 
 In comparison with the activity of other antipyretics, 
 ten grains of phenacetin are said to equal fifteen grains 
 of antipyrine or quinine, and thirty grains of salicylate 
 of soda, and to be equal in power with antifebrine, 
 though less rapid in action and more enduring in its 
 effect. 
 
 An eruption of the skin sometimes occurs in anaemic 
 patients. 
 
 Phenacetin is almost insoluble in water, and is given 
 dry on the tongue, or in compressed tablets, or capsules. 
 
 Average dose, gr. V.-0.3 Gm. 
 
1 62 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Allied to phenacetin, all unofficial, are : 
 Iodophenine. Hydracetin. 
 Methacetin. Phenocoll Hydrochloride. 
 
 Exalgine. Not official. 
 
 A preparation similar to, and derived from, acetanilid. 
 It has analgesic power, and the name was given with 
 reference to this quality, and does not describe its 
 chemical constitution, as do many of the names of new 
 remedies. It is hypnotic and anodyne, and com- 
 paratively free from ill after-effects. 
 
 Its action in the relief of pain is rapid. In some 
 cases, dizziness, trembling, weakness of the knees, and 
 loss of muscular power in the eyelids have appeared 
 almost immediately after its administration, passing off 
 in a short time. 
 
 It is given dry on the tongue, in powder or in tablets. 
 
 Average dose, gr. iii.-o.2 Gm. .) 
 
 Pyridine. Not official. 
 
 Pyridine is found in nature as one of the principles 
 of tobacco-juice, and is imitated in chemistry, and de- 
 rived from chinolin. It is a volatile liquid with strong 
 aromatic odor. It gives off, at ordinary temperatures, 
 a vapor which is used medicinally, having a stimulant 
 effect on the respirations and on the spinal cord. On 
 the heart it has an influence resembling that of digitalis, 
 increasing the strength of the systole. 
 
 Average dose, tt], v.-o 3 Gm. 
 
 Benzosulphinidum. Saccharin. 
 
 Saccharin is a substance produced by a very compli- 
 cated chemical process from a coal-tar product called 
 toluene. It is the sweetest of known substances, being 
 between two hundred and three hundred times sweeter 
 Mian sugar, but in chemical constitution it is an acid. 
 
THE CARBON COMPOUNDS. 163 
 
 It is not a food, like sugar, nor a medicine, as it has 
 no specific effect on the system. It may be used in- 
 stead of sugar in diseases where sugar is forbidden, 
 as diabetes. 
 
 It retards digestion. Average dose, gr. iii.-o.2 Gm. 
 
 Acidum Oleicum. 
 Oleic Acid. 
 
 A fluid fatty acid made from olein, the fluid principle 
 of oils and fats, by the action of heated steam. It is 
 used in the preparation of medicinal ointments called 
 oleates, of which only one is now official, viz., the oleate 
 of mercury. Other substances that have been used in 
 oleates are : veratrine, cocaine, quinine, atropine, and 
 zinc. 
 
 Petrolatum (Vaseline). 
 
 Vaseline is a semi-solid substance obtained from 
 petroleum by distillation and purification, and is used 
 alone as an emollient, and also as the basis of various 
 ointments. 
 
 Glycerinum, Glycerin. Glycerol. 
 
 Glycerin is obtained by the reaction of fats and fixed 
 oils with watery alkaline fluids. Chemically it is 
 classed with the alcohols. It is always set free in the 
 process of soap-making as a waste product, and so 
 made is purified and sold, though the larger part of the 
 glycerin in commerce is manufactured directly b} r the 
 decomposition of fats by heated steam. 
 
 Glycerin absorbs water from the air and mixes with 
 water in all proportions. If pure it cannot become 
 rancid. 
 
 Applied externally it is unirritating to the sound 
 skin, but painful if there be any abrasions. 
 
164 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 It is slightly stimulant and antiseptic, and tends to 
 make the skin dry and brittle. It is readily absorbed 
 when applied externally. 
 
 Internally it has no special effect on the stomach, but 
 is supposed to have some nutritive power. It is pro- 
 duced normally in the intestines during the digestion 
 of oils and fats. If administered in free doses it has a 
 laxative action, and for this purpose is given alone, or 
 in combination with castor oil. 
 
 The laxative action is very notable when glycerin is 
 administered as an enema; a small amount — 3 ss.- § ii. 
 — acts quickly and satisfactorily. 
 
 Glycerin suppositories are also, in most instances, 
 very efficacious. Average dose, 3 i -4 mils. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Glyceritum Phenolis. 
 Glycerite of Phenol. 
 
 Contains 20 parts of phenol to 80 of glycerin. 
 
 Glyceritum Acidi Tannici. 
 Glycerite of Tannic Acid. 
 
 The same strength as the above. 
 
 Glyceritum Boroglycerini. 
 Glycerite of Boroglycerin. 
 
 Boric acid 3 parts to 7 of glycerin* 
 
PART II. 
 
 THE ORGANIC MATERIA MEDICA. 
 
 THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 
 
 Arranged under Botanical Divisions or Natural 
 Orders. 
 
 Fam. Ranunculacea. 
 
 Aconitum, Aconite. 
 Monkshood (Wolfsbane). 
 
 Aconite 1 is a tall perennial plant bearing a spike of 
 blue flowers; found native in Europe, and cultivated 
 in the United States. The official portion is the root, 
 which is from 3 to 4 inches long, about } inch in 
 diameter at the base, and tapers to a fine point. It is 
 brown in color, externally, and has been mistaken for 
 horse-radish, but the latter is whitish, does not taper 
 gradually but has almost the same diameter for several 
 inches, and has a strong odor when scraped, which 
 aconite root has not. 
 
 There are several varieties of the plant, all more or 
 less poisonous. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Aconite applied locally to the skin or mucous mem- 
 brane acts on the terminations first of the sensory and 
 
 165 
 
1 66 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 next of the motor nerves, as a depressant or sedative, 
 and causes tingling followed by numbness and insensi- 
 bility. 
 
 Taken internally aconite is sedative to the heart 
 and respirations; is diuretic and diaphoretic, and 
 reduces temperature. It has no effect on the brain. 
 Medicinal doses, given close together, reduce the fre- 
 quency, force, and tension of the pulse, produce a 
 gentle perspiration, and increase the amount of urine. 
 Respiration becomes slower and deeper; the tempera- 
 ture falls. The tendency of the pulse under the in- 
 fluence of aconite is to become small, compressible, and 
 weak. 
 
 larger doses, or a single full medicinal dose, produce 
 a tingling feeling, usually first noticeable in the lips 
 or extremities; or, if the impression be decided, the 
 tingling may be felt over the whole body. 
 
 There may be also a raw, irritable, or constricted 
 feeling in the throat, and difficulty in swallowing, 
 caused by anaemia of the throat. There is muscular 
 weakness; giddiness and disorders of vision may be 
 produced, especially if any exertion be made; the respi- 
 rations are diminished, and the pulse may fall to 30 or 
 40 a minute. 
 
 The first effects of medicinal doses are usually shown 
 in half an hour, and the symptoms mentioned will pass 
 off in three or four hours. After poisonous doses, if 
 large, death may occur immediately from instant par- 
 alysis of the heart- muscles; or the symptoms may come 
 on in a few moments and death occur soon after, the 
 average time being between three and four hours. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 The first symptom of poisoning is the characteristic 
 tingling, which is diagnostic of every variety and 
 preparation of aconite. 
 
 The pulse fails rapidly, becoming weak, irregular, 
 intermittent, and slow; the respirations are shallow, 
 weak, and sighing, irregular and slow. There is 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM, 167 
 
 anaesthesia of the surface and great muscular weak- 
 ness; the tongue and breath are cold; the skin covered 
 with a cold sweat. The face has an anxious look and 
 is sunken and livid. The eyes are glaring, the eye- 
 balls protruding; the pupils are generally dilated. The 
 voice is suppressed. There may be vomiting, although 
 it does not always occur. The mind usually remains 
 clear, but there are sometimes convulsions, and in these 
 cases stupor and unconsciousness may be present. In 
 the latter stages of collapse the special senses may be 
 lost, especially the sight. 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning, 
 
 The first thing necessary is to empty the stomach 
 and wash it out with the stomach-pump. Hot and 
 concentrated alcoholic stimulants are given; external 
 heat applied; the patient's head lowered beneath the 
 line of his feet by taking out the pillows and elevating 
 the foot of the bed; and absolute quiet and rest main- 
 tained. Artificial respiration may be practised, and 
 cardiac stimulants given hypodermically. 
 
 Atropine is a physiological antagonist, stimulating 
 respiration, and ammonia has the same effect. 
 
 Digitalis counteracts the depression of the heart, but 
 acts slowly, while aconite is exceedingly rapid in action. 
 
 Precautions. 
 
 The pulse should always be taken before giving a 
 dose of aconite, and respirations and temperature 
 watched. Any possibility of cold air or draughts must 
 be guarded against, the skin being relaxed, and no ex- 
 ertion on the part of the patient — such as sitting up in 
 bed — allowed. 
 
 Preparations of Aconite. 
 
 Fluidextractum Aconiti. 
 Fluidextract of Aconite. 
 
 Average dose, fU ss.-0.03 m ^- 
 
1 68 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 Tinctura Aconiti. 
 Tincture of Aconite. 
 
 Made from the root. Strength 10%. Average dose, 
 Til iii.-o.2 mil, in water. 
 
 Extractum Aconiti. 
 Extract of Aconite. 
 
 One Gm. of the extract represents about four Gm. of 
 aconite. Average dose, gr. i-o.oi Gm. 
 Aconitina. 
 Aconitine. 
 
 An alkaloid or active principle obtained from aconite. 
 Average dose, gr. 4^0-000015 Gm. 
 
 Linimentum Aconiti. 
 Aconite Liniment. Not official. 
 
 For external use; strength, 2 #. St. Jacob's oil, a 
 quack medicine, contains aconite. 
 
 Staphisagria, Stavesacre. 
 
 The dried ripe seeds of Delphinium staphisagria. 
 They possess four alkaloids, one of which, delphinine, 
 is closely allied to aconitine, resembling it strongly in 
 action. It is even more depressing. The chief use of 
 staphisagria is as a parasiticide. The preparation for 
 this purpose is called delphine. 
 
 Podophyllum, May Apple, Mandrake. 
 
 The dried rhizome ' and rootlets of the May apple, a 
 perennial herb of the Northern and Middle United 
 States. An alkaloid, berberine, and two resins, are 
 the active principles. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Podophyllum is an active cathartic with chola- 
 gogue properties. Its actions are shown not only 
 
 1 Root stock. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 1 69 
 
 when taken internally, but also when applied to a 
 broken surface or given hypoderrnically. It has a 
 bitter, acrid taste, and causes slight salivation, irritation 
 of the stomach, nausea, and griping pains. In large 
 doses it causes severe colic. The purgative action is 
 very slow, requiring ten hours or more, and is due to 
 stimulation of the intestinal glands and of the muscular 
 coats of the intestine; also to a stimulant action on the 
 liver, with a decided increase in the flow of bile. 
 
 In large quantities it may cause poisoning. Cases 
 of poisoning in children have happened, with vomiting, 
 purging, epileptiform convulsions, coma, and collapse. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Resina Podophylli. 
 Resin of Podophyllum. 
 
 Average dose, as a laxative, gr. fV-0.005 Gm. 
 As a purgative, gr. |-o.oi Gm. 
 
 Fluidextractum Podophylli. 
 Fluid extract of Podophyllum. 
 
 Average dose, TU virL-0.5 mil. 
 
 Podophyllum used externally is irritant, and may in- 
 flame the eyes if carelessly handled. 
 
 Cimicifuga, Black Snakeroot. 
 
 The dried rhizome and rootlets of Cimicifuga race- 
 mosa, an indigenous plant, containing a volatile oil, 
 two resins, and tannin. 
 
 Cimicifuga has antispasmodic action. In moderate 
 doses it has been used as a stomachic and cardiac 
 tonic, and it increases somewhat the action of the skin 
 and kidneys. In large doses it slows the heart, and 
 raises blood-pressure, acting like digitalis, and in ex- 
 cessive doses it produces giddiness, severe headache, 
 and prostration. No cases of poisoning are known. 
 The preparations should not be kept long, as they spoil 
 with age. 
 
170 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Fluidextractum Cimicifugs. 
 Fluidextract of Cimicifuga. 
 
 Average dose, 1U xv.-i mil. 
 
 Tinctura Cimicifugs. Not official. 
 Tincture of Cimicifuga. 
 
 Average dose, 3 i.-4 mils. 
 
 Adonis Vernalis. Not official. 
 
 The root of Adonis vernalis contains a glucoside 
 named adonidin. It is allied in action to digitoxin, 
 one of the principles of digitalis, but is more irritating 
 to the digestive organs. 
 
 Physiological Actions, 
 
 Adonidin stimulates the heart and vaso-motor 
 centers under some circumstances. It is not cumulative 
 in tendency. It has no special power as a diuretic, 
 though there may be some slight action resulting from 
 the effect upon circulation in the kidneys. 
 
 In overdoses adonidin produces vomiting and diar- 
 rhoea. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Adonidin. Not official. 
 
 Average dose, gr. £-0.008 Gm. 
 Infusion of Adonis Vernalis. Not official. 
 
 Average dose, 3 ii.— 8 mils. 
 
 Hydrastis, Golden Seal. 
 
 The roots and root stocks of Hydrastis canadensis 
 yield the alkaloids verberine, xanthopuccine, and hy- 
 drastine, of which the last is the active principle. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. I? I 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Hydrastis is an astringent bitter. It stimulates 
 the gastrointestinal tract, creates appetite, and pro- 
 motes the functions of the liver. It is also an anti- 
 periodic. It is ecbolic, causing uterine contractions. 
 Applied locally to mucous membranes it is tonic. 
 
 In poisonous doses it has caused salivation, vomit- 
 ing, muscular tremblings, loss of voluntary movement, 
 rise of temperature, feeble, rapid pulse, convulsions, 
 and death from failure of the respirations. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Tinctura Hydrastis. 
 Tincture of Hydrastis. 
 
 Average dose, 3 i.~4 mils. 
 
 Fluidextractum Hydrastis. 
 Fluidextract of Hydrastis. 
 
 Average dose, tt[ xxx.-2 mils. 
 
 Hydrastininae Hydrochloridum. 
 Hydrastinine Hydrochloride. 
 
 A synthetic alkaloid obtained by oxidizing hydras- 
 tine. It is an oxytocic and muscular stimulant. In 
 overdoses a depressant to the whole motor tract. 
 
 Average dose, gr. 5-0.03 Gm. 
 
 Fam. Menispermacea. 
 
 Calumba. 
 
 The root of yateorhiza palmata, of Eastern Africa, 
 contains an alkaloid, berberine; a bitter neutral prin- 
 ciple, colombin; and colombic acid. It contains no 
 tannin, and may be given with iron. 
 
 Calumba is a bitter tonic and stomachic, stimulat- 
 ing the flow of saliva, the glands and blood-vessels of 
 
1 72 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 the stomach, and also the gastric nerves, causing a 
 sensation of hunger. Calumba, like bitters in general, 
 has some power to overcome fermentation or decompo- 
 sition in the stomach and intestines; promotes peristal- 
 sis (bitters containing tannin have not this property); 
 removes flatulence and tends to regulate the evacuation 
 of the bowels. 
 
 Bitters if given in excess or for a long time irritate 
 the stomach and bring on indigestion. Calumba is 
 one of the least irritating of this class of medicines. 
 
 Like all bitter stomachics it must be given well 
 diluted, and about half an hour before meals. 
 
 Tinctura Calumbae. 
 Tincture of Calumba. 
 
 Strength, 20%. Average dose, 3 i~4 mils. 
 
 Fluidextractum Calumbae. Not official. 
 Fluidextract of Calumba. 
 
 Dose, TU xv.-i mil. 
 
 Picrotoxinum (Picrotoxin). Not official. 
 
 The fruit (called fish berries) of Anamirta paniculata, 
 an Asiatic plant, yields an active principle, picrotoxin, 
 a bitter neutral substance. 
 
 It is an active excitant of the brain and spinal cord; 
 stimulates secretions, especially of the intestines; causes 
 nausea and vomiting, and slows the heart and respira- 
 tions. In overdoses it produces muscular twitchings, 
 stupor, delirium, convulsions, and coma; and may 
 cause death by paralysis of the heart. 
 
 The temperature is slightly raised by picrotoxin. 
 
 It has been used externally in an ointment, and con- 
 vulsions and death have followed its use in this way. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 1 73 
 
 Fam. PapaveracecB : 
 Opium. 
 
 Opium is the juice of the unripe capsules of the 
 Papaver somniferum or white poppy, thickened by- 
 evaporation (inspissated), and is obtained by incising 
 the capsules with a small sharp knife, when the juice 
 flows forth, and hardens into a semi -solid mass. It is 
 produced chiefly in Turkey, Asia Minor, Persia, and 
 India. 
 
 That used in the United States is almost all brought 
 from Asia Minor and called Smyrna or Turkey opium. 
 Moist opium should contain not less than 9.5% of 
 morphine. 
 
 When dried and powdered, opium is yellow brown in 
 color, and dissolves in water, alcohol, and dilute acids. 
 
 Opium is an exceedingly complex substance, con- 
 taining the alkaloids morphine, codeine, narceine, 
 narcotine, thebaine, papaverine, porphyroxine, crypto- 
 pine, meconine, opianine, and paramorphine; meconic, 
 thebolactic, and sulphuric acids; fixed oils, odorous 
 principles, extractives, gum, resin, salts, glucose, and 
 other unimportant substances, with about 16 per cent. 
 of water. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Opium is generally considered to be anodyne and 
 anaesthetic when applied to the unbroken skin, yet 
 some authorities consider this doubtful, and attribute 
 any good effect from such application to the moist heat 
 or to the resins and spirits of the liquid preparations. 
 Mucous surfaces, wounds, ulcers, etc., readily absorb 
 opium. The local action of the drug is astringent. 
 In the mouth the mucous lining is dried, the tongue 
 coated, and a sensation of thirst produced. In the 
 stomach opium may cause a short period of irritation 
 of the nerves, with nausea, but soon sensibility is 
 diminished, the secretions checked, sensations of appe- 
 tite and hunger are lost, the digestive powers fail, and 
 
174 MATERIA ME DIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 the afferent nerves are depressed, so that the act of 
 vomiting is produced with difficulty, and direct emetics 
 may fail altogether. 
 
 In the intestines opium is sedative and astringent. 
 All impressions given to the nerves from the mucous 
 membrane are weakened; the secretions are diminished, 
 peristaltic action is checked, and pain relieved. 
 
 Given by the rectum, as in enemata or suppositories, 
 opium allays local pain, checks diarrhoea, and acts as 
 an antispasmodic, keeping the parts at rest, and pre- 
 venting irritability of the mucous membrane. 
 
 The secretion of bile is diminished and the urine 
 lessened in quantity. The bowels are constipated. 
 The skin is the only organ whose action is not de- 
 creased by opium. Perspiration, instead of being 
 lessened, is excited, especially by some preparations, 
 which are decidedly diaphoretic. 
 
 Opium is eliminated by the breath, perspiration, 
 urine, and milk. This last is to be remembered in 
 giving opium to a nursing mother. 
 
 The pre-eminent influence of opium is upon the brain 
 as a stimulant, hypnotic, and narcotic. These actions 
 are more prominent in man than in animals, and in 
 highly civilized than in lower races. 
 
 The stimulant effect is noticeable sometimes after a 
 medicinal dose, and precedes the hypnotic action by a 
 short variable period. In persons who are accustomed 
 to large doses of opium the period of stimulation is 
 more marked. The nerve centres which preside 
 over the imagination are specially affected. The im- 
 aginative powers are heightened and the will power 
 weakened. 
 
 Opium also acts upon the heart as a stimulant, sus- 
 taining and strengthening it. The opium pulse re- 
 sembles the healthy pulse, being strong, moderately 
 slow, and regular ; full, compressible, and of moderate 
 length, and is not disturbed by change of position, 
 exercise, or mental agitation — an important difference 
 between the action of opium and other cardiac stimu- 
 lants. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 1 75 
 
 The anodyne effects of opium depend chiefly on 
 morphine, its most important alkaloid. There are 
 some differences of action between opium and morphine 
 alone, as follows: opium is less soluble than morphine, 
 is more slowly absorbed, and the effects last longer; 
 its local action on the intestines is more pronounced; 
 it reaches the bowels directly and is more constipating. 
 For this reason it is preferred in many cases of intestinal 
 trouble. 
 
 Opium is not as powerful a narcotic as morphine, as 
 several of its other alkaloids (thebaine, codeine, and 
 narcotine) have a more or less exciting or convulsant 
 action which modifies the whole drug. 
 
 Opium disorders the digestion more than morphine 
 and has greater power as a diaphoretic. 
 
 Finally, opium, being of variable strength, is not as 
 reliable as morphine, the quantity of which in a given 
 dose may be accurately determined. The relative 
 strength of opium to morphine is about as \ or \ to i. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 The mildest manifestation of opium on the brain is a 
 quiet, dreamy state, ending after a short time in sleep, 
 either light and natural or heavy, and passing into 
 stupor, according to the size of the dose. There is 
 hyperaemia of the brain in the sleep caused by opium. 
 On awakening there may be slight depression with 
 headache and languor, caused by imperfect aeration of 
 blood — which is in turn the result of diminished respi- 
 rations — and lasting several hours. There may be 
 nausea, or even vomiting, or the patient ma3^ return at 
 once to the normal condition. This is the first stage 
 of opium narcosis. After large doses the second stage 
 comes on quickly, or at once. The symptoms of this 
 condition are very like those of congestion of the brain. 
 
 The pupils are contracted, the face flushed, often 
 cyanosed; the pulse is full, slow, and strong; the res- 
 pirations slow and deep, sometimes stertorous; the 
 skin is usually dry and warm, and unconsciousness is 
 apparently complete, though the patient can usually 
 
176 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 be roused, and if so, the breathing becomes more rapid 
 and the face regains its natural color. 
 
 There is usually retention of urine. Death does not 
 often occur in this stage of opium narcosis. 
 
 The third stage is that of prostration with profound 
 coma, from which it may be impossible to rouse the 
 patient; but, if he can be roused and made to speak, 
 his answer, though it may not be complete, will be 
 rational, and there will be no thickness or indistinct- 
 ness of articulation, as there is in alcoholic poisoning. 
 This is characteristic of opium poisoning. The respira- 
 tions are weak, shallow, irregular, and slow; they may 
 fall to one or two in a minute, while in the second stage 
 they may frequently be found as low as four or five. 
 The face is pallid and cyanosed; the skin cold and 
 covered with perspiration; the pupils are absolutely 
 contracted, and just before death they dilate widely. 
 The pulse becomes more and more rapid and weak, and 
 death results from failure of the respirations. 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning. 
 
 In treating opium poisoning the stomach-pump 
 should be employed every half-hour until the patient 
 is out of danger. Removing contents of stomach once 
 is not sufficient, because any opium that may have 
 been absorbed is secreted into the stomach and must 
 be removed to prevent reabsorptiou. 
 
 Potassium permanganate (3-5 gr. in a glass of water) 
 should be the first thing given, and it should be given 
 every half-hour, just after the stomach is washed out 
 with the stomach-pump. Atropine, strychnine, and 
 caffeine may be used hypodermically as stimulants and 
 to counteract the systemic effect of the opium. Care 
 must be taken that the patient does not become chilled 
 or exhausted. Too vigorous exercise or physical 
 stimulation is not good. 
 
 The treatment of opium poisoning is mainly directed 
 toward maintaining respiration, and in those cases 
 where symptoms of narcotism arise gradually after the 
 giving of medicinal doses, it is enough simply to work 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 1 77 
 
 toward this one object, by rousing the patient and try- 
 ing to keep him roused until the effects wear away of 
 themselves. Naturally, in the case of narcotism after 
 hypodermic injections, emetics would be useless. 
 Black coffee, as strong as possible, is given through a 
 tube into the stomach, if necessary, or by rectum, as it 
 will sometimes be difficult to make the patient swallow. 
 
 In those cases where a large dose has been taken by 
 mouth, the stomach must be emptied. A tablespoon- 
 ful of mustard in a glass of warm water may be given, 
 and repeated in ten minutes, and gr. xxx. each of 
 ipecac and sulphate of zinc may be afterwards given 
 and repeated once or twice at intervals of fifteen min- 
 utes, with plenty of warm water. If emetics refuse to 
 act on the torpid stomach, the stomach-pump must be 
 used, but, though it acts better than emetics when fluid 
 preparations have been taken, it is useless if the solid 
 drug has been used. 
 
 After washing out the stomach, respiration must be 
 supported in every possible way, yet measures which 
 may exhaust the patient's strength are to be avoided 
 Black coffee is given as before mentioned. Cold or 
 alternate hot and cold douches may be applied to the 
 head and chest. Artificial respiration should be kept 
 up untiringly, for hours if necessary, or the battery 
 may be used. 
 
 The bladder must be emptied by the catheter, to pre- 
 vent reabsorption, and the temperature kept up by the 
 application of external heat. 
 
 Various cardiac and respiratory stimulants are given 
 hypodermically; atropine is a physiological antagonist 
 to the action of opium on respiration, being the most 
 active known respiratory stimulant; but it is necessary 
 to regulate the amount given with great precision and 
 with a thorough understanding of the entire ph}^sio- 
 logical relation of one to the other. Lacking this, it 
 would probably be given rashly, and atropine poison- 
 ing be added to the opium narcosis. For this reason 
 the administration of atropine should not be under- 
 taken except under directions from a physician. 
 
178 MATERIA MED1CA FOR NURSES. 
 
 There are usually no sequels to opium poisoning. 
 The amount which may cause death varies greatly with 
 idiosyncrasy or the habits of the patient. Recovery 
 has taken place after 55 grains of solid opium and 
 again after 6 ounces of laudanum had been taken, 
 while 4 grains of crude opium have caused death. 
 
 Incidental Effects of Opium. 
 
 Idiosyncrasies are very common in regard to opium, 
 especially among delicate nervous women. Severe de- 
 pression sometimes follows ordinary doses, marked 
 especially by excessive vomiting. In these cases, 
 nausea is not felt while the patient is lying down, but 
 recommences on rising. Delirium sometimes follows, 
 or retention of urine. A common result, noticed when 
 the effects of a dose are wearing off, is an itching, 
 sometimes general, sometimes confined to the face and 
 especially the nose; and erythema — red stains or 
 blotches — appears on the face. Children and old people 
 bear opium badly. With children this is accounted 
 for by the disproportionately large size of brain; and 
 women are more susceptible to its action than men. 
 
 In conditions where there is severe suffering, much 
 larger doses than ordinary can be safely taken, for the 
 power of the drug then seems to be spent in overcoming 
 the pain. 
 
 Preparations of Opium* 
 
 Solid Preparations, 
 
 Extractum Opii. 
 Extract of Opium. 
 
 Two Gm. of opium in one of extract. Average dose, 
 gr. ss.-0.03 Gm. 
 
 Pilulae Opii. 
 
 Pills of Opium. Not official. 
 
 Strength, about one grain to one pill. 
 It is to be remembered that opium pills, if old, are 
 dry and hard to dissolve, and if given in succession 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 1 79 
 
 may produce alarming symptoms by accumulating in 
 the alimentary canal and dissolving all at once. 
 
 Liquid Preparations. 
 
 Tinctura Opii Camphorata. 
 Camphorated Tincture of Opium. 
 Paregoric. 
 
 Contains 4 Gm. of opium in 1000 mils; also benzoic 
 acid, oil of anise, and camphor in the same proportions. 
 Owing to the camphor it is more constipating than the 
 other preparations. 
 
 As all children bear opium badly and some are highly 
 susceptible to it, there could be no graver error than 
 for paregoric to be included in the home medicine 
 chest. It should never under any circumstances be 
 given to children without the exact orders of a phy- 
 sician, and nurses should impress on the less well 
 educated mother the danger of soothing syrups of a 
 proprietary nature, as the amount of narcotics contained 
 in them may ruin the child's development. 
 
 Average dose for adult, 3 \-\ mils. 
 
 Tinctura Opii Deodorati. 
 Tincture of Deodorized Opium. 
 
 Contains no narcotine and none of the odorous prin- 
 ciples, and is therefore less nauseating than laudanum. 
 The strength is 10%. Average dose, tt[ viii-0.5 
 mil. 
 
 Tinctura Opii. 
 Tincture of Opium. 
 Laudanum. 
 
 Strength, 10%. Average dose, TT], viiL-0.5 mil. 
 
180 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 Other Preparations Contaijiing Opium. 
 
 Pulvis Ipecacuanhas et Opii. 
 Powder of Ipecac and Opium. 
 Dover's Powder. 
 
 One hundred Gm. contain ten Gm. each of ipecac 
 and powdered opium. An excellent diaphoretic, 
 though somewhat nauseating. 
 
 To be taken at night. Average dose, gr. viii.-o.5 
 Gm. 
 
 Tinctura Ipecacuanha et Opii. Not official. 
 Tincture of Ipecac and Opium. 
 
 Dover's powder in a liquid form. 
 Dose, the same as tincture of opium. 
 
 Tinctura Opii Composita. 
 Compound Tincture of Opium. 
 Squibb's Diarrhoea Mixture. Not official. 
 
 Contains tincture of opium, tincture of capsicum, 
 spirits of camphor, chloroform, and alcohol. 
 Dose, 3 i.~4 mils. 
 
 Alkaloids of Opium. 
 Morphina, Morphine. 
 
 There has been a striking elimination of morphine 
 preparations from the official lists within the past ten 
 years, coincident with the steady movement of the 
 medical profession and intelligent laity to restrict the 
 unauthorized purchase of narcotic drugs. 
 
 Morphinae Sulphas. 
 Morphine Sulphate. 
 
 Average dose, gr. i-0.008 Gm. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. l8l 
 
 Morphinae Hydrochloridum. 
 Morphine Hydrochloride. 
 Morphine Chloride. 
 
 Average dose, gr. £-0.008 Gm. 
 
 Diacetylmorphina. 
 Diacetylmorphine. 
 
 An alkaloid prepared from morphine by acetylization. 
 Average dose, gr. 3V-0.003 Gm. 
 
 Diacetylmorphinae Hydrochloridum. 
 Diacetylmorphine Hydrochloride. 
 
 Average dose, gr. ^0-0.003 Gm. 
 
 Pulvis Morphinae Compositus. Not official. 
 Compound Powder of Morphine. 
 (Tully's Powder.) 
 
 With the morphine are combined camphor, glycyr- 
 rhiza, and calcium carbonate. 
 
 Tinctura Chloroformi et Morphinae. Not official. 
 Tincture of Chloroform and Morphine. 
 
 Contains a small amount of morphine, with ether, 
 alcohol, oil of peppermint, liquorice, and syrup. 
 Average dose, ttj, viii.-o.5 mils. 
 
 Magendie's Solution of Morphine. 
 
 This preparation is not official; it contains gr. xvi. 
 of morphine to § i., and it is used almost entirely hypo- 
 dermically. If it is old, or exposed to the air, it de- 
 velops a fungus which unfits it for use. It is not 
 irritating to the tissues. 
 
 The analgesic and narcotic action of morphine is 
 quickly manifested, coming on usually within half an 
 hour after an ordinary dose, sometimes in a few mo- 
 ments. The length of time during which these effects 
 last varies much with the condition of the patient, the 
 degree of pain present, and the extent of toleration of 
 
1 82 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 the drug which has been established. The average 
 may be put at four or five hours. 
 
 Codeina, Codeine, Methylmorphine. 
 
 Codeine has slightly exciting action on the spinal 
 cord. Its hypnotic action is feeble and uncertain. It 
 is not constipating. 
 
 Codeinag Phosphas. 
 Codeine Phosphate. 
 
 Average dose, gr. £-0.03 Gm. 
 
 Codeina Sulphas. 
 Codeine Sulphate. 
 
 Average dose, gr. i-0.03 Gm. 
 
 Heroin [Trade Name]. 
 
 Practically the same as diacetylmorphine. It is a 
 subtle and dangerous drug of habit-forming qualities, 
 and is employed in many trade or commercial prepa- 
 rations. It has been much used as a sedative, and 
 when new was considered comparatively harmless and 
 useful. 
 
 The addiction of young delinquents to it has brought 
 it into notoriety, and parents should be warned against 
 cough syrups which may possibly contain it. Dose, 
 gr. -20 -to (0.003-0.006 Gm.) in pill or powder, or in 
 aqueous solution with a few drops of dilute acetic acid. 
 
 Apomorphinae Hydrochloridum. 
 Apomorphine Hydrochloride. 
 
 Prepared from morphine by the action of hydrochloric 
 acid. An active and certain emetic, which acts indi- 
 rectly or through the vomiting centre in the medulla. 
 It may therefore be given hypodermically if the patient 
 be unable to swallow. In from five to twenty minutes 
 it causes nausea and repeated vomiting. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 1 83 
 
 If taken by the stomach it does not irritate, and 
 leaves no ill after-effects. Very large doses cause pros- 
 tration and paralysis of the voluntary muscles and de- 
 pression of the respiratory centre. 
 
 Small doses are expectorant, but it is not much 
 used in this way. 
 
 Average dose, expectorant, gr. -sfo-O.003 Gm. 
 
 Average dose, emetic, by mouth, gr. £-0.01 Gm. 
 
 Average dose, emetic, by hypodermic, gr. ^0-0.005 
 Gm. 
 
 Fam. Crucifera. 
 
 Sinapis Alba and Nigra. White and Black 
 Mustard. 
 
 The mixed and powdered dried ripe seeds of Sinapis 
 alba and Brassica nigra, grown in temperate regions. 
 
 Black mustard seeds contain various principles, the 
 most important one being a volatile oil, oleum sinapis, 
 which is set free when water is added. 
 
 It is a pale-yellow or colorless fluid, of intensely 
 pungent and penetrating odor, burning taste, and a 
 blistering and corrosive action on the skin. 
 
 White mustard seeds do not possess this volatile oil, 
 but contain a rubefacient principle which resembles it, 
 and which is set free in the same way on the addition 
 of water. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Applied externally, as in poultices, baths, etc., mus- 
 tard is a nerve stimulant, rubefacient, and vesicant, 
 
 causing redness, heat, and severe burning pain, and, 
 if long applied, blistering. Relief of previous pain and 
 loss of sensibility to other impressions follow the action 
 of mustard. The heart, blood-pressure, respirations, 
 and nerve centres generally are first stimulated, then 
 quieted, and. if vesication has resulted, depressed, even 
 seriously. In baths, mustard dilates the vessels of 
 the skin and relieves the blood-pressure in congested 
 organs. 
 
1 84 materia medic a for nurses. 
 
 The principles of counter-irritation are, first: that, 
 by causing dilatation of the vessels of that part to 
 which application is made, there is contraction of the 
 vessels in other parts of the body, especially if there is 
 nervous connection between the two, and following this 
 principle, counter-irritants are usually applied at some 
 distance from the congested part, as in the use of foot- 
 baths; second, that, by increasing the activity of the 
 circulation, counter-irritants promote the reabsorption 
 of inflammatory products, and for this purpose they are 
 sometimes applied directly over the affected region. 
 
 In making mustard paste, the addition of the white 
 of an egg modifies the local irritant action, making it 
 more easily borne by the skin, and less liable to injure 
 its structure, while it does not interfere with the phy- 
 siological effect. The paste should be mixed only with 
 tepid water, as hot water dissipates the volatile oil, 
 vinegar destroys it, and alcohol prevents its formation. 
 Internally, mustard in small amount, as taken with 
 food, stimulates the appetite and gastric circulation. 
 In large doses it is a rapidly acting stimulant emetic, 
 leaving little or no depression. 
 
 The action of mustard externally must always be 
 specially watched with comatose patients, as injury to 
 the skin does not show at first in a state of sluggish 
 circulation, and may become serious before it is noticed. 
 There is an official mustard plaster, Emplastrum 
 Sinapis, which is to be moistened thoroughly wilh 
 tepid water before applying. It reddens the skin 
 within five minutes. 
 
 Average emetic dose, 3 iiss.-io Gm. 
 
 Fam. Polygalacea. 
 Senega, Snake-Root. 
 
 The dried root of Polygala senega, of the Middle and 
 Southern United States. The active principle is sa- 
 ponin, a glucoside, allied to digitonin, one of the active 
 principles of digitalis. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 185 
 
 Senega acts upon the bronchial mucous membrane 
 as a stimulant expectorant and also stimulates the 
 skin and kidneys, increasing the amount of urine and 
 its solid constituents. It is not readily absorbed by the 
 stomach. Small doses impair digestion, and large ones 
 irritate the stomach and intestines, causing nausea, 
 vomiting, and diarrhoea. 
 
 Preparations of Senega. 
 
 Fluidextractum Senegae. 
 Fluidextract of Senega. 
 
 Average dose, Tf], xv.-i mil. 
 
 Syrupus Senegae. 
 Syrup of Senega. 
 
 Average dose, 3 i--4 mils. 
 
 Fam. Sapindacece. 
 
 Guarana. 
 
 The seeds of Paullinia Cupana. They contain an 
 active principle, guaranine, which is similar to caffeine 
 
 Fluidextractum Guaranae. 
 Fluidextract of Guarana. 
 
 Average dose, TT[ xxx-2 mils. 
 
 Fam Erythroxylacea. 
 Coca. 
 
 The coca tree Erythroxylon coca is cultivated in 
 South America. The dried leaves have a bitter, aro- 
 matic taste, and an odor like tea. They are extensively 
 used by the natives, who chew them as a stimulant 
 during hard labor, scarcity of food, etc. They contain 
 an alkaloid, cocaine, the active principle. 
 
 Coca in small doses is stimulant, tonic, and re- 
 storative. It strengthens the heart and respirations, 
 
1 86 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 raises arterial tension, increases the supply of blood to 
 the brain, producing wakefulness, and lessens the sen- 
 sations of hunger and fatigue. It has diuretic action, 
 and decreases the amount of urea by checking tissue 
 waste. Under the influence of coca, or cocaine, the 
 skin is flushed, the circulation excited, and a sense of 
 heat and perspiration result. 
 
 Cocaine in solution has decided action as a local 
 anaesthetic. If applied to a mucous surface, as the 
 tongue or conjunctiva, or if given hypodermically, it 
 quickly paralyzes the sensory nerves and contracts the 
 small vessels, producing a state of local anaemia and 
 anaesthesia, which lasts for fifteen minutes, or longer, 
 in proportion to the strength of the application. It is 
 often used in this way for minor surgical operations 
 (amputation of a finger; opening of an abscess, etc.). 
 Applied to the eye it causes dilatation of the pupil, 
 which begins in a few minutes, reaches its height in 
 about an hour, and returns to the normal state in 
 twenty-four hours. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 Overdoses weaken the heart and the pulse becomes 
 small, rapid, and intermittent. There is a feeling of 
 tightness about the chest; the respirations are slow and 
 shallow, and the skin cold and clammy. There are 
 sometimes hallucinations and delirium. Poisonous 
 doses paralyze the sensory nerves and the respiratory 
 centre. This has been shown by experiments on ani- 
 mals, no fatal cases in man being known. 
 
 Five grains taken by mouth have caused alarming 
 symptoms: loss of sight, nausea, incoherent speech, 
 cyanosis, rapid intermittent pulse, and a feeling of 
 suffocation. In treating severe depression from the 
 use of cocaine, alcohol, opium, and nitrite of amyl are 
 used as antagonists. 
 
 The habit of constantly taking large doses of cocaine 
 is readily formed, and produces emaciation, insomnia, 
 and disordered digestion. If carried to excess the in- 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 1 87 
 
 tellect is weakened, even to insanity. The victim has 
 an uncertain gait, an apathetic air, eyes sunken and 
 surrounded with a deep purple ring, trembling lips, 
 teeth crusted with a greenish deposit, a peculiar black- 
 ness around the corners of the mouth, and excessive 
 fetor of the breath. Ascites sometimes appears, and 
 death may result from a general wasting of the vital 
 powers. 
 
 Coca is used as an ingredient in many " soft " drinks, 
 as appears evident in their names. This constitutes an 
 insidious danger to the young, in promoting a craving 
 for the drug effects, a danger which has been empha- 
 sized by reliable writers. 
 
 Coca must not be confused with cocoa, the useful 
 beverage made from the seeds of Theobroma Cacao, the 
 chocolate tree; however, the chocolate, tea, and coffee 
 plants are related to one another and also to the Coca 
 plant and the Kola plant, as well as to several others 
 containing similarly stimulating principles. From 
 cocaine, the active alkaloid of coca, is made the only 
 official preparation of this drug : 
 
 Cocainae Hydrochloridum. 
 Cocaine Hydrochloride. 
 Cocaine Chloride. 
 
 The average dose is gr. £-0.015 Gm, 
 
 Fam. Linacece. 
 
 Linum, Linseed. Flaxseed. 
 
 The dried ripe seeds of the flax. They contain a 
 fixed oil and a quantity of mucilage. The whole seeds 
 are used to make a demulcent drink, flaxseed tea; 
 ground into meal, they are used for poultices; and the 
 oil, mixed with equal parts of lime-water, is called 
 Carron oil, and is used as a dressing for burns. 
 
 Flaxseed Tea. 
 Pour one quart of boiling water over four ounces of 
 
1 88 MATERIA MED1CA FOR NURSES. 
 
 flaxseed (whole). Let it boil for half an hour, and 
 afterwards stand near the fire for fifteen or twenty- 
 mi nutes. Strain and sweeten it, and flavor with lemon- 
 juice. 
 
 Flaxseed Poultice. 
 
 A flaxseed poultice must be made over a fire, or alco- 
 hol lamp. The water must be boiling actively when 
 the meal is added, and must continue to boil until the 
 poultice is done. Flaxseed bubbles and seethes at a 
 point of heat below the boiling point of water, and is 
 thus deceptive if it is added to the water in the first 
 place. It must be sprinkled in with the left hand and 
 stirred constantly with the right. If added in handfuls 
 the poultice will be lumpy. When it has reached a 
 proper consistency, not thick enough to be stiff", nor 
 thin enough to run, it must be taken off the fire and 
 thoroughly beaten for several minutes. This makes it 
 light and spongy. A perfect poultice will leave the 
 spoon and vessel clean, and reaches this point by being 
 sufficiently boiled. 
 
 Flaxseed poultices are sedative. They relieve pain 
 and relax spasm. In the early stages of an inflamma- 
 tion they draw the blood to the surface and relieve 
 congestion. Resolution may thus be brought about 
 and the formation of pus avoided. 
 
 If suppuration has begun, the action of poultices 
 favors the process. It is, therefore, not considered 
 well to use them in the later stages of an acute inflam- 
 mation, as is often seen done in the home treatment of 
 abscesses, etc. Such cases should be brought to a 
 physician for proper treatment, and this is the more 
 important if the inflammation is near a joint. 
 
 Poultices, if kept up too long, give the tissues a 
 flabby, water- soaked appearance; make granulations 
 pale, flabby, and unhealthy; depress the circulation 
 and the vaso-motor system, and may impair seriously 
 the vitality of the part. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 1 89 
 
 Fam. MalvacecB. 
 
 Gossypium Purificatum, Purified Cotton. 
 Absorbent Cotton. 
 
 Cotton-wool is too familiar to need description, and 
 is introduced here as the first step in making collodion. 
 
 Pyroxylinum, Pyroxylin. Soluble Gun Cotton. 
 
 Made by treating cotton-wool with sulphuric and 
 nitric acids. It is explosive, and is soluble in a mix- 
 ture of ether and alcohol. 
 
 Collodium, Collodion. 
 
 Made by dissolving pyroxylin in a mixture of ether 
 and alcohol. When applied to the skin, after evapo- 
 ration of the ether and alcohol, a colorless, transparent, 
 contractile film is deposited, impervious to air and mois- 
 ture. The vapor of collodion is inflammable. It should 
 be kept in a cool place. 
 
 Collodium Flexile. 
 Flexible Collodion. 
 
 Contains camphor and a small proportion of castor 
 oil. The oil renders the film pliable, and prevents its 
 contraction. 
 
 Collodium Cantharidatum. 
 Cantharidal Collodion. 
 Vesicating Collodion. 
 
 Collodion containing a solution of cantharides, and 
 used as a vesicant. The skin must be washed with 
 the same precautions used in applying cantharides, and 
 from three to five coats painted on with a brush, let- 
 ting each dry separately. The action of the vesicating 
 collodion is hastened by spraying with ether after 
 application. 
 
 Cantharidal collodion must be kept in a cool place 
 and must not be brought near to a fire or flame, as it is 
 highly inflammable. 
 
190 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 Fam. Sterculiacea. 
 Oleum Theobromatis, Oil of Theobronia. 
 Cacao Butter. 
 
 An oil expressed from the seeds cf Theobroma Cacao, 
 the chocolate tree. It has the consistency of tallow, 
 and melts at the temperature of the body. It does not 
 become rancid, and is used as an unguent and in the 
 preparation of suppositories. 
 
 Fam. Rutacece. 
 
 Buchu. 
 
 The leaves of Barosma betulina and other species 
 of the same family, from Southern Africa. They con- 
 tain volatile oil and a bitter extract. 
 
 Buchu is slightly tonic, owing to its bitter principle. 
 It is also a stimulating diuretic, and has some 
 alterative power. 
 
 Fluidextractum Buchu. 
 Fluidextract of Buchu. 
 
 Average dose, ttl xxx., well diluted. 2 mils. 
 Ruta (Rue). Not official. 
 
 The leaves of Ruta graveolens, or garden rue. The 
 active principle is a volatile oil, of hot and bitter taste. 
 Rue is a carminative and emmenagogue. In large 
 doses it is irritant and will cause abortion. It is less 
 powerful than savine. 
 
 Dose of the oil, Oleum Ruts, ttj, i.-o.o5 mil. 
 
 Pilocarpus, Jaborandi. 
 
 Jaborandi, if applied to the conjunctiva, causes con- 
 traction of the pupil, with disturbances of vision. The 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 191 
 
 effect is shown in about ten minutes, and in an hour 
 or two after begins to pass off, disappearing entirely 
 within twenty-four hours. Pilocarpine, or the prepa- 
 rations of jaborandi, enter the blood rapidly, and 
 pass into the tissues. The most prominent action of 
 the drug is that of a prompt and powerful diaphoretic 
 and sialogogue. It is also a cardiac and motor 
 depressant. 
 
 When 60 to 90 grains of the infusion of jaborandi are 
 given to an adult, after about ten minutes the face and 
 neck are flushed, and salivation and perspiration set 
 in. These symptoms may appear in five or six minutes 
 after a hypodermic injection of the alkaloid. 
 
 Perspiration begins on the face, and extends down- 
 ward, lasts from three to five hours, and is profuse in 
 the extreme, amounting to § ix.-xv., and becomes 
 alkaline in reaction, if it is not so at first. The flow of 
 saliva may equal f x.-xxv. It is sometimes the case 
 that with profusion of one secretion there will be 
 scantiness of the other. The secretions of the eyes 
 and nose are stimulated. Sometimes nausea and 
 vomiting are caused. The pulse is at first stimulated 
 and quickened, but as diaphoresis goes on it becomes 
 slow and weak. The respirations are lowered, and 
 apncea may result from an increase in the mucus of the 
 bronchial tubes. The temperature falls from i° to 4 , 
 and a depressed condition results, with pallor, chilli- 
 ness, and general weakness, lasting several hours. 
 
 The pupils are contracted, and vision impaired. 
 
 Jaborandi, in small doses, is diuretic, and increases 
 the elimination of urea. 
 
 The patient undergoing the diaphoretic action of 
 jaborandi should be placed between blankets, and the 
 depression is to be combated by external heat, which 
 also assists the diaphoretic action of the drug. 
 
 Within three to six hours the effects have passed 
 away. 
 
 Oedema of the lungs is the untoward effect most to 
 be dreaded in giving pilocarpine. A person literally 
 drowns himself with his own sweat at times. 
 
192 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Fluidextractum Pilocarpi. 
 Fluidextract of Pilocarpus. 
 
 More certain in action, less nauseating and disagree- 
 able to take than the infusion of jaborandi, which was 
 formerly used. Average dose TTJ, xxx.-2 mils. 
 
 Pilocarpine Hydrochloridum. 
 Pilocarpine Hydrochloride. 
 
 Average dose by mouth: gr. £-0.01 Gm. 
 Average dose by hypodermic: gr. T2-0.005 Gm. 
 
 Fam. SimarubacecB \ 
 
 Quassia. 
 
 The wood of Picrasma excelsa, a tree of Jamaica, 
 
 The active principle, quassin, is an intensely bitter 
 neutral substance. 
 
 Quassia is one of the most active of simple bitters 
 and stomachics. It contains no tannin, and is there- 
 fore not incompatible with iron. 
 
 An infusion of quassia used as an enema is anthel- 
 mintic. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Tinctura Quassias. 
 Tincture of Quassia. 
 
 Strength, 20%. Average dose, TTl xxx.-2 mils. An 
 infusion of quassia is considered effective and not harm- 
 ful to the patient in treatment for thread worms. It is 
 preceded by a soap and water enema, and is then given 
 high and retained for some minutes. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 193 
 
 Fam. Rhamnacecs. 
 
 Cascara Sagrada. 
 (Sacred Bark.) 
 
 The bark of Rhamnus purshiana. 
 
 Cascara in small doses is tonic and stomachic ; in 
 large dose, laxative or cathartic, with active and 
 certain effect. It sometimes causes griping pain. 
 
 Fluidextractum Cascarae Sagradae. 
 Fluidextract of Cascara Sagrada. 
 
 May be given at night, or one or two hours after 
 meals. Average dose, at night, 3 ss.; after meals, 
 TTi xv.-i mil, well diluted. The aromatic fluidextract 
 may be given in twice as large a dose. 
 
 Cascara is now used in greater quantity than any 
 other drug in the pharmacopoeia. It is pleasantly lax- 
 ative and may be used year in and year out without 
 losing its specific effect, and without fear of harm to the 
 individual. Usually ten to twenty drops at night in a 
 little water is the best manner of taking it, but the 
 pellet form is more convenient. 
 
 Fam, BurseracecE. 
 Myrrh a, Myrrh. 
 
 A gum resin which exudes from the stem of a species 
 of balsam. Tincture of myrrh, like other oleo-resins, 
 is mildly stimulant and disinfectant, and is useful in 
 making mouth washes for the sick. 
 
 It has some action as a stomachic, and in certain 
 cases aids the action of purgatives. It is also a uterine 
 stimulant and emmenagogue. 
 
 Fam. Leguminosa. 
 
 Tragacantha, Tragacanth. 
 
 A gum resin which exudes from the stem of Astra- 
 galus gammifera\ used to make a demulcent drink. 
 
 13 
 
194 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Scoparius (Broom-Tops). 
 
 The fresh and dried tops of Cystisus Scoparius, of 
 Europe and the United States. They contain two 
 active principles, scoparine and sparteine. Scoparius 
 is an excellent diuretic. Its alkaloid only official. 
 
 Dose of the infusion, § i. 
 
 Sparteine Sulphas. 
 Sparteine Sulphate. 
 
 A liquid alkaloid obtained from scoparius. It is 
 colorless, with bitter taste, and with sulphuric acid 
 forms a crystalline salt, which is soluble in water. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Sparteine is slightly hypnotic, but is more impor- 
 tant as a cardiac stimulant, increasing the force and 
 regularity of the pulse. It acts very quickly, its influ- 
 ence over a weak, failing heart being shown within 
 half an hour to one hour, but it does not last long, 
 wearing off in four or five hours. 
 
 It is not considered equal to digitalis, but it is often 
 given with it and with other more enduring but slowly 
 acting stimulants. It is not accumulative, and does 
 not disturb digestion nor impair the appetite. 
 
 It has not the diuretic action of scoparius. In larger 
 doses it is a depressant to the brain and spinal cord, 
 and causes death by paralysis of the respiratory centre. 
 Doses of four to six grains produce vertigo, headache, 
 palpitations, and a feeling of formication in the 
 extremities; and large doses have caused loss of power 
 in the legs, sensations of heat, with flushed face and 
 severe pain about the heart, the symptoms beginning 
 in about twenty minutes and reaching their climax in 
 tour or five hours. 
 
 Average dose, gr. £-0.01 Gm. 
 
 Copaiba. 
 
 The oleo-resin of a species of Brazilian tree. It is 
 stimulating to mucous membranes, as those of the 
 

 THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM, 1 95 
 
 bronchi and alimentary canal. It is also a stimulant 
 diuretic of somewhat irritating character. It is stated 
 that its use has been followed in some instances by- 
 strangury and in others by suppression of urine. 
 
 Average dose, tt^, xv.-i mil, on sugar, or made into 
 an emulsion with syrup and gum arabic. 
 
 Glycyrrhiza, Licorice Root. 
 
 The root of Glycyrrhiza glabra, typica y or glanduli- 
 fera. 
 
 Iyicorice is demulcent. It contains grape-sugar, 
 starch, resin, and a glucoside named glycyrrhizin. 
 
 Pulvis Glycyrrhizae Compositus. 
 Compound Licorice Powder. 
 
 A laxative preparation containing senna, licorice- 
 root, fennel, sugar, and sulphur. Its action resembles 
 that of castor oil. It is not a hydragogue cathartic, 
 and given in moderate doses causes no griping, and 
 acts gently — in the morning if given at night; in from 
 three to six hours if given early on an empty stomach. 
 Many patients find it nauseous; it is therefore best to 
 make the dose small as possible by diluting it only a 
 little and giving afterwards a larger quantity of water. 
 
 Average dose, 3 i -4 Gm. 
 
 Balsamum Peruvianum, Balsam of Peru. 
 
 A balsam exuded from the trunk of Toluifcra 
 Pereircz. It is a reddish-brown or nearly black liquid, 
 thick and syrupy, and insoluble in water. It contains 
 benzoic acid, a number of resinous principles, a volatile 
 oil, and other constituents. 
 
 It is a vascular stimulant and nerve sedative, 
 antiseptic, and disinfectant, and is used externally 
 as an application to stimulate granulating surfaces. It 
 is notused internally, though it has mild action as a 
 carminative and as a stimulant and disinfectant 
 expectorant. 
 
196 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Balsamum Tolutanum, Balsam of Tolu. 
 
 Balsam of tolu is obtained from the trunk of Tolui- 
 fera Balsamum. It is a reddish-yellow, soft, sticky 
 substance of fragrant odor, soluble in alcohol. It 
 yields benzoic and cinnamic acids, various resins, etc. 
 Its properties are the same as those of balsam of Peru; 
 but it is only used internally as an ingredient of cough 
 mixtures. 
 
 Physostigma Calabar Bean. 
 
 The dried seeds of Physostigma venenosum, an 
 African plant. They contain two alkaloids: cala- 
 barine, the less important one; and physostigmine, or 
 eserine, the active principle. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Applied to the eye, physostigmine is absorbed by the 
 conjunctiva, and causes contraction of the pupil, with 
 slight twitching of the eyelids, dimness of vision, and 
 pain over the eyes. 
 
 Calabar bean acts as a depressant on the medulla and 
 spinal cord, but does not affect the cerebrum, the mind 
 remaining clear in cases of poisoning. In moderate 
 doses it sometimes produces nausea, colic, and in- 
 creased peristaltic motion, resulting in diarrhoea. 
 
 The heart is first stimulated, and then weakened, 
 and the same contraction of the pupil takes place after 
 its internal use. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning, 
 
 The first symptoms of poisoning are: giddiness, 
 weak pulse, muscular feebleness, vomiting, and free 
 purging. The respirations become slow and irregular, 
 and death results from paralysis of the respiratory 
 centre. 
 
 The poison is treated by emptying the stomach, 
 applying external heat, and using artificial respiration. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM, 1 97 
 
 Atropine is a physiological antagonist, and is given in 
 doses not larger than gr. T V 
 
 Recovery has taken place, by means of prompt 
 emesis, after a dose of gr. xii. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Extractum Physostigmatis. 
 Extract of Physostigma. 
 
 Average dose, gr. I-0.008 Gm. 
 
 Tiactura Physostigmatis. 
 Tincture of Physostigma. 
 
 Average dose, fTj, xv.-i mil. 
 
 Physostigmin.se Salicylas. 
 Physostigmine Salicylate. 
 
 Average dose, gr. ^g-0.001 Gm. 
 
 Tamarindus, Tamarind. 
 
 The preserved pulp of the fruit of Tamarindus 
 indica. Tamarinds are laxative, and are taken like 
 preserves, or made into confections with senna. 
 
 Senna. 
 
 The dried leaflets of two varieties of Cassia, from 
 Africa and Arabia. The active principle is cathartic 
 acid, and there are other unimportant principles. 
 
 Senna is a simple cathartic, and acts as a stimulant 
 to the muscular coat of the intestines, producing local 
 reflex action, active peristalsis, and free evacuations 
 within four or five hours. It acts especially on the 
 colon, and does not cause constipation after its action 
 is over. Griping pains are caused by full doses, but it 
 is usually given in combination for the purpose of 
 avoiding this. 
 
198 materia medic a for nurses. 
 
 Senna is excreted by the kidneys and the mammary 
 glands. Nursing infants in this way feel its action as 
 a laxative. 
 
 Senna is especially valuable as a laxative for child- 
 ren and may be given in the form of senna tea made 
 with a teaspoonful of the senna leaves over which a 
 teacupful of boiling water is poured and allowed to 
 stand a short while. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Fluidextractum Sennae. 
 Fluidextract of Senna. 
 
 Average dose, xxx.-2 mils. 
 
 Confectio Sennae. 
 
 (Tamar-Indien.) 
 
 (Tropical Fruit Laxative.) Not official. 
 
 This preparation tends to disorder the digestion. 
 Dose, 3 i.~4 Gm. 
 
 Infusum Sennae Compositum. 
 
 Contains six per cent, of senna with manna and sul- 
 phate of magnesium, and is an active hydragogue pur- 
 gative. Dose, § iv. (120 mils.) 
 
 Syrupus Sennae. 
 Syrup of Senna. 
 
 Average dose 3 L-4 mils. 
 
 Fam. Rosacea. 
 
 Amygdala Amara, Bitter Almond. 
 
 The ripe seeds of Primus amygdalus, the bittei 
 almond tree. The important principle of the bitter 
 almond is a volatile oil, which contains from 4 to 8 % 
 of hydrocyanic acid, and is highly poisonous. 
 
 The artificial oil of bitter almonds, nitro-benzene, 
 or nitro-benzol, is poisonous, and has caused death. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 199 
 
 Rubus (Blackberry). 
 
 The bark of the root of Rubus villosus and other 
 varieties of rubus. An astringent, containing 10 j> of 
 tannin. 
 
 Dose of the fluid extract, v\, x - 3 i.; of the syrup, 
 3 i- I i. 
 
 Prunus Virginiana, Wild Cherry. 
 
 The bark obtained from Prunus serotina, or wild 
 cherry tree, contains tannic acid, a bitter extractive, 
 amygdalin, and emulsin, and these two latter princi- 
 ples, when brought into contact in watery solution, 
 produce hydrocyanic acid. 
 
 The effect of cherry bark, as administered, is due to 
 the tannic and hydrocyanic acids and the bitter ex- 
 tractive. None of these, however, are present in 
 sufficient amount to make a strong impression, and the 
 only physiological action is that of a mild astringent 
 and tonic. The syrup of wild cherry bark is much 
 used as the basis of cough mixtures. Its average dose 
 is gr. xxx. -2 Gm. 
 
 Fam. Myrtacece. 
 Eucalyptus, Blue Gum Leaves. 
 
 The blue gum tree, Eucalyptus Globulus, is found in 
 southern countries. From a hygienic point of view it 
 is unusually interesting. It has an enormous capacity 
 for absorbing water from the soil. One tree, it is said, 
 will absorb in twenty-four hours ten times its weight 
 of water. Swamps are therefore drained and trans- 
 formed into dry land by planting the eucalyptus. It 
 is also believed that it purifies the air of malarial dis- 
 tricts by absorbing poisonous emanations and by giving 
 forth balsamic principles. 
 
 It is largely cultivated in southern malarial locali- 
 ties; for instance, in the Roman Campagna, portions 
 of which it has transformed into habitable regions. 
 
200 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 The leaves only are official. They yield tannic acid, 
 the principles turpene, cymol, eucalyptol, and others. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 It is tonic to appetite and digestion, and stimulates 
 all the juices of the alimentary tract. It is destructive 
 to low forms of life, antimalarial, diaphoretic, and 
 a stimulant expectorant. It is eliminated by the 
 skin, mucous membranes, and kidneys. It is given 
 when quinine cannot be administered, its effect being 
 much the same. In excessive doses, symptoms similar 
 to those caused by overdosing with quinine appear, as 
 headache, palpitations, and numbness of the limbs. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Oleum Eucalypti. 
 Oil of Eucalyptus. 
 
 The essential oil, which is the active principle of the 
 
 drug. Average dose, TH, viiL-0.5 mil, in emulsion or 
 capsule. 
 
 Fluidextractum Eucalypti. 
 Fluidextract of Eucalyptus. 
 
 Average dose, "nx xxx.-2 mils. 
 
 Granatum, Pomegranate. 
 
 The bark of the pomegranate root contains four 
 alkaloids, which are combined in the standard prepa- 
 ration, called pelletierine. The drug is an efficient 
 taeniacide, or remedy for tapeworm. It is capable of 
 causing symptoms of some severity, such as muscular 
 depression almost amounting to paralysis, and it is not 
 considered a safe drug for children. The taste is very 
 unpleasant. In administration the patient fasts for 
 twelve or eighteen hours previously to taking the dose. 
 The decoction of the fresh root is used in a strength of 
 two ounces to a pint of water. This quantity is divided 
 foto several doses, and taken at intervals of an hour. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 201 
 
 Pelletierine tannate is given in the same way. A 
 cathartic is given afterwards, no food being allowed 
 until the treatment is over. 
 
 Pelletierinae Tannas. 
 Pelletierine Tannate. 
 
 Average dose of pelletierine tannate, gr. iv.-0.25 Gm. 
 
 Caryophyllus, Cloves. 
 
 The unopened flowers of Eugenia aromatica, a tree 
 of the Molucca Islands. The spice made from them 
 contains oleum carj-ophyllae, or oil of cloves, a 
 pungent, volatile oil. It is aromatic and carmina- 
 tive, and locally to some extent anaesthetic, as shown 
 by its popular use in the cavity of an aching tooth. 
 Clove tea is made with spice and boiling water, 3 
 ii.-O.i. 
 
 Jambul. Not official. 
 
 The drug obtained from the bark of Eugenia jam- 
 bolana, an East Indian tree, is used in India as a 
 stomachic astringent, and also as a specific in 
 diabetes. 
 
 Average dose of the fluid extract, tt[ x.-i Gm. 
 
 Earn. CucurbitacecB : 
 Colocynthis, Colocynth. 
 
 The dried, peeled, and seeded fruit of CitruUus 
 Colocynthis, or bitter cucumber, from Eastern coun- 
 tries. The active principle is colocynthin. 
 
 Colocynth is a powerful hydragogue and drastic 
 cathartic, irritant, and quickly acting, causing large 
 watery evacuations, with griping pains and general 
 depression. Besides acting as a stimulant to the 
 muscular coat of the intestines, it also acts on the in- 
 testinal glands and on the liver. To avoid the severity 
 of its effects, it is always given in combination, and is 
 
202 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 not suitable as an habitual purgative, being irritant to 
 the stomach as well as to the bowels. 
 
 Gastro-enteritis is caused by colocynth in poisonous 
 quantity, and death has resulted in twenty-four hours 
 from a dose of 3 i.- 3 iii. of the powder. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Extractum Colocynthidis. 
 Extract of Colocynth. 
 
 Average purgative dose, gr. i-0.03 Gm. 
 
 Extractum Colocynthidis Compositus. 
 Compound Extract of Colocynth. 
 
 Contains extract of colocynth, aloes, scammony , and 
 cardamom. 
 
 Average laxative dose, gr. ii.-0.125 Gm. 
 Average purgative dose, gr. iv.~0.25 Gm. 
 
 Pilulae Cathartics Composite. 
 Compound Cathartic Pills. 
 
 Contain extract of colocynth, mild mercurous 
 chloride, extract of jalap, and gamboge. 
 Dose, i or ii pills. 
 
 Pilulae Catharticae Vegetabiles. Not official. 
 Vegetable Cathartic Pills. 
 
 Contain compound extract of colocynth, extract of 
 hyoscyamus, jalap, leptandra, and resin of podo- 
 phyllum. 
 
 Elaterinum, Elaterin. 
 
 Blaterium is a sediment obtained from the juice of 
 the fruit oiEcballium Elaterium. It contains a neutral 
 active principle, elaterin, which is the official prepara- 
 tion, elaterium being of variable strength. 
 
 The most active hydragogue cathartic known, 
 producing excessive watery evacuations in a very 
 short time. If the dose is not too large there is little 
 or no pain or irritation, although in excess it is a 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 203 
 
 gastrointestinal irritant. It is also irritant if applied 
 to the skin. The purgative action of elaterium is 
 exhausting, and the condition of the patient must be 
 watched. Catharsis is also produced when it is in- 
 jected hypodermically, but it cannot be safely used in 
 this way, as it is very irritant to the tissues, and has 
 been followed by tetanus. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 There is no official preparation of elaterium, but only 
 of its active principle. 
 
 Elaterinum. 
 Elaterin. 
 
 Average dose, gr. 2V-0.003 Gm. 
 Trituratio Elaterini. 
 Trituration of Elaterin. 
 
 Strength 1 to 10. Dose, gr. ss.-0.03 Gm. 
 
 Pepo, Pumpkin Seed* 
 
 The seeds of Cucurbita Pepo, or ordinary pumpkin, 
 are useful as a remedy for tapeworm, being considered 
 more efficient than Felix mas, and quite harmless. 
 The dose of the expressed oil is half an ounce, given 
 in three doses on an empty stomach, the patient having 
 fasted on the day before; or two ounces of the seeds 
 may be beaten into an emulsion with sugar and water 
 and taken with the same precaution. A cathartic 
 follows. 
 
 Fam. Umbelli/era. 
 
 Conium (Spotted Hemlock). Not official. 
 
 The fruit and flowers of Conium maculatum, belong- 
 ing to Europe and naturalized in the United States. 
 They have an odor resembling that of mice. The 
 active principle is conine, a very volatile alkaloid, 
 freely soluble in alcohol and ether, and slightly so in 
 water. On exposure to the air it decomposes, and 
 this change is assisted by heat. 
 
204 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Conium is a motor depressant, paralyzing the motor 
 nerves from below upward. It affects the respiratory 
 centre, paralyzing it. The cardiac and vascular cen- 
 tres are not specially influenced. The brain is not 
 affected, but remains clear. 
 
 When conium is taken in doses just large enough to 
 make an impression, the first effect noticed is muscular 
 weakness in the legs. The feet feel weighted down, 
 or as if made of lead; the knees weak and unable to 
 bear the body, giving an intense desire to lie down, 
 and the patient cannot walk, but staggers and falls. 
 
 The eyelids are affected and drop over the eyes; the 
 vision is disordered, and there is frontal headache, with 
 a feeling of heat, as of weight and pressure, in the head. 
 
 Conium is also a gastric irritant, producing nausea 
 and vomiting. 
 
 It is employed medicinally as a calmative and anti- 
 spasmodic, but its uncertain, inexact strength is 
 considered to make it unreliable. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 In serious poisoning the symptoms mentioned above 
 are all intensified. The pupils dilate; the pulse, at 
 first diminished, afterwards becomes more rapid. The 
 respiratory centre is paralyzed, and death results from 
 asphyxia in a very short time — in one case in a few 
 moments. There are but few recorded cases of fatal 
 poisoning. Hemlock was the State poison of Athens 
 in the time of Socrates, and the means of his death. 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning. 
 
 No physiological antidote to conium is known. The 
 stomach must be emptied and tannic acid given, stim- 
 ulants employed and external heat applied, and arti- 
 ficial respiration practised as long as there is any heart 
 action. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 205 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Fluidextractum Conii. Not official. 
 Fluidextract of Conium. 
 
 Average dose, in, iiL-0.2 mil. 
 
 Although this is regarded as the best preparation of 
 conium, yet it is very uncertain, because of the volatile 
 character of the essential principle. 
 
 Asafoetida. Asafetida. 
 
 A gum resin obtained by incising the root of different 
 species of Ferula, of Afghanistan. It contains a vola- 
 tile oil, a resin, and gum. The oil is complex, but 
 consists largely of the essential oil of garlic, to which 
 it owes its unpleasant odor. The resin also yields 
 sulphur. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Asafoetida has, in the stomach and alimentary canal, 
 the stimulant and disinfectant action belonging to 
 volatile oils and resins; but, while most others are 
 pleasant to the taste, it is exceedingly nauseous and 
 disagreeable. The mental influence of this nauseous 
 impression, combined with its physiological action, 
 renders asafoetida a nerve stimulant, antispasmodic, 
 and calmative in hysterical conditions. 
 
 It is a carminative, and in enemata dispels gas, 
 stops convulsions, and relieves constipation. It has 
 some slight action as a stimulant and disinfectant 
 expectorant. The volatile oil is excreted by the 
 urine, perspiration, and breath. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Pilulae Asafoetida*. 
 Pills of Asafetida. 
 
 Each pill contains \ Gm. of the drug. Dose 2 pills. 
 
206 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 Emulsum Asafcetidse. 
 Emulsion of Asafetida. 
 
 Average dose, J SS.-15 mils. 
 Tinctura Asafcetidae. 
 Tincture of Asafetida. 
 
 Strength, 20%. Dose, tt[ v.-i mil. 
 
 Fam. Caprifoliacea. 
 Viburnum Prunifolium, Black Haw. 
 
 Viburnum acts upon the nerve centres of the uterus 
 and ovaries as a sedative and tonic, and is given to 
 correct pain and irritation arising from these sources. 
 
 Viburnum opulus is useful in the same way. 
 
 Average dose of the fluid extract, tt[ xxx.-2 mils. 
 
 Fam Rubiacecs. 
 Cinchona. 
 
 The trees belonging to the genus Cinchona are found 
 native in South America, on mountains at a height of 
 5000 to 10,000 feet, and they are being successfully 
 cultivated in other countries. The bark is the part 
 used in medicine. 
 
 There are many varieties of the tree, the most im- 
 portant being Cinchona succirubra, from which "red 
 bark" is obtained, and Cinchona calisaya, from which 
 comes the "yellow" or "calisaya bark." A bark 
 called "pale bark" is obtained from two miuor vari- 
 eties, and, finally, under the general name "cinchona" 
 or "Peruvian bark" are included all other varieties of 
 the tree yielding two or three per cent, of the alkaloids 
 which contain crystallizable salts. 
 
 Cinchona contains four principal alkaloids: quinine, 
 the most important; quinidine, the strongest anti- 
 periodic, but existing in very small quantities; cincho- 
 nine, about half the strength of quinine; and cinchoni- 
 dine, a little stronger tban cinchonine. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 207 
 
 The yellow bark contains most quinine, the pale 
 bark most cinchonine, and the red bark about equal 
 quantities of each. Besides these important alkaloids 
 and a number of unimportant ones, cinchona bark 
 contains tannic and other acids, a resinous substance, 
 coloring matter, etc. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 The preparations of cinchona bark as a whole are 
 used as bitter stomachics and tonics. 
 
 They are too bulky to be used as antipyretics or 
 antiperiodics if quinine can be obtained. They have 
 some astringent action, due to the tannin they 
 contain. They should be given half an hour before 
 meals. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Tinctura Cinchonas. 
 Tincture of Cinchona. 
 
 Strength, 20%. Average dose, 3 1.-4 mils. 
 
 Tinctura Cinchonas Composita. 
 Compound Tincture of Cinchona. 
 
 Contains cinchona, glycerin, bitter orange-peel, ser- 
 pentaria, and alcohol. Average dose, 3 1-4 mils. 
 
 Fluidextractum Cinchonas. 
 Fluidextract of Cinchona. 
 
 Average dose, TT], xv.-i mil. 
 
 The sulphates of cinchonine and cinchonidine are also 
 official. Average dose, gr. iiss.-0.15 Gm. 
 
 Quinina, Quinine. 
 
 Quinine is prepared from the powdered cinchona 
 bark by various chemical processes, in the course of 
 which an alkali and sulphuric acid are both used. 
 
 Alkalies, and their carbonates, and tannic acid are 
 
2o8 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 incompatible with quinine and the other alkaloids of 
 cinchona. The alkalies precipitate them from solution, 
 and tannin forms with them insoluble compounds. 
 One grain of dilute sulphuric acid will dissolve one 
 grain of quinine. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Quinine arrests some processes of fermentation and 
 decomposition, and might, except for its cost, be used 
 as a local antiseptic and disinfectant. It is readily 
 absorbed, and is frequently given by rectum; it is also 
 used hypodermically, though it is very irritating and 
 liable to produce abscesses. 
 
 In small doses it is a powerful bitter stomachic and 
 general tonic, stimulating digestion and increasing 
 appetite. In large doses it may irritate and cause 
 nausea and vomiting, or even gastritis. 
 
 Quinine may be found in the blood a few minutes 
 after being taken, and retards oxygenation. It enters 
 the tissues quickly and is excreted slowly, several 
 days being required. The maximum effect of a large 
 dose is reached in about five hours. Small doses 
 quicken the heart and raise the blood pressure. Large 
 ones depress the heart, diminish the force and fre- 
 quency of its contractions, and lower blood pressure. 
 The respirations are also depressed by large doses. 
 
 Quinine acts strikingly on the nerve centres. Small 
 doses stimulate the brain and increase the activity of 
 the mind, while slight overdoses produce headache 
 and ringing in the ears, with deafness, more or less 
 pronounced. This deafness usually passes off quickly, 
 but may be permanent. Full doses intensify these 
 symptoms, and cause severe pain, constriction, and 
 fulness in the head, confusion of the mental faculties, 
 intense nervous irritability, giddiness, disorders of 
 vision, and general prostration from depression of the 
 spinal cord and circulation. 
 
 The pre-eminent power of quinine is shown in its 
 control over malarial poisoning as a specific, anti- 
 periodic, and prophylactic. (A medicine to be pre- 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 209 
 
 phylactic must belong either to the class of restoratives, 
 supplying a deficiency of some natural and essential 
 condition of the body, or to the class of germicides, 
 preventing disease by destroying the injurious agent.) 
 Quinine has some power as an oxytocic, contracting 
 the uterus. In times past it was taught that it was 
 capable of producing abortion, but the weight of evi- 
 dence is believed by most authorities to be against this 
 theory. 
 
 Incidental Effects. 
 
 Eruptions of the skin are sometimes observed after 
 the use of quinine, even in small doses. A rash re- 
 sembling that of scarlet-fever may appear, followed by 
 severe itching and smarting, and desquamating finally. 
 
 More rarely the eruption resembles urticaria, popu- 
 larly known as "hives " or "nettle-rash." Occasionally 
 irritation of the urinary organs is caused, with pain, 
 congestion of the kidneys, or even hemorrhage. This 
 is more liable to occur with old people. Idiosyncrasy 
 exists in a marked degree with some persons in 
 regard to quinine, forbidding the use of even the 
 smallest doses. 
 
 If much prostration follows the administration of 
 quinine, strong black coffee with brandy is the best 
 antidote. In giving quinine, ringing in the ears and 
 deafness are the first symptoms to be looked for. 
 
 There are now eight official preparations of quinine 
 — Quinine Bisulphate, Dihydrochloride, Hydrobromide, 
 Hydrochloride, Salicylate, Sulphate, and Tannate, all 
 of which except the last have an average dose of gr. 
 1 2-0. 1 Gm. as tonics, and gr. xv.-i Gm. daily as anti- 
 malarial remedies. The dose of the tannate is gr. iii.- 
 0.2 Gm. 
 
 L,ast is a preparation for hypodermic use, Quinine 
 and Urea Hydrochloride. Average daily dose, gr. 
 xv.- 1 Gm. 
 
 Quinine is usually given in pills or capsules on 
 account of the bitter taste. Sometimes, when rapid 
 action is desired, it is given in solution. The taste is 
 14 
 
210 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 very persistent and is better removed by a piece of dry 
 bread, or an olive, than anything else. The powdered 
 sulphate may be given in sherry wine. 
 
 Quinine pills should not be more than ten days old, 
 as then they become so dry and hard as to be useless, 
 passing through the alimentary canal without dissolv- 
 ing. Quinine should be given on an empty stomach, 
 or after the process of digestion is partly over. If a 
 patient is on milk diet quinine should not be given in 
 solution near the milk, as it is very liable to cause 
 vomiting. Otherwise there is no incompatibility be- 
 tween quinine and milk. 
 
 Warburg's Tincture. Not official. 
 
 A preparation with an exceedingly long formula, 
 containing over a dozen drugs of vegetable origin, with 
 a certain proportion of quinine, the most active in- 
 gredient (between 9 and 10 grains to the ounce). It is 
 used as a diaphoretic, and is best given at night. 
 
 Dose, § SS.-15 mils. 
 
 Ipecacuanha, Ipecac. 
 
 The dried root of Cephaelis Ipecacuanha, of Brazil. 
 Ipecac contains from \ to 1 % of the active principle, 
 emetine, and also a glucoside, starch, gum, etc. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Externally, powdered ipecac irritates the skin, caus- 
 ing a pustular eruption. Mucous membranes are 
 similarly irritated, and an increased bronchial and 
 nasal secretion, sneezing, etc., follows its local applica- 
 tion. Taken internally, it tends to soften and liquefy- 
 hard and tenacious mucous secretions. 
 
 In the stomach ipecac in very small doses (gr. }) is 
 a gastric stimulant, increasing local circulation and 
 secretion. In these minute doses it checks vomiting. 
 
 In large doses it is a familiar emetic, safe and 
 prompt, and non-depressing. Its action is partly 
 direct and partly indirect, the act of vomiting being 
 promoted both by local action on the stomach walls, 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 211 
 
 and by stimulation through the influence of emetine of 
 the vomiting centre in the medulla. 
 
 The emesis caused by ipecac takes place in from 
 twenty to thirty minutes after administration, and 
 occurs usually only once. There is but very little 
 nausea before or with the act of vomiting, nor is it 
 followed by exhaustion. It is accompanied by a 
 decided increase in the secretions of the gastric and 
 bronchial mucous membranes, and, the sputum thus 
 being made more fluid, with the expulsive act there is 
 a general clearing out of the bronchial tubes, the 
 trachea, and the nasal cavities. 
 
 Ipecac, as an emetic, is between sulphate of zinc and 
 tartar emetic, not being as prompt as the first, nor as 
 nauseating as the second. It is not powerful enough 
 to give alone in cases of poisoning, but is then used as 
 an aid to other emetics. It is very suitable for child- 
 ren, and they bear it in relatively large doses. 
 
 Ipecac is a sedative expectorant, a direct chol- 
 agogue, increasing the flow of bile, and a diaphoretic 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Pulvis Ipecacuanha* et Opii. 
 
 Powder of Ipecac and Opium. See Opium. 
 
 Average dose, gr. xv.-i Gm. 
 Syrupus Ipecacuanha;. 
 Syrup of Ipecac. 
 
 Strength, 7 parts fluid ext. to 100. Dose, expectorant, 
 TTl xv.- 1 mil; emetic, 3 iv.-i5 mils. 
 
 Vinum Ipecacuanhae. Not official. 
 Wine of Ipecac. 
 
 Strength, 1 part fluid ext. to 8 white wine. Dose, 
 TT1 x.-xx. (065-1. 3 mil.) 
 
 Fluidextractum Ipecacuanhae. 
 Fluidextract of Ipecac. 
 
 Average expectorant dose, fU i.-o.o5 mil. 
 Emetic dose for adult, v\, xv -1 mil. 
 
212 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Emetinae Kydrochloridum. 
 Emetine Hydrochloride. 
 
 Average dose, gr. I-0.02 Gm. 
 
 All these preparations are best given with plenty of 
 warm water, in cases of poisoning; with croupy child- 
 ren, however, swallowing being difficult, it is best not 
 to dilute the dose, or but very little. 
 
 CorTea Arabica (Coffee Plant). 
 
 The seeds of the coffee plant, grown in Arabia, yield 
 the alkaloid caffeine (which is also obtained from 
 plants belonging to different families, viz., Paulli?iia 
 sorbilis, guarana). The coffee seeds also contain 
 sugar, tannic acid, caffeic acid, a volatile oil, etc. 
 
 The qualities of coffee as a beverage are too familiar 
 to need mention. In moderation, and when well made, 
 it aids digestion and has laxative effect. In excess, 
 or when improperly made and allowed to boil, it 
 causes dyspepsia by the astringent action of its tannic 
 acid. The plant itself is not official, but its alkaloid is so. 
 
 Caffeina. 
 Caffeine. Theine. 
 
 Caffeine is distinguished by containing more nitrogen 
 than almost any other vegetable principle. It is 
 absorbed unchanged into the circulation, and is a 
 stimulant to the brain and heart, producing wakeful 
 ness, with a clear, vigorous state of the intellect, and 
 strengthening the contraction of the heart. 
 
 It resembles digitalis in its action as a cardiac stimu- 
 lant, but acts more promptly and is more transitory in 
 its effects. 
 
 It has no decided cumulative tendency, and does not 
 disagree with the stomach. It acts as a diuretic by 
 stimulating the cells of the kidneys, as well as by its 
 action on the heart and circulation. 
 
 It has been known to cause, after doses of moderate 
 size, nervous wakefulness and restlessness, tremulous- 
 uess, frequent pulse, confused thought, and visions 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM, 213 
 
 passing in a constant train. These symptoms have 
 fasted for several hours. 
 
 In large doses it has caused poisonous though never 
 fatal symptoms, such as muscular tremor, a burning 
 feeling in the throat, palpitations with rapid, violent 
 pulse and short, quick respirations; giddiness, nausea, 
 disordered vision, and marked diuresis. 
 
 Average dose of caffeine, gr. iiss.-0.15 Gm. 
 
 Official preparations of caffeine are the Citrated 
 Caffeine, Effervescent Citrated Caffeine, and Caffeine 
 Sodio-Benzoate. 
 
 Fam. Ternstromiacea : 
 Camellia Thea (Tea Plant). Not official. 
 
 The leaves of the tea plant, grown in China, contain 
 theine, the active principle; tannic acid, and a volatile oil. 
 
 Tea is stimulating and refreshing. Used to excess 
 it weakens the digestive system and causes constipa- 
 tion, depresses the heart and vaso-motor nerves, pro- 
 ducing neuralgic pains. In cases of poisoning, when 
 tannin is needed, it may sometimes be most quickly 
 procured in the form of strong, rank tea. By boiling 
 it hard and squeezing dry the leaves, the tannin is 
 extracted as thoroughly as possible, and the tea is 
 given, without sugar or milk, in large quantities. 
 
 Fam Valerianacece . 
 Valeriana, Valerian. 
 
 The dried rhizome and roots of Valeriana officinalis. 
 The active principles are a volatile oil and valerianic 
 ueid. The latter is found in many other plants, in 
 cod-liver oil, and may be derived from amylic alcohol. 
 
 Valerian is a carminative, circulatory stimulant, 
 and antispasmodic. In nervous cases it sometimes 
 acts successfully as an hypnotic. Large doses ( 3 ii.- 
 iv.) may cause nausea, vomiting, and colic, a quick- 
 ened pulse, and a feeling of formication in hands and 
 feet. 
 
214 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Tinctura Valerianae. 
 Tincture of Valerian. 
 
 Strength 20%. Average dose, 3 1.-4 mils. 
 
 Tinctura Valerianae Ammoniata. 
 Ammoniated Tincture of Valerian. 
 
 Strength 20%: Average dose, T\, xxx.-2 mils. 
 
 uidextractum Valerianae 
 uidextract of Valerian. 
 
 Dose, 3 i. (4 mils.) 
 
 Fluidextractum Valerianae. Not official 
 Fluidextract of Valerian. 
 
 Fam. Composite. 
 Santonica (Levant Wormseed). 
 
 The dried flower-heads of Artemisia pauciflora y of 
 Asia Minor. The active principle is santonin, and 
 there is also a compound volatile oil resembling cam- 
 phor in its action. 
 
 Santonin is an anthelmintic, acting especially on 
 the ascaris lumbricoides, or round worm. In overdoses 
 it produces disturbances of vision and of consciousness. 
 Objects appear at first to be blue, then yellow. There 
 are tremors, aphasia, and sometimes convulsions. The 
 respirations become feeble, and the pulse is reduced. 
 
 It is necessary, in giving it, to watch its action, that 
 these symptoms may be avoided. 
 
 It is excreted by the bowels and by the kidneys, and 
 discolors the urine, making it saffron or reddish. 
 There have been numerous cases of fatal poisoning 
 among children from santonin. Alarming symptoms 
 have been caused by gr. ii. in a child eight years old, 
 and a dose of gr. ii. to a child of five years caused 
 death. 
 
 Santoninum. 
 Santonin. 
 
 Average dose, gr. i.-o.o6 Gm. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 21 5 
 
 Eupatorium (Thoroughwort). Not official. 
 
 The herbal parts of a coarse plant yield this drug, 
 whose chief action is as a sudorific. The infusion is 
 given very hot, in doses of one half or one tumbler full, 
 the patient being warmly covered in bed, and free 
 diaphoresis results. The taste is very unpleasant. 
 
 Taraxacum, Dandelion. 
 
 The root of the dandelion is a simple bitter and 
 mild laxative. 
 
 Fluidextractum Taraxaci. 
 Fluidextract of Taraxacum. 
 
 Average dose, 3 iiss.-io mils. 
 
 Arnica, Arnica Flowers. 
 
 The Arnica montana, or leopard's bane, grows in 
 Northern Europe and Asia and in the Northwestern 
 United States. The dried flower heads contain alka- 
 loids, an essential oil, resins, and an ammonia com- 
 pound, trimethylamine, none of which are separately 
 recognized by the U. S. P. 
 
 Externally arnica is stimulating and irritant, 
 increasing the circulation of the skin. It sometimes 
 causes excessive redness, and eczema, and must be used 
 with care. 
 
 The diluted tincture promotes the absorption of 
 blood which has effused into the tissues, as after a 
 blow, and prevents swelling. 
 
 Internally, in small doses, arnica is slightly stimulat- 
 ing to the heart, the skin, and kidneys. 
 
 In larger doses it is a cardiac depressant, and in 
 doses equal to | i. of the tincture it has caused the 
 poisonous symptoms of gastro-intestinal irritation; 
 cold dry skin; feeble fluttering pulse, lowered some- 
 times to 6o; and occasionally vomiting and purging, 
 with final collapse. It should never be applied to an 
 open wound. 
 
2l6 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Tinctura Arnicas. 
 Tincture of Arnica. 
 
 Strength, 20 #. 
 
 This preparation used externally must be diluted, 
 applied on a piece of flannel to the inflamed part, and 
 covered with a bandage. 
 
 Average dose, ttj, xv.-i mil. 
 
 Grindelia. 
 
 The leaves and flowering tops of a California plant. 
 It is a stimulant expectorant and a diuretic; in 
 large doses depressant, causing nausea and vomiting, 
 and lowering the rate of the heart, temperature, and 
 respirations. It is sometimes used as an inhalation. 
 
 In cases of poisoning by Rhus toxicodendron, or poison 
 ivy, it is said to be an excellent remedy, the fluid extract 
 being applied locally, largely diluted. 
 
 Average dose of the fluid extract, tt[ xxx.-2 mils. 
 
 Fam. Lobeliaccce. 
 Lobelia, Indian Tobacco. 
 
 The leaves and tops of Lobelia inflata, of the United 
 States. 
 
 Lobelia is a motor-depressant and anti-spas- 
 modic. In small doses it stimulates the alimentary 
 canal, and in full doses irritates it, causing pain, vomit- 
 ing, purging, and general depression. 
 
 Large doses cause, in addition, cold sweats, muscular 
 tremors, feeble pulse, and stupor, with coma and col- 
 lapse. It has frequently caused death, which occurs 
 by paralysis of the respiratory centre. It is very 
 seldom used, on account of its very depressing action. 
 
 The treatment of poisoning consists in washing out 
 the stomach with a warm solution of tannic acid (or 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 2\J 
 
 warm, strong tea), the application of external heat, 
 and stimulation by mustard, friction, etc.; and the use 
 of alcoholic stimulants, ammonia, and opium. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Tinctura Lobeliae. 
 Tincture of Lobelia. 
 Strength, 10%. Average dose, tt], xv.-i mil. 
 
 Fluidextractum Lobeliae. 
 Fluidextract of Lobelia. 
 
 Average dose, v\ iiss.-0.15 mil. 
 
 Fam. Styracacece. 
 Benzoinum, Benzoin. 
 
 The thickened juice of Styrax Benzoin, an Eastern 
 tree. It is soluble in alcohol; not readily soluble in 
 water. Benzoin is a balsamic resin, containing from 
 12 to 15 # of benzoic acid. It is antiseptic and disin- 
 fectant, and is said to have more power than salicylic 
 acid to destroy bacteria and prevent putrefaction. 
 
 Applied to the skin, it has a stimulating and heal- 
 ing action. Inhaled, or applied in solid form to the 
 nose, it irritates the nasal and bronchial mucous mem- 
 branes, but in proper solution acts on them only as a 
 gentle stimulant. Taken internally it is diaphoretic, 
 increases the urine and makes it more acid, and raises 
 the pulse rate. It is excreted by the kidneys, partly 
 as hippuric acid, and partly unchanged. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Acidum Benzoicum. 
 Benzoic Acid. 
 
 Average dose, gr. viii.-o.5 Gm. 
 Tinctura Benzoini. 
 Tincture of Benzoin. 
 
 Strength, 20%. Average dose, iU xv.-i mil. 
 
2l8 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Tinctura Benzoini Composita. 
 Compound Tincture of Benzoin. 
 
 For external use; it contains benzoin, aloes, storax, 
 lsam of 
 
 Ammonii \ _ 
 Sodii l B 
 
 :nzoate c 
 
 Average dose, gr. xv.-i Gm. 
 
 balsam of tolu, and alcohol 
 
 . / Ammonium. 
 Benzoate of \ _, ,. 
 
 I Sodium. 
 
 Fam. Oleacea. 
 
 Oleum Olivae, Olive Oil. 
 
 The oil expressed from the fruit of Olea europcsa. 
 Olive oil is composed of a fluid oil, olein; a solid oil, 
 palmitin; with oleic and palmitic acids. 
 
 Used externally by inunction, it is absorbed by the 
 lymphatics, and has some nutritive value. 
 
 As a mechanical application it is used both exter- 
 nally and internally in the treatment of burns and 
 corrosive poisons. It acts as a laxative, and is used 
 for this purpose in enemata, tending to soften the faecal 
 mass and assist in its expulsion. Oils in general are 
 changed into carbonic acid and water in the system, 
 and so excreted, but an excess will appear unchanged 
 in the urine. 
 
 Fam. Loganiacecz. 
 
 Spigelia, Pink-Root. 
 
 Spigelia is an anthelmintic and purgative, and acts 
 on the round worm. 
 
 Fluidextractum Spigeliae. 
 Fluidextract of Spigelia. 
 
 Average dose, 3 L-5 mils. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 219 
 
 Gelsemium, Yellow Jessamine, 
 
 The root of Gelsemium sempervirens, of the Southern 
 United States. The alkaloid gelsemium and gelse- 
 minic acid are the important constituents. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Gelsemium is a motor depressant and antispas- 
 modic, acting by direct influence on the spinal cord. 
 In medicinal doses it is sedative and diaphoretic. 
 
 The smallest active quantity (tti, v.-xv.) causes a 
 languid feeling, with slight reduction of the strength 
 and frequency of the pulse. If the amount be in- 
 creased, pain over the eyes, some disturbance of vision, 
 and dizziness result, with increased perspiration. It 
 has a peculiar nervous effect 011 some people, making 
 them cry without knowing why. 
 
 Gelsemium relieves obscure pains and is used in a 
 great many quack-cures for rheumatism, which are 
 especially dangerous because of this drug and the 
 ignorance of the laity in regard to it. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 Poisonous doses (3 i. of the fluidextract) produce, 
 in addition to these symptoms, great muscular weak- 
 ness, affecting especially the flexors of the arms. 
 
 The gait also is affected, and becomes staggering. 
 The jaw drops, and articulation fails. There is marked 
 effect on the sight: double vision, partial or complete 
 blindness may develop; sometimes a squint is pro- 
 duced; the eyelid droops; the pupil dilates. 
 
 There is profuse perspiration, cold surface and sub- 
 normal temperature, and a condition of general anaes- 
 thesia. The pulse is thready and feeble, and death 
 finally results from paralysis of the respiratory muscles. 
 Consciousness remains until carbonic - acid narcosis 
 begins as the result of asphyxia. 
 
 Gelsemium is rapidly diffused, and the effects appear 
 within half an hour, and, after medicinal doses, dis- 
 appear within two or three hours. 
 
220 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 Death, when it occurs, may do so in a few hours, 
 and has been known to result from taking one sixth of 
 a grain. 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning. 
 
 Poisonous symptoms are treated by emetics, alcoholic 
 stimulants, external heat, electricity, and artificial 
 respiration, if necessary. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Fluidextractum Gelsemii. 
 Fluidextract of Gelsemium. 
 
 Average dose, TTt a-o. 03 mil. 
 
 Tinctura Gelsemii. 
 Tincture of Gelsemium. 
 
 Strength 10%. Average dose, TT[ iv.-0.25 m &- 
 
 Nux Vomica. 
 
 The seeds of Strychnos nux-vomica, an East Indian 
 tree. The active principle is the alkaloid, strychnine, 
 an important poison. Two other important principles 
 are brucine and igasuric acid. Brucine is of half the 
 strength of strychnine. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Nux vomica in medicinal doses is tonic, with the 
 qualities of bitter stomachics ; it increases appetite, 
 aids digestion, and promotes peristalsis. It also stim- 
 ulates respiration, the heart, and vaso-motor centres. 
 These actions are largely due to the presence and in- 
 fluence of strychnine. Strychnine enters the system 
 rapidly, especially the nervous tissues, on which its 
 pre-eminent action, that of a motor excitant, is 
 shown. It is excreted very slowly, not disappearing 
 from the tissues for several days, and therefore accumu- 
 lates in the system when given in continuous doses, 
 even small ones. 
 
 The power of strychnine in regard to the nervous 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM, 221 
 
 system is exerted on the motor centres of the spinal 
 cord and all the important nerve centres in the 
 medulla. 
 
 The first constitutional symptoms are a feeling of 
 restlessness, with slight trembling of the extremities. 
 
 After a full dose (gr. -yV), there are noticeable mus- 
 cular twitching and jerking of the limbs, slight stiff- 
 ness of the jaw, a tense feeling about the head, stricture 
 of the throat and chest, shuddering, and a feeling of 
 anxiety. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 After poisonous doses (gr. \ for an adult), violent 
 symptoms come on very suddenly, probably within 
 fifteen minutes, with tonic convulsions resembling the 
 spasm of tetanus. The legs are rigid, extended, and 
 the feet averted, or the body may be bent backward 
 until the head and heels meet (opisthotonos). The 
 arms are bent, and hands clinched; the eyes open and 
 staring. The corners of the mouth are drawn up by 
 the muscles in a mechanical grin, the "risus sar- 
 donicus," which gives a ghastly unmeaning expression, 
 and the face— at first pale — presently becomes livid 
 from asphyxia. 
 
 Between the paroxysms there is a period of relaxation 
 and quiet, but the slightest sound, or touch, or breath 
 of air brings on the spasms again instantly by reflex 
 action, owing to the condition of intense irritability. 
 
 In cases which terminate fatally, the spasms succeed 
 each other quickly, and death takes place in two or 
 three hours from paralysis of the respiratory muscles. 
 The mind usually remains clear up to the last. Some- 
 times asphyxia produces insensibility just before death. 
 
 Strychnine convulsions resemble tetanic and hys- 
 terical convulsions in some particulars. The special 
 points of difference are as follows: 
 
 Strychnine. 
 
 The convulsions begin with a restless, excited state; 
 the special senses are sharpened. Muscular symptoms 
 
222 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 come on very rapidly, either beginning in the ex- 
 tremities or appearing simultaneously over the body. 
 The jaw is the last part affected and the first relaxed. 
 The eyes are open, and the muscles are relaxed 
 between the convulsions. 
 
 Tetanus. 
 
 The symptoms come on gradually, with pain and 
 stiffness of the back of the neck and occasional slight 
 muscular twitchings. The jaw is the first part 
 affected, and is rigid (trismus, or lock-jaw). There 
 is a permanent state of general muscular rigidity. 
 
 Hysteria. 
 
 Begins with weakness and blindness. The muscular 
 symptoms begin with stiffness of the neck. The 
 extremities are affected last. The jaw is set before a 
 convulsion and remains fixed between them. The 
 eyes are closed. 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning, 
 
 In treating strychnine poisoning, tannic acid or a 
 soluble iodine salt is given as an antidote, followed 
 quickly by emetics, as the compounds thus formed 
 are not permanent. The bladder must be emptied to 
 prevent re-absorption; then absolute quiet is of the 
 greatest importance. Inhalations of chloroform are 
 used, with full doses of chloral and bromide of potas- 
 sium given internally. 
 
 Precautions. 
 
 In giving strychnine, the possibility of its cumula- 
 tive action must always be kept in mind as a grave 
 feature. It is more likely to develop if the medicine 
 is in pill form than if in solution. With the liquid 
 preparation of iron, strychnine, and quinine, the danger 
 exists also as the strychnine is apt to precipitate. It 
 must always therefore be well shaken. Strychnine 
 is more effective with old people. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 22$ 
 
 The first constitutional symptoms are to be looked 
 for with care: twitching, trembling, starting, or stiff- 
 ness of the muscles. It is of great importance to 
 know exactly when they begin, especially when, as is 
 often the case, the orders received are to push the 
 medicine to the utmost limit. 
 
 Preparations of Nux Vomica. 
 
 Extractum Nucis Vomicae. 
 Extract of Nux Vomica. 
 
 Average dose, gr. i-0.015 Gm. 
 
 Tinctura Nucis Vomicae. 
 Tincture of Nux Vomica. 
 
 Between 0.237 Gm. an< ^ 0-263 Gm. of the alkaloids 
 of nux vomica are contained in 100 mils of tincture. 
 Average dose, Tit viii.-o.5 mil. 
 
 Fluidextractum Nucis Vomicae. 
 Fluidextractum of Nux Vomica. 
 
 Average dose, T\[ i.-o.o5 mil. 
 
 Extractum Nucis Vomicae. 
 Extract of Nux Vomica. 
 
 Average dose, gr. i-0.015 Gm. 
 
 All preparations of nux vomica are given before 
 meals. 
 
 Preparations of Strychnine. 
 
 Strychninae Sulphas. 
 Strychnine Sulphate. 
 
 Average dose, gr. T6-0.0015 Gm. 
 
 Strychninae Nitras. 
 Strychnine Nitrate. 
 
 Average dose, gr. -5-0.0015 Gm. 
 
224 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES, 
 
 Fam. Gentianacece. 
 
 'Gentiana, Gentian. 
 
 The root of Gentiana lutea, the yellow gentian of 
 the Alps, furnishes an efficient simple bitter and 
 stomachic tonic. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Tinctura Gentianae Composita. 
 Compound Tincture of Gentian. 
 
 Strength 10%. Average dose, 3 i.~4 mils. 
 
 Fluidextractum Gentianae. 
 Fluidextract of Gentian. 
 
 Average dose, 1U xv.-i mil. 
 
 Extractum Gentianae. 
 Extract of Gentian. 
 
 Average dose, gr. i v. -0.25 Gm. 
 
 Fam. ConvolvulacecB. 
 
 Scammoniae Radix. Scammony Root. 
 
 The root of Convolvulus Scammonia yields an 
 exudate from which is obtained a resin, having pro- 
 perties as a drastic purgative. The chief ingredient 
 of the resin is called jalapin, and is probably the same 
 as the convolvulin of jalap. 
 
 The average dose of the resin of scammony is gr. 
 iii.-o.2 Gm. 
 
 Jalapa, Jalap. 
 
 Obtained from the dried tuberous root of Exogo- 
 nium Purga, The active principle is a double resin, 
 or one separable into two, called jalapin and con- 
 volvulin, the latter being the more important. Jalap 
 is a hydragogue cathartic, and creates a feeling of 
 nausea. In overdoses it causes severe vomiting and 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 225 
 
 purging. The stools produced by its action are large 
 and watery. It is seldom used alone, but is often 
 combined with calomel. Average dose, gr. xv.-i Gm. 
 The compound powder, Pulvis Jalapae Compositus, 
 contains jalap and cream of tartar. 
 
 Fam. Apocynacece. 
 Strophanthus. 
 
 The seeds of Strophanthus hispidus or S. Kombe. The 
 active principle is a glucoside named strophanthin. It 
 exists in the seeds in a strength of 8 or 10 $. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Strophanthus enters the blood and acts directly on 
 muscular tissue as a tonic, increasing its contractile 
 power, and, in poisonous doses, paralyzing and leav- 
 ing it in a state of tetanic-like spasm, — not through the 
 agency of the nervous mechanism, but by direct in- 
 fluence on the muscle itself. This tonic and stimulant 
 action is quickly felt by the heart, receiving as it does 
 in a short time all the blood of the body, and thus feel- 
 ing the action of the whole amount of strophanthus 
 contained in it. The beats become less frequent and 
 the cardiac contractions strengthened. 
 
 Strophanthus resembles digitalis in its action on the 
 heart, but it is not as lasting a stimulant, though act- 
 ing more quickly. It differs from it also in not affect- 
 ing the vaso-motor nerves. It is not irritating to the 
 alimentary canal, and is not cumulative. It acts as a 
 diuretic by increasing the supply of blood to the 
 kidneys. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Tinctura Strophanthi. 
 Tincture of Strophanthus. 
 
 Average dose, '\\ viii.-o.5 mil. 
 Strophanthin, for hypodermic use. 
 
 Average dose, gr. fo-o. 00075 Gm. 
 
226 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Fam. Solanacea. 
 
 Belladonnas Folia ; Belladonnas Radix. 
 Deadly Nightshade. 
 
 The leaves and root of Atropa Belladonna , a per- 
 ennial plant, native of Great Britain, and cultivated in 
 this country. Belladonna contains two alkaloids: bel- 
 iadonine, of no special importance; and atropine, the 
 active principle, to which the medicinal and poisonous 
 properties of the drug are owing. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Alone or in a watery solution belladonna (or atro- 
 pine) is not absorbed by the skin, but when combined 
 with alcohol, glycerin, or camphor, it is readily so 
 absorbed, and even more quickly by mucous mem- 
 branes and inflamed surfaces; so that physiological 
 symptoms, from the first slight dryness of the throat to 
 evidence of severe poisoning, may be produced by 
 external applications. 
 
 Used in this way, belladonna acts upon the ends of 
 the sensory nerves as an anaesthetic, relieving pain, 
 as is seen in the action of belladonna plasters. This 
 sedative power, exerted over the nerves which control 
 the sweat glands, produces the familiar effect of drying 
 up the secretion of milk and checking the action of the 
 skin. 
 
 Taken internally, belladonna enters the blood and 
 reaches the tissues with rapidity; and in the case of 
 atropine alone absorption is even more quickly accom- 
 plished. Elimination takes place by the urine, and 
 quickly, atropine appearing unchanged in from ten to 
 twenty hours. 
 
 The stimulant and tonic powers of belladonna, 
 which are very strong, are exerted over the whole 
 sympathetic system and unstriped or involuntary 
 muscular fibre; and its sedative, anodyne actions 
 are directed toward the motor system. It is a mydri- 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 227 
 
 atic, dilating the pupils; an anti-spasmodic, and 
 the most important respiratory stimulant known, 
 keeping up the activity of the respiratory centre while 
 at the same time allaying the irritability of the respira- 
 tory nerves. 
 
 It has but little control over severe pain, and is not, 
 strictly speaking, an hypnotic, though it sometimes 
 acts as one indirectly by removing conditions which 
 prevented sleep. It has a peculiar effect on the brain, 
 causing excitability, and in large doses narcotism. 
 
 As a cardiac stimulant it weakens the force of the 
 inhibitory apparatus, derived from the cerebro- spinal 
 system, which retards the heart; and promotes the 
 activity of the accelerator apparatus, derived from the 
 sympathetic system, which excites the heart. 
 
 The secretion of saliva is checked by belladonna, and 
 this causes a dryness of the mouth and throat which 
 is diagnostic and is watched for as one of the first 
 signs of constitutional impression. 
 
 When small doses of belladonna or atropine are given, 
 the respirations become deeper and more frequent. 
 The pulse, at first slowed for a short time, afterwards 
 becomes strong and rapid, its rapidity being somewhat 
 out of proportion to the rate of the respirations. 
 
 After full doses it may rise as high as twice its 
 former number of beats. The small vessels are more 
 energetically contracted, and with the impetus to the 
 circulation the temperature rises \° or i°. The pupils 
 are dilated and vision disordered; the face flushed; the 
 mouth and throat are dry; the tongue is red; swallow- 
 ing is difficult, thirst is present, and a feeling as of sore 
 throat. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 With larger doses the flush becomes a uniform bright 
 red, and resembles the rash of scarlet-fever, except 
 that it is not punctated. 1 It spreads first over face 
 
 having the appearance of being formed by exceedingly 
 minute dots or points of red. 
 
228 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES, 
 
 and neck, extending perhaps over the whole body, 
 and is due to a reaction and paralysis of the vaso-motor 
 nerves following the primary stimulation. 
 
 The pupils are bright and widely staring. Headache 
 and vertigo, restlessness, illusions, and delirium ap- 
 pear. The delirium of belladonna is of a peculiarly 
 active, talkative, busy type, accompanied frequently 
 by laughter and gayety and associated with physical 
 lassitude. The patient is sometimes absorbed with 
 spectral illusions and visions, without showing any 
 fear. Occasionally he becomes furious, quarrelsome, 
 and maniacal. 
 
 With larger poisonous doses there is loss of muscu- 
 lar power, beginning in the lower extremities and 
 becoming complete. Sensation is not lost. With ex- 
 cessive poisonous doses convulsions may appear, and 
 shortly before death stupor and paralysis develop, and 
 the temperature becomes subnormal. The urine, at 
 first increased, diminishes and may be entirely sup- 
 pressed. Death results from asphyxia, from the failure 
 of the respiratory organs, and there is heart failure as 
 well. 
 
 The smallest fatal dose is not positively known. 
 Alarming symptoms have been produced by gr. -g^-A 
 of atropine, and death in fatal cases has occurred as 
 early as five hours after taking the poison. 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning. 
 
 The first necessity is to use emetics or the stomach- 
 pump. The bladder must be emptied at regular inter- 
 vals to prevent re- absorption. Tannic acid is given; 
 and external heat, mustard baths, hot and cold affu- 
 sions to the head, and artificial respiration used. 
 
 Incidental Effects. 
 
 Medicinal doses sometimes produce mild delirium, 
 or a feeling of thirst and feverishuess. The local ap- 
 plication of the drug to the eye sometimes causes an 
 inflammation on the face about the eyelids. The rash 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 229 
 
 of belladonna may appear after small doses, and may 
 desquamate; and a bluish color may be noticed on the 
 lips. The dryness of the throat is always to be looked 
 for. 
 
 Preparations of Belladonna. 
 
 Tinctura Belladonnas Foliorum. 
 Tincture of Belladonna Leaves. 
 
 Average dose, TT[ xii.-0.75 mil. 
 
 Extractum Belladonnas Foliorum. 
 Extract of Belladonna Leaves, 
 
 Average dose, gr. £-0.015 Gm. 
 
 Fluidextractum Belladonnas Radicis. 
 Fluidextract of Belladonna Root. 
 
 Average dose, 1U i.-o.o5 mil. 
 
 Emplastrum Belladonnas. 
 Belladonna Plaster. 
 
 Contains 30% of extract of belladonna leaves. There 
 is also a 10% ointment of belladonna. 
 
 Atropina. 
 Atropine. 
 
 Average dose, gr. iio-0.0005 Gm. 
 
 Atropinas Sulphas. 
 Atropine Sulphate. 
 
 Usually given hypodermically, being very soluble in 
 water. Average dose, gr. Tio-0.0005 Gm. 
 
 Homatropinas Hydrobromidum. 
 Homatropine Hydrobromide. 
 
 An alkaloid obtained by the condensation of atropine 
 and mandelic acid, resembling atropine in action, but 
 being less toxic and the symptoms passing off more 
 quickly. It is used as a mydriatic and anhydrotic. 
 
 Average dose, gr. T20-0.0005 Gm. 
 
230 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Stramonium. 
 Jamestown Weed. 
 
 The leaves and seeds of Datura stramonium, a weed 
 of this country and Great Britain. The active princi- 
 ple is an alkaloid named daturine, which is said to be 
 a combination of atropine and hyoscyamine. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Stramonium resembles belladonna very closely in its 
 actions. By small doses the pulse rate is increased, 
 arterial tension raised, and the respiration quickened. 
 It is a mydriatic, and has some power to relieve pain. 
 One difference between them is that stramonium is 
 more depressing to the bronchial nerves. 
 
 The action on the intestinal muscular fibre is the 
 same in both; small doses increasing, and large ones 
 diminishing, peristalsis. By large doses the tension 
 of the vessels is relaxed, the pulse still remaining 
 frequent, and showing a tendency to intermit. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 The symptoms of poisoning are much alike — dilated 
 pupils, heightened temperature, rapid pulse, scarlet 
 rash, restlessness, delirium, and convulsions, with the 
 fatal termination preceded by stupor, paralysis, and 
 asphyxia. The pulse in stramonium poisoning is 
 much more inclined to irregularity than in atropine 
 poisoning. The treatment is the same. Accidental 
 cases are common among children. 
 
 Preparations of Stramonium, 
 
 Extractum Stramonii (Powdered). 
 Extract of Stramonium. 
 
 Average dose, gr. f-o.oi Gm. 
 Unguentum Stramonii. 
 Stramonium Ointment. 
 
 Strength, 10%. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 23 1 
 
 Tinctura Stramonii. 
 Tincture of Stramonium. 
 
 Strength, 10%. Average dose, TTl viii.-o.5 mil. 
 Hyoscyamus, Henbane. 
 
 The leaves of the second year's growth of Hyoscya- 
 mus niger, a coarse plant native in Great Britain and 
 naturalized in the United States. The active princi- 
 ples are two in number — hyoscyamine, a crystalline, 
 and hyoscine, an amorphous, alkaloid. These princi- 
 ples have the same chemical formula as atropine, yet 
 are not identical with it. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Hyoscyamus is a mydriatic, and has very much the 
 same physiological actions as belladonna and stra- 
 monium. It has greater calmative and hypnotic 
 powers than either of the others, due, it is stated, to 
 its hyoscine, which is supposed to be much stronger 
 than hyoscyamine, and to have marked qualities as 
 a cerebral sedative. 
 
 Like the former two drugs, it is a cardiac and 
 respiratory stimulant, the pulse under its influence 
 being more regular than the pulse of daturine. It has 
 the same stimulant action on the muscular fibres of the 
 intestines, thus being somewhat laxative. In poison- 
 ing, the dry mouth, flushed face, dilated pupils, and 
 busy delirium are the same as with belladonna and 
 stramonium, and the treatment is the same. Hyo- 
 scyamine is rapidly excreted by the urine. 
 
 Preparations of Hyoscyamus. 
 
 Tinctura Hyoscyami. 
 Tincture of Hyoscyamus. 
 
 Made in a strength of 10%. Average dose, tt| xxx -2 
 mils. 
 
232 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Fluidextractum Hyoscyami. 
 Fluidextract of Hyoscyamus. 
 
 Average dose, v\ iii.-o.2 mil. 
 
 Hyoscyaminae Hydrobromidum. 
 Hyoscyamine Hydrobromide. 
 
 Average dose, gr. 2^0-0.0003 Gm. 
 
 Scopolamine Hydrobromidum. 
 Scopolamine, or Hyoscine Hydrobromide. 
 
 Hyoscine is a powerful hypnotic, and differs from 
 atropine in reducing the pulse rate. This is the first 
 evidence of its action, and is shown in a few moments. 
 The fall may be from 8 to 20 beats in a moment, and 
 this effect is the last to disappear. Hyoscine does not 
 always dilate the pupils. It is eliminated by the urine. 
 
 Average dose, gr. ^0-0.0003 Gm. 
 
 Capsicum, Cayenne Pepper. 
 
 The fruit of Capsicum frutescens, the African pep- 
 per. The active principle is a very acrid oleoresin 
 which is powerfully irritant, being capable of destroy- 
 ing the skin if applied to it. Capsicum is a stimulant 
 stomachic, giving, in moderate doses, a pleasant feel- 
 ing of warmth. In overdose it may cause severe pain 
 and inflammation, with vomiting and purging. It is 
 useful as a corrective in flatulence and slight diarrhoea. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Tinctura Capsici. 
 Tincture of Capsicum. 
 
 Strength, 10%. Average dose, tti vih\-o.5 mil. 
 
 Emplastrum Capsici. 
 Capsicum Plaster. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 233 
 
 Tabacum (Tobacco). Not official. 
 
 The leaves of Nicotiana tabacum> a native of tropi- 
 cal countries cultivated in the North. 
 
 They contain an exceedingly powerful alkaloid, 
 nicotine; a volatile oil, nicotiana; and, in slight propor- 
 tions, the fol^jwing alkaloids, some of which are 
 familiar as being found in other plants: lupuline, 
 coniine, lobeline, piperidine, muscarine, and sparteine; 
 also the alkaloidal compound trimethyamine. 
 
 Tobacco smoke contains but little nicotine, if any, 
 and a large proportion of pyridine. 
 
 Nicotine is one of the most violent poisons known, 
 acting almost as rapidly as prussic acid. 
 
 Death has followed a toxic dose in three minutes. 
 Emetics, tannin, and artificial respiration are to be 
 employed in treating the poisoning. Tobacco is no 
 longer used in medicine, being seriously depressing in 
 its effects. 
 
 Fam. Scrophulariacea. 
 Digitalis, Foxglove. 
 
 The well dried leaves of Digitalis purpurea, native 
 of Great Britain, and cultivated in this country. 
 
 The active principle, digitalin, is one of several 
 important and complex principles of difficult analysis. 
 Digitalin is no longer official, the preparations made 
 from the whole leaf being considered more trust- 
 worthy. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 The most important action of digitalis is as a heart 
 stimulant and tonic, and is shown in the slowing and 
 strengthening of the pulse. This is partly brought 
 about by a direct action on the heart-muscle, by which 
 the circulation in the organ itself is more efficiently 
 carried on; partly by a strengthening of the inhibitory 
 
234 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 apparatus, which tends to slow the heart; and partly 
 by a stimulant action on the vaso-motor system, by 
 which the arteries are more strongly contracted, and, 
 by offering some resistance to the force of the heart, 
 excite it to greater effort. The result of all this is, that 
 the diastole is lengthened, and the systole becomes 
 more energetic. Thus the ventricles are better filled 
 and more thoroughly emptied, and the beats, reduced 
 in number, gain in firmness and strength. 
 
 When an excessible amount is taken, signs of over- 
 stimulation appear, marked by intermittency of the 
 pulse or by a fall below normal; it may be to 40 or 50 
 in a minute. In this condition any sudden exertion, 
 such as sitting upright, may bring to a climax the 
 growing exhaustion of the heart, and the pulse may 
 run up to 150 or more, becoming small, weak, and 
 irregular. For this reason patients taking digitalis 
 continuously must be kept quietly in bed and not 
 allowed to sit up or to make any sudden exertion. 
 
 In taking it only occasionally or for a short time 
 there is not the same danger. 
 
 Digitalis is also a diuretic, acting through an in- 
 fluence on the renal as well as on the general circula- 
 tion, and for this purpose it is also used locally in the 
 form of poultices applied over the kidneys, and made 
 from the leaves or with the fluid preparations. Digi- 
 talis is eliminated by the urine, and much more slowly 
 than it is absorbed into the system. For this reason, 
 if doses are given close together, part of the influence 
 of one may be added to that of the next, and the action 
 is intensified by so much. But except conditionally 
 in this way, a cumulative action of the drug is not 
 acknowledged by all authorities. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 In cases of poisoning the symptoms begin with vio- 
 lent and repeated vomiting of mucus and bile. There 
 is a feeling of vertigo, pain, and heat in the head, and 
 disturbance of vision, fringes of color with a vibratory 
 motion being sometimes seen around objects. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 235 
 
 The face is pale, the eyes staring and prominent, 
 with dilated pupils and a blue color of the sclerotics. 
 
 There is sometimes salivation, and usually diarrhoea. 
 The urine may be suppressed. The vomiting con- 
 tinues, and great prostration follows. The pulse is 
 irregular, small, and weak, yet the beat of the heart 
 may be hard and strong. The respirations become 
 rapid and feeble. Pains in the limbs and back may 
 be present. There are, usually before the end, de- 
 lirium and stupor, or convulsions. Death occurs 
 from general failure of the circulation with final 
 paralysis of the heart, and has taken place as soon 
 as three quarters of an hour after taking the poison. 
 The average time, however, is one or two days. 
 Digitalis poisoning of an acute form is not common, 
 and in the majority of cases the patient recovers. 
 The smallest fatal dose is not known. Twenty grains 
 of the extract are known to have caused death in ten 
 days. 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning. 
 
 Emetics and cathartics must be given, and tannin in 
 large quantities. Alcoholic stimulants are used, but 
 with great care, and the most perfect rest and quiet, 
 with a perfectly horizontal position, maintained. 
 
 Incidental Effects. 
 
 Digitalis is very bitter, nauseating, and irritant to 
 the stomach, and is apt to interfere with digestion, and 
 to cause vomiting, with occasional diarrhoea, marked 
 by green discharges. These two latter symptoms may 
 also be produced by hypodermic administration of the 
 drug. 
 
 Headache and vertigo, fainting, sneezing, and buz- 
 zing in the ears, are caused by overdoses; also sparks 
 before the eyes and other disturbances of sight; sleep- 
 lessness; fall of temperature; and irregularity of 
 threadiness of the pulse. 
 
236 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Recent experiments prove that digitalis does not in- 
 crease the strength or force of the heart's beats, but 
 simply the extent of the contraction is increased. The 
 heart cavity is more nearly closed and the contrac- 
 tion of the heart-muscle is more nearly complete than 
 is normally the case. 
 
 Hypodermic injections of digitalis or of strychnine 
 act in case of shock by a redistribution of the blood 
 in different parts of the body, thus restoring func- 
 tion. Digitalin has been used in cases where digi- 
 talis cannot be taken by mouth. Dose, -^r^h £ r - 
 American digitaline, or T V~i gr. Merck's German 
 digitaline, injected deep into the muscles of the thigh, 
 which are then to be rubbed thoroughly for at least 
 five minutes to hasten absorption and prevent abscess 
 formation. 
 
 Preparations of Digitalis. 
 
 Infusum Digitalis. 
 Infusion of Digitalis. 
 
 More diuretic than stimulant. To be largely diluted. 
 Average dose, 3 i-4 mils. 
 
 Tinctura Digitalis. 
 Tincture of Digitalis. 
 
 Strength, 10%. Average dose, TT[ viii.-o.5 mil. 
 
 Fluidextractum Digitalis. 
 Fluidextract of Digitalis. 
 
 The tincture and fluidextract are more stimulant 
 than diuretic, and are only slightly diluted when given. 
 
 The variability of different preparations of digitalis, 
 resulting in disappointing or in injurious action when 
 prescribed in medicine, has caused the narrowing down 
 to the now brief list of official preparations of the 
 drug. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 237 
 
 Digitalin was formerly recognized by the U. S. P. 
 It has been used hypodermically, but was found to be 
 irritating and liable to cause abscesses. This, with 
 the uncertainty of exact composition brought it into 
 disfavor, and artificial preparations are equally un- 
 satisfactory. 
 
 Fam. Labiate. 
 
 Oleum Lavandulae, Oil of Lavender, 
 Oil of Lavender Flowers. 
 
 An oil obtained from the flowers of Lavandula 
 officinalis. 
 
 Tinctura Lavandulae Composita. 
 Compound Tincture of Lavender. 
 
 May be pleasantly used, in small quantity, added to 
 water for bathing. 
 
 Spiritus Lavandulae. 
 Spirits of Lavender, 
 
 A stomachic and cordial. Average dose, 3 ss -2 
 mils. 
 
 Oleum Mentha Piperita, Oil of Peppermint. 
 
 The oil of the fresh flowering peppermint. 
 
 Aqua Menthae Piperitae. 
 Peppermint Water. 
 
 Used as a carminative. Average dose, 3 iv-15 
 mils in water. 
 
 Menthol. 
 
 (Peppermint Camphor.) 
 
 A secondary alcohol obtained from peppermint oil or 
 other mint oils. Used as a local anaesthetic in head- 
 ache, in the form of a pencil. It is also given internally 
 as a carminative. 
 
 Average dose, gr. i.-o.o6 Gm. 
 
238 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Thymol. 
 
 A phenol occurring in the volatile oils of Thymus 
 vulgaris and other herbs. It is an antiseptic and ger- 
 micide resembling carbolic acid and oil of turpentine in 
 action. 
 
 Average dose, antiseptic, gr. ii.-0.125 Gm. 
 
 Average dose, anthelmintic, gr. xv.-i Gm. per day. 
 
 Fam, Polygonacece. 
 Rheum, Rhubarb. 
 
 The root of Rheum officinale, from China. 
 
 Rhubarb contains cathartic acid, a peculiar tannic 
 acid, a yellow coloring matter, etc. 
 
 Rhubarb acts entirely on the alimentary canal. In 
 small doses it is stomachic, strengthening appetite 
 and digestion. In large doses it is a cathartic, with 
 astringent after-effects. 
 
 In its purgative action the liver is stimulated as well 
 as the intestinal glands, and evacuation takes place in 
 six or eight hours, accompanied by some griping pain. 
 
 Preparations of Rhubarb. 
 
 Fluidextractum Rhei. 
 Fluidextract of Rhubarb. 
 Average dose, *n[ xv.-i mil. 
 
 Syrupus Rhei. 
 Syrup of Rhubarb. 
 Average dose, 3 iiss.-io mils. 
 
 Tinctura Rhei. 
 Tincture of Rhubarb. 
 Average dose, 3 1.-4 mils. 
 
 Fam. Lauracea. 
 
 Camphora, Camphor. 
 
 Obtained from the wood of Cinnamomum Camphora, 
 of China and other Eastern countries. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 239 
 
 Camphor is one of the most widely diffused of all 
 vegetable substances. It is found in pennyroyal, 
 hemp-tops, and numbers of other plants. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Externally applied, camphor is irritant, stimulat- 
 ing the local circulation. It has feeble antiseptic 
 power, and is sedative to the nerves after first stimu- 
 lating them. Internally, it acts as a carminative and 
 anti-spasmodic, gives increased force and fulness to 
 the pulse, and stimulates the cerebro-spinal nerves. 
 When large doses (gr. xx.-xxx.) are given, the pulse 
 falls, and a feeling of lassitude and giddiness is 
 produced. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 After poisonous doses (gr. xxx.-lx.), there are faint- 
 ness and headache, vertigo, confused ideas, burning 
 pain in the stomach, delirium, convulsions, and in- 
 sensibility. The pulse is small, sometimes slow, again 
 accelerated. The skin is pale, cold, and covered with 
 perspiration. No death of an adult has occurred with 
 camphor. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Aqua Camphor®. 
 Camphor Water. 
 
 Eight Gm. in 1000 mils. Average dose, 3 iiss.-io mils. 
 Spiritus Camphors. 
 Spirit of Camphor. 
 
 Strength, 1 to 10. Average dose, tti, xv.-i mil. 
 Linimentum Camphors. 
 Camphor Liniment. 
 
 Cotton-seed oil, 8 parts; camphor, 2 parts. 
 Linimentum Saponis. 
 Soap Liniment. 
 
 Soap, 60 Gm.; camphor, 45 Gm.; alcohol, oil of rose- 
 mary, and water to make 1000 mils. 
 
240 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Oleum Camphors. 
 
 Oil of Camphor. Not official. 
 
 More stimulating than the other preparations. 
 Average dose, Tft V.-0.3 mil.x.)* (0.3-0-65 Cc.) 
 
 Cinnamomum (Cinnamon). 
 
 The bark of different varieties of the genus Cinna- 
 mon. It contains tannic acid and a yellowish volatile 
 oil, oleum cinnamomi. This has a fragrant and pleas- 
 ant taste, and is used to mitigate that of disagreeable 
 drugs. The preparations of cinnamon are used as 
 carminatives. 
 
 Pulvis Aromaticus. 
 Aromatic Powder. 
 
 Is composed of cinnamon, ginger, cardamom, and 
 nutmeg. It is given in an average dose of gr. xv.-i Gm. 
 
 Fam. Ayistolochiacece. 
 
 Serpentaria, Texas or Virginia Snakeroot. 
 
 The dried rhizome and rootlets of two or three varie- 
 ties of Aristolochice^ found in North America. The 
 taste and odor resemble camphor. It contains a resin, 
 a volatile oil, bitter principle, etc., and is a stimulant 
 tonic. Its only official use is in the compound (Tr. of 
 Cinchona). 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Tinctura Serpentariae. Not official. 
 Tincture of Serpentaria. 
 
 Strength, 20%. Dose, 3 i.~4 mils. 
 
 Fluidextractum Serpentariae. Not official. 
 Fluidextract of Serpentaria. 
 
 Dose, TT], xv.-i mil. 
 
 To be given half an hour before meals. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 24 1 
 
 Coto Bark. Not official. 
 
 The bark of trees found in South America, some- 
 what similar to the Cinchona, having an aromatic 
 resinous odor and pungent taste. It contains a bitter 
 principle, cotoin, and has astringent action. It is 
 irritant to the skin and mucous membranes. 
 
 Fluidextractum Coto. 
 Fluidextract of Coto Bark. 
 
 Average dose, TT[ viiL-0.5 mil. 
 
 Should be given in wine or other dilute alcohol, as 
 it does not combine with water, but forms a precipitate. 
 
 Cotoin. 
 
 Average dose, gr. i-0.06 Gm. 
 
 Paracotion, active principle of a similar bark, is given 
 in larger dose. 
 
 Fam. Euphorbiacea. 
 Oleum Tiglii, Croton Oil. 
 
 A fixed oil, obtained from the seeds of Croton 
 Tiglium, a shrub of Asia. The oil is quite thick and 
 becomes more so with age; deteriorates rapidly in 
 quality and should not be kept long, but, if possible, 
 always obtained fresh. In color it may vary from a 
 pale yellow to a dark reddish-brown. The taste is 
 acid and hot. 
 
 It is a very complex substance, containing several 
 fixed oils and volatile acids. It is supposed to con- 
 tain a vesicating principle and a distinctly purgative 
 one, but the latter has not yet been obtained separate 
 from the others. Croton oil is soluble in alcohol. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 It is a very powerful irritant and vesicant when 
 externally applied, causing burning and redness of the 
 skin and an eruption of papules, which in a short time 
 become pustular. Taken internally it irritates actively; 
 
242 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 causes burning in the throat and epigastrium, and 
 has a very rapid action as a drastic and hydragogue 
 cathartic. 
 
 The bowels are first opened in one or two hours after 
 it is taken, and catharsis re-occurs several times within 
 twelve hours or more, with great thoroughness, some 
 pain, and, usually, a decided degree of prostration. 
 
 The dose, which is usually one or two drops — some- 
 times three or four — may be given on bread-crumbs, or 
 in a little glycerin, or on a lump of sugar. 
 
 With unconscious or delirious patients it may be 
 placed directly on the back of the tongue. In apply- 
 ing it externally, the amount ordered is taken on a 
 bit of flannel, and rubbed into the prescribed spot on 
 the skin until there is well-marked redness. The 
 eruption appears usually in about four hours; if it does 
 not, the application is repeated. 
 
 It may also be mixed with olive oil or turpentine, or 
 combined with liniments, alcohol, or ether. 
 
 The eruption remains for several days, and may, on 
 disappearing, leave small cicatrices behind it. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 Though so active in small doses there have not been 
 many known instances of fatal poisoning by croton oil. 
 Large doses usually provoke immediate vomiting, but 
 symptoms when developed are those of gastro-enteritis, 
 with violent catharsis and great prostration. 
 
 In some instances, instead of acting in the usual way 
 it seems to be absorbed into the blood, and produces 
 nervous symptoms, such as palpitation and restless- 
 ness, headache, giddiness, and confusion of ideas. 
 
 Oleum Ricini, Castor Oil. 
 
 The oil expressed from the seeds of Riclnus com~ 
 munis, of Calcutta. Castor oil contains several fatty 
 acids, of which ricinoleic acid is peculiar to itself. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 243 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Externally castor oil is very soothing, and may be 
 applied to the eye, or the surface, as a sedative and 
 protective if perfectly pure. 
 
 Internally it is unirritating to the stomach, if pure, 
 but if impure or rancid it may cause nausea and vomit- 
 ing. Aside from this, the odor may provoke nausea 
 even before the drug is swallowed, and all pains should 
 be taken to avoid this possibility, by preparing it care- 
 fully and holding it at the side — not under the patient's 
 nose — until the moment comes for swallowing it. 
 
 In the intestines it acts as a simple purgative, and 
 here the oil which is not perfectly pure is more efficient. 
 It is painless, with sedative and somewhat constipating 
 after-effects. 
 
 The muscular coat and the glands of the intestines 
 are stimulated, and evacuation results in from three to 
 six hours — sometimes sooner. 
 
 It is not a hydragogue cathartic, as it does not ap- 
 preciably increase the intestinal secretions. It does 
 not act on the liver. 
 
 Ricinoleic acid enters the blood and tissues and is 
 removed by all secretions, including the milk, and in 
 this way purgation may be produced in a nursing 
 infant. 
 
 Castor oil is very nauseous, and needs to be carefully 
 administered, in order that it may be as little offensive 
 as possible. To children it is best given in hot sweet- 
 ened milk, and adults may take it well in this way; or 
 it may be poured into the centre of an equal quantity 
 of glycerin, or given in a little hot coffee, or in soda 
 water, or in brandy; first wetting the sides of the glass, 
 and pouring the oil carefully in the centre of 3 ss. 
 brandy, then covering it with as much more. In all 
 cases it will be more easily taken if the mouth be first 
 rinsed out with brandy or peppermint, or any thing 
 pungent which will blunt the sense of taste. A little 
 carbonated water afterwards is gratefully received, or, 
 to those who like olives, nothing is more acceptable 
 
244 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 after nauseating or bitter medicines than an olive, 
 when it may be given. 
 
 Castor oil can be had put up in soft flexible capsules, 
 which, though large, are easily swallowed. 
 
 Average dose, | SS.-15 mils. 
 
 Dose for infant one year old, 3 L-4 mils. 
 
 The castor bean is very poisonous. The leaves have 
 been used as a poultice, applied to the breasts to increase 
 tne flow of milk. 
 
 Fam. SalicacetB. 
 
 Salicinum, Salicin. 
 
 A glucoside, obtained from the bark of various 
 species of Salix or willow tree, and from Gaultheria 
 procumbens or wintergreen. 
 
 Salicin is a bitter tonic, and to some extent an 
 antipyretic and antiseptic. Its qualities resemble, 
 though in a very mild degree, those of salicylic acid, 
 which is derived from it. Salicin is not poisonous. It 
 is very insoluble, and is given dry on the tongue or in 
 capsules. 
 
 Dose, gr. xv.-i Gm. 
 
 Oleum Gaultheriae, Oil of Gaultheria. 
 Oil of Wintergreen. 
 
 A volatile liquid of penetrating odor, found in nature 
 in the wintergreen, Gaultheria procumbens, called the 
 teaberry, and in the sweetbirch, Betula lenta. It is 
 composed chiefly of methyl salicylate, and this is the 
 official form in which these oils are listed. Methyl 
 salicylate, besides being distilled from the plants, may 
 also be made artificially, and its label must now indicate 
 its natural or synthetic character. The artificial oil is 
 now largely used instead of the natural oil. 
 
 The physiological actions of the oil of gaultheria are 
 the same as those of salicylic acid. 
 
 It is given in emulsion or capsules. 
 
 Average dose, m, X.-0.65 mils. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 245 
 
 Fam. Zingiberacea. 
 Zingiber, Ginger. 
 
 The dried root-stock of Zingiber officinale of the East 
 and West Indies. The active principles are an aromatic 
 resin and a volatile oil. Ginger is a stimulant and 
 carminative, and is given for colic or cramp. The 
 tincture is used in doses of from 3 ss.-i.-2-4 Gm., in 
 hot water; the fluid extract, TTj, v.-x. -0.3-0.65 mil. 
 
 Cardamomi Semen, Cardamom Seed. 
 
 The dried seeds of Elettaria Cardamomum contain a 
 fixed and also a volatile aromatic oil. 
 
 Cardamom is a pleasant stomachic, less heating and 
 stimulating than others of its class. 
 
 The tincture is given in doses of TTj, xxx-2 mils, and 
 is also used as an ingredient in tonic mixtures. 
 
 Cannabis. 
 
 Various forms of hemp are sold and used in the East 
 as narcotic stimulants. The dried plant is sold in 
 Calcutta for smoking, and is called Gunjah. Churrus 
 is the resinous exudation with scrapings of the leaves, 
 and Hashish is an Arabian preparation. The U.S. P. 
 now recognizes the dried flowering tops of two varieties 
 of the plant, cannabis sativa and indica. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Cannabis indica in full doses causes a mental state of 
 joyous exhilaration. The subject may fall into a 
 revery, while beautiful visions pass before the eyes, or 
 he may laugh loudly and give other manifestations of 
 being in an ecstatic state. The pupils dilate and the 
 pulse-rate rises. Partial anaesthesia, local spasms, and 
 convulsions may be noticed. After the first stage the 
 subject falls into a heavy sleep. The Hindoos are said 
 to induce a state of catalepsy by the use of hemp. 
 
246 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 It is not an acute poison, and does not endanger life, 
 even when the symptoms produced by it are of an 
 alarming character. There are not the unpleasant 
 after-effects of opium. The stomach is not affected, 
 nor is there constipation. The urine, rather than 
 decreasing, is increased by this drug. 
 
 It has been used to some extent in the treatment of 
 insanity, and, aside from that, for the relief of pain and 
 as a hypnotic. Various quack medicines advertised as 
 " pain killers " contain cannabis. 
 
 The action of the different preparations is variable, 
 and it is supposed that much of the supply loses its 
 strength during the ocean voyage, and becomes inert. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 nctura Cannab 
 ncture of Cann 
 
 Strength, 10%. Average dose, Til xii.-0.75 m &- 
 
 uidextractum Cannabis, 
 uidextract of Cannabis. 
 
 Average dose, ttl iss.-o. 1 mil. 
 
 Tinctura Cannabis. 
 Tincture of Cannabis 
 
 Fam. Moracece. 
 
 Humulus, Hops. 
 
 The dried strobiles 1 of Humulus Z,upulus, or hop 
 vine, cultivated in England. They contain an aromatic 
 volatile oil, resins, an acid, and an alkaloid called 
 lupuline. 
 
 The former gives a stimulant action, with after- 
 effects that are sedative and sleep-producing. The 
 latter gives stomachic and tonic qualities. Hops are 
 also slightly astringent. These various character- 
 istics are shown in ales and beers, which are made 
 from hops. The heart action is somewhat strengthened 
 and quickened by hops, and diaphoresis produced. 
 
 1 Cones; from the Latin word meaning a pine cone. 
 

 THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 247 
 
 Hops are used externally for the relief of pain, either 
 as a means of applying moist heat, when they are put 
 into bags and wrung out of hot water; or as dry heat 
 when — also in bags — they are heated through. Hop 
 pillows may be used as a means of inducing sleep. The 
 crackling of the hops, which may annoy, can be stopped 
 by sprinkling them with alcohol. 
 Lupulinum. Not official. 
 Lupulin. 
 
 Average dose, gr. vi.-o.oi Gm. 
 
 Fluidextractum Lupulini. Not official. 
 Fluidextract of Lupulin. 
 
 Average dose, iU viii.-o.5 mil. 
 
 Nat. Ord. Conifera. 
 Pix Liquida, Tar, Pine Tar. 
 
 Tar is a product obtained by the destructive dis- 
 tillation of the wood of several varieties of pine. It 
 contains pyroligneous acid, methylic alcohol, acetic 
 acid, creosote, and several hydrocarbons, one of which 
 is called toluene, also oil of tar, with other oily bodies, 
 and pyrocatechin. 
 
 The rectified oil, oleum picis liquidae rectificatum, is 
 used locally and by inhalation. It contains a large 
 number of compounds, among which are creosote and 
 carbolic acid. 
 
 Tar ointment has 50% of tar. The syrup of tar has 
 5 Gm. in 1000 mils. Average dose, 3 1.-4 mils. 
 
 Oleum Terebinthinae, Oil of Turpentine. 
 
 The oil distilled from turpentine, which is obtained 
 from several varieties of pines, chiefly those growing 
 in the South. Called also " Spirits of Turpentine." 
 
 Turpentine, as such, is not used in medicine. It 
 may be separated into the oil and a resin, which, com- 
 bined with lead plaster, forms adhesive plaster. 
 
248 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Externally oil of turpentine is stimulating and very 
 irritant, causing redness and heat followed by vesica- 
 tion. Its action as a counter-irritant needs to be 
 watched with much care, as severe blistering, with 
 depression of the general system, may result if its 
 applications be too long continued. Turpentine is 
 absorbed by the whole skin, and enters the blood 
 unchanged. 
 
 Internally in moderate doses its immediate action is 
 slightly antiseptic and stimulant to the blood-vessels. 
 On the nerves it acts locally as a sedative, and in the 
 intestines stimulates the muscular coat, and is, in 
 larger doses, a purgative. 
 
 It is a carminative, expelling gas from the intes- 
 tines, and this result is produced as well by outward 
 applications and by enemata as when given by mouth. 
 It is also an anthelmintic, and is given in enemata for 
 thread-worm. 
 
 It is a stimulant diuretic, producing in large doses 
 active irritation or congestion of the urinary organs, 
 with pain, or it may be strangury or hematuria. The 
 strength and rapidity of the pulse are increased by 
 turpentine. 
 
 In large doses it has a sedative effect on the brain 
 and spinal cord, shown by heaviness and drowsiness, 
 an unsteady gait, and debility. The temperature is 
 lowered slightly. It is eliminated by the kidneys and 
 lungs, giving its own odor to the breath, and the odor 
 of violets to the urine. 
 
 Turpentine is capable of causing death, but fatal 
 cases are very rare, and there are but few instances 
 even of serious poisoning. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 The symptoms recorded in such cases include 
 usually vomiting and purging, though they do not 
 always exist. The pupils are dilated; the pulse rapid, 
 weak, and irregular. The skin may be either dry or 
 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM, 249 
 
 moist; the urine diminished or suppressed altogether, 
 or containing blood. In most cases unconsciousness 
 is complete. 
 
 Death in one instance was supposed to have followed 
 a dose of § vi., but recovery has taken place in other 
 cases after doses nearly as large. 
 
 Oleum Terebinthinae Rectificatum. 
 Rectified Oil of Turpentine. 
 
 Average dose, TT], V.-0.3 mil. 
 
 It may be given on a lump of sugar. Turpentine 
 liniment is made of oil of turpentine and rosin cerate. 
 Sanitas. Not official. 
 
 A disinfectant fluid, put up for use in sick-rooms. 
 It is made with oxydized turpentine, and contains 
 peroxide of hydrogen as active principle. It does not 
 stain clothing. 
 
 Oleum Juniperi, Oil of Juniper. 
 
 A volatile oil from the ripe fruit of Juniperus com- 
 munis. 
 
 Juniper resembles turpentine in many of its actions, 
 but it is less powerful and also less disagreeable. It is 
 a stomachic stimulant and diuretic. In large doses 
 it inflames the kidneys and produces strangury. 
 
 Average dose, TT[ iii.-o.2 mil. 
 
 Other Vegetable Oils. 
 
 The U. S. P. gives a long list of volatile and aroma- 
 tic or fixed oils of vegetable origin; among them are: 
 Oil of Anise, Oleum Anisi; Oil of Orange, Oleum Aur- 
 antii; Oil of Caraway, Oleum Cari; Oil of American 
 Wormseed, Oleum Chenopodii; Oil of Coriander, Oleum 
 Coriandri; Oil of Fennel, Oleum Foeniculi; Oil of 
 Lemon, Oleum Limonis; Oil of Nutmeg, Oleum Myris- 
 ticse; Oil of Allspice or Pimenta, Oleum Pimentas; Oil 
 of Rosemary, Oleum Rosmarini; and Oil of Sassafras, 
 Oleum Sassafras. All these mentioned are given in an 
 average dose of "fiT, iii.-o.2 mil, showing their potent 
 and concentrated qualities. 
 
250 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 Fam. LiliacecE. 
 Scilla, Squill. 
 
 Part of the bulb of Urginea maritima, a plant 01 
 Southern Europe. 
 
 Squill increases the strength and reduces the fre- 
 quency of the heart action; contracts the arterial 
 system and raises blood pressure. It is diuretic by 
 means of its action on the circulation in the kidneys, 
 and a stimulant expectorant, increasing the bron- 
 chial secretion by improving the local circulation and 
 aiding in the expulsion of the mucus. 
 
 In overdoses it is irritant, and may cause inflam- 
 mation of the kidneys, with strangury and bloody 
 urine, or suppression. It is also irritant to the stomach 
 and intestines, and even in medicinal doses may dis- 
 order digestion. Full doses cause nausea, vomiting, 
 and diarrhoea. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 Fatal poisoning has been caused by squill, in which 
 these symptoms were present in an aggravated form, 
 with marked depression of the pulse, convulsions, and 
 collapse. Death has resulted from a dose of 24 grains. 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning. 
 
 The stomach and bowels must be emptied by ipecac 
 and castor oil. Large quantites of water should be 
 given to overcome the suppression of urine, and the 
 usual methods of treating gastro-enteritis and collapse 
 employed. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Tinctura Scillae. 
 Tincture of Squill. 
 
 Strength 10%. Average dose, tt[ xv.-i mil. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM, 25 1 
 
 Fluidextractum Sciljae. 
 Fluidextract of Squill. 
 
 Average dose, tt|, iss.-o.i mil. 
 
 Syrupus Scillae. 
 Syrup of Squill, 
 
 Average dose, tt[ xxx.-2 mils. 
 
 Syrupus Scillae Compositus. 
 Compound Syrup of Squill. 
 
 Contains squill, senega, and tartar emetic. Average 
 dose, iU xxx. -2 mils. 
 
 Sarsaparilla, Sarsaparilla. 
 
 The varieties of sarsaparilla used in medicine are 
 obtained from the dried root of Smilax officinalis and 
 other varieties of smilax. The drug contains three 
 glucosides: parillin, saponin, and sarsaponin. 
 
 Sarsaparilla is widely used, yet no definite physio- 
 logical actions can be claimed for it. Whatever value 
 it may have is as an alterative. The syrup is some- 
 times used to disguise the taste of potassium iodide. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Syrupus Sarsaparilla* Compositus. 
 Compound Syrup of Sarsaparilla. 
 
 Contains sarsaparilla, liquorice root, senna, oil of 
 sassafras, oil of anise, and oil of gaultheria. 
 Average dose, 3 SS.-15 mils. 
 
 Fluidextractum Sarsaparillae Compositum. 
 Compound Fluidextract of Sarsaparilla. 
 
 Contains sarsaparilla, liquorice root, sassafras, and 
 mezereum. 
 Average dose, ttj, xxx. -2 mils. 
 
252 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 Aloe. 
 Aloes. 
 
 The thickened juice of the leaves of different aloes 
 from an island in the Indian Ocean, and Arabia. It 
 has a very nauseous and bitter taste, and contains an 
 active principle, aloin, which has cathartic qualities. 
 
 Aloes is a bitter stomachic, and as a cathartic acts 
 principally on the colon, and with extreme slowness, 
 ten or fifteen hours being required for a result if it is 
 given alone. It stimulates the flow of bile to some 
 extent, and excites the circulation of all the pelvic 
 organs. Aloes is rarely used alone, but is an ingredi- 
 ent of many well-known laxative preparations in 
 liquid and in pill form, usually in strength of 2 or 3 
 grains. It does not cause constipation as an after- 
 effect, but, on the contrary, makes the intestines more 
 sensitive. 
 
 Tinctura Aloes. 
 Tincture of Aloes. 
 
 Strength, 10%. Average dose, TTj, xxx.-2 mils. 
 Tinctura Aloes et Myrrhae. Not official. 
 Tincture of Aloes and Myrrh. 
 
 Strength, 10% of each. Average dose, 3 ss.-2 mils. 
 
 Pilulae Aloes. 
 Pills of Aloes. 
 
 Average dose, 2 pills. 
 
 Fam. Liliacea. 
 
 Convallaria (Lily of the Valley). Not official. 
 
 The rhizome and roots of the Convallaria majalis, the 
 lily of the valley. It contains two glucosides: one, 
 convallarin, is crystalline, and has special qualities as 
 a gastro-intestinal irritant; and the other, conval- 
 lamarin, is amorphous, and acts as a stimulant to the 
 circulation 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 253 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Convallaria slows and strengthens the heart, and 
 raises the blood pressure; makes the respirations a 
 little more full and less frequent than ordinary, and is 
 a very decided diuretic. In excessive doses the heart 
 is disturbed and the pulse becomes irregular; the 
 breathing is forced, deep and prolonged inspiration 
 being produced by spasm of the inspiratory muscles. 
 
 When a poisonous quantity is taken, arterial pres- 
 sure rises very high, and the pulse is correspondingly 
 rapid, until shortly before death, when the pressure 
 falls, respiration grows slow and deep, and the heart 
 stops in systole. Convallaria does not affect the brain. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Fluidextractum Convallarise. Not official. 
 Fluidextract of Convallaria. 
 
 Average dose, Tit viii.-o.5 mil. 
 
 Convallamarinum. Not official. 
 Convallamarin. 
 
 Average dose, gr. ss.-0.03 Gm. 
 
 Fam. PhytolaccacecB . 
 
 Phytolacca (Poke). Not official. 
 
 The root of Phytolacca decandra. Phytolacca is de- 
 pressing to the heart and respirations, and is to some 
 extent narcotic. It is an alterative, and promotes 
 absorption of fatty tissue. " Anti-fat " remedies some- 
 times contain Phytolacca. It is useful as a local medica- 
 ment, and is used in various skin disorders. 
 
 Average dose of the fluid extract, alterative, Til iss.- 
 0.1 mil. 
 
254 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Fam. Liliacece. 
 
 Veratrum Viride, American Hellebore. 
 
 The dried rhizome and roots of Veratrum viride, a 
 plant belonging to the Northern States of the United 
 States. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Veratrum viride is a powerful cardiac depressant. 
 When taken in small doses the pulse is at first reduced 
 in strength and later in frequency, being sometimes 
 lowered to 35 or 40 a minute. The fall of the pulse is 
 in constant proportion to dose taken. It is then soft, 
 compressible, and may be moderately full, but any 
 exertion may change its character and it becomes 
 rapid, thready, small, and weak, being at times almost 
 imperceptible. Nausea and vomiting may also be 
 produced at this stage, with excessive muscular de- 
 pression and weakness. The depressing action on the 
 heart is the result of direct influence over the heart 
 muscle and also over the inhibitory apparatus. The 
 brain is not affected. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 Excessive doses of veratrum viride produce violent 
 and alarming symptoms, but fatal results from it are 
 rare, as vomiting is usually set up immediately. The 
 nausea is intense and the emesis violent, the skin cold 
 and clammy, and the pulse thread-like. 
 
 Hiccough, faintness, and vertigo, partial uncon- 
 sciousness, and loss of sight may be noticed among 
 the symptoms of poisoning. Recovery has taken place 
 after a teaspoonful dose of the fluid extract, and, in 
 another case, the same amount caused death. 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning, 
 
 Emesis must be encouraged, and the stomach well 
 washed out with warm water. The patient should not 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 2$$ 
 
 be allowed to rise during the act of vomiting, but to 
 turn to the side, and afterwards, lying on his back, 
 with the feet higher than the head, must maintain 
 perfect rest. 
 
 Alcoholic stimulants are used, and external heat is 
 of importance, with gentle friction to excite the 
 capillary circulation. 
 
 Incidental Effects. 
 
 The action of the skin is increased in an indirect 
 way by veratrum and the secretion of bile is also 
 stimulated. The temperature is quite markedly 
 lowered by full doses, and various incidental effects, 
 such as a feeling of heat and prickling, restlessness, 
 anxiety, dizziness, dimness of vision, unsteady gait, a 
 dryness of the mouth, with thirst, choking, nausea, 
 and vomiting, may appear after medicinal doses. 
 
 An eruption attended with itching is sometimes 
 produced, appearing on the face and especially round 
 the mouth. With suspension of the drug this soon 
 disappears. 
 
 In giving veratrum, if no special orders about the 
 pulse have been given, it should not be allowed to fall 
 below 70. A fall below 55 is dangerous. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Tinctura Veratri Viridis. 
 Tincture of Veratrum Viride. 
 
 Strength 10%. Average dose, in, viii.-o-5 mil. 
 Fluideactractum Veratri Viridis. 
 Fluidextract of Veratrum Viride. 
 
 Average dose, Ti[ iss.-o. 1 mil. 
 Norwood's Tincture is a saturated tincture and is unofficial. 
 
 Veratrina, Veratrine. 
 
 A compound of alkaloids contained in the seed of 
 Asagrcsa officinalis, a plant of the veratrum group. 
 
256 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 It is exceedingly poisonous, and is little used in- 
 ternally. Poisonous doses cause convulsions and 
 tetanus, with death from asphyxia. Externally it is 
 irritant, causing prickling and tingling, redness of the 
 skin, numbness, and vesication. The unguent is a 
 powerful counter-irritant, but needs to be used with 
 care, special pains being taken not to get it near the 
 eyes, as it may cause violent irritation of the con- 
 junctiva. 
 
 The official ointment usually requires dilution. 
 
 Preparations. 
 
 Unguentum Veratrinae. Not official. 
 Veratrine Ointment. 
 
 Strength, 4%. For external use. 
 
 Oleatum Veratrinae., Not official. 
 Oleate of Veratrine. 
 
 Strength, 2%. For external use. 
 
 Colchici Semen, Colchicum Seed. 
 Colchici Cormus, Colchicum Corm. 
 
 The dried ripe seeds and corm 1 of Colchicum autum- 
 nale, found in Europe. The active principle is called 
 colchicine. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Colchicum is a sedative to the central nervous sys- 
 tem; a diuretic ; and an irritant cathartic. It stim- 
 ulates the liver, and excites the action of the skin. 
 The urine, urea, and uric acid are increased in amount 
 by moderate doses of colchicum. The pulse is slightly 
 reduced in frequency — about 12 beats less to the minute 
 being noticed while the impression lasts. 
 
 1 A part of the stem which is underground, yet not the actual 
 root— a bulb. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 2 $7 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 Colchicum in poisonous doses is an aero-narcotic, 1 
 producing a combination of nervous and gastro- 
 intestinal symptoms. 
 
 Nausea, violent and persistent vomiting and retch- 
 ing appear first, with purging of serous, mucous, and 
 bloody matters, attended with griping pain. 
 
 Tenderness and burning are felt in the abdomen and 
 stomach; the urine may be diminished or suppressed, 
 while in some cases it is increased, and in others the 
 kidneys seem unaffected almost to the last. 
 
 Spasms occur frequently, and there may be fatal 
 convulsions. The circulation fails, the pulse becomes 
 rapid and grows feeble and thready, the skin is cold, 
 livid, and covered with perspiration. 
 
 Consciousness remains, and death results from 
 collapse. 
 
 The fatal dose is small, death having been caused 
 by 3 ss -ii. of the wine. 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning. 
 
 The only chemical antidote is tannin, though it is 
 not always sure in its action. Emetics, with plenty of 
 warm water, and castor oil must be given; albuminous 
 drinks — milk, white of egg, etc. — and demulcents 
 freely given, and stimulation used as the need arises. 
 
 Incidental Effects. 
 
 Colchicum, even in small doses, may produce un- 
 pleasant secondary symptoms: dizziness, fulness and 
 pain in the head; pains over the body; numbness, 
 redness, prickling or smarting sensations; sneezing; 
 running at the eyes; irritated fauces; coated tongue; 
 loss of appetite or nausea; abdominal uneasiness or 
 pain; flatulence or borborygmi; or rectal tenesmus 
 may be observed. 
 
 1 A poison which is irritant, and which also acts on the brain 
 and spinal cord. 
 17 
 
258 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 Preparations of Colchicum. 
 
 Tinctura Colchici Seminis. 
 Tincture of Colchicum Seed. 
 
 Strength, 10%. Average dose, 1U xxx.-2 mils. 
 
 Fluidextractum Colchici Seminis. 
 Fluidextract of Colchicum Seed. 
 
 Average dose, TTt iii.-o.2 mil. 
 
 Colchicina. 
 Colchicine. 
 
 Average dose, gr. 1^-0.0005 Gm. 
 
 Fam. Graminece. 
 Ergota, Ergot. 
 
 Ergot is a parasite which develops in rye, taking 
 the place of the grain, and having the appearance of 
 a blackish fungus. It is a complex substance, con- 
 taining various alkaloids and acids; a fixed oil, etc. 
 
 Three of the alkaloids are named ecboline, ergotine, 
 and ergotinum; and the watery extract ergotin con- 
 tains all the important constituents, and may be con- 
 sidered to represent the active principles of ergot. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Ergot is specially known as an oxytocic, exciting 
 or increasing uterine contractions; and as a haemos- 
 tatic. 
 
 In the latter capacity it acts by contracting the 
 small vessels, thus promoting coagulation. The fre- 
 quency of the pulse is lessened by ergot, and very 
 large doses depress the heart and vaso-motor centres 
 and lower arterial pressure. 
 
 It is not an active poison, and an ounce of the fluid 
 extract has been given without producing serious 
 symptoms. 
 
THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 259 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 In cases where poisoning has occurred the symptoms 
 were thirst; gastric irritation and diarrhoea; a small 
 pulse; burning pain in the feet; and sometimes ting- 
 ling and cramps, dizziness, dilated pupils, and a feel- 
 ing of cold. Before death there are convulsions. In 
 European countries, where the poorer classes live 
 largely on rye bread, chronic ergot-poisoning is 
 familiar, and has at times prevailed as a scourge. 
 There are two varieties of this chronic poisoning — the 
 gangrenous and the spasmodic, — but it is unknown in 
 this country, and need not be described here. 
 
 Incidental Effects. 
 
 The urine, perspiration, and milk are reduced in 
 quantity by ergot. After taking medicinal doses, one 
 or more of the following symptoms may be observed: 
 an unpleasant taste in the mouth; tickling in the 
 throat; nausea; burning pain in the stomach or abdo- 
 men, with eructations of gas or diarrhoea; headache; 
 lassitude; giddiness; specks before the eyes; unsteady 
 gait; irregular pulse; chilly feelings. 
 
 Fluidextractum Ergotae. 
 Fluidextract of Ergot. 
 
 Average dose, TT[ xxx.-2 mils. 
 Ergotin. Not official. 
 
 Ergotin is prepared under trade names according to 
 different formulae. It is unreliable and often inert. 
 When used hj^podermically it is irritant to the 
 tissues and may produce abscesses, even when deeply 
 given. 
 
 Preparations of ergot lose their strength if kept for 
 any length of time. 
 
260 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 Fam. Composites 
 Pyrethrum, Pyrethrum, Pellitory Root. 
 
 Is the root of a perennial plant growing in northern 
 Africa. It contains a volatile oil, resin, and pyrethrin, 
 and is similar in nature to black pepper. It is a local 
 irritant. It is a specific for bed-bugs, and the best 
 remedy ever used for their destruction (Stiles). The 
 pyrethrum powder, pyrethrum roseum, is dusted 
 wherever the bugs exist, and they are exterminated. 
 It should be used once every week for three weeks, 
 in order to kill any bugs that may have hatched out 
 in the meantime. 
 
 Fam. Filices. 
 Aspidium, Male Fern. 
 
 The root-stock of Dryopteris filix mas, a European 
 fern. The medicinal principle of fern is an oleoresin 
 of a bitter, nauseous taste. 
 
 It is an anthelmintic, specially destructive to the 
 tape-worm. Although less irritating than some others 
 of its class, it may, in overdoses, produce severe in- 
 testinal irritation, and death has been caused in an 
 adult by taking six ounces. 
 
 Fam. Lycopodiacece : 
 
 Lycopodium. 
 
 The dust, or sporules, which fills the spikes of a 
 European moss. Collected in Switzerland and Ger- 
 many, and used as a dusting powder for infants espe- 
 cially; also for bed-sores, etc., either alone or mixed 
 with bismuth. Iyycopodium is inflammable, and is 
 sometimes called vegetable sulphur. It is a very soft, 
 fine powder, and is used in rolling and packing pills 
 and suppositories. 
 

 THE VEGETABLE KINGDOM. 
 
 Diastasum, Diastase. 
 
 261 
 
 A mixture obtained from an infusion of malt, which 
 has the power of converting 50 times its own weight of 
 potato starch into sugars. 
 
 Average dose, gr. viii.-o.5 Gm. 
 
THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. 
 
 Adeps Lanae Hydrosus, Hydrous Wool Fat, 
 Lanolin. 
 
 A combination of fats obtained from sheep' s wool. It 
 does not become rancid, nor form soaps, and is rapidly 
 absorbed by the skin. 
 
 It is used as a simple emollient, and as a means 
 of introducing medicine into the system. 
 
 Saccharum Lactis, Sugar of Milk, Lactose. 
 
 A crystallized sugar obtained by evaporation from 
 the whey of milk, and specially suitable for use in 
 preparing baby foods. I Gm. dissolves in 2.6 mils of 
 boiling water. It readily absorbs odors. 
 
 Pepsinum, Pepsin. 
 
 Pepsin is one of the normal constituents of the 
 gastric juice, and, with the aid of hydrochloric acid, 
 changes albumins into peptones, in which form they 
 are readily diffusible and capable of being absorbed 
 into the blood. 
 
 Pepsin, as used in medicine, is a preparation made 
 from the mucous membrane which lines the stomach of 
 the pig. 
 
 It is made by cleaning the mucous lining, scraping 
 it, drying the pulp at a temperature of ioo° F., and 
 pulverizing it. The power is a light yellow-brown, 
 almost insoluble in water, and of slightly salty taste. 
 It may be taken dry on the tongue or given in milk. 
 
 Average dose, gr. viii.-o.5 Gm., with meals or 
 immediately after. 
 
 262 
 
THE ANIMAL KINGDOM* 263 
 
 Pancreatinum. Pancreatin. 
 
 A preparation made from the pancreas of the pig. 
 Pancreatic extract digests starchy and proteid sub- 
 stances, and pancreatin, while not given alone as a 
 medicine, is very largely used in preparing artificially 
 digested foods, viz.: pancreatized milk, eggs, oysters, 
 soups, broths, etc. 
 
 The principle followed in making pancreatized food 
 is that by subjecting it to the action of pancreatin in 
 the presence of moderate heat, the process of digestion 
 takes place, and may be made complete or only partly 
 so, according to the length of time during which they 
 are in contact. 
 
 The digestive process is stopped by heat at the 
 boiling point, or by extreme cold. For this reason 
 artificially digested foods, having reached the point 
 desired, are either brought quickly to a boil or else 
 are put on ice. 
 
 Milk, if thoroughly digested, has a slightly bitter 
 taste, which is not noticeable if the process has been 
 short or complete. 
 
 The ferments, pepsin, pancreatin, and diastase, 
 which promised so much for dyspepsia, and all the ills 
 of bad digestion, have passed into disuse, and even the 
 use of alkalies and acids is not so prevalent as it once 
 was, many physicians preferring to use remedies that 
 strengthen the digestive organs and add to their 
 normal function by putting them into a condition to 
 furnish the ferments in proper consistency and propor- 
 tion. Many of the patented digestive compounds con- 
 tain diastase, and, while aiding the breaking up of 
 starch in the alimentary canal, are detrimental to the 
 cells and the function of the parts. Average dose, gr. 
 viii.-o.5 Gm. 
 
 Adeps, Lard. 
 
 Lard consists of a fluid oil, olein, with stearin and 
 palmitin, which are solid oils. 
 
 It is used as the basis of various official ointments. 
 
264 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Benzoinated Lard. 
 Ten Gm. of benzoin in 1000 Gm. of lard. 
 
 Adeps Lanas. Wool Fat. 
 The fat of the wool of sheep. 
 
 Cetaceum. Spermaceti. 
 
 A fatty substance obtained from the head of the 
 sperm whale, and resembling white wax. 
 It is used as an emollient. 
 
 Oleum Morrhuae. Cod-Liver Oil. 
 
 The oil obtained from the liver of Gadus morrhua^ 
 and other species of codfish. An exceedingly com- 
 plex substance, containing glycerin, acetic acid, and 
 several fatty acids, iodine, chlorine, and traces of 
 bromine, phosphorus, and phosphoric acid, and various 
 other constituents. There are three varieties: the pale 
 yellow, light brown, and dark. The pale oil is the 
 purest, being prepared by forcing steam at high pres- 
 sure through the livers, and is less nauseous than the 
 dark oil. This is the official variety. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Cod-liver oil is an alterative to the general nutrition 
 in various diseased conditions, and is more truly a food 
 than a medicine, as it supplies the need of the tissues 
 for fat. Fat produces force, and is utilized by every 
 part of the body in quantities directly proportioned to 
 the activity of the different tissues. The nervous 
 system needs the largest amount; the muscular, the 
 next largest. Having been elaborated by the liver of 
 the fish, cod-liver oil is more easily digested than 
 other fats. 
 
 The smell of cod-liver oil is unpleasant and some- 
 times causes nausea. This may be avoided by taking 
 
THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. 265 
 
 some peppermint into the mouth just before taking the 
 oil, and by avoiding bringing it into direct line with 
 the nose. All patients do not know how to take oil; 
 by tossing it into the mouth and not allowing the lips 
 to touch it, it is less disagreeable. 
 
 It is best to mix no other medicines with cod-liver 
 oil, except hypophosphites. If other medicines come 
 at the same time they should be given separately. It 
 may be given in any of the ways in which castor oil is 
 given; it is almost always well taken if floated in a 
 little brandy or wine, or lemon juice. These precau- 
 tions about giving it do not necessarily apply to the 
 various emulsions of oil, which are usually not at all 
 hard to take. The proper time to administer cod- 
 liver oil is when digestion is at its height. 
 
 In overdoses, or when first taken, it may disorder 
 the stomach, or cause temporary relaxation of the 
 bowels. It sometimes causes an eczema. 
 
 Kmulsions of cod-liver oil spoil in a short time, and 
 patients should not be encouraged to buy the ready- 
 made preparations in the shops. 
 
 In giving cod-liver oil the faeces must be watched, 
 to see if any is carried away undigested. 
 
 When cod-liver oil cannot be taken by mouth it may 
 be administered by inunction, a few drams of the oil 
 being rubbed into the skin of the chest or abdomen at 
 night before retiring. When used in this way it is 
 especially valuable for children with malnutrition. 
 
 Average dose, 3 iiss.-io mils, from three quarters of 
 an hour to an hour after meals. 
 
 Cantharis, Cantharides, Spanish Flies. 
 
 The dried and powdered bodies of the Cantharis 
 vesicatoria y a beetle of Southern Europe. The powder 
 is grayish-brown and specked with minute greenish 
 spangles from the wing-cases of heads. It has a 
 strong unpleasant odor. The active principle is 
 cantharidin, an active irritant, besides which it con- 
 tains a volatile oil and fatty substances. 
 
266 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Physiological Actions. 
 
 Externally cantharides is vesicant. When applied 
 to the skin a feeling of heat and burning is felt in a 
 few hours, and small vesicles form which unite in one 
 large blister. 
 
 The average time required for this result is about 
 eight hours. The action of cantharides is attended with 
 less injury to the skin than that of any other vesicant. 
 No pus is formed during the healing process, and no 
 scar is left by the blister. 
 
 Internally cantharides is irritant to mucous mem- 
 brane, and if given medicinally must be largely 
 diluted. It enters the blood from the stomach and 
 also from blistered surfaces, and is slowly excreted by 
 the kidneys. In small doses it causes diuresis with 
 some irritation of the urinary organs, and larger doses 
 produce strangury. 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning. 
 
 When a poisonous dose of cantharides is taken, the 
 first symptoms are burning in the oesophagus and 
 stomach, a constricted feeling about the throat, gastric 
 and abdominal pain, with vomiting and in most cases 
 diarrhoea. 
 
 If the powder has been taken, the small green specks 
 may be seen in the matter vomited, which is at first 
 mucous, then bilious, and finally serous. The dis- 
 charges from the bowels have the same characteristics 
 and are scanty, frequent, and accompanied by tenes- 
 mus. There is frequently salivation with swelling of 
 the salivary glands. The pulse is weak and rapid, 
 and death usually occurs quickly from collapse caused 
 by the gastro - intestinal inflammation, but if it is 
 delayed for a few hours the symptoms of irritation of 
 the urinary apparatus appear, beginning with pains in 
 the back, and ending in strangury, with scanty, albu- 
 minous, or bloody urine, and tenesmus of the bladder. 
 
THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. 267 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning. 
 
 There is no antidote to cautharides, and the stomach 
 must be at once emptied, and as thoroughly as possible 
 washed out; large quantities of albuminous and muci- 
 laginous drinks given; warm baths to relieve the 
 strangury, and stimulants if necessary. No oils or 
 glycerin must be given, as they aid in the absorption 
 of the poison. 
 
 It is to be remembered that constitutional effects are 
 sometimes produced by even a moderate blister, and if 
 necessary the blister must be removed and the part 
 washed with soap and water. 
 
 Cautions. 
 
 Before applying a blister the spot should be washed 
 with soap and water; dried; washed again with alco- 
 hol or ether, and briskly rubbed for a moment or two. 
 Absorption then takes place more quickly. A blister 
 should never be applied over a bony prominence, as 
 sloughing may follow, the circulation in such parts 
 being sluggish. On tender skins vesication is soon 
 produced and the blister must be carefully watched 
 lest the action be too severe. On coarse skins, or in 
 places where it is thick, as on the scalp or at the knee- 
 joint, more time is needed. 
 
 Hairs must be cut away, or shaved. A blister 
 should not be left on a child's skin long enough to 
 rise, but should be removed when redness appears, and 
 poultices be applied to finish the process. 
 
 Thyroideum Siccum. 
 
 Dried Thyroids. 
 
 The thyroid glands of animals used for food by man, 
 dried and powdered, producing a yellowish powder, 
 with a slight, peculiar odor, and soluble, partially, in 
 water. Average dose, gr. iss.-o.i Gm. 
 
268 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 Suprarenalum Siccum. (See p. 286.) 
 Dried Suprarenals. 
 
 The suprarenal glands of animals used as food, dried 
 and powdered, producing a yellowish -brown powder, 
 partially soluble in water. 
 
 Average dose, gr. iv.-0.25 Gm. 
 
 Hypophysis Sicca. Desiccated Pituitary Body. 
 
 Manufactured from a small gland at the base of the 
 brain of the ox. 
 
 The corresponding gland in man secretes a substance 
 which contracts the blood-vessels and acts as a stimulant 
 to the uterine muscle. 
 
 Uses. 
 
 To aid in the control of hemorrhage and to overcome 
 uterine inertia. 
 
 Ovarian Extract Not official. 
 
 Prepared from the ovaries of pigs. Used to relieve the 
 symptoms of the menopause when induced artificially : 
 e.g.) by extirpation of the ovaries. 
 
 Serum Antidiphthericum. 
 Antidiphtheric Serum. Diphtheria Antitoxin. 
 
 A fluid separated from the coagulated blood of a 
 horse, immunized by inoculation with diphtheria 
 toxin. It is a yellowish-brown powder, odorless, and 
 slightly transparent. It loses strength, and the date 
 of its manufacture should be known, also its strength, 
 the name of the preservative, and the date beyond 
 which it will not letain its strength. The standard 
 must be that approved by the United States Public 
 Health service. It must have a potency of not less than 
 250 antitoxic units per mil. 
 
 Average dose, hypodermic, 10,000 units. 
 
 Average dose, protective, 1000 units. 
 
THE ANIMAL KINGDOM. 269 
 
 The U. S. P. also recognizes the Purified Antidiph- 
 theric Serum, Diphtheric Antitoxin Globulins, a solution 
 in physiological solution of sodium chloride, of certain 
 antitoxic substances obtained from the blood serum or 
 plasma of the horse or other large domestic animal 
 which has been properly immunized against diphtheria 
 toxin; and the Serum Antidiphthericum Siccum, Dried 
 Diphtheria Antitoxin, which must be hermetically 
 sealed. The average dose of each is the same as of 
 diphtheria antitoxin. (Seep. 283.) 
 
 Virus Vaccinicum, Vaccine Virus, Glycerinated 
 Vaccine Virus, Smallpox or Jennerian 
 Vaccine. 
 
 The pustules of vaccinia or cowpox from healthy 
 vaccinated cows or calves. (See p. 285.) 
 
 Lactic Acid Bacilli. 
 
 Bacillus Bulgaricus. Not official. 
 
 Cultures of these bacilli in solid or liquid form are 
 given to lessen intestinal fermentation and to relieve 
 various conditions resulting from it. 
 
 A number of preparations of milk containing bacilli 
 bulgaricus are on the market, as Fermillac, etc. 
 
POISONS AND THEIR TREATMENT. 
 
 Poisons may be conveniently classified in three 
 groups: 
 
 i . Corrosives, or those which act rapidly at the point 
 of contact with the tissues, causing erosion. Such are: 
 
 Acids, alkalies, corrosive salts, animal and vegetable 
 poisons, and gases. 
 
 2. Irritants, or those which irritate the tissues at 
 the point of contact, and may cause erosions if con- 
 centrated for any length of time on the tissues. This 
 group includes alcohol, ether, the metals, and some 
 salts, carbon monoxide, phosphorus, and turpentine. 
 
 3. Functional, or those which act upon the function 
 of organs or systems. Here we have aconite, bella- 
 donna, chloral, C0 2 , gelsemium, lobelia, strychnine, 
 opium, hemlock, mushrooms. 
 
 In group 1 death is usually sudden. If not immed- 
 iate, then administer by mouth the antidotal treatment. 
 Do not use the stomach-tube unless there is little ero- 
 sion. Emetics are employed with great risk in these 
 cases. The stomach-pump is. always preferable, even 
 with great erosion. 
 
 In group 2 the first thing to do is to insert the 
 stomach-tube and wash out the stomach thoroughly. 
 Bmetics may be employed instead. Cathartics may be 
 given and antagonistic treatment if necessary. Oils, 
 milk, eggs, and demulcent drinks are useful. 
 
 In group 3 treatment should proceed according to 
 the drug that caused the poisoning, and according to 
 the symptoms that develop. 
 
 In poisoning from snake bite or scorpion sting, use 
 a one-per-cent. solution of chromic acid locally, and 
 give strychnine hypodermically. Use no alcohol. 
 
 In any case, keep cool ; take one minute to collect 
 yourself, then go to work. Command others. The 
 result may surprise you, even in the most hopeless 
 cases. 
 
 270 
 
A TABLE OF POISONS, 
 THEIR ANTIDOTES AND ANTAGONISTS. 
 
 Antidotes act upon the poisons in the alimentary 
 canal, and by combination or removal prevent their 
 toxic action. 
 
 Antagonists counteract the effect of the poison upon 
 the system, and may be used after its absorption, when 
 antidotes are too late. 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC 
 EFFECT. 
 
 ANTIDOTAL. 
 TREATMENT. 
 
 ANTAGONISTIC 
 TREATMENT. 
 
 Acids- 
 Sulphuric. 
 Nitric. 
 
 Hydrochloric. 
 Phosphoric. 
 
 Carbolic 
 
 IyOcal action— corro- 
 sive. 
 
 
 Oxalic. 
 
 Tartaric. 
 
 Acetic. 
 
 Hydrocyanic. 
 
 Aconite. 
 
 Rapid action 
 lapse. 
 
 •col- 
 
 Ereguent accidental 
 mistake — Epsom 
 salt. 60 % die. 
 
 Acts too quickly for 
 any antidote to be 
 of use. 
 
 A few drops kill I 
 Tingling sensation. 
 
 Alkalies — as Soda, 
 Magnesia, Chalk, 
 I^ime-water, 
 White-wash, Soap. 
 Oil; Albumen; Milk. 
 Demulcent drinks. 
 
 50% alcohol. 
 
 Stomach-tube. 
 
 Lime-water; Syrup 
 of Lime. 
 
 Milk. 
 
 Vegetable demul- 
 cent drinks. 
 No oil. 
 
 Stomach-tube. 
 Lime with water or 
 
 milk. Emetics. 
 Bland drinks. 
 
 Stomach-tube. 
 Emetics. 
 
 Stomach-tube. 
 Empty and wash 
 out stomach. 
 
 Stimulants. 
 Opium for pain. 
 
 Atropine. 
 Chloral? 
 Stimulants. 
 External heat. 
 
 Stimulants. 
 External heat. 
 
 Artificial respira- 
 tion. 
 
 Stimulants, hypo 
 dermically and by 
 inhalation. 
 
 Cold water to head 
 and spine. 
 
 Recumbent position. 
 
 Artificial respira- 
 tion. 
 
 Heat. Atropine. 
 
 Hypo Ether, Digi- 
 talis. 
 
 271 
 
272 
 
 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC 
 EFFECT. 
 
 ANTIDOTAL 
 TREATMENT. 
 
 ANTAGONISTIC 
 TREATMENT. 
 
 Alcohol. 
 
 Alkalies — 
 
 Ammonia. 
 Caustic Potash. 
 Caustic Soda. 
 Iyime. 
 
 Anaesthetics- 
 Chloroform. 
 Ether, etc 
 
 Antimony- 
 Tartar Emetic. 
 Wine of Anti- 
 mony. 
 Syrup of Squills. 
 
 Arsenic — 
 Fowler's Solu- 
 tion. 
 Paris Green. 
 Rough on Rats. 
 Arsenous Acid. 
 
 Belladonna — 
 Atropine. 
 Hyoscyamus and 
 Stramonium 
 
 Acute— maiden- 
 blush. 
 Chronic — nosegay. 
 
 Dissolve tissues. 
 Cause rupture or 
 stricture. 
 
 Chloral. 
 
 Cocaine. 
 
 Copper. 
 Bluestone, etc. 
 
 Digitalis, 
 
 Produce sleep. 
 
 Rarely used. 
 Cause vomiting. 
 
 Acute — "rice water 
 
 stools." 
 Chronic— puffy eyes 
 
 • Wild as a hare, dry 
 as a bone, red as a 
 beet I" 
 
 With alcohol — 
 "knock-out 
 drops." 
 
 Hypodermic habit. 
 Two grains poison. 
 
 Causes vomiting. 
 
 Irregular circula- 
 tion. 
 
 Stomach-tube. 
 Emetics. 
 
 Dilute acids. 
 
 Vinegar. 
 
 I/emon juice. 
 
 Milk. 
 
 Oil. 
 
 Remove anaesthetic. 
 
 Stomach-tube. 
 Wash out stomach. 
 Tannic acid — as tea, 
 
 etc. 
 Demulcent drinks. 
 
 Stomach - tube. 
 Emetics. Hy- 
 drated Oxide o f 
 Iron with Mag- 
 nesia. Dialyzed 
 Iron. Demulcent 
 drinks. 
 
 Stomach-tube. 
 Emetics. 
 Tannic acid. 
 
 Wash out stomach 
 with tea or coffee 
 and give these per 
 rectum. 
 
 Remove cause. 
 Stomach-tube. 
 
 Albumens — egg. 
 
 milk. 
 Wash out stomach 
 
 after. 
 Demulcents. 
 
 Stomach-tube. 
 Emetics. 
 Tannic acid. 
 
 Cold to head; heat to 
 extremities In- 
 halation of Am- 
 monia. 
 
 Electricity. Coffee. 
 
 For Ammonia — 
 Aconite. 
 Digitalis. 
 Cold air. 
 
 Artificial respira- 
 tion. 
 
 Inversion of patient. 
 
 Atropine ; Strych- 
 nine. 
 
 Stimulants. Heat. 
 
 Opium for pain. 
 Alcohol. 
 
 Stimulants. 
 Opium for pain. 
 
 Chloroform, Ether, 
 Caffeine. 
 
 Artificial respira- 
 tion. 
 
 External stimulants. 
 
 Heat. Mustard ap- 
 plications. 
 
 Artificial respira- 
 tion. 
 
 Alcoholic stimu- 
 lants. 
 
 Atropine (carefully). 
 
 Alcohol. Opium. 
 Chloroform. 
 Nitrite of Amyl. 
 
 Recumbent position. 
 Aconite ? 
 
 Stimulants. 
 
A TABLE OF POISONS. 
 
 2/3 
 
 jases — 
 Illuminating. 
 Carbon dioxide. 
 Chlorine. 
 Nitrous Oxide. 
 
 Gelsemium— 
 Coniine. 
 Sparteine. 
 
 Iodine. 
 
 
 Lead- 
 Sugar of Lea., 
 etc. 
 
 Lobelia. 
 
 Mercury- 
 Corrosive Subli- 
 mate, etc. 
 
 Mushrooms 
 (non-edible). 
 
 Nitrate of Silver- 
 "Lunar Caustic. 
 
 Opium — 
 Laudanum. 
 Paregoric. 
 Morphine, etc. 
 
 Phosphorus. 
 
 Strychnine. 
 18 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC 
 EFFECT. 
 
 ANTIDOTAL 
 TREATMENT. 
 
 Anaesthetic. 
 
 Depressing heart 
 and respiration. 
 
 Colored vomitus. 
 
 Acute — causes vom- 
 iting. 
 
 Chronic — colic, par- 
 alysis, blue gums. 
 
 Causes vomiting. 
 
 Acute — corrosive. 
 Chron ic — salivation , 
 etc. 
 
 Lake the blood. 
 Paralyze the heart. 
 
 Scarification. 
 
 " Pin-point pupils.' 
 Odor of breath. 
 
 Garlic odor. 
 
 Convulsions. 
 
 Remove patient 
 from gas. 
 
 Emetics, 
 tube. 
 
 Stomach- 
 
 Starch or flour with 
 
 water. 
 Stomach-tube. 
 Emetics. 
 
 Dilute sulphuric acid 
 and lemon juice. 
 
 Magnesia. Albu- 
 mens. Stomach- 
 tube. Emetics. 
 
 Tannic acid to wash 
 out stomach. 
 
 White of an egg to 
 4 gr. of the poison. 
 Milk, flour. 
 Stomach-tube. 
 
 Wash out stomach. 
 Cathartic. 
 
 Common salt. 
 Stomach-tube. 
 
 Stomach-tube. 
 Emetics. 
 Permanganate 
 Potassium. 
 
 of 
 
 Stomach-tube 
 Emetics. 
 
 Copper Sulphate. 
 No fats or oils. 
 Old oil of Turpen- 
 tine. 
 
 Tannic acid. 
 Stomach - tube or 
 emetic quickly. 
 
 ANTAGONISTIC 
 TREATMENT. 
 
 respira- 
 
 Fresh air. 
 Artificial 
 
 tion. 
 Stimulants. 
 Oxygen inhalation. 
 Friction of body sur- 
 
 face. 
 
 Opium? Stimulants. 
 Artificial respira- 
 tion. 
 Heat. Electricity. 
 
 Stimulants hypoder- 
 mically. 
 
 Opium for pain. 
 External heat. 
 
 Stimulants. 
 Strychnine. 
 
 Atropine. 
 Stimulants. 
 Salt infusion. 
 
 Artificial resplra- 
 tion. 
 
 Electricity. 
 
 External heat (care- 
 fully). 
 
 Coffee by mouth and 
 rectum. 
 
 Atropine (with care). 
 
 Alkalies. 
 Heat. 
 
 Quiet. Chloroform 
 
 for convulsions. 
 Chloral. Opium. 
 
274 
 
 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 POISON. 
 
 CHARACTERISTIC 
 EFFECT. 
 
 ANTIDOTAL 
 TREATMENT. 
 
 ANTAGONISTIC 
 
 TREATMENT. 
 
 ADDENDA. 
 
 Chlorates. 
 
 Coal Tar Antipy- 
 retics— 
 Antifebrin. 
 Antipyrin. 
 Acetanilid, 
 Phenacetin, etc. 
 
 Cantharides. 
 
 Depression. 
 I^ake the blood. 
 
 Depression. 
 Ivake the blood. 
 
 Blisters. 
 
 Stomach-tube. 
 
 Stomach-tube. 
 Stop drug. 
 
 Stomach-tube. 
 Emetics. 
 Epsom salt. 
 Demulcents. JVo oil. 
 
 Stimulants. 
 Alkaline drinks. 
 Diuretics. Water. 
 
 Stimulants. 
 
 Heat. 
 
 Oxygen inhalation. 
 
 Stimulants. 
 Heat to abdomen. 
 Opium for pain. 
 
EMETICS. 
 
 The use of drugs to produce emesis is not so prev- 
 alent as it was years ago, and if it becomes necessary 
 to cause vomiting, the simpler means (such as drink- 
 ing large draughts of tepid water and putting one's 
 finger down the throat) should be tried whenever 
 possible. 
 
 Stomach-tube. — We have at present in the stomach- 
 tube an efficient means of emptying the stomach, and 
 one that is simple, easily accomplished, and does not 
 cause the patient great inconvenience and danger as 
 in the use of zinc or copper sulphate, ipecac or tartar 
 emetic, provided one is acquainted with the use of the 
 stomach-tube. For ordinary stomach washing, etc., 
 the patient should be seated in a chair and a rubber 
 sheet placed around the neck, the end of the sheet 
 resting in a basin between the patient's feet. The 
 tube should be taken from cold water and passed care- 
 fully and rapidly down into the stomach, the operator 
 standing behind the patient and grasping the tube 
 firmly with the fingers of tlie two hands. The patient 
 should be told to hold the head forward and allow the 
 tube to pass down the throac. As soon as a feeling of 
 choking or shortness of breath is experienced a deep 
 breath should be taken. The tube should enter to a 
 distance of about 30 cm. The stomach may then be 
 washed out with warm water, and such drugs as neces- 
 sary administered, leaving them in the stomach. While 
 operating, the tube should be held firmly just at the 
 patient's teeth that it be not forced out by reflex peri- 
 stalsis of the oesophagus, or by other means. 
 
 Mustard. — One teaspoon ful of mustard to a teacup- 
 ful of warm water may be given to produce vomiting. 
 
 275 
 
276 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Repeat in ten minutes, if necessary, and keep on re- 
 peating until the desired effect is produced. Be sure 
 that the mustard is removed from the patient's stomach 
 before leaving him. Mustard should not be used in 
 any condition of inflammation of the stomach. 
 
 Soap-suds; Salt. — Either of these in small amounts 
 with tepid water will prove effective in producing 
 vomiting and is to be used in preference to more drastic 
 remedies. 
 
 Ammonium Carbonate. — This is a very safe and 
 effective emetic, being at the same time a rapidly dif- 
 fusible stimulant and expectorant. It may be given in 
 doses of gr. 30, 2 Gm., largely diluted, and in milk. 
 
 Ipecacuanha. — The action of this drug is similar to 
 that of the above, but it is slower in its action. It is 
 used as an aid to other emetics, or for children to assist 
 expectoration, or in old persons, or those who are very 
 weak. It is safe and not depressing. Dose, 4-6 fl. 
 dr., 15-20 Gm., of the wine of ipecac, given every 
 quarter of an hour until the desired effect is produced. 
 Large draughts of tepid water hasten its action. 
 
 Apomorphine. — Apomorphine is injected hypoder- 
 mically when rapid action is necessary, when the 
 stomach is inflamed, or if the patient is unable to 
 swallow. It should not be given unless the nervous 
 mechanism is intact. After irritant, corrosive, or nar- 
 cotic poisons the stomach-tube is better. Dose, gr. 
 To-f, 0.006-0.01 Gm. Vomiting usually takes place in 
 from four to ten minutes. Repeat with caution, if 
 necessary. 
 
 Sulphate of Zinc. — This is a specific emetic, acting 
 promptly, without absorption, and causes little nausea 
 or depression. Dose, gr. 15-20, 1.0-2.0 Gm., largely 
 diluted with warm water and repeated in fifteen min- 
 utes if necessary. 
 
 Sulphate of Copper. — This is rarely employed as an 
 emetic, but is rapid in its action when used. It is ex- 
 tremely irritant and should not be repeated if not at 
 first effective. 
 
 Tartar Emetic. — This old remedy has fallen into 
 
EMETICS. 277 
 
 disuse on account of its depressing effect and slow re- 
 sults. Any dose large enough to produce emesis also 
 produces depression both before and after the act of 
 vomiting, and the patient is usually left in an ex- 
 hausted if not critical condition. Dose, gr. ifV-ij 
 0.003-0.06 Gm. 
 
HYPODERMIC ADMINISTRATION OF 
 DRUGS. 
 
 This method of giving drugs is growing steadily in 
 favor. The best location for the injection of a drug is 
 in the extensor surfaces of the extremities, and in the 
 back, chest, or abdomen, avoiding the region of large 
 blood-vessels and nerves. The amount administered 
 is about one half the dose usually given by mouth. 
 Nearly all drugs used hypodermically are put up in 
 tablet form, being made readily soluble and especially 
 for the purpose. The nurse becomes familiar with the 
 various forms and sizes of syringes in use for the giv- 
 ing of hypodermics, and the care and sterilization of 
 these is a part of her instruction from nursing text- 
 books and in practice in the wards of her hospital. 
 
 There are two ways of making the injections, super- 
 ficial and deep. In the first, after having used at least 
 two successive applications of alcohol by means of a 
 sterile sponge or a bit of absorbent cotton to cleanse the 
 part, the skin is grasped between the thumb and 
 fingers of the left hand while the needle is thrust with 
 the right hand on a slant to the depth of one centimetre, 
 when it is withdrawn a short distance and the fluid is 
 slowly forced into the tissues. Gentle kneading 
 around, but not on, the point of injection and slight 
 pressure over the part will aid in the absorption of the 
 fluid, help to prevent abscess formation, and allay 
 pain. 
 
 The second method, deep or intramuscular injec- 
 tion, is useful with irritant drugs, and with the same 
 precautions as in the other method the needle is in- 
 serted deeply and swiftly into the muscular tissues of 
 the back 9 chest 5 abdomen, buttocks, or preferably the 
 
 2] 6 
 
HYPODERMIC ADMINISTRATION OF DRUGS. 279 
 
 anterior surface of the thigh, to the depth of three to 
 five cm., at the same time stretching the skin tight 
 over the part. The fluid is forced quickly out of the 
 syringe, and the tissues around the point of its inser- 
 tion are kneaded deeply for about five minutes. 
 
 Morphine and Strychnine. — These drugs are usually 
 injected superficially about the fleshy part of the shoul- 
 der. They may be put in lower down on the arm or 
 in other parts of the body. 
 
 Cocaine. — This is usually administered as a local 
 anaesthetic, and in this way may be injected into any 
 part of the body, or dropped into the eye or ear, or 
 sprayed into the nose or throat. For hypodermic in- 
 jections, the needle should be inserted along the line of 
 the proposed incision — when one is to be made — and 
 the cocaine forced in, a little at a time, removing the 
 needle and reinstating it within the limit of anaesthesia 
 with every mil of the fluid used. The injection should 
 be completed at least five minutes before the incision is 
 made. Not more than two grains of cocaine should 
 be administered at one time for fear of poisoning. 
 
 Antitoxin. — Oue usually administers this remedy 
 into the tissues of the back, buttocks, or thigh, pref- 
 erably between the shoulder-blades or in the lumbar 
 muscles. Rubbing and kneading the region adjacent 
 to the point of injection is an aid to the efficiency of 
 the injection. 
 
 Salt Solution. — The apparatus necessary for this is 
 a graduated bottle, a rubber tube, and a needle. Ster- 
 ilized normal salt solution (.9 of 1 %) should be kept 
 on hand, and when wanted for use heated to a tem- 
 perature of no° F. and maintained at that point, em- 
 ploying a thermometer to register it. The bottle should 
 be suspended at a height of three to six feet above the 
 patient. The fluid is injected into the tissues behind 
 the breast or into the thigh. The needle should be 
 inserted well into the tissues, and withdrawn a little 
 way. An adhesive strip may be used to hold it in 
 place. Do not become alarmed if a large swelling 
 occurs. Persistent kneading of the tissues around this 
 
28o MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 will reduce it. A linen band may be placed about the 
 patient's chest to prevent swelling, but this is un- 
 necessary. Twenty minutes to one-half hour is usually 
 required for 500 mils, to infiltrate the tissues. 
 
 Mercury is used in the form of the bichloride, or gray 
 oil, and is injected deep into the buttocks, as a rule. 
 
 Ether, camphor, ammonia, alcohol, and caffeine are 
 all injected into the muscles and are so used to obtain 
 the rapid stimulating effect of the drugs. 
 
 Digitaline, ergotine, and arsenic in the form of 
 atoxyl, are put in deep. 
 
 Atropine, quinine, nitroglycerin, pilocarpine, adren- 
 alin, hyoscine, and eserine are also used hypodermically, 
 and may be administered superficially. 
 
 Gelatin has been injected subcutaneously, but its 
 use is becoming limited. Other drugs may be used 
 hypodermically. 
 
 Piqures. 
 
 The Italians administer iron, arsenic, and strych- 
 nine, as well as guaiacol and other drugs, as tonics by 
 hypodermic injection, calling the custom the giving of 
 " piqures." The drug is prepared and hermetically 
 sealed in a thin glass tube about 3 cm. long and contain- 
 ing 3 mils, of the fluid ready to be used in the syringe 
 after the neck of the tube is broken off by snipping it 
 with a pair of scissors. One injection is given each day 
 into the gluteal muscles, on alternate sides. The 
 injection is administered deep as above described. 
 About 30 minims or an ordinary syringeful is the 
 amount given, and the fluid is forced in rapidly, the 
 quicker the less painful. Abscesses are not known to 
 occur except through gross carelessness in technique. 
 Strict asepsis is, of course, necessary. 
 
SERUM THERAPY. 
 
 The revival of an ancient principle of treatment 
 practised by Mithridates in his empire is of recent 
 occurrence. We read that " Mithridates believed it 
 possible to render himself proof against all forms of 
 poison by the constant and daily use of small doses of 
 various poisonous principles, and he compounded a 
 general antidote by combining all forms of poison then 
 known. He mixed with this the blood of geese and 
 used the remedy for snake bite, reasoning that the 
 geese must have some antidote for snake venom in 
 their blood, because one of the chief articles of their 
 diet was the viper, to whose bite they were very 
 resistant." At the present time we use the serum 
 from the blood of animals that have been treated with 
 a killed culture of bacteria, or the toxins caused by 
 bacteria, until the animals become immune to the kind 
 of bacteria or toxins used. Ehrlich explains this im- 
 munity by his side-chain theory. His idea is that the 
 body cells have groups of characteristics which may 
 link them to certain substances. Toxins contain two 
 groups of properties, the toxaphore group, which exerts 
 its influence on the body cells, and the haptophore 
 group, which combines the toxaphore group or toxic 
 element with the haptophore group in the tissue cells, 
 forming a side chain to the cells. The haptophore 
 groups of the cells are destroyed, but nature quickly 
 replaces them, producing more than were destroyed, 
 the excess being liberated into the blood. This excess 
 is called antitoxin. The ai titoxin has an affinity for 
 
 tthe haptophore group in tb i toxin, and by combining 
 with the latter in the circ elation protects the tissue 
 cells by rendering the toxin inert. The injection of 
 
282 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 antitoxin gives immunity — as in tetanus — if admin- 
 istered before the toxin is introduced into the system, 
 or cures — as in diphtheria, — in some cases, if admin- 
 istered after the toxin has entered the system. This 
 is antitoxic immunity. Bactericidal immunity is more 
 complex. When bacteria enter the body they cause 
 the tissue cells and other cells to throw off an immune 
 body (amboceptor) which can destroy the bacteria only 
 by linking them to the complement which is contained 
 in the bodies of all beings. The immune body is the 
 protective agent. Much could be hoped from bacteri- 
 cidal sera could they be obtained so readily as anti- 
 toxin, but great difficulty has been experienced in 
 procuring such sera. We have then two kinds of sera: 
 antitoxic, such as antitetanus, antidiphtheritic, and 
 anticellular; and antibacterial, such as antipneumo- 
 coccic, antityphoid, and antiplague. 
 
 Classifications of Antitoxi?is, Serums, Vaccines, and 
 Extracts, 
 
 A. Vaccines. 
 
 1. Cultivations. 
 
 a. Containing pathogenic micro-organisms; such 
 as anthrax, one form of cancer vaccine, cholera 
 vaccine, Coley's fluid, Haffkine's plague vac- 
 cine, tuberculin and T. R. of Koch, typhoid 
 vaccine of Wright. 
 
 b. Containing toxins only; such as one form of 
 cancer remedy, diphtheria toxin, mallein, 
 tetanus toxin, and tuberculin Koch (?). 
 
 2. a. Tissues of animals suffering from an infectious 
 
 disease; such as malignant oedema and rabies. 
 b. Fluids of animals suffering from an infective 
 disease; such as vaccine lymph, and glycerinated 
 calf lymph. 
 
 B. Anti- Serums — Anti iphtheritic and Antitetanus 
 
 Serums. 
 I. Antitoxins; such as antipneumonia, antivenene, 
 and diphtheria and tetanus antitoxins. 
 
SERUM THERAPY. 283 
 
 2. Antibacterial; such as cancer antibacterial serum, 
 cholera antibacterial serum, antileprosy serum, 
 antitubercular serum, antirabic serum, anti- 
 streptococcic serum, antityphoid serum, and 
 Yersin's plague serum. 
 C- Animal Tissue Extracts — Organo -Therapy. Bone 
 marrow, thyroid extract, and suprarenal extract 
 are the chief of these. 
 
 (Sims Woodhead's Classification.) 
 
 Diphtheria antitoxin is prepared as follows: A 
 colony of diphtheria bacilli, after being placed in a suit- 
 able medium and under favorable conditions, multiply 
 with great rapidity, secreting at the same time theii 
 poison or toxins. After a few weeks, when sufficient 
 of the toxin has formed, the bacilli are destroyed by 
 means of carbolic acid, and by filtering through porous 
 plates of clay the dead bacilli are removed from the 
 solution of toxins. Of this solution small amounts 
 are injected into the blood of a healthy horse, produc- 
 ing a mild attack of the disease; this procedure is then 
 repeated for several months, the doses of toxin being 
 steadily increased until the animal becomes habituated 
 to the poison. Then a quantity of blood is withdrawn 
 from the animal, and the serum, or aqueous portion, 
 is separated from the red blood corpuscles, this serum 
 constituting a light yellow liquid which contains the 
 antitoxin of diphtheria. The serum is standardized 
 by determining the quantity required for injection to 
 neutralize a fatal dose of diphtheritic poison in a guinea- 
 pig; the ratio between the quantity of antitoxin and 
 the body weight of the animal furnishes a means of 
 indicating in definite units the strength of the solution. 
 
 Behring's. — No. 1 equals 600 immunizing units; No. 
 2, 1000; No. 3, 1500. In \ oz. vials, varying measure 
 but full unit value. 
 
 Gibier's (N. Y. Pasteur Institute). — Identical with 
 Roux*s. Immunizing power, 1:100,000 — i. e. y \ mil, 
 prophylactic up to 1 10 pounds ; regular treatment, 
 5-15 mils a day. 
 
284 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Roux's. — Same description as Gibier's. 
 
 Schering-Aronson — Supplied in vials containing 5 
 mils, equivalent to 500 antitoxic normal units, 
 
 Bvery case of diphtheria should be treated with the 
 antitoxin as early as possible, 3000 units being an 
 average first dose. All persons exposed should be 
 given an immunizing dose of 500 units, except children 
 under two years, with whom 300 units is sufficient, 
 repeating the dose every three weeks in any case, until 
 all danger is past. The antitoxin is used as directed 
 under " Hypodermics." 
 
 Rabies Antitoxin, for Hydrophobia. — Pasteur founded 
 the system of treating rabies by the injection of an 
 emulsion of the spinal cord, believed to contain the 
 poison, no bacilli being yet found. The rabies poison 
 having a special affinity for the spinal cord, rabbits are 
 inoculated with poison obtained from sections of the 
 spinal cord at different stages of treatment. In the end 
 an immunity is set up in the animals; an anti-rabic 
 virus is obtained and injected into persons bitten by 
 mad dogs. Pasteur Institutes, where treatment is pro- 
 vided for those bitten by animals, are located at con- 
 venient points throughout the United States. The 
 treatment costs about one hundred dollars. 
 
 Tetanus Antitoxin has not proved satisfactory as a 
 curative agent, but has been of some benefit, and is 
 very effective as a prophylactic. Its method of prep- 
 aration is analogous to that of diphtheria antitoxin, 
 and it is similar to this in nature and action. The 
 U. S. P. recognizes the tetanus antitoxin, Serum An- 
 titctanicum, and also the refined concentrated serum 
 and the dry form. The average dose is: hypodermic, 
 10.000 units, protective, 1500 units. The dry antitoxin 
 is designated as a hundred-fold normal antitoxin — i. e. y 
 1 Gm. is sufficient to neutralize 100 Gm. of the normal 
 poison of tetanus. It is put up in 5 Gm. vials, this quan- 
 tity being theoretically sufficient to effect a cure. The 
 vialful is dissolved in 30 mils of sterilized water at 40 C, 
 and injected bypodermically at a single dose. The liq- 
 uid form is of fivefold normal strength, and is employed 
 
SERUM THERAPY. 285 
 
 hypodermically in cases of wounds where there is 
 reason to fear development of tetanus, in quantity- 
 proportionate to the condition of the patient and the 
 length of time elapsed since the injury. The antitoxin 
 should not be kept long because it spoils readily. It 
 should be injected in the same way as diphtheria anti- 
 toxin. Large doses used thoroughly will influence 
 many cases of tetanus favorably if anything will. 
 
 Antityphoid Serum is prepared in much the same 
 way that the antitoxins are prepared, but the im- 
 munizing period in the horse is much longer, being 
 about one year. In cases of typhoid fever the Chante- 
 messe serum is injected into the flexor surface of the 
 elbow, about the plexus of large veins, in doses of 8-10 
 mils, and in a week, if the fever persists, 4-10 mils are 
 again injected. A prophylactic dose of 2 mils may be 
 used for those exposed to the disease. 
 
 Antiplague Scrum made by Yersin has proved of 
 value in treating the bubonic plague. It is given in 
 doses of 150-300 mils. 
 
 Tubercular Seru?n (Behring, Koch, Fisch, or Mara- 
 gliano) is used in the treatment of early cases of 
 tuberculosis where there is no mixed infection, in a 
 gradually increasing dose of 0.2-2 mils over a period 
 of two years. Tuberculin (Koch), prepared by extrac- 
 tion of pure cultures of tubercle bacilli with 40-50 # 
 glycerin and repeated precipitation with alcohol, as a 
 snow-white mass soluble and stable in 50 % glycerin, 
 is used in the diagnosis of local and pulmonary tuber- 
 culosis. The characteristic reaction to an injection of 
 tuberculin shows itself locally by increased heat and 
 systemically by a rise in temperature, usually in 12 
 hours. It is injected between the shoulder-blades at 
 night in doses of irb-ire gr., £-1 mil. 
 
 Vaccine Virus. — This comes in small sealed glass 
 tubes in sterile form and is the official lymph for vac- 
 cination. Only such vaccine virus may be sold as has 
 been made in places licensed by the Secretary of the 
 Treasury of the U. S. The tubes may be large or 
 
286 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 small and will vaccinate from 2 to 80 persons, depend- 
 ing upon the size of the tubs used. 
 
 Antivenene {serum antivenineux, Calmette) is pre- 
 pared from the blood of asses and horses which have 
 been immunized against snake poison. The power of 
 immunization is 1 in 10,000. It should be carried by- 
 all persons going to a district infested with snakes, 
 especially in India. The dose for adults is 20 mils; 
 for children, 10 mils; in very dangerous cases the dose 
 is doubled. 
 
 Antistreptococcus and Antipneumococcus sera have not 
 proved to be distinctly valuable, although the former 
 may do good, and can do no harm in general infections, 
 erysipelas, and scarlet- fever. Large and frequent doses 
 are required. 
 
 Many other sera have been exploited, among them 
 anticholera, antidysentery, antiscarlatina, and those for 
 the cure of yellow fever, anthrax, glanders, leprosy, 
 whooping-cough, erysipelas, syphilis, malaria, and hay- 
 fever, but none of these has yet proved of marked 
 practical value. 
 
 Red Bone Marrow Extract. —The marrow of ox-bone 
 and sheep-ribs has been used as a remedy for chronic 
 debilitating blood diseases. It comes in the form of 
 tablets containing one grain of the desiccated marrow, 
 equal to twenty grains of the substance in its natural 
 state. Each tablet weighs three grains. Dose, 1-3 
 tablets. 
 
 Dried Supra? enals. — This is now an official product, 
 as given on page 268. 
 
 The active principle of the gland, epinephrine has 
 been isolated by Abel and Crawford, but it is not used 
 in therapeutics. The dried extracts of the whole gland, 
 or a liquid extract, or adrenalin may be used. These 
 preparations are notable for causing contraction of 
 small blood-vessels when applied locally, blanching 
 the skin or mucous membrane, and for a general tonic 
 effect on the heart and arteries when given internally. 
 
SERUM THERAPY. 287 
 
 They strengthen the heart's action and slow and regu- 
 late the pulse, causing a rapid rise in blood pressure. 
 
 Adrenalin Chloride Solution. Not official. 
 
 Average dose, ttj, xv.-i mil by the mouth. Diluted 
 with normal salt solution ten times it is used as a 
 hypodermic injection, and has been suggested for in- 
 travenous injection. It is injected with cocaine and 
 eucaine to cause anaesthesia and bloodless operations. 
 For spray inhalations the strength of 1 to 2500 or 1 to 
 5000 is effective. The solution is easily oxidizable and 
 should be kept closely stoppered and away from the 
 light. 
 
ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS AND 
 RADIOLOGY 
 
 The use of electricity as a therapeutic agent in dis> 
 ease requires special training and study and should not 
 be attempted by an unskilled person. It is desirable, 
 however, that nurses should be cognizant of the various 
 forms such treatment may take in order that they may 
 intelligently prepare their patients for such treatment 
 and if necessary assist in administering it. 
 
 It would be impossible within the limits of a brief 
 chapter to do more than indicate the various phases 
 of such a far-reaching subject. The aim of the accom- 
 panying outline, therefore, is to emphasize, for the 
 benefit of the nurse in general practice, a few practical 
 points commonly overlooked, and to serve as a point of 
 departure for those desiring to make further study of 
 the subject. 
 
 Among the more common types of electric cur- 
 rent used for therapeutic purposes are the following: 
 Galvanism, faradism, the static and high-frequency 
 currents. 
 
 Galvanism. 
 
 This form of current is commonly applied by means 
 of two moistened electrodes attached to the storage 
 cells of a battery. This current is continuous and its 
 application is therefore usually painless, except at the 
 time of the "make" and "break" — z. *?., at the time of 
 the application of the electrodes and of their removal. 
 Movement of the electrodes from one point to another 
 on the skin should be effected by sliding them along the 
 
 288 
 
ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS AND RADIOLOGY. 289 
 
 surface of the body and not by abruptly removing them 
 from one spot and applying them to another, thus 
 avoiding the production of a somewhat painful electric 
 shock. The current should be turned on gently at 
 first and increased in strength as the treatment pro- 
 gresses, and at the termination of the treatment it should 
 gradually be lessened in strength and not abruptly shut 
 off. The apparatus is simple and its detail can easily 
 be mastered by a careful study of the switches and of 
 the rheostat — a device for regulating current. The 
 application of this form of electrical treatment will 
 frequently be left to the nurse and it would be advisable 
 for her to experiment upon herself with the electrodes 
 before applying them to her patient, thereby familiariz- 
 ing hereself with the sensations likely to be produced 
 by the current at various strengths. 
 
 Uses. 
 
 The galvanic current is employed in the treatment 
 of paralyzed muscles to improve their nutrition by 
 means of the improved blood supply, which is one of 
 the effects of the current, and to directly stimulate the 
 muscle cells themselves, upon which the current has a 
 marked effect. 
 
 Faradism. 
 
 In this case the electric current is passed through an 
 induction coil and an interrupter which " makes and 
 breaks " the current. Its application is therefore some- 
 what more painful than that of galvanism. Its mode 
 of application is similar and portable batteries usually 
 provide for the production of both kinds of current. 
 
 Uses. 
 
 Its chief use also consists in its beneficial influence 
 on paralyzed muscle. 
 19 
 
290 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 Static and High-Frequency Currents. 
 
 These are both produced by complicated apparatus 
 and are forms of high-potential electricity which can 
 be safely administered only by an expert. A nurse's 
 duty will consist in preparing a patient for such treat- 
 ment by seeing that she is appropriately dressed in 
 loose warm clothing, free from all metal such as hair 
 pins, brooches, safety pins, etc., which tend to ' ' spark " 
 and alarm the patient unnecessarily. 
 
 Uses. 
 
 The high-frequency current is widely employed in 
 various conditions. Its most marked therapeutic ac- 
 tions seem to be in the reduction of blood pressure, 
 relief of neuralgic pain, and in conditions where absorp- 
 tion of inflammatory conditions is required, as in eczema, 
 lupus, and acne. 
 
 The X-Rays. 
 
 In 1895 Professor Roentgen discovered the existence 
 of X-rays during the course of an experiment with 
 cathode rays which had previously been discovered by 
 Crookes, an English observer, in 1849. The X-rays, 
 though invisible to the eye, have the property of pene- 
 trating solid substances to a considerable degree and 
 are capable of affecting a photographic plate. The 
 value of such a discovery to surgical and medical diag- 
 nosis is at once apparent. By these rays fractures can 
 be accurately portrayed, foreign substances located, and 
 many obscure conditions cleared up. 
 
 Preparation of a patient for X-ray examination con- 
 sists in the removal of metal splints, pins, and adhesive 
 plaster from the area to be examined, as these sub- 
 stances are more or less opaque to the rays and will cast 
 confusing shadows on the photographic plate, thereby 
 impairing its usefulness. If a wound exists in the field, 
 any bismuth or iodoform dressing must be removed, 
 since these substances also are non-permeable. 
 
ELECTRO-THERAPEUTICS AND RADIOLOGY. 29 1 
 
 For diagnostic purposes, it is frequently desirable to 
 radiograph the stomach or intestine. Since these organs 
 are more or less permeable to the rays, it is necessary 
 that some metallic substance, such as bismuth, be in- 
 gested shortly before the exposure is made, in order 
 that the outline of the organs may be more clearly de- 
 fined. Some cereal mixed with bismuth is frequently 
 employed for this purpose. In searching for calculus 
 in the kidneys, ureters, or gall-bladder, it is highly im- 
 portant that the colon should be empty and that a large 
 meal be not taken for some hours prior to exposure. A 
 cathartic is frequently administered the previous day 
 and a cleansing enema given, so as to avoid the possi- 
 bility of the presence of fecal masses, which will 
 seriously obscure the plate. 
 
 Therapeutic Action of X- Rays. 
 
 The X-rays have been found to have a marked 
 curative effect on some forms of lupus, eczema, and 
 epithelioma. It is sometimes desired to push their use 
 until a reaction occurs, known as an X-ray burn, and 
 it is necessary that a nurse should be able to recognize 
 the symptoms of such reaction, which may be delayed 
 and may not appear for days or even weeks after the 
 exposure has been made. It is characterized by 
 marked reddening of the part exposed, accompanied by 
 some pain and slight swelling. If the "burn" be not 
 severe, the redness disappears in a few days and the 
 part desquamates. In severe cases the condition goes 
 on to vesication and even to severe sloughing and de- 
 struction of the tissue accompanied by agonizing pain. 
 
 It should be remembered that some persons exhibit a 
 marked idiosyncrasy to the rays and will develop a burn 
 after a few seconds' exposure for radiographic purposes. 
 The main points to be remembered are that the reaction 
 is never apparent at the time and may be considerably 
 delayed, and that any reddening of the part is a danger 
 signal that should not be overlooked so that it may 
 be immediately reported and appropriate treatment 
 instituted. 
 
292 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 Radium. 
 
 The use of this substance as a therapeutic agent is 
 still in the experimental stages. Its existence was 
 first demonstrated by the Curies in France in 1898, and 
 was proven to be radio-active, i. e. , to have the power of 
 emitting rays without relation to the sun or other ex- 
 ternal conditions. Experiments are being made as to 
 its effects on the physiological processes of the body. 
 It is known that it causes the blood-vessels to dilate, is 
 possibly bacteriacidal, has some electrical action, and 
 influences quickly growing tissues such as cancerous 
 growth. Its future as a remedial agent in these con- 
 ditions remains to be determined. 
 
MINERAL WATERS. 
 
 Aix-les-Bains (Savoy) contains sulphur and a curi- 
 ous organic matter called Baregine, which renders it 
 easy of digestion, oily, and suitable for massage. It 
 is anti-rheumatic in action. The resort is open nearly 
 all the year; the season of greatest benefit is from April 
 ist to November ist. 
 
 Aix-la-Chapelle (Aachen, Prussia) is a sulphurous 
 saline water containing sodium chloride, sodium bicar- 
 bonate, sodium and potassium sulphates, sulphuretted 
 hydrogen, and carbonic acid. The water may be 
 imported, and is drunk or used for baths. The two 
 seasons extend from May 15th to September 30th, and 
 from September 15th to March 31st. 
 
 Alexanderbad (Bavaria) is a chalybeate water con- 
 taining iron and manganese. The season extends 
 from May 15th to October ist. 
 
 Alexisbad (Germany) has three springs of chaly- 
 beate water: Alexisbrunnen, Schonheitsquelle, and 
 Stahlbrunnen or Grotte. Open from May 20th to 
 September 20th. The water contains iron, manganese, 
 potassium chloride, and free carbonic acid. 
 
 Allevard (Is&re, France) is a carbonated sulphurous 
 water containing calcium and magnesium bicarbonates, 
 sodium chloride, calcium, sodium, and magnesium sul- 
 phates, free sulphuretted hydrogen, carbonic acid, and 
 nitrogen. The water may be imported and the season 
 at the spring is from June ist to September ist. 
 
 Apenta (near Budapesth) is an aperient water con- 
 taining magnesium, sodium, and calcium sulphates, 
 sodium chloride, with small quantites of lithium and 
 potassium sulphates. It is imported. 
 
 Apollinaris (Neuenahr, Germany) is a stable acidu- 
 293 
 
294 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 lated alkaline water and contains sodium chloride, 
 calcium and magnesium bicarbonates, with a large 
 excess of carbonic acid. It is imported. 
 
 Arabella (Hungary) is a saline aperient water used 
 as a mild purgative and contains magnesium and 
 sodium sulphates similar to Apenta, It is imported. 
 
 Baden-Baden (Germany) is a lithiated arsenical 
 water. The season at the springs is summer, and the 
 water is imported. 
 
 Baden (near Vienna) is a sulphurous water contain- 
 ing calcium and sodium sulphates. It rises warm and 
 has in it free carbonic acid. The place is open through- 
 out the year. 
 
 Bath (Somersetshire). — The only true thermal water 
 in England. Saline, 21 grains in 20 oz. Chiefly 
 calcium sulphate and small quantities of sodium sul- 
 phate and magnesium chloride, with carbonic acid 
 gas and nitrogen. Several baths varying in temper- 
 ature from 88° to 120 F. (31. i° to 48.8 C). For 
 chronic rheumatism, gout, and paralysis. The water 
 is aerated and sold in bottles under the name of Sulis 
 Water. Radium has been discovered in the waters of 
 Bath and Buxton. 
 
 Bethesda (Wisconsin, U. S. A.) is an alkaline water 
 which is bottled for use. It contains calcium and 
 magnesium bicarbonates. 
 
 Buda-Pesth y St. Lucasbad (Hungary) is a warm sul- 
 phurous water which contains potassium, sodium, and 
 calcium sulphates and sulphuretted hydrogen. It is 
 used for bathing (sulphur mud baths) and the hot 
 water is taken internally. The place is frequented all 
 the year. 
 
 Buffalo Lithia (Mecklenburg Co., Va., U. S. A.) is 
 an alkaline lithiated table water. There are three 
 springs, of which No. 2 is the chief. The water con- 
 tains calcium bicarbonate and sulphate, carbonic acid, 
 and sulphuretted hydrogen. The place is open from 
 June 15th to October 1st, or the water may be obtained 
 bottled. 
 
 Buxton (Derbyshire) is a slightly saline water con- 
 
MINERAL WATERS. 295 
 
 taining sodium chloride, magnesium carbonate, cal- 
 cium carbonate, free nitrogen, and carbonic acid. The 
 place is open all the year round or the water may be 
 bottled. 
 
 Carlsbad (Bohemia) is a lithiated alkaline water from 
 a number of springs practically all the same; that 
 known as Sprudel is the most important. The water 
 contains sodium bicarbonate, sulphate, and chloride, 
 lithium and calcium bicarbonates, and carbonic acid. 
 Season all the year round, principally in July. The 
 water may be imported. Carlsbad Sprudel Salts (dry 
 and crystals) are also supplied. 
 
 Condillac (France) is an imported alkaline acidulated 
 table water. 
 
 Driburg (Westphalia) is a chalybeate, tonic, aperient 
 water containing sodium sulphate, magnesium sul- 
 phate, bicarbonate of calcium and magnesium, some 
 iron and magnanese, and carbonic acid. Season from 
 May 1st to October 10th, or the water may be imported. 
 
 Eaux Bonnes (Basses-Pyrenees, France) is a mild 
 sulphurous water similar to Bareges and Cauterets. It 
 contains sodium sulphate and chloride, calcium sul- 
 phate, and sulphuretted hydrogen. Principal season 
 from June 1st to October 1st, or the water may be 
 imported. 
 
 Ems-Bad (Germany) is an alkaline saline water that 
 rises warm and contains sodium, calcium, and mag- 
 nesium bicarbonates, sodium chloride, and free car- 
 bonic acid. Season May 1st to September 30th, or the 
 water may be imported. 
 
 Fontalis is a pure alkaline table water, aerated and 
 bottled at Harrogate. It contains chlorides and 
 carbonates free from lime and magnesium salts. 
 
 Friedrichshall (Saxe-Meiningen, Germany) is an 
 active diuretic and aperient water that is imported. It 
 contains magnesium and sodium sulphates, sodium 
 chloride, and magnesium chloride. 
 
 Harrogate (Yorkshire) is a sulphurous water con- 
 taining sodium sulphate, sodium, magnesium, and 
 calcium chlorides, calcium carbonate, magnesium 
 
296 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 bromide, and sulphuretted hydrogen. It possesses 
 aperient and diuretic properties. The season is sum- 
 mer and winter or the water may be had in bottles. 
 
 Hunyadi Jands (Buda-Pesth) is an imported aperi- 
 ent water containing large percentages of magnesium 
 and sodium sulphates, sodium chloride, and sodium 
 and calcium bicarbonates. 
 
 Kissingen (Bavaria, Germany), Rakoczy and Pauden 
 springs, is a saline aperient water containing sodium 
 and potassium chlorides, and iron and calcium 
 bicarbonates. It is imported. 
 
 Kissingen (Bavaria) Bitter Water is an aperient con- 
 taining magnesium and sodium sulphates and carbonic 
 acid. 
 
 Leamington is a bottled saline water containing sod- 
 ium, magnesium, and calcium sulphates, sodium, cal- 
 cium, and magnesium chlorides, and ferrous carbonate. 
 
 Malvern (Worcestershire) is a bottled water practi- 
 cally free from saline matter, and contains no organic 
 matter. 
 
 Marienbad (Bohemia). There are several springs, 
 alkaline, saline, chalybeate, and acidulated. The 
 waters contain sodium sulphate, chloride, bicarbonates 
 of alkaline earth metals, ferrous iron, and free carbonic 
 acid. It is supplied in powder or crystals, and tablets 
 are also made. The season is summer, or the water 
 may be imported. 
 
 Nauheim (Germany) is a chalybeate iron and lithia 
 water used in skin and rheumatic affections and heart 
 diseases. 
 
 Nordhall (Lincolnshire) is a bromo-iodized water 
 containing bromine, iodine, sodium chloride, and 
 arsenic. The place is open from March 31st to 
 October 31st. 
 
 Salutaris is pure distilled water, still or aerated, for 
 table use. 
 
 Saratoga (U. S. A.) is an alkaline saline water from 
 the " Congress" or " Hathorn " springs. It contains 
 sodium chloride and iodide, bicarbonates of calcium 
 and magnesium, and free carbonic acid. It is a mild 
 
MINERAL WATERS. 297 
 
 aperient. The place is open all the year round, or the 
 water may be obtained in bottles. 
 
 Sellers, or Sellzer Waler (on the Lahn, Nassau), 
 Ober and Nieder springs, is an alkaline acidulated 
 table water containing sodium chloride, bicarbonates, 
 and carbonic acid. It is imported. 
 
 Spa (Belgium) is an imported ferruginous water 
 containing ferrous bicarbonate and free carbonic acid. 
 The season is summer. 
 
 Suits (Bath Water, aerated) is an aperient table 
 water containing calcium and sodium sulphates, mag- 
 nesium, and sodium chloride. 
 
 Vichy (Allier, France) is an imported alkaline, acid- 
 ulated water from one of the springs: Grande-Grille, 
 Hopital, Celestins, or Pare. The place is open from 
 May 15th to September 30th. 
 
 Wiesbaden (Nassau) Kochbrunnen is an antacid 
 water containing sodium and potassium chlorides, 
 magnesium and sodium bicarbonates, and free car- 
 bonic acid. The place is open all the summer or the 
 water may be imported. 
 
UNCLASSIFIED DRUGS {ALPHABETICALLY 
 ARRANGED). 
 
 Acefalis a derivative of alcohol, employed as a seda- 
 tive and hypnotic. It is usually given as an emulsion. 
 
 Average dose, 3 1.-4 mils. 
 
 Aceto?ie (official) is prepared by the dry distillation 
 of calcium acetate. It is a colorless liquid with a 
 peculiar ethereal odor, and sharp, biting taste. Mis- 
 cible with water, alcohol, and ether, Employed as a 
 nervine, as an intestinal antiseptic and anthelmintic. 
 
 Acetozone is a proprietary form of benzoyl-acetyl 
 peroxide, and is used as an intestinal antiseptic and 
 antipyretic. 
 
 Airol (bismuth oxy-iodo-gallate), or dermatol oxi- 
 dized with the addition of iodine, forms a greenish gray, 
 fine, voluminous, inodorous, and tasteless powder. 
 Moisture causes it to turn red with loss of iodine. 
 Soluble in dilute acids and alkalies. Used as a dusting 
 powder in place of iodoform. 
 
 Albolene, a refined product of petroleum that cannot 
 become rancid. Used as a basis for ointments. 
 Albolene liquid is a colorless, odorless, tasteless fluid, 
 very light and diffusible. Used as a solvent for drugs 
 in oleaginous solution for sprays. 
 
 Ancdgen is a remedy used as an antineuralgic, anti- 
 pyretic, and analgesic. 
 
 Average dose, gr. viii.-o.5 Gm., repeated in three 
 hours. 
 
 Anesthol is an anaesthetic, composed of chloroform, 
 ether, and ethyl chloride in the proportions respec- 
 tively of 1, 2, 3, which corresponds closely to the A. C. 
 1$. mixture. 
 
 298 
 
UNCLASSIFIED DRUGS. 299 
 
 Anfinervin contains ammonium bromide, salicylic 
 acid, and acetanilid. It is used as an anodyne and 
 antineuralgic. 
 
 Average dose, gr. viii-0.5 Gm. 
 
 Apiol is a steroptene derived from garden parsley. 
 Apioline is claimed to be the true active principle of 
 parsley. Each acts as a stimulating emmenagogue. 
 Average dose, Tlj, V.-0.3 mil. Continued use may bring 
 on headache, giddiness, ringing in the ears, and mild 
 intoxication. The U. S- P. admits the oleoresin. 
 
 Apocodcin hydrochloride is an amorphous yellowish 
 powder used as an expectorant. Hypodermic dose, 
 gr. i.-o.o6 Gm. 
 
 Argyrol is a combination of silver with the yolk of 
 eggs, containing 30 <f of silver. It is used as an 
 antiseptic in inflammatory affections of the mucous 
 membranes. Solution 5-20 %. 
 
 Aristol (Annidalin). — The essential constituent of 
 aristol is iodine, of which it contains about 45 $, other 
 substances entering into its composition being thymol 
 and sodium. It is odorless, and is used as a sub- 
 stitute for iodoform. As an antiseptic it is not strong 
 and has no poisonous qualities. It is used in dusting 
 powders, ointments, and solutions in oil, ether, or 
 collodion, usually in a strength of from 5-10 $. 
 
 Asaprol has analgesic properties. It also checks 
 hemorrhage, lowers temperature, and lessens nervous- 
 ness and insomnia. It increases the amount of urine, 
 and sometimes gives rise to profuse perspiration. In- 
 ternally gr. v -0.3 Gm. may be given in a day. It is 
 soluble in water and in alcohol, and is incompatible 
 with quinine, iodide of potassium, and the soluble sul- 
 phates. For lotions or irrigation it is prepared in a 
 strength of 1-5%. 
 
 Asparagin is a derivative of marshmallow root and 
 is also contained in asparagus. It is used as a diuretic. 
 Average dose, gr. ss.-0.03 Gm. 
 
 Aspirin. — Compound made chemically from salicylic 
 acid. Action similar to that of sodium salicylate, but 
 more lasting. 
 
 Average dose, gr. viii.-o.5 Gm. 
 
300 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 Atoxyl is an amido-benzene compound of arsenic, 
 administered in the form of a hypodermic in place of 
 arsenic by mouth. 
 
 Bebeerin, an alkaloid in the form of a white amor- 
 phous powder with a bitter taste, used as a substitute 
 for quinine. Average dose, gr. ss.-0.03 G-m. 
 
 Benzonaphthol is a white, crystalline powder, used as 
 an intestinal antiseptic and disinfectant. Average dose, 
 gr. V.-0.3 Gm. 
 
 Benzosol is a compound of guaiacol. A colorless, 
 inodorous, tasteless powder, insoluble in water. It 
 contains about 50% of guaiacol. 
 
 Average dose, gr. V.-0.3 Gm. 
 
 Betol or Naphthalol is a compound analogous to salol, 
 but containing 10 % less of salicylic acid, and being 
 correspondingly less active and less effective. In the 
 intestines it decomposes into naphthol and salicylic acid. 
 It is used in the same way as salol. It is best given in 
 pill or emulsion. 
 
 Average dose, gr. iii.-o.2 Gm. 
 
 Bismuton is a canary-yellow powder containing 
 bismuth, resorcin, and tannin. Average dose, gr. viii.- 
 0.5 Gm. 
 
 Bismutose is a fine greenish yellow powder, with 
 astringent taste, odorless and insoluble. It contains 
 22% bismuth in albumin and sodium chloride. Used 
 as an antacid and antidiarrhoea remedy. It acts more 
 quickly than other bismuth compounds but is more 
 constipating. Average dose, gr. xv.-i Gm. 
 
 Boro- salicylate of Glyceri?i is a compound of boric 
 and salicylic acids in concentrated form in which all 
 their antiseptic and microbicide powers are retained, 
 and is miscible with water in all proportions. Five 
 mils of the compound contains 1 Gm. each of salicylic 
 and boric acids. 
 
 Bromal Hydrate is made by the action of bromine 
 on alcohol. It is similar to chloral hydrate in its 
 actions, being antispasmodic and hypnotic, but is 
 more powerful than chloral and more direct and dan- 
 gerous in its influence over cardiac muscle. I<arge 
 
UNCLASSIFIED DRUGS. 301 
 
 quantities may cause death, preceded by anaesthesia 
 and convulsions. 
 
 Average dose, gr. iss.-i Gm. 
 
 Bromidia is said to contain potassium bromide and 
 chloral-hydrate, of each 30 parts; extract of hyos- 
 cyamus and extract of cannabis indica, of each 0.25 
 parts ; fluid extract of liquorice, 90 parts; and oil of 
 orange peel, 5 drops. 
 
 Brominol, Bromipin, is a substitute for the bromides 
 in the form of bromine 10 f in sesame oil, in which the 
 properties of bromine are retained without any taste 
 or odor of it or the resulting rash or depression after 
 large doses. Average dose, 3 iss.-6 Gm. 
 
 Bromocoll is a combination of bromine, tannin, and 
 gelatin, containing 20% of bromine and used as a 
 substitute for the bromides. 
 
 Bromoformum (official) (Bromoform) is an analogue 
 of chloroform, and contains bromine. It is soluble in 
 alcohol; only slightly so in water. It is quite powerful 
 in its actions, which are antispasmodic, analgesic, and 
 antiseptic. Average dose, ttl . iii.-o.2 mil. 
 
 Cacodyl (Arsenic) Derivatives. — Cacodylic acid and 
 sodium cacodylate and their combinations with 
 mercury have been used extensively in anaemic and 
 cachectic conditions, internally and as a lotion for 
 the eyes or for sores elsewhere. Average dose, gr. 
 i-0.06 Gm., hypodermically. Sodium cacodylate is 
 official. 
 
 Cctrarin is a bitter principle obtained from Iceland 
 moss, and used as a stomachic. It increases peristalsis, 
 likewise the secretion of saliva, bile, and pancreatic 
 juice. Average dose, gr. iss.-i Gm. 
 
 Chaulmoogra Oil is a frothy substance obtained from 
 seed of Gynocardia odorata ; used in the treatment of 
 leprosy and tubercular conditions. Average dose, 
 Til xv.-i mil. 
 
 Chloralformamidum is a preparation made by the 
 interaction of chloral and formamid, in the form 
 of colorless crystals, employed as a substitute for 
 chloral, being not so depressing as the latter, yet less 
 
302 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 certain in its hypnotic action. Average dose, gr. xv- 
 iGm. 
 
 Chloralose is a compound of chloral with grape sugar 
 in the form of fine colorless crystals, with a bitter taste, 
 freely soluble in hot liquids, but slightly so in cold 
 water. It is used as a hypnotic, but is not so reliable 
 as chloral. Average dose, gr. iii.-o.2 Gm. 
 
 Chloretone is a compound formed by the action of 
 caustic potash on equal parts of chloroform and 
 acetone. It is used as an antiemetic in preg- 
 nancy, seasickness, and menstrual sickness, as a 
 hypnotic and external antiseptic. Average dose, gr. 
 xv.-i Gm. 
 
 Chrysarobin is a principle obtained from goa powder 
 found in the stems and branches of Andira arabolea, 
 in the form of a light yellow crystalline powder, and 
 is employed in the treatment of various skin diseases 
 in an ointment of 10%. 
 
 Condurango is the herb of Gonololus condurango, used 
 as an alterative. Average dose of fluid extract, ill xv- 
 i mil. 
 
 Cornutin is one of the active principles of ergot, a 
 reddish to yellowish product (Kobert's) or white 
 crystals (Keller's), used in place of ergot. Dose, gr. 
 rV-0.005 Gm. 
 
 Coronillin is a glucoside from the seeds of Coronilla 
 scorproides forming a pale yellow, bitter powder, used 
 to strengthen heart action and increase diuresis. Aver- 
 age dose, gr. iii.-o.2 Gm. 
 
 Crede's Ointment contains 15% soluble metallic silver 
 and is employed in septic inflammation and erysipelas. 
 
 Creolin is an emulsion of cresol, a derivative of car- 
 bolic acid. It mixes in all proportions with chloroform, 
 ether, and alcohol, and with water forms a milky solu- 
 tion. It is used locally in a variety of ways. 
 
 Cresol. Is official and is derived from coal tar. It 
 has the medicinal qualities of its group, and is slightly 
 soluble in water, more freely so in glycerine, alcohol, 
 or ether. 
 
 Average dose, tt|, L-0.05 mil. 
 
UNCLASSIFIED DRUGS. 303 
 
 Dermatol contains about 55% of the oxide of bismuth. 
 It is a yellow, odorless powder, insoluble. It is an 
 excellent antiseptic, used in place of iodoform. It is 
 also used internally. It is officially listed as bismuth 
 subgallate. 
 
 Average dose, gr. viiL-0.5 Gm. 
 
 Locally it is used as a powder, in gauze, emulsion, 
 or ointment. Strength, 10-20 <f . 
 
 Diabetin is a trade name for laevulose or fruit sugar. 
 
 Dionin is the hydrochloride of a preparation of mor- 
 phine, appearing in a fine white crystalline powder, 
 possessing the narcotic properties of morphine without 
 attaining its intensity. Toleration is not established 
 by its use, hence it is used for the morphine habit. 
 Its properties are similar to codeine. Average dose, 
 gr. J- 0.015 Gm.^ 
 
 Eucaine, now in the U. S. P. as Betaeucaine Hydro- 
 chloride, is a synthetic alkaloid, in action like cocaine. 
 It is irritant and must be used with care. 
 
 Eudoxin is artificially produced in the search for 
 inodorous iodine compounds. It contains iodine and 
 bismuth and shares their qualities. 
 
 Average dose, gr. iii.-o.2 Gm. 
 
 Eugenol (official) is an aromatic phenol obtained 
 from oil of clove and other sources. It must not be 
 exposed to air. 
 
 Average dose, TTL iii.-o.2 mil. 
 
 Euphthalmin is a synthetic alkaloid of complex 
 derivation, sometimes_used as a mydriatic, usually in 
 2% solution. 
 
 Europhen is a powder containing about 27 % of iodine, 
 and used as a substitute for iodoform. It is soluble in 
 alcohol, ether, chloroform, and oil. As a dusting 
 powder it is used in a strength of from 5-10, # and 
 hypodermically solutions in olive oil are used in from 
 3-10 # strength. 
 
 Ferratin. — This organic preparation of iron is made 
 commercially by heating animal or vegetable albumin 
 until the slimy consistency is lost, when an acid is 
 
304 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 added and a ferric compound of the albuminoids is 
 formed. This after drying is readily soluble in alka- 
 line solutions. It is absorbed more rapidly, and is less 
 irritant than the inorganic preparations. Contains 7 # 
 of iron. Average dose, gr. viii.-o.5 Gm. 
 
 Glulolis formaldehyde gelatin, exhibited as a powder 
 and used as an antiseptic. 
 
 Hcemogallol is obtained by oxidizing the haemo- 
 globin of the blood by the action of pyrogallol (a 
 derivative of gallic acid). It is a reddish brown 
 powder, easily assimilated. It is insoluble in water, 
 and is given in tablets or in wine. 
 
 Average dose, gr. iii.-o.2 Gm. 
 
 Hczrnoglobin is the red coloring matter of the blood 
 corpuscles. It forms a red powder, soluble in water. 
 
 Average dose, gr. ii. -0.125 Om. 
 
 Helmitol is a compound of a preparation of citric 
 acid and urotropin in the form of odorless and colorless 
 crystals with a slightly acid taste, acting as diuretic 
 and antiseptic. Average dose, gr. viii.-o.5 Gm. 
 
 Hemol. — Obtained from haemoglobin by reduction 
 with zinc dust. Contains 0.2 % of iron. A number 
 of combinations of hemol with other metals are in use, 
 possessing the tonic properties of the former with 
 the medicinal properties of the latter. Arsen-hemol 
 contains 1 $ of arsenous acid. Iodo-hemol contains 
 16.6 <f of iodine. Zinc hemol contains 1 % of zinc. 
 
 Holocain is obtained by uniting phenacetin and 
 para-phenetidin in the form of insoluble crystals of 
 bitter taste, and used as a local anaesthetic in ophthal- 
 mology in solution of 1 #. 
 
 Iodoformogen is an odorless compound of albumin 
 and iodoform. It is dry, impalpable, does not form 
 lumps, and is three times lighter than iodoform, in 
 place of which it is used. 
 
 Iodothyrin is obtained from the thyroid gland of the 
 sheep in the form of an amorphous brown powder, as 
 a milk-sugar trituration; used as an alterative in an 
 average dose of gr. xv.-i Gm. Contains 3% iodine. 
 
 Jequirity is the seed of Abrus precatorius > the active 
 
UNCLASSIFIED DRUGS. 305 
 
 principle of which is abrin or jequiritin, which is used 
 as an irritant in chronic conjunctivitis. It is extremely 
 poisonous. 
 
 Kola contains the alkaloids theobromine and caf- 
 feine, and a principle known as kolanin. It is used 
 internally as an astringent. It lessens tissue waste, 
 is a tonic stimulant to the circulation, and aids the 
 alcoholic subject in resisting the craving for liquor. 
 
 Lecithin is a phosphate obtained from the yolks of 
 eggs, and is used in nervous affections. Average dose, 
 gr. iii.-o.2 Gm. 
 
 Listerine is an American specialty used as a lotion 
 or mouth wash, and contains approximately boric acid 
 25, benzoic acid 1, thymol 1, eucalyptol 1, oil of 
 gaultheria 2, oil of peppermint \, tincture of baptista 
 15, alcohol (90 f ) 325, and water to make 1000. 
 
 Litmus Paper for the testing of urine, etc., is colored 
 blue by impregnation with a solution of litmus, which 
 is a dye prepared from lichens with an alkali. Dipped 
 into an acid the paper turns red, and the color is 
 restored by an alkali. 
 
 Losophan is a preparation containing about 78 4> of 
 iodine. It is used in powder, ointment, and solution, 
 in from 10-20 <f , in the treatment of skin diseases. 
 
 Lysoform is a combination of lysol and formaldehyde 
 used in solution of 5 to 10 f as a disinfectant and 
 antiseptic. 
 
 Lysol is a derivative of carbolic acid, containing 50 i 
 of cresols. It forms a soapy liquid with water, and 
 combines with alcohol and glycerin. It is used as a 
 disinfectant for the skin, in 1 $ solution, and for 
 wounds and abscesses in from 1-3 <f . 
 
 Magma Bismuthi, Milk of Bismuth (official), contains 
 bismuth subnitrate, nitric acid^ and ammonium carbo- 
 nate. Average dose, 3 1.-4 ml l s - 
 
 Magma Magnesia, Milk of Magnesia (official), con- 
 tains magnesium carbonate and sodium hydroxide. 
 
 Average dose, 3 iiss.-io mils. 
 
 Marrubin, or the glycerine extract of the red bone 
 marrow, may be used. Average dose, 3 i.-4 mils - 
 
306 MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 This is given as a nutrient substitute for cod-liver 
 oil. 
 
 Mel Roses, Honey of Rose, is made of fluidextract of 
 rose and clarified honey. Average dose, 3 i-4 mils. 
 Official. 
 
 Methacetin is a compound analogous to phenacetin. 
 It is tasteless and colorless, soluble in alcohol, gly- 
 cerin, and oil; also slightly soluble in water. It has 
 been used as an antiseptic, analgesic, and antipyretic. 
 It is rather depressing, and has sometimes caused col- 
 lapse. Large doses may bring on convulsions, followed 
 by death. 
 
 Average dose, gr. ii.-0.125 Gm. 
 
 Methylal is a local anaesthetic and hypnotic, derived 
 from alcohol. It is soluble in water and alcohol, and 
 has an aromatic odor and taste. The sleep produced 
 by it is sound but of short duration. It is depressing 
 in large doses. It has been used in cases of insanity 
 and delirium tremens. 
 
 Average dose, "nt iii.-o.2 mil. 
 
 Methylthionine Chloride — Methylene Blue (official) — 
 is one of the " aniline dyes." It is slightly soluble in 
 water. It is a bluish powder, and has been used as an 
 antipyretic and antiseptic. It is also considered a good 
 antiperiodic. It is given in wafers or capsules, and 
 hypodermically. It colors the urine blue or greenish 
 blue. 
 
 Average dose, gr. iiss.-0.15 Gm. 
 
 Migranin is an antipyrin preparation containing 
 an ti pyrin, caffeine, and citric acid. 
 
 Average dose, gr. viii.-o.5 Gm. 
 
 Novaspirin. — Also a compound of sodium salicylate. 
 Less nauseating. 
 
 Average dose, gr. V.-0.3 Gm. 
 
 Novocaine. — Artificial alkaloid used as a local an- 
 aesthetic. Action similar to cocaine but is less 
 poisonous. 
 
 Average dose, gr. ss.-o.03 Gm. 
 
 Nuclein is a phosphorated proteid obtained from the 
 
UNCLASSIFIED DRUGS. 307 
 
 spleen and other organs in the form of a pale yellow 
 powder, soluble in alkaline solutions but insoluble in 
 water and alcohol. It is said to increase the number 
 of white blood cells and so destroy bacteria. 
 
 Average dose, gr. iii.-o.2 Gm. 
 
 Orexin is a derivative of chinolin. It is a gray 
 powder of bitter taste, soluble in water and alcohol. 
 It is used as an appetizer and stomachic tonic, but is 
 somewhat irritating, and should not be given on an 
 empty stomach. 
 
 Average dose, gr. iii.-o.2 Gm., in capsule, at meal- 
 time, or accompanied by food or some nourishing drink. 
 
 Oxygen. — A constituent of the atmosphere forming 
 20% of its volume. Stored under pressure in metal 
 tanks for use (official). 
 
 Action: Antiseptic. Improves condition of blood 
 and stimulates all activity. 
 
 Chief use in pneumonia when patient becomes cyan- 
 otic due to imperfect oxygenation of the blood. 
 
 Pellotine, an alkaloid obtained from a Mexican plant 
 and used in the form of the hydrochloride as a 
 hypnotic. 
 
 Average dose, gr. ss.-0.03 Gm. 
 
 Pental is a hydrocarbon obtained from fusel oil as 
 a colorless liquid and used as a general and local anti- 
 septic. It is depressing. 
 
 Peronin is a hydrochloride of the benzyl ether of 
 morphine, the action of which is between that of mor- 
 phine and codeine. Average dose, gr. ss.-0.03 Gm. 
 
 Picric Acid, Trinitrophenol, an explosive combina- 
 tion of carbolic, sulphuric, and nitric acids, is of- 
 ficial. It is a yellow, crystalline powder, soluble in 
 water. Its action is antiseptic, astringent, and slightly 
 irritant. Applied to suppurating burns through wet 
 gauze it cleans and heals them readily. It should be 
 applied thoroughly in all cases, the acid being removed 
 frequently until the coagulated lymph covers the sore. 
 It may also be applied to mucous membrane, in the 
 form of a douche. It is sometimes rapidly absorbed and 
 causes poisoning, the characteristic symptom being the 
 
308 MATERIA MEDICA FOR NURSES. 
 
 yellow color of the skin, mucous membranes, and urine. 
 Convulsions and collapse may occur. 
 
 Piperazine is a drug formed by the action of ammonia 
 upon ethylene bromide. It is used as a diuretic, its 
 active properties arising from its capacity for dissolving 
 uric acid. 
 
 It is not irritant nor poisonous. 
 
 Average dose, gr. X.-0.3 in carbonated water. 
 
 Protargol. — A silver compound containing 8.3% of 
 metallic silver combined with protein. It is antiseptic, 
 slightly astringent, non-irritant, and free from all caus- 
 tic or corrosive effects, even on sensitive membranes. 
 It is used in I to 2% solutions. It should be kept in 
 amber vials. 
 
 Pyramidon is an amido derivative of antipyrin. It is 
 milder, more gradual, and more lasting than antipyrin. 
 
 Average dose, gr. v. -0.3 Gm. 
 
 Pyrogallol. — Pyrogallic acid is obtained by the action 
 of heat on gallic acid. It is used in skin diseases as a 
 local irritant, caustic, and parasiticide. It stains the 
 skin and clothing brown. It is generally employed in 
 the form of ointment or in flexible collodion. It may 
 cause poisoning, manifested by headache, diarrhoea, 
 chills, vomiting, a reddish color to the skin, dark 
 brown urine, rapid heart and respiration, restlessness,, 
 convulsions, coma, and death. Official. 
 
 Salipyrin. — This drug is the salicylate of antipyrin. 
 It is considered an efficient antipyretic. 
 
 Average dose, gr. viiL-0.5 Gm. 
 
 Salophen is a derivative of salol, introduced as a sub- 
 stitute for the latter in order to avoid effects arising 
 from the liberation of phenol in the organism, which 
 occurs when salol is used. Its physiological actions are 
 similar to those of salol. 
 
 Dose, gr. viii.-o.5 Gm. 
 
 Salvarsan, Called "606" or Arsenobenzol. — A com- 
 plex organic arsenic salt put up for use. It is a yellow 
 powder sealed in glass tubes. 
 
 Action: As a specific in syphilis, by destroying the or- 
 ganism, Spirocheta pallida, and neutralizing its poisons. 
 
UNCLASSIFIED DRUGS. 309 
 
 Administration: A suitable dilution of the drug in 
 distilled water is administered by venous transfusion. 
 Occasionally this solution is administered by deep in- 
 jection into the muscles. 
 
 Average dose, gr. viiL-0.5 Gm. 
 
 The administration of the drug produces reaction of 
 more or less severity in some cases. There may be a 
 chill with accompanying high temperature. Blindness 
 has resulted and the usual signs of arsenical poisoning 
 may make their appearance. 
 
 Sanatogen is a combination of sodium-glycero-phos- 
 phate and casein, used as a nutrient tonic. 
 
 Somatose is a preparation of meat in such a way as 
 to be readily digestible, five parts of the preparation 
 representing thirty parts of meat. Iron somatose and 
 milk somatose are preparations with iron and from milk, 
 respectively. 
 
 Somnalis madeby the combination of chloral, alcohol, 
 .and urethan. It is a colorless liquid which will not 
 mix with cold water, but dissolves in alcohol, or hot 
 water. It is quite an efficient hypnotic, and usually 
 prompt in its action. Its effects are considered less 
 depressing than those of chloral, and more active than 
 those of urethan. 
 
 Average dose, tt|, xv.-i Gm., usually given in syrup 
 of tolu. 
 
 " Stypticin," no longer so-called, is officially Cotarnine 
 Hydrochloride. It is obtained from narcotin, one of the 
 alkaloids of opium. It is given in solution, or in 
 powder, wrapped in wafers, or best, in gelatine pearls. 
 It may also be used hypodermically. 
 
 Average dose, gr. i.-o.o6 Gm. 
 
 Taka-diastase is a starch-digesting ferment obtained 
 from fungus grown on wheat bran. Average dose, gr. 
 V.-0.3 Gm. 
 
 Tannalbin is a red brown product made by combining 
 tannin and albumin, and used as an intestinal astringent. 
 Average dose, gr. x-0.65 Gm. 
 
 Terebenum (Terebe?ie) is a colorless liquid, of hot 
 taste, obtained by chemical process from oil of tur- 
 
3IO MATERIA MEDIC A FOR NURSES. 
 
 pentine. It is used as a stimulant expectorant. Official. 
 Average dose, ttj, iv.-0.25 mil, in an emulsion or in 
 capsule. 
 
 Terpijii Hydras, Terpin Hydrate (official), is made from 
 turpentine but has no odor of turpentine. It is used as 
 an expectorant. 
 
 Average dose, gr. iv.-0.25 Gm., given in tablets or 
 syrup. 
 
 Terpinol is an oily liquid, obtained by combining 
 terpine and hydrochloric acid. It has the same stimu- 
 lant and expectorant properties as terpin hydrate, and 
 is used under similar circumstances. 
 Average dose, tij, viiL-0.5 mil. 
 
 Tetronal is a compound allied to sulphonal, and in 
 general similar to trional. 
 
 Average dose, gr. viii-0.5 Gm. 
 
 Theophylline (official) formerly known by the name 
 theocin. It is obtained from the teaplant and is also 
 produced chemically. It has diuretic qualities. 
 Average dose, gr. iv.-0.25 Gm. 
 
 Thymacetin is a derivative of thymol, and related to 
 phenacetin. It is used as an analgesic and hypnotic. 
 The after-effects are sometimes unpleasant. 
 Average dose, gr. v. -0.3 Gm. 
 
 Thymol Iodide contains about 43% of iodine, and is 
 used as a substitute for iodoform. It is not poisonous. 
 It is official. 
 
 Trional, now officially Sulphonethylniethane , is chemi- 
 cally allied to sulphonal, and is given as a hypnotic, 
 and also as an antihydrotic. When it is successfully 
 given it produces a quiet sleep and a natural awaken- 
 ing, but if, after being given twice in succession, no 
 results follow, it is useless to try it further. When it 
 acts, it acts quickly, and sleep comes on within a short 
 time. It is not given for more than five or six nights 
 in succession, as it sometimes causes prostration. It 
 is apt to accumulate in the blood, and to avoid this, 
 mineral waters are taken in conjunction with it. It 
 causes constipation, and this must be watched for and 
 overcome. It is given in hot milk just before retiring. 
 
UNCLASSIFIED DRUGS. 311 
 
 Average dose, gr. xii.-0.75 Gm. 
 
 Tropococain is an alkaloid from a variety of coca, used 
 lik cocaine as a local anaesthetic It is very costly. 
 
 Tussol is anti-pyrinin-mandelate, and is used as an 
 antispasmodic. Average dose, gr. i.-o.o6 Gm. 
 
 Urotropin is now officially Hexamethylenamine and 
 has lost its trade name. Formed by the action of for- 
 maldehyde and ammonia. It is a urinary antiseptic, 
 sterilizing the urine by giving off some of its formalde- 
 hyde. It increases the flow of urine and the excretion 
 of uric acid, the solution of the urates beginning within 
 twenty-four hours after the ingestion of the drug. 
 
 Average dose, gr. iv.-0.25 Gm. 
 
 Veronal is a hypnotic which in excess may cause a 
 rash, neuralgic pains, or loss of muscular control. 
 Over-use induces constipation and diminishes excretion 
 from the kidneys. Large doses have caused death. 
 
 Average dose, gr. iv.-0.25 Gm. 
 
INDEX 
 
 Note. — The preparations of drugs which are found in the 
 Ninth Decennial Revision of the United States Pharmacopoeia 
 are set in the index in italics. Unofficial drugs are set in Ro- 
 man letters, as are also the general names of metals and plants 
 which do not appear as such in the Pharmacopoeia. 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Absorbent Cotton . 
 
 189 
 
 Nitric 
 
 no 
 
 Absorbents . 
 
 4 
 
 Nitrohydrochloric 
 
 112 
 
 Absorption . 
 
 4 
 
 Diluted . 
 
 112 
 
 Aceta 
 
 9 
 
 Oleic 
 
 163 
 
 Acetal 
 
 298 
 
 Oxalic 
 
 122 
 
 A cetanilid . 
 
 159 
 
 Phosphoric 
 
 113 
 
 Acetanilidum 
 
 . 159 
 
 Diluted 
 
 113 
 
 Incidental Effects 
 
 160 
 
 Salicylic 
 
 152 
 
 Related Drugs . 
 
 160 
 
 Sulphuric . 
 
 109 
 
 Acetic Acid . 
 
 114 
 
 Aromatic 
 
 no 
 
 Diluted 
 
 . i J 5 
 
 Diluted 
 
 no 
 
 Acetone 
 
 . 298 
 
 Sulphurous 
 
 113 
 
 Acetozone . . 
 
 298 
 
 Tannic 
 
 117 
 
 A cetphenetidin 
 
 . 161 
 
 Tartaric 
 
 117 
 
 Acetum 
 
 115 
 
 Acidum; 
 
 
 Acids: 
 
 
 Aceticum . 
 
 114 
 
 Acetic 
 
 . 114 
 
 Dilutum 
 
 115 
 
 Diluted 
 
 ■ 115 
 
 Benzoicum 
 
 217 
 
 Arsenous . 
 
 ■ 87 
 
 Boricum . 
 
 113 
 
 Benzoic . 
 
 . 217 
 
 Carbolicum {Phenol) 
 
 148 
 
 Boric 
 
 . 113 
 
 Citricum . 
 
 116 
 
 Carbolic (Phenol) 
 
 . 148 
 
 Gallicum 
 
 118 
 
 Citric 
 
 . 116 
 
 Hydrochloricum . 
 
 in 
 
 Gallic 
 
 . 118 
 
 Dilutum 
 
 112 
 
 Hydrochloric 
 
 in 
 
 Hydrocyanicum 
 
 119 
 
 Diluted 
 
 112 
 
 Dilutum 
 
 119 
 
 Hydrocyanic 
 
 . 119 
 
 Lacticum . 
 
 119 
 
 Diluted 
 
 . 119 
 
 Dilutum 
 
 119 
 
 Lactic 
 
 . 119 
 
 Nitricum . 
 
 no 
 
 313 
 
3H 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 A cidum — Continued 
 
 
 Agaricus 
 
 260 
 
 Nitrohydrochloricum 
 
 112 
 
 Airol . 
 
 298 
 
 Dilutum 
 
 112 
 
 Albolene 
 
 298 
 
 Oleicum . 
 
 163 
 
 Albuminous Bodies 
 
 2 
 
 Oxalicum 
 
 122 
 
 Alcohol . . 1 
 
 23-130 
 
 Phosphoricum . 
 
 113 
 
 Absolute . 
 
 131 
 
 Dilutum 
 
 113 
 
 Amyl, Amylicum 
 
 124 
 
 Salicylicum 
 
 152 
 
 Dehydrated 
 
 131 
 
 Sulphuricum 
 
 109 
 
 Diluted, Dilutum 
 
 131 
 
 Aromaticum . 
 
 no 
 
 Ethyl, Ethylicum 
 
 124 
 
 Dilutum 
 
 no 
 
 Methyl, Methylicum 
 
 124 
 
 Sulphurosum 
 
 113 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 125 
 
 Tannicum 
 
 117 
 
 Preparations 
 
 130 
 
 Tartaricum 
 
 117 
 
 Symptoms of Poison 
 
 
 Aconite 
 
 165 
 
 ing 
 
 130 
 
 Extract of 
 
 168 
 
 Alcoholic Beverages 
 
 131 
 
 Fluidextract of . 
 
 167 
 
 Ale . 
 
 133 
 
 Liniment of 
 
 168 
 
 Alkali. 
 
 40 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 
 Alkalies 
 
 40,41 
 
 27, 
 
 33, 165 
 
 Alkaline Gentian Mix 
 
 
 Precautions 
 
 167 
 
 ture 
 
 224 
 
 Symptoms of Poison 
 
 
 Alkaloids 
 
 2, 40 
 
 ing 
 
 166 
 
 of Aconite 
 
 168 
 
 Tincture of 
 
 168 
 
 of Opium . 
 
 ISO 
 
 Treatment of Poison 
 
 
 Aloes 
 
 252 
 
 ing 
 
 167 
 
 A loin . 
 
 252 
 
 A conitina 
 
 1 68 
 
 Alteratives . 
 
 4,38 
 
 Aconitine 
 
 168 
 
 Alum 
 
 72 
 
 Action of Drugs, Physi 
 
 0- 
 
 Dried 
 
 73 
 
 logical 
 
 4, 26 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 72 
 
 Active Principles 
 
 f 
 
 Preparations 
 
 72 
 
 Drugs . 
 
 2 
 
 Symptoms of Poison 
 
 
 Adeps 
 
 263 
 
 ing 
 
 72 
 
 Benzoinatus 
 
 264 
 
 A lumen 
 
 72 
 
 Lance 
 
 264 
 
 Exsiccatum 
 
 73 
 
 Adhesive Plaster . 
 
 • 65 
 
 Alumini Hydroxidum 
 
 72 
 
 Adonidin 
 
 170 
 
 Aluminum Hydroxide 
 
 72 
 
 Adonis Vernalis . 
 
 170 
 
 Alumnol 
 
 156 
 
 Infusion of 
 
 . 170 
 
 American Hellebore 
 
 254 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 170 
 
 Ammonia . 
 
 40,54 
 
 Preparations 
 
 170 
 
 A romatic Spirit of 
 
 56 
 
 Adrenalin . 
 
 . 286 
 
 Carbonate of 
 
 55 
 
 Adrenalin Chloride Sol. 
 
 287 
 
 Chloride of 
 
 55 
 
 JEther . _ . 
 
 • 136 
 
 Liniment . 
 
 57 
 
 ^Ethylis Bromidum 
 
 . 139 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 54 
 
 Mthylis Chloridum 
 
 140 
 
 Preparations 
 
 55 
 
 Agaricin 
 
 260 
 
 Salts of . 
 
 41,42 
 
INDEX. 
 
 315 
 
 Ammonia — Continued 
 
 
 Antimonii et Potassii 
 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning 54 
 
 Tartras . 
 
 9i 
 
 Treatment of Poison- 
 
 
 Antimonium 
 
 91 
 
 ing . . 
 
 55 
 
 Antimony . 
 
 9i 
 
 Water 
 
 56 
 
 and Potassium Tar- 
 
 
 Stronger 
 
 56 
 
 trate 
 
 9i 
 
 Ammoniated Tincture 0, 
 
 f 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoning 
 
 93 
 
 Valerian 
 
 214 
 
 Treatment of Poison- 
 
 
 Ammonii, Bromidum 
 
 100 
 
 ing . . 
 
 93 
 
 Carbonas . 
 
 55 
 
 Wine of . 
 
 93 
 
 Chloridum 
 
 55 
 
 Antinervin . 
 
 160 
 
 Ammonium. . 41, 
 
 42, 54 
 
 Antiperiodics . . 4, 38 
 
 Bromide . 
 
 100 
 
 Antiphlogistics 
 
 37 
 
 Carbonate. 42, 43, 
 
 55, 276 
 
 Antiplague Serum 
 
 285 
 
 Chloride . 
 
 42,55 
 
 Antipyretics . 5, 38 
 
 , 157 
 
 Salts . . 41- 
 
 ■43, 55 
 
 A ntipyrina 
 
 157 
 
 Amygdala Amara 
 
 198 
 
 Antipyrine . 
 
 157 
 
 Amylene Hydrate 
 
 145 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 158 
 
 Amyl Hydrate 
 
 124 
 
 Antiseptics . 
 
 5,39 
 
 Amylis Nitris 
 
 145 
 
 Antiseptin . 
 
 106 
 
 Amyl Nitrite 
 
 145 
 
 Antiseptol . 
 
 106 
 
 Anaesthetics 
 
 4,33 
 
 Antisialagogues . 
 
 29 
 
 General . 
 
 33 
 
 Antispasmodics . 
 
 5,34 
 
 Local 
 
 33 
 
 Antitetanic Serum . 
 
 284 
 
 Analeptics . 
 
 4 
 
 Antitoxins . 279, 282 
 
 -284 
 
 Analgen 
 
 298 
 
 Antityphoid Serum 
 
 285 
 
 Analgesics . 
 
 4,33 
 
 Antivenene 
 
 286 
 
 Anesthol 
 
 298 
 
 Antizymotics 
 
 5 
 
 Anhidrotics 
 
 36 
 
 Aperients . 
 
 5,30 
 
 Animal Kingdom. 
 
 1, 262 
 
 Apiol .... 
 
 299 
 
 Anodynes . 
 
 4,33 
 
 Apocodeine Hydro- 
 
 
 Antacids 
 
 4 
 
 chloride 
 
 299 
 
 Anthelmintics 
 
 4, 3i 
 
 Apomorphince Hydro- 
 
 
 Antiarthritics 
 
 4 
 
 chloridum 
 
 182 
 
 A ntidiphtheric Serum 
 
 268 
 
 A pomorphine Hydro- 
 
 
 Antidotes . . 2 
 
 71-274 
 
 chloride . 182 
 
 ,276 
 
 Acids 
 
 271 
 
 Apothecaries' Weight . 
 
 23 
 
 Arsenic . 
 
 78,89 
 
 Approximate Equiva- 
 
 
 Antiemetics . 
 
 30 
 
 lents 
 
 24 
 
 Antifebrin . 
 
 159 
 
 Aqua: 
 
 
 Incidental Effects 
 
 160 
 
 Ammonia 
 
 56 
 
 Related Drugs . 
 
 160 
 
 Fortior 
 
 56 
 
 Antigalactagogues 
 
 35 
 
 Camphorce 
 
 239 
 
 Antigonococcus Serum 
 
 269 
 
 Chloroformi 
 
 135 
 
 Antihydropics 
 
 4 
 
 Creosoti . 
 
 152 
 
 Antikamnia . 
 
 160 
 
 Fortis 
 
 no 
 
 Antilithics . 
 
 4 
 
 Mentha Piperita 
 
 237 
 
316 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Aquas . 
 
 9 
 
 et Potassii Bromidum 
 
 68 
 
 Argenti Nitras 
 
 65 
 
 et Sodii Chloridum 
 
 67 
 
 Argenti Nitras Fusus . 
 
 67 
 
 Aurum 
 
 67 
 
 Argenti Nitras Mitigatu 
 
 s 67 
 
 
 
 Argentum . 
 
 65 
 
 
 
 Argol . 
 
 43 
 
 Bacillus Bulgaricus 
 
 269 
 
 Argyrol 
 
 299 
 
 Bacterial Vaccine. 
 
 269 
 
 Aristol . . I< 
 
 36, 299 
 
 Balsam of Peru . . 
 
 195 
 
 Arnica 
 
 215 
 
 Balsam of Tolu 
 
 I96 
 
 Aromatic Powder . 
 
 240 
 
 Balsamum Peruvianum 
 
 195 
 
 Aromatic Spirit of Am 
 
 
 Balsamum Tolutanum . 
 
 I96 
 
 monia . . 
 
 56 
 
 Base . 
 
 40 
 
 Aromatic Sulphuric Acid 
 
 no 
 
 Basham f s Mixture 
 
 76 
 
 Aromatics . 
 
 2, 5 
 
 Bebeerin 
 
 300 
 
 Arrow Poison 
 
 . 225 
 
 Beer 
 
 133 
 
 Arseni: 
 
 
 Belladonna, Leaves 
 
 226 
 
 Iodidum . 
 
 90 
 
 Extract 
 
 229 
 
 Trioxidum 
 
 87,90 
 
 Fluidextract, Root 
 
 229 
 
 Arsenic 
 
 87 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 226 
 
 Fowler's Solution of 
 
 90 
 
 Plaster ^ . 
 
 229 
 
 Iodide of 
 
 90 
 
 Poisoning 
 
 227 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 87 
 
 Tincture, Leaves 
 
 229 
 
 Preparations 
 
 90 
 
 Treatment of Poison 
 
 
 Treatment of Poison 
 
 
 ing 
 
 . 228 
 
 ing < 
 
 89 
 
 Benzanilid . 
 
 160 
 
 Trioxide . 
 
 87,90 
 
 Benzoate: 
 
 
 White 
 
 ■ 87 
 
 Ammonium 
 
 . 218 
 
 Arsenium . 
 
 . 87 
 
 Sodium . 
 
 . 218 
 
 Arsenobenzol 
 
 . 299 
 
 Benzoic Acid 
 
 217 
 
 Arsenous Acid 
 
 . 87, 90 
 
 Benzoin 
 
 217 
 
 Solution of 
 
 90 
 
 Benzoinated Lard . 
 
 264 
 
 Asafetida 
 
 . 205 
 
 Benzoinum . 
 
 . 217 
 
 Emulsion of 
 
 206 
 
 Benzonaphthol . 1 
 
 56, 300 
 
 Pills of . 
 
 . 205 
 
 Benzosol . . 1 
 
 52, 300 
 
 Tincture of 
 
 206 
 
 Benzosulphinidum 
 Betanaphthol 
 
 . 162 
 
 Asaprol . . I 
 
 56, 299 
 
 • 156 
 
 Aseptol 
 
 . 299 
 
 Betol ... I 
 
 56, 300 
 
 Asparagin . 
 
 . 299 
 
 Biniodide of Mercury 
 
 . 84 
 
 Aspidium . 
 
 260 
 
 Bismuth 
 
 94 
 
 Aspirin 
 
 . 299 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 94 
 
 Astringents . 
 
 . 5,36 
 
 Subnitrate of 
 
 94 
 
 Atoxyl 
 
 . 3°° 
 
 Bismuthi Subnitras 
 
 94 
 
 A tropina 
 
 229 
 
 Bismuthum 
 
 94 
 
 Atropines. Sulphas 
 
 229 
 
 Bismuton . 
 
 . 300 
 
 Atropine 
 
 229 
 
 Bismutose . 
 
 . 300 
 
 Sulphate . 
 
 229 
 
 Bitter Almond 
 
 198 
 
 Auri Chloridum . 
 
 68 
 
 Bitter Principles . 
 
 2 
 
INDEX. 
 
 317 
 
 Bitters t . 
 
 Aromatic 
 
 Simple 
 Blackberry . 
 Black Haw . 
 Black Snakeroot 
 Black Wash 
 Blaud's Pills 
 Blisters 
 Blue: 
 
 Gum Leaves 
 
 Mass 
 
 Ointment . 
 
 Vitriol . 
 Borax 
 Boric Acid . 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 Ointment of 
 Borosalicylate of Glycerin 
 Brandy 
 Brimstone 
 Bromal Hydrate . 
 Bromide of Ether . 
 Bromide: 
 
 Ammonium 
 
 Lithium . 
 
 Potassium 
 
 Sodium . 
 Bromidia 
 Bromine 
 
 Incidental Effects of 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 Preparations 
 Bromipin 
 Bromocoll . 
 Bromoform . 
 Bromum 
 Broom Tops 
 Brucine 
 Buchu 
 
 Burgundy Wine 
 Butyl Chloral Hydrate 
 
 PAGE 
 
 2, 5 
 2, 5 
 2, 5 
 
 199 
 
 106 
 
 169 
 
 86 
 
 77 
 
 8,36 
 
 199 
 
 85 
 
 85 
 
 7i 
 
 53 
 
 113 
 
 114 
 
 114 
 
 300 
 
 131 
 106 
 300 
 139 
 
 100 
 100 
 
 99 
 100 
 301 
 
 99 
 100 
 
 99 
 
 99 
 
 301 
 
 301 
 
 301 
 
 99 
 
 194 
 220 
 190 
 133 
 143 
 
 Cacao Butter . .190 
 Cachets . . . 12 
 Cacodyl (Arsenic) De- 
 rivatives . .301 
 
 Caffeina 
 
 212 
 
 Caffeine 
 
 212 
 
 Calabar Bean 
 
 196 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 196 
 
 Poisoning 
 
 196 
 
 Preparations 
 
 197 
 
 Calcii Chloridum . 
 
 60 
 
 Calcii Hypophosphis 
 
 97 
 
 Calcium 
 
 41.57 
 
 Chloride . 
 
 60 
 
 Hypophosphite 
 
 97 
 
 Oxide 
 
 57,58 
 
 Chlorinated . 
 
 98 
 
 Preparations 
 
 58 
 
 Calefacients 
 
 5 
 
 Calomel 
 
 84 
 
 Calumba 
 
 171 
 
 Fluidextract of 
 
 172 
 
 Tincture of 
 
 172 
 
 Calx 
 
 57,58 
 
 Chlorinate 
 
 98 
 
 Camellia Thea 
 
 213 
 
 Camphor 
 
 238 
 
 Liniment . 
 
 239 
 
 Oil 
 
 240 
 
 Spirit of . 
 
 239 
 
 Water 
 
 239 
 
 Camphora . 
 
 238 
 
 Camphorated Tincture 
 
 f 
 
 Opium . 
 
 179 
 
 Cannabis 
 
 245 
 
 Cantharidal Collodion 
 
 189 
 
 Cantharides 
 
 265 
 
 Cantharis 
 
 265 
 
 Capsicum . 
 
 232 
 
 Plaster . 
 
 232 
 
 Carbo Animalis . 
 
 108 
 
 Carbo Ligni 
 
 108 
 
 Carbolic Acid {Phenol) 
 
 . 148 
 
 Physiological Effects 
 
 149 
 
 Symptoms of Poison- 
 
 
 ing . . 
 
 150 
 
 Treatment of Poison- 
 
 
 ing 
 
 150 
 
 Carbon Compounds 
 
 123 
 
 Carbonates . 
 
 4i 
 
 Cardamom . 
 
 245 
 
318 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 Cardamomum 
 
 245 
 
 Camphor 
 
 Cardiac: 
 
 
 Croton 
 
 Depressants 
 
 5 
 
 Hydrated . 
 
 Diuretics 
 
 34 
 
 Incidental Effects 
 
 Sedatives 
 
 27 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 Stimulants 
 
 5,26 
 
 Symptoms of Poison- 
 
 Tonics 
 
 26 
 
 ing . . 
 
 Carminatives 
 
 5, 30 
 
 Treatment of Poison- 
 
 Carron Oil . 
 
 59 
 
 ing 
 
 Caryophyllus 
 
 201 
 
 Chloralformamidum 
 
 Cascara Sagrada . 
 
 193 
 
 Chloralose . 
 
 Castor Oil . 
 
 242 
 
 Chloralum Hydratum 
 
 Cathartics . 
 
 5, 30 
 
 Chlorate, Potassium 
 
 Aperient . 
 
 5,3o 
 
 Chloretone 
 
 Cholagogue 
 
 31 
 
 Chlorides 
 
 Drastic . 
 
 5, 3i 
 
 Chlorinated Lime . 
 
 Hydragogue 
 
 5,3i 
 
 Chlorine . 
 
 Laxative . 
 
 5,30 
 
 Chlorodyne 
 
 Saline 
 
 5, 3i 
 
 Chloroform . 
 
 Simple 
 
 31 
 
 Anaesthesia 
 
 Cathartic Vegetable Pill 
 
 s 202 
 
 Liniment . 
 
 Caustic Potash 
 
 45 
 
 Compound . 
 
 Caustics 
 
 6,36 
 
 Physiological Ac- 
 
 Cayenne Pepper . 
 
 232 
 
 tions . 
 
 Cerata 
 
 9 
 
 Spirit of . 
 
 Cerate, Goulard's 
 
 65 
 
 Symptoms of Poison- 
 
 of Lead Subacetate 
 
 65 
 
 ing . . 
 
 Cerates 
 
 9, 11 
 
 Treatment of Poison- 
 
 Ceratum Plumbi Sub 
 
 
 ing . . 
 
 acetatis . 
 
 65 
 
 Water 
 
 Cerebral: 
 
 
 Chloroformum 
 
 Depressants 
 
 33 
 
 Chlorum 
 
 Stimulants 
 
 33 
 
 Cholagogues 
 
 Cerii Oxalas . 
 
 61 
 
 Chrysarobin 
 
 Cerium 
 
 61 
 
 Cimicifuga . 
 
 Oxalate . 
 
 61 
 
 Fluidextract of . 
 
 Cetaceum 
 
 264 
 
 Preparations 
 
 Cetrarin 
 
 301 
 
 Tincture of 
 
 Chalk Mixture 
 
 59 
 
 Cinchona 
 
 Chalk, Prepared . 
 
 59 
 
 Cinnamomum 
 
 Champagne . 
 
 133 
 
 Cinnamon . 
 
 Charcoal 
 
 108 
 
 Circulatory System 
 
 Charta 
 
 9 
 
 Citrate 
 
 Chaulmoogra Oil 
 
 301 
 
 of Magnesia, Solution 
 
 Chinolin 
 
 156 
 
 Citric Acid . 
 
 Tartras . 
 
 157 
 
 Citrine Ointment . 
 
 Chloral 
 
 140 
 
 Claret 
 
 143 
 143 
 
 140 
 
 142 
 
 140 
 
 141 
 
INDEX. 
 
 319 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Classification, of Reme 
 
 
 Infusion of Senna 
 
 198 
 
 dies 
 
 26 
 
 Iron Mixture 
 
 77 
 
 of Antitoxins, Vaccines 
 
 >> 
 
 Licorice Powder 
 
 195 
 
 and Sera . 282-283 
 
 Morphine Powder 
 
 181 
 
 Cloves 
 
 201 
 
 Powder of Jalap 
 
 225 
 
 Coca 
 
 185 
 
 Spirit of Ether . 
 
 138 
 
 Poisoning 
 
 186 
 
 Syrup of Sarsaparilla 
 
 251 
 
 Preparations 
 
 I8 7 
 
 Syrup of Squill 93, 251 
 
 Cocaine Chloride . 
 
 I8 7 
 
 Tincture of Benzoin . 
 
 218 
 
 Cocaince Hydrochloridun 
 
 t I87 
 
 Tincture of Cinchona 
 
 207 
 
 Cocaine Hydrochloride, 1 
 
 87,279 
 
 Tincture of Gentian 
 
 224 
 
 Codeina 
 
 182 
 
 Tincture of Lavender . 
 
 237 
 
 Codeine 
 
 182 
 
 Tincture of Opium 
 
 180 
 
 Phosphate 
 
 182 
 
 Condurango 
 
 302 
 
 Sulphate . 
 
 182 
 
 Confectio Sennae . 
 
 198 
 
 Cod Liver Oil 
 
 264 
 
 Confections 
 
 11 
 
 Coffea Arabica 
 
 212 
 
 Conine . . 203, 205 
 
 Coffee Plant 
 
 212 
 
 Conium 
 
 203 
 
 Colchici Cormus . 
 
 256 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 204 
 
 Colchicina . 
 
 258 
 
 Preparations 
 
 205 
 
 Colchici Semen 
 
 256 
 
 Symptoms of Poison 
 
 
 Colchicum . 
 
 256 
 
 ing m . 
 
 204 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 256 
 
 Convallaria 
 
 252 
 
 Poisoning 
 
 257 
 
 Convallarin 
 
 252 
 
 Preparations 
 
 258 
 
 Convallamarinum . 
 
 253 
 
 Root 
 
 256 
 
 Convulsants 
 
 6 
 
 Seed 
 
 256 
 
 Copaiba 
 
 194 
 
 Collapsubes . 
 
 12 
 
 Copper 
 
 70 
 
 Collodion 
 
 I89 
 
 Arsenite . 
 
 91 
 
 Flexible . 
 
 I89 
 
 Preparations of . 
 
 7i 
 
 Vesicating 
 
 I89 
 
 Sulphate . 
 
 71, 276 
 
 Collodium . 
 
 I89 
 
 Symptoms of Poison 
 
 
 Cantharidatum . 
 
 I89 
 
 ing 
 
 7i 
 
 Flexile 
 
 . I89 
 
 Treatment of Poison 
 
 
 Colocynth 
 
 20I 
 
 ing 
 
 71 
 
 Colocynthis 
 
 201 
 
 Cornutin 
 
 302 
 
 Combined Diuretics 
 
 34 
 
 Coronillin 
 
 302 
 
 Common Measure and 
 
 
 Correctives 
 
 6 
 
 Metric 
 
 23 
 
 Corrosive Mercuric Chlo- 
 
 
 Common Salt 
 
 51 
 
 ride 
 
 82 
 
 Compound: 
 
 
 Corrosive Sublimate 
 
 82 
 
 Cathartic Pills . 
 
 202 
 
 Cotarnine Hydrochloride 
 
 309 
 
 Chloroform Liniment 
 
 135 
 
 Coto Bark . 
 
 241 
 
 Effervescing Powder 
 
 53 
 
 Cotoin 
 
 241 
 
 Extract of Colocynth 
 
 202 
 
 Cotton, Soluble, Gun 
 
 189 
 
 Fluidextract of Sar 
 
 - 
 
 Counter-irritants . 
 
 7, 36 
 
 saparilla 
 
 . 251 
 
 Cream of Tartar . 
 
 49 
 
320 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Crede's Ointment. 
 
 302 
 
 Creolin 
 
 302 
 
 Creosote 
 
 151 
 
 Water 
 
 152 
 
 Cresol 
 
 302 
 
 Creosotum . 
 
 151 
 
 Creta Prceparata . 
 
 59 
 
 Croton Chloral . 
 
 143 
 
 Croton Oil . 
 
 241 
 
 Cumulative Action 
 
 3 
 
 Cupri Arsenis u . 
 
 9i 
 
 Cupri Sulphas 
 
 7i 
 
 Cupric Sulphate . 
 
 7i 
 
 Cuprum 
 
 70 
 
 Dandelion . 
 
 215 
 
 Daturine 
 
 230 
 
 Deadly Nightshade 
 
 226 
 
 Decocta 
 
 9 
 
 Decoctions . 
 
 9 
 
 Delphine 
 
 168 
 
 Demulcents. 
 
 6, 37 
 
 Deodorants 
 
 6,39 
 
 Deodorized Tincture 
 
 f 
 
 Opium . 
 
 179 
 
 Depilatories 
 
 6 
 
 Depresso-Motors . 
 
 6 
 
 Depurants . 
 
 6 
 
 Dermatol 
 
 303 
 
 Desiccated Pituitary Bod 
 
 y 268 
 
 Desiccated Suprarena 
 
 I 
 
 Glands . 
 
 268 
 
 Desiccated Thyroic 
 
 I 
 
 Glands . 
 
 267 
 
 Detergents . 
 
 6 
 
 Diabetin 
 
 . 303 
 
 Diacetylmorphine . 
 
 . 181 
 
 Hydrochloride . 
 
 181 
 
 Diachylon Ointment 
 
 • 65 
 
 Plaster 
 
 . 65 
 
 Dialyzed Iron 
 
 79 
 
 Diaphoretics 
 
 ■ 6,36 
 
 Diastase 
 
 261 
 
 Digestive System 
 
 29 
 
 Digitalin 
 
 • 237 
 
 Digitalis 
 
 . 233 
 
 Fluidextract of . 
 
 236 
 
 Incidental Effects 
 
 Infusion of 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 Poisoning 
 
 Preparations 
 Diluents 
 Diluted, Acetic Acid 
 
 Alcohol 
 
 Hydrochloric Acid 
 
 Hydrocyanic Acid 
 
 Lactic Acid 
 
 Nitro-Hydrochloric 
 Acid 
 
 Phosphoric Acid 
 
 Sulphuric Acid 
 Dionin 
 Diphtheria Antitoxin, 
 
 268, 279 
 Diphtheric Antitoxin Glo- 
 bulins . 
 
 Behring's. 
 
 Gibier's . 
 
 Roux's 
 
 Schering-Aronson 
 Disinfectants 
 Dispensatory 
 Diuretics 
 Dobell's Solution 
 Donovan's Solution 
 Dosage 
 
 Dover's Powder 
 Drastics 
 Dried, Alum 
 
 Diphtheria Antitoxin 
 
 Thyroids . 
 Drug 
 Drugs, Action of . 
 
 Active Principles 
 
 Administration of 
 
 Age in Relation to 
 
 Albuminous Bodies 
 
 Alkaloids 
 
 Cumulative Action 
 
 Effects, Primary 
 Secondary 
 
 Food in Relation to 
 
 Forms 
 
 235 
 236 
 
 233 
 234 
 236 
 6 
 115 
 131 
 112 
 119 
 119 
 
 112 
 
 113 
 no 
 
 303 
 283 
 
 269 
 
 283 
 283 
 284 
 284 
 
 ,39 
 8 
 
 4. 6 » 34 
 
 151 
 
 91 
 
 19 
 
 180 
 
 5,31 
 
 73 
 
 269 
 
 267 
 
 1 
 
 2, 3 
 
 2 
 
 18,19 
 
 3,18 
 
 2 
 
 2 
 
 3 
 
 4 
 
 4 
 
 3,4 
 
 1 
 
INDEX. 
 
 321 
 
 Drugs — Continued 
 
 Glucosides . . 2 
 
 Gums ... 2 
 
 Habit ... 3 
 
 Hypodermics . . 19 
 
 Idiosyncrasy . . 3 
 
 Liquid Preparations . 9 
 
 Oils ... 2 
 
 Oleoresins . . 2 
 
 Physiological Actions 1 
 
 Principles . . 2 
 
 Aromatic . . 2 
 
 Bitter ... 2 
 
 Odorous ' 2 
 
 Recent Methods of 
 
 Exhibiting . . 12 
 
 Resins ... 2 
 
 Sleep in Relation to . 4 
 
 Solid Preparations . 9, 1 1 
 
 Source . . . 1, 2 
 
 Starches ... 2 
 
 Sugars ... 2 
 
 Toleration . . 3 
 
 Vegetable . . 1, 2 
 
 Dry Wines . 132-133 
 
 Duboisine . . .37 
 
 Duotal . . .152 
 
 Ecbolics . . . 6, 35 
 
 Effects of Drugs . . 4 
 
 Primary ... 4 
 
 Secondary . . 4 
 
 Effervescent Magnesium 
 
 Sulphate . . 61 
 
 Elaterin . . 202, 203 
 
 Elaterinum . 202, 203 
 
 Elaterium . . 202, 203 
 
 Electro-Therapeutics and 
 
 Radiology . 288-292 
 Elixiria ... 9 
 
 Elixirs ... 9 
 
 Emetics . . 6, 29, 275 
 
 Emetine . . .212 
 
 Emmenagogues . . 6, 35 
 
 Emollients . . . 7, 37 
 
 Emplastra ... 9 
 
 Emplastrum : 
 Adhcesivum 
 
 65 
 
 Belladonna 
 
 229 
 
 Capsici . 
 
 • 232 
 
 Plumbi 
 
 • 65 
 
 Saponis . 
 
 • 65 
 
 Emulsa 
 
 9 
 
 Emulsions . 
 
 9 
 
 Epispastics . 
 
 . • 7,36 
 
 Epsom Salt . 
 
 60 
 
 Ergot 
 
 . 258 
 
 Ergotin 
 
 • 259 
 
 Errhines 
 
 7 
 
 Escharotics 
 
 . 7,36 
 
 Eserine 
 
 196 
 
 Ether 
 
 . 136 
 
 Bromide of 
 
 . 139 
 
 Compound Spirit of . 138 
 
 Physiological Actions 137 
 
 Preparations 
 
 • 138 
 
 Spirit of . 
 
 • 138 
 
 Nitrous 
 
 • 138 
 
 Ethyl, Bromide 
 
 . 139 
 
 Chloride . 
 
 140 
 
 Hydrate . 
 
 . 124 
 
 Eucaine 
 
 • 303 
 
 Eucalyptol . 
 
 200 
 
 Eucalyptus . 
 
 . 199 
 
 Eudoxin 
 
 • 303 
 
 Eugenol 
 
 • 303 
 
 Eupatorium . 
 
 . 215 
 
 Euphthalmin 
 
 • 303 
 
 Europhen . 
 
 106, 303 
 
 Evacuants . 
 
 7 
 
 Exalgine 
 
 . 162 
 
 Excitomotors 
 
 7 
 
 Exodyne 
 
 160 
 
 Expectorants 
 
 7, 28, 29 
 
 Extracta 
 
 9 
 
 Extract of: 
 
 
 Belladonna Leai 
 
 es . 229 
 
 Colocynth 
 
 202 
 
 Gentian . 
 
 224 
 
 Nux Vomica 
 
 . 223 
 
 Opium 
 
 . 178 
 
 Physostigma 
 
 . 197 
 
 Stramonium 
 
 . 230 
 
322 
 
 
 1NL 
 
 ȣA. 
 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Extracts . . 9, 11, 19 
 
 Coto 
 
 241 
 
 Extr actum: 
 
 
 Digitalis . 
 
 236 
 
 Belladonna, Foliorum 
 
 229 
 
 Ergot 
 
 259 
 
 Colocynthidis 
 
 202 
 
 Eucalyptus 
 
 200 
 
 Compositus . 
 
 202 
 
 Gelsemium 
 
 220 
 
 Gentiana . 
 
 224 
 
 Gentian . 
 
 224 
 
 Nucis Vomicae . 
 
 223 
 
 Ginger 
 
 245 
 
 Opii . 
 
 I 7 8 
 
 Grindelia . 
 
 216 
 
 Physostigmatis . 
 
 197 
 
 Guarana . 
 
 185 
 
 Stramonii 
 
 230 
 
 Hydrastis . 
 
 171 
 
 Eye .... 
 
 37 
 
 Hyoscyamus 
 
 232 
 
 
 
 Indian Cannabis 
 
 246 
 
 Faradism 
 
 289 
 
 Ipecac 
 
 211 
 
 Febrifuges . 
 
 7 
 
 Lobelia 
 
 217 
 
 Ferratin 
 
 303 
 
 Lupulin . 
 
 247 
 
 Ferri et Quinince Citras . 
 
 78 
 
 Nux Vomica 
 
 223 
 
 Ferri Hydroxidum. 
 
 78 
 
 Phytolacca 
 
 253 
 
 Ferri Hydroxidum cum 
 
 
 Pilocarpus 
 
 I92 
 
 Magnesii Oxido 
 
 79 
 
 Podophyllum 
 
 I69 
 
 Ferri Hypophosphis 
 
 97 
 
 Rhubarb . 
 
 238 
 
 Ferri Phosphas 
 
 78 
 
 Rubus 
 
 199 
 
 Ferri Sulphas Granulatus 
 
 78 
 
 Sarsaparilla Comp. 
 
 251 
 
 Ferric Hydroxide . 
 
 78 
 
 Senega 
 
 185 
 
 Ferric Hydroxide with 
 
 
 Senna 
 
 I98 
 
 Magnesium Oxide . 
 
 79 
 
 Serpentaria 
 
 24O 
 
 Ferric Phosphate . 
 
 78 
 
 Spigelia . 
 
 218 
 
 Ferrum 
 
 73 
 
 Squill 
 
 251 
 
 Reductum 
 
 
 77 
 
 Taraxacum 
 
 215 
 
 Filix Mas 
 
 
 260 
 
 Valerian . 
 
 214 
 
 Filtration 
 
 
 4 1 
 
 Veratrum Viride 
 
 255 
 
 Flaxseed 
 
 
 187 
 
 Viburnum Prunifoliu 
 
 m 206 
 
 Poultice 
 
 
 188 
 
 Fluidextracta 
 
 9 
 
 Tea 
 
 
 187 
 
 Fluidextracts. 9, 10 
 
 18, 19 
 
 Flexible Collodion. 
 
 189 
 
 Fluidextr actum : 
 
 
 Flowers of Sulphur 
 
 107 
 
 Aconiti 
 
 167 
 
 Fluidextract of: 
 
 
 Belladonna Radicis 
 
 229 
 
 Aconite 
 
 167 
 
 Buchu 
 
 190 
 
 Belladonna Root 
 
 229 
 
 Calumbae . 
 
 172 
 
 Buchu 
 
 190 
 
 Cannabis . 
 
 246 
 
 Calumba . 
 
 172 
 
 Cascarce Sagrada 
 
 193 
 
 Cannabis . 
 
 246 
 
 Cimicifuga 
 
 170 
 
 Cascara Sagrada 
 
 193 
 
 Cinchona . 
 
 207 
 
 Cimicifuga 
 
 170 
 
 Colchici Seminis 
 
 258 
 
 Cinchona 
 
 207 
 
 Conii 
 
 205 
 
 Colchicum Seed. 
 
 258 
 
 Convallariae 
 
 253 
 
 Conium . 
 
 205 
 
 Coto 
 
 241 
 
 Convallan 
 
 a 
 
 253 
 
 Digitalis . 
 
 236 
 

 INDEX. 
 
 323 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Fluidextractum — Continued 
 
 Gin . 
 
 132 
 
 ErgotcB 
 
 259 
 
 Ginger 
 
 245 
 
 Eucalypti . 
 
 200 
 
 Glonoin 
 
 147 
 
 Gelsemii . 
 
 220 
 
 Glucosides . 
 
 7 
 
 Gentiana . 
 
 224 
 
 Glutol 
 
 304 
 
 Grindelia . 
 
 216 
 
 Glycerin 
 
 163 
 
 Guarana . 
 
 185 
 
 Glycerinum . 
 
 163 
 
 Hydrastis . 
 
 171 
 
 Glycerita 
 
 9 
 
 Hyoscyami 
 
 232 
 
 Glycerite of: 
 
 
 Ipecacuanha 
 
 211 
 
 Boroglycerin 
 
 164 
 
 Lobelia . 
 
 217 
 
 Phenol 
 
 164 
 
 Lupulini . 
 
 247 
 
 Tannic Acid . 11 8, 164 
 
 Nucis Vomica . 
 
 223 
 
 Glycerites . 
 
 9, 10 
 
 Phytolacca 
 
 253 
 
 Glycerttum : 
 
 
 Pilocarpi 
 
 192 
 
 Acidi Tannici . 118, 164 
 
 Podophylli 
 
 I69 
 
 Boroglycerini 
 
 164 
 
 Rhamni Purshiana 
 
 193 
 
 Phenolis . 
 
 164 
 
 Rhei 
 
 238 
 
 Glycerol 
 
 163 
 
 Rubi 
 
 199 
 
 Glycyrrhiza . 
 
 195 
 
 Sarsaparilla Comp . 
 
 251 
 
 Gold . 
 
 67 
 
 Scillce 
 
 251 
 
 and Potassium Bro- 
 
 
 Senega 
 
 185 
 
 mide 
 
 68 
 
 Senna 
 
 I98 
 
 and Sodium Chloride 
 
 67 
 
 Serpentanae 
 
 24O 
 
 Chloride . 
 
 68 
 
 Spigelia . 
 
 218 
 
 Preparations 
 
 67 
 
 Stramonii . 
 
 230 
 
 Golden Seal 
 
 170 
 
 Taraxaci . 
 
 215 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 171 
 
 Valerianae 
 
 214 
 
 Preparations 
 
 171 
 
 Veratri Viridis 
 
 255 
 
 Gossypium Purificatum 
 
 . 189 
 
 Viburni Prunifolii 
 
 206 
 
 Goulard's Cerate . 
 
 65 
 
 Zingiberis . 
 
 245 
 
 Goulard's Extract . 
 
 65 
 
 Formaline . 
 
 124 
 
 Granatum . 
 
 200 
 
 Fowler's Sol. of Arsenic. 
 
 90 
 
 Granulated Ferrous Sul- 
 
 
 Friar's Balsam 
 
 218 
 
 phate . 
 
 78 
 
 
 
 Griffith's Mixture 
 
 77 
 
 Galactagogues 
 
 7, 35 
 
 Grindelia 
 
 216 
 
 Gallic A cid . 
 
 118 
 
 Guarana . . . 
 
 185 
 
 Galvanism . 
 
 288 
 
 Guaiacol 
 
 152 
 
 Gastric Sedatives. 
 
 3° 
 
 Carbonate. 
 
 I5 2 
 
 Tonics 
 
 30 
 
 Guaiacolis Carbonatis 
 
 152 
 
 Gelsemium . 
 
 219 
 
 Gums 
 
 2 
 
 General: 
 
 
 Gun Cotton 
 
 189 
 
 Anaesthetics 
 
 33 
 
 Gunjah 
 
 245 
 
 Anodynes 
 
 33 
 
 
 
 Generative Organs 
 
 35 
 
 Habit 
 
 3 
 
 Gentian 
 
 224 
 
 Haematinics . 
 
 38 
 
 Gentiana 
 
 224 
 
 Hsemogallol . 
 
 . 304 
 
324 
 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Hemoglobin. 
 
 304 
 
 Hyoscyamus 
 
 m 
 
 231 
 
 Haemostatics 
 
 
 7,37 
 
 Hypnone 
 
 
 144 
 
 Hashish 
 
 
 245 
 
 Hypnotics . 
 
 4, 7, , 
 
 Helmitol 
 
 
 304 
 
 Hypodermics 
 
 
 19 
 
 Hemol 
 
 
 304 
 
 Administration 
 
 of 
 
 
 Henbane 
 
 
 231 
 
 Drugs . 
 
 278 
 
 -280 
 
 Heroin 
 
 
 182 
 
 Hypophosphites . 
 
 
 97 
 
 Hexamethylenatnine 
 
 311 
 
 Hypophysis Sicca . 
 
 . 
 
 268 
 
 Hoffman's, Anodyne 
 
 138 
 
 Hysteria 
 
 . 
 
 222 
 
 Drops 
 
 138 
 
 
 
 
 Holocain 
 
 304 
 
 
 
 
 Homatropina Hydrobro 
 
 
 Ichthyol 
 
 
 108 
 
 midum 
 
 229 
 
 Idiosyncrasy 
 
 
 3 
 
 Homatropine Hydrobro 
 
 
 Indian Tobacco . 
 
 
 216 
 
 mide 
 
 229 
 
 Infusa 
 
 
 9 
 
 Honey of Rose 
 
 306 
 
 Infusion of: 
 
 
 
 Hops . 
 
 246 
 
 Adonis Vernalis 
 
 
 170 
 
 Humulus 
 
 246 
 
 Digitalis 
 
 
 236 
 
 Hydracetin 
 
 . 162 
 
 Senna, Compound 
 
 
 198 
 
 Hygiagogues 
 
 5,3i 
 
 Infusions 
 
 9, 18, 20 
 
 Hydrargyri: 
 
 
 Inhalations . 
 
 
 29 
 
 Chloridum Corrosivun 
 
 \ 82 
 
 Inorganic Acids . 
 
 
 109 
 
 Mite 
 
 84 
 
 Intestinal! Antiseptics 
 
 
 3i 
 
 Iodidum Flavum 
 
 . 84 
 
 Inunctions . 
 
 
 18 
 
 Rubrum 
 
 . 84 
 
 Iodine 
 
 
 101 
 
 Salicylas 
 
 . 84 
 
 Compound Solution of 
 
 103 
 
 Hydrargyrum 
 
 80 
 
 Incidental Effects 
 
 
 102 
 
 Cum Creta 
 
 85 
 
 Ointment . 
 
 
 104 
 
 HydrastinincB Hydro 
 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 101 
 
 chloridum 
 
 . 171 
 
 Preparations 
 
 
 102 
 
 Hydrastinine Hydro 
 
 
 Tincture of 
 
 
 103 
 
 chloride 
 
 • 171 
 
 Iodoform 
 
 
 IO4 
 
 Hydrastis . 
 
 170 
 
 Derivatives 
 
 
 106 
 
 Fluidextract of . 
 
 171 
 
 Ointment . 
 
 
 ™5 
 
 Tincture of 
 
 • 171 
 
 Iodoformogen 
 
 
 304 
 
 Hydrated Chloral . 
 
 140 
 
 Iodoformum . 
 
 
 IO4 
 
 Hydrochloric A cid 
 
 in 
 
 lodol . 
 
 
 105 
 
 Hydrocyanic Acid 
 
 • 119 
 
 Iodolum 
 
 
 105 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 120 
 
 Iodophenine 
 
 
 162 
 
 Symptoms of Poison 
 
 - 
 
 Iodothyrin . 
 
 
 304 
 
 ing 
 
 121 
 
 Iodum 
 
 
 101 
 
 Treatment of Poisonii 
 
 lg 121 
 
 Ion Action . 
 
 
 41 
 
 Hydronaphthol . 
 
 . 156 
 
 Ipecac 
 
 
 210 
 
 Hydrous Wool Fat 
 
 262 
 
 and Opium Powder 
 
 180 
 
 211 
 
 Hyoscine Hydrobromide 
 
 232 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 210 
 
 Hyoscyamine Hydro 
 
 - 
 
 Preparations 
 
 
 211 
 
 bromide 
 
 . 
 
 . 232 
 
 Ipecacuanha 
 
 210, 
 
 276 
 
INDEX. 
 
 325 
 
 Iron . 
 
 Absorption 
 
 Administration 
 
 and Ammonia, Solu- 
 tion of Acetate of 
 
 and Quinine Citrate 
 
 Dialyzed . 
 
 Incidental Effects 
 
 Mixture, Compound 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 Pills of Aloes and 
 
 Preparations 
 
 Quevenne's 
 
 Reduced . 
 
 Saline Combinations 
 Irritants 
 
 Jaborandi . 
 
 Jalap 
 
 Jalapin . I 
 
 Jambul 
 
 Jamestown Weed . 
 
 Jequirity 
 
 Juniper Oil . 
 
 Kola . 
 
 Labarraque's Solution 
 Lactic Acid . 
 
 Dilute . 
 Lactic Acid Bacilli 
 Lactose 
 
 Lady Webster Pill 
 Lamellae 
 Lanolin 
 Lard 
 
 Laudanum . 
 Laughing Gas 
 Laxatives . 
 Lead . 
 
 Acetate 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 Plaster 
 
 Poisoning 
 
 Preparations 
 
 Subacetate, Cerate of 
 Solution of . 
 
 73 
 
 74 
 
 75,76 
 
 76 
 
 78 
 79 
 75 
 77 
 73 
 78 
 75 
 77 
 77 
 75 
 36 
 
 190 
 224 
 224 
 201 
 230 
 
 304 
 249 
 
 305 
 
 98 
 
 119 
 
 119 
 
 269 
 
 262 
 
 252 
 
 12 
 
 262 
 
 263 
 
 179 
 
 57 
 
 5,30 
 
 61 
 
 64 
 
 61 
 
 65 
 62 
 64 
 65 
 65 
 
 Treatment of Poison- 
 
 ing 
 
 64 
 
 Lecithin 
 
 305 
 
 Levant Wormseed 
 
 214 
 
 Licorice Root 
 
 195 
 
 Lily of the Valley 
 
 252 
 
 Lime . 
 
 57,58 
 
 Liniment . 
 
 59 
 
 Milk of . 
 
 59 
 
 Preparations . 
 
 58 
 
 Syrup of 
 
 59 
 
 Water 
 
 58 
 
 Linimenta . 
 
 9 
 
 Liniment: 
 
 
 Aconite . 
 
 168 
 
 Ammonia. 
 
 57 
 
 Camphor . 
 
 239 
 
 Chloroform 
 
 135 
 
 Chloroform, Com- 
 
 
 pound . 
 
 135 
 
 Lime 
 
 59 
 
 Soap 
 
 239 
 
 Liniments . 
 
 9, 11 
 
 Linimentum, Aconiti 
 
 168 
 
 AmmonicB 
 
 57 
 
 Calcis 
 
 59 
 
 Camphorce 
 
 239 
 
 Chloroformi 
 
 135 
 
 Choroformi Composi 
 
 
 turn 
 
 135 
 
 Saponis . 
 
 239 
 
 Linseed 
 
 187 
 
 Linum 
 
 187 
 
 Liquor, Acidi Arsenosi 
 
 90 
 
 Ammonii Acetatis 
 
 56 
 
 Arseni et Hydrargyr 
 
 i 
 
 Iodidi . 
 
 9i 
 
 Calcis 
 
 58 
 
 Digitoxin Solubilis 
 
 237 
 
 Ferri et Ammonii Ace 
 
 
 tatis 
 
 76 
 
 Ferri Subsulphatis 
 
 77 
 
 Tersulphatis . 
 
 77 
 
 Formaldehydi . 
 
 124 
 
 Hydrogenii Dioxidi 
 
 108 
 
 Iodi Compositus 
 
 103 
 
 Magnesii Citratis 
 
 .61 
 
326 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Liquor — Continued 
 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 79 
 
 Plumbi Subacetatis 
 
 65 
 
 Preparations 
 
 79 
 
 Potassii Arsenitis 
 
 90 
 
 Manganese Sulphate . 
 
 80 
 
 Hydroxidi 
 
 45 
 
 Manganesium 
 
 79 
 
 Sodce Chlorinated 
 
 98 
 
 Mangani Sulphas. 
 
 80 
 
 Liquores 
 
 9 
 
 Marrubin . 
 
 305 
 
 Listerine 
 
 305 
 
 Massa Hydrargyri 
 
 85 
 
 Lithium 
 
 41,53 
 
 Materia Medica, In- 
 
 
 Bromide . 
 
 54, I0 ° 
 
 organic . 
 
 40 
 
 Carbonate . 
 
 54 
 
 May Apple 
 
 168 
 
 Citrate 
 
 54 
 
 Medicine 
 
 1 
 
 Litmus Paper 
 
 305 
 
 Modes of Applying . 
 
 18 
 
 Liver of Sulphur . 
 
 107 
 
 Mel Rosce . 
 
 306 
 
 Lobelia 
 
 216 
 
 Menthol 
 
 237 
 
 Local : 
 
 
 Mercurial Ointment 
 
 85 
 
 Anaesthetics 
 
 33 
 
 Mercuric Salicylate 
 
 84 
 
 Anodynes 
 
 33 
 
 Mercury . . 8o, 
 
 280 
 
 Losophane . . n 
 
 36, 305 
 
 Biniodide of 
 
 84 
 
 Lozenges 
 
 9, 11 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 81 
 
 Lugol's Solution . 
 
 103 
 
 Preparations 
 
 82 
 
 Lunar Caustic 
 
 67 
 
 Protiodide of 
 
 84 
 
 Lupulin 
 
 247 
 
 Symptoms of Poison- 
 
 
 Lupulinum . 
 
 247 
 
 ing 
 
 81 
 
 Lycopodium . 
 
 260 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning 
 
 82 
 
 Lysoform . 
 
 305 
 
 with Chalk 
 
 85 
 
 Lysol 
 
 305 
 
 Metachloral 
 
 143 
 
 
 
 Metals, The 
 
 61 
 
 Madeira 
 
 133 
 
 Methacetin . 162 
 
 , 306 
 
 Magendie's Solution o 
 
 E 
 
 Methylal . . 
 
 306 
 
 Morphine 
 
 181 
 
 Methylene Blue 
 
 306 
 
 Magma Bismuthi . 
 
 305 
 
 Methyl Hydrate . 
 
 124 
 
 Magma Magnesia 
 
 . 305 
 
 Methylmorphine . 
 
 182 
 
 Magnesia 
 
 60 
 
 Methyl Salicylate . 
 
 244 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 60 
 
 Methylthionine Chloride . 
 
 306 
 
 Preparations 
 
 60 
 
 Metric System 
 
 21 
 
 Magnesii: 
 
 
 Microcidin . 
 
 156 
 
 Oxidum . 
 
 60 
 
 Migranin 
 
 306 
 
 Sulphas . 
 
 60 
 
 MUd Mercurous Chloride 
 
 84 
 
 Effervescens . 
 
 61 
 
 Milk of Bismuth . 
 
 305 
 
 Magnesium 
 
 60 
 
 Milk of Lime 
 
 59 
 
 Citrate, Solution of 
 
 61 
 
 Milk of Magnesia . 
 
 305 
 
 Oxide . . 
 
 60 
 
 Mineral Waters . 293-297 
 
 Sulphate . 
 
 60 
 
 Mistura: 
 
 
 Effervescent . 
 
 61 
 
 Asafetidae 
 
 206 
 
 Male Fern . 
 
 260 
 
 Cretce 
 
 59 
 
 Mandrake . 
 
 . 168 
 
 Ferri Composita 
 
 77 
 
 Manganese . 
 
 79 
 
 Misturse 
 
 9 
 
INDEX. 
 
 327 
 
 Mitigated Caustic 
 
 67 
 
 Convolvulaceae . 
 
 
 Mitigated Silver Nitrate 67 
 
 Cruciferae 
 
 
 Mixture of: 
 
 
 Cucurbitaceae 
 
 
 Asaietida 
 
 206 
 
 Erythroxylaceae 
 
 
 Chalk 
 
 59 
 
 Euphorbiaceas 
 
 
 Iron, Compound 
 
 77 
 
 Filices 
 
 
 Mixtures 
 
 9, 10 
 
 Fungi 
 
 
 Monkshood 
 
 165 
 
 Gentianaceae 
 
 
 MonseVs Solution J 
 
 77 
 
 Graminaceae 
 
 
 Morphina . 
 
 180 
 
 Labiatas . 
 
 
 Morphines . 
 
 180 
 
 Lauraceae. 
 
 
 Chloride . . 
 
 181 
 
 Leguminosae 
 
 
 Compositus, Pulvis 
 
 181 
 
 Liliaceag . 
 
 
 Hydrochloridum. 
 
 181 
 
 Linaceae . 
 
 
 Sulphas . 
 
 180 
 
 Loganiaceas 
 
 
 Tinctura Chloroformi 
 
 
 Lycopodiaceas 
 
 
 et Morphinae . 
 
 181 
 
 Malvaceae 
 
 
 Morphine . . I 
 
 So, 279 
 
 Menispermaceae 
 
 
 Hydrochloride . 
 
 181 
 
 Moraceae . 
 
 
 Powder, Compound 
 
 181 
 
 Myrtaceae 
 
 
 Sulphate . 
 
 180 
 
 Oleaceae . 
 
 
 Tincture of Chloro- 
 
 
 Papaveraceae 
 
 
 form and Morphine 
 
 ; 181 
 
 Phytolaccaceas 
 
 
 Motor Depressants 
 
 32 
 
 Polygalaceae 
 
 
 Motor Stimulants 
 
 32 
 
 Polygonaceae 
 
 
 Mucilages . 
 
 . 9, 10 
 
 Ranunculaceag 
 
 
 Mucilagines . 
 
 9 
 
 Rhamnaceas 
 
 
 Mustard . . I 
 
 83, 275 
 
 Rosaceae . 
 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 183 
 
 Rubiaceae. 
 
 
 Mydriatics . 
 
 . '7, 37 
 
 Rutaceae . 
 
 
 Myotics 
 
 . 7.37 
 
 Salicaceae . 
 
 
 Myrrh 
 
 . 193 
 
 Sapindaceas 
 
 
 Myrrha 
 
 . 193 
 
 Scrophulariacea 
 Simarubaceae 
 
 1 
 
 Naphthalin . 
 
 . 156 
 
 Solanaceae 
 
 
 Naphthalenum 
 
 . 156 
 
 Sterculiaceae 
 
 
 Naphthol . 
 
 . 156 
 
 Styracaceas 
 
 
 Narcotics . 
 
 . 7t33 
 
 TernstromiaceaE 
 
 
 Natural Orders: 
 
 
 Umbelliferae 
 
 
 Apocynaceae 
 
 . 225 
 
 Valerianaceas 
 
 
 Aristolochise 
 
 240 
 
 Zingiberaceag 
 
 
 Burseraceas 
 
 • 193 
 
 Nervous System 
 
 
 Byttneriaceas . 
 
 190 
 
 Neurotics . 
 
 
 Campanulaceae . 
 
 216 
 
 Nicotine 
 
 
 Caprifoliaceae . 
 
 206 
 
 Nitrate of Silver 
 
 
 Compositas . 2 
 
 14, 260 
 
 Nitric Acid . 
 
 
 Coniferae . 
 
 . 247 
 
 Physiological A 
 
 ctions 
 
328 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Nitric Acid — Continued 
 
 
 Theobroma 
 
 
 Poisoning and Anti- 
 
 
 Turpentine, Rect. 
 
 dotes . 
 
 in 
 
 Vitriol . 
 
 , 
 
 Preparations 
 
 in 
 
 Wintergreen 
 
 . , 
 
 Nitroglycerin 
 
 147 
 
 Oils . 
 
 , , 
 
 Nitroglycerinum . 
 
 H7 
 
 Ointment: . 
 
 
 Nitre-hydrochloric Acid . 
 
 112 
 
 Ammoniated 
 
 Mercury 
 
 Nitrous Oxide Gas 
 
 57 
 
 Boric Acid 
 
 
 Non-Metallic Elements. 
 
 94 
 
 Chrysarobin 
 
 
 Norwood's Tincture 
 
 255 
 
 Diachylon 
 
 . t 
 
 Novaspirin . 
 
 306 
 
 Mercurial 
 
 . , 
 
 Novocain . 
 
 306 
 
 Nitrate 
 
 
 Nuclein 
 
 306 
 
 Stramonium 
 
 
 Nutriants . 
 
 7 
 
 Yellow Mercuric Oxide 
 
 Nutrients _ . 
 
 7 
 
 Veratrine . 
 
 , 
 
 Nux Vomica 
 
 220 
 
 Ointments . 
 
 , 
 
 Extract 
 
 223 
 
 Oleata 
 
 . 
 
 Fluidextract 
 
 223 
 
 Oleate of: 
 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 220 
 
 Mercury . 
 
 , . 
 
 Preparations 
 
 223 
 
 Veratrine . 
 
 , , 
 
 Sympt. of Poisoning 
 
 221 
 
 Oleates 
 
 , , 
 
 Tincture . 
 
 223 
 
 Oleatum: 
 
 
 
 
 Hydrargyri 
 
 , . 
 
 Odorous Principles 
 
 2 
 
 Veratrinae 
 
 . . 
 
 Oil of: 
 
 
 Oleic Acid . 
 
 , . 
 
 Allspice . 
 
 249 
 
 Oleoresinae . 
 
 . # 
 
 Anise 
 
 
 249 
 
 Oleoresins . 
 
 . . 
 
 Betula 
 
 
 244 
 
 Oleum: 
 
 
 Camphor . 
 
 
 240 
 
 Anisi 
 
 , # 
 
 Caraway . 
 
 
 249 
 
 Aurantii . 
 
 . , 
 
 Cod Liver 
 
 
 264 
 
 BetulcB 
 
 , . 
 
 Coriander 
 
 
 249 
 
 Camphorae 
 
 , , 
 
 Eucalyptus 
 
 
 200 
 
 Cari 
 
 . 
 
 Fennel 
 
 
 249 
 
 Chenopodii 
 
 , . 
 
 Gaultheria 
 
 i 
 
 55, 244 
 
 Coriandri 
 
 • • 
 
 Juniper . 
 
 
 249 
 
 Eucalypti 
 
 . , 
 
 Lavender . 
 
 
 . 237 
 
 Fceniculi 
 
 , . 
 
 Lemon 
 
 
 • 249 
 
 Gaultheria 
 
 15 
 
 Nutmeg . 
 
 
 . 249 
 
 Juniperi . 
 
 
 Olive 
 
 
 . 218 
 
 Lavandula 
 
 # # 
 
 Orange 
 
 
 . 249 
 
 Limonis . 
 
 . , 
 
 Peppermint 
 
 
 . 237 
 
 Mentha Piperita 
 
 Rosemary . 
 
 
 . 249 
 
 Morrhua . 
 
 . 
 
 Rue 
 
 
 190 
 
 Myristica. 
 
 . 
 
 Sassafras . 
 
 
 . 249 
 
 Oliva 
 
 
 Sweet Birch 
 
 
 . 244 
 
 Picis Liquida Rect. . 
 
 Tar, Rectified 
 
 
 . 247 
 
 Pimenta . 
 
 • 
 
INDEX. 
 
 329 
 
 Oleum — Continued 
 
 Ricini 
 
 Rosmarini 
 
 Sabina 
 
 TerebinthincB Rect. 
 
 Theobromatis 
 
 Tiglii 
 Olive Oil 
 Opium 
 
 Camphorated Tincture 
 
 Compound Tincture 
 
 Extract 
 
 Incidental Effects of 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 Pills of . 
 
 Powder, Ipecac and 
 
 Preparations 
 
 Symptoms of Poison 
 ing 
 
 Tincture of 
 Ipecac and 
 
 Treatment of Poison- 
 ing 
 Orexin 
 Organic Acids 
 
 Iron 
 
 Materia Medica 
 Osmosis 
 
 Ovarian Extract . 
 Oxalic Acid 
 Oxide of Zinc 
 Oxygen 
 Oxytocics . 
 
 Pancreatin . 
 
 Papers 
 
 Paraldehyde . 
 
 Paraldehydum 
 
 Parasiticides 
 
 Paregoric 
 
 Paris Green. 
 
 Pelletierine . 
 
 Pelletierine Tannate 
 
 Pellitory Root 
 
 Pellotine 
 
 Pental 
 
 Pepo . 
 
 PAGE 
 
 242 
 249 
 249 
 247 
 I90 
 241 
 218 
 
 173 
 179 
 
 I8O 
 I 7 8 
 
 I 7 8 
 
 173 
 
 I 7 8 
 I8O 
 I 7 8 
 
 175 
 179 
 180 
 
 I 7 6 
 307 
 114 
 
 74 
 165 
 
 5i 
 268 
 122 
 
 70 
 
 307 
 
 7,35 
 
 263 
 9, 11 
 143 
 143 
 39 
 179 
 
 9i 
 200 
 201 
 260 
 307 
 307 
 203 
 
 Pepper 
 Peppermint 
 
 Water 
 Pepsin 
 Pepsinum 
 Peronin 
 
 Peroxide of Hydrogen 
 Peruvian Bark 
 Petrolatum . 
 Pharmacopoeia 
 
 The New 
 Phenacetin . 
 Phenocoll Hydrochloride 
 Phenol 
 Phenolid 
 
 Pheno-Resorcin . 
 Phenylis Salicylas, 
 Phenyl Salicylate . 
 Phosphates 
 Phosphoric Acid . 
 
 Diluted 
 Phosphorus . 
 
 Physiological Action 
 
 Pills of . 
 
 Preparations 
 
 Treatment of Poisoning 
 Physostigma . 
 
 Extract 
 
 Tincture . 
 Physostigmine 
 
 Salicylate . 
 Phytolacca . 
 Picric Acid . 
 Picrotoxin . 
 Picrotoxinum 
 Pills . 
 Pills of: 
 
 Aloes 
 
 Asafetida . 
 
 Compound Cathartic 
 
 Ferrous Carbonate 
 
 Ferrous Iodide . 
 
 Opium 
 
 Phosphorus 
 
 Vegetable Cathartic 
 Pilocarpines Hydrochlor- 
 idum . 
 
 192 
 
33Q 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Pilocarpine Hydrochlor 
 
 
 Bicarbonate 
 
 44 
 
 ide 
 
 [192 
 
 Bitartrate 
 
 49 
 
 Pilocarpus . 
 
 190 
 
 Bromide . 
 
 99 
 
 Pilulce 
 
 9 
 
 Carbonate. 
 
 44 
 
 , Aloes 
 
 252 
 
 Chlorate . 
 
 . 46 
 
 Asafcetidce 
 
 205 
 
 Chloride . 
 
 42 
 
 Catharticce Composites 
 
 202 
 
 Citrate 
 
 . 46 
 
 Catharticse Vegetabiles 202 
 
 Cyanide . 
 
 . 48 
 
 Ferri Carbonatis 
 
 77 
 
 Hydroxide 
 
 42,45 
 
 Ferri Iodidi 
 
 78 
 
 Hypophosphite . 
 
 97 
 
 Opii 
 
 178 
 
 Iodide 
 
 102 
 
 Phosphori 
 
 97 
 
 Nitrate . 
 
 49 
 
 Pink Root . 
 
 218 
 
 Permanganate . 
 
 79 
 
 Piperazine . 
 
 308 
 
 Poisoning by . 
 
 43.47 
 
 Piqures 
 
 280 
 
 Preparations 
 
 44 
 
 Pix Liquida 
 
 247 
 
 Treatment of Poison- 
 
 
 Plasters 
 
 9» " 
 
 ing 
 
 44 
 
 Plumbi Acetas 
 
 64 
 
 Powdered Ipecac . 
 
 211 
 
 Plumbum . 
 
 61 
 
 Powders 
 
 9, n 
 
 Podophyllum 
 
 168 
 
 Prepared Chalk . 
 
 59 
 
 Poisons 
 
 270 
 
 Proof Spirit. 
 
 131 
 
 A Table of . 2 
 
 71-274 
 
 Prophylactics 
 
 7 
 
 Poke .... 
 
 253 
 
 Protargol . 
 
 308 
 
 Pomegranate 
 
 200 
 
 Protectives . 
 
 37 
 
 Porter 
 
 133 
 
 Protiodide of Mercury 
 
 84 
 
 Port Wine . 
 
 132 
 
 Prunus Virginiana 
 
 199 
 
 Potash ... 
 
 43 
 
 Prussic Acid 
 
 119 
 
 Potassa Sulphurata 
 
 107 
 
 Pulmonary Sedatives 
 
 28 
 
 Potassii: 
 
 
 Pulveres 
 
 9 
 
 Acetas 
 
 46 
 
 Pulvis: 
 
 
 Bicarbonas 
 
 44 
 
 Aromaticus 
 
 240 
 
 Bitartras . 
 
 49 
 
 Effervescens Composite 
 
 ^ 53 
 
 Bromidum 
 
 99 
 
 GlycyrrhizcB Compositt 
 
 is 195 
 
 Carbonas . 
 
 44 
 
 Ipecacuanhas 
 
 211 
 
 Chloras . 
 
 . 46 
 
 Ipecacuanha et Opii 1 
 
 80, 211 
 
 Citras 
 
 . 46 
 
 JalapcB Compositus 
 
 225 
 
 Cyanidum 
 
 48 
 
 Morphinae Compositt 
 
 is 181 
 
 et Sodii Tartras 
 
 50 
 
 Pumpkin Seed 
 
 203 
 
 Hydroxidum 
 
 45 
 
 Purgatives . 5, 30, 
 
 31,42 
 
 Hypophosphis . 
 
 . 87 
 
 Purified Antidiphtheric 
 
 
 lodidum . 
 
 102 
 
 Serum . 
 
 269 
 
 Nitras 
 
 49 
 
 Pustulants . 
 
 36 
 
 Permanganas . 
 
 79 
 
 Pyramidon . 
 
 308 
 
 Potassium . 
 
 . 41, 43 
 
 Pyrethrum . 
 
 260 
 
 Acetate 
 
 . 46 
 
 Pyridine 
 
 162 
 
 Action of 
 
 43 
 
 Pyrogallol . 
 
 308 
 
 and Sodium Tartrate 
 
 50 
 
 Pyroxylinum 
 
 189 
 
INDEX. 
 
 331 
 
 Quassia 
 
 192 
 
 Tincture of 
 
 192 
 
 Quevenne's Iron . 
 
 77 
 
 Quicksilver . 
 
 80 
 
 Quinina 
 
 207 
 
 Incidental Effects 
 
 209 
 
 Official Preparations < 
 
 }f 209 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 208 
 
 Quinine . . 206, 207 
 
 and Urea Hydrochloride 209 
 
 Rabies Antitoxin . 
 
 284 
 
 Radiology . 
 
 288 
 
 Radium 
 
 292 
 
 Raspail's Sedative Wat( 
 
 * 57 
 
 Rectified Oil of Turpen- 
 
 
 tine 
 
 249 
 
 Red Bone Marrow Ext. 
 
 286 
 
 Red Iodide of Mercury 
 
 84 
 
 Reduced Iron 
 
 77 
 
 Red Wine . 
 
 132 
 
 Refrigerants 
 
 7,29 
 
 Renal Diuretics . 
 
 34 
 
 Resina Podophylli 
 
 169 
 
 Resinae 
 
 9 
 
 Resins 
 
 • 9. " 
 
 Resorcinol . 
 
 160 
 
 Respiratory, Depressan 
 
 ts 28 
 
 Stimulants 
 
 28 
 
 System . 
 
 28 
 
 Restoratives 
 
 . 38 
 
 Revulsants . 
 
 7 
 
 Rhamnus Purshiana 
 
 193 
 
 Rheum 
 
 . 238 
 
 Rhubarb 
 
 . 238 
 
 Rhus Toxicodendron 
 
 . 216 
 
 Rochelle Salt 
 
 50 
 
 Rosin Plaster 
 
 65 
 
 Rubefacients 
 
 . 7,36 
 
 Rubus 
 
 . 199 
 
 Rue . 
 
 190 
 
 Rum . 
 
 . 132 
 
 Ruta Graveolens . 
 
 190 
 
 Saccharin 
 
 . 162 
 
 Saccharum Lactis 
 
 262 
 
 Sacred Bark 
 
 . 193 
 
 Saleratus 
 
 44 
 
 Salicin . . 1, 
 
 55» 244 
 
 Salicinum . . I, 
 
 55, 244 
 
 Salicylic Acid 
 
 152 
 
 Saline Purgatives . 
 
 3i 
 
 Salines 
 
 5,42 
 
 Salipyrin 
 
 308 
 
 Salol . 
 
 154 
 
 Salophen 
 
 308 
 
 Salt . 
 
 51, 276 
 
 Epsom 
 
 41,60 
 
 Rochelle . 
 
 50 
 
 Salt, Action. 
 
 41 
 
 of Tartar 
 
 44 
 
 Saltpetre 
 
 49 
 
 Salt Solution, Normal . 
 
 279 
 
 Salts . 
 
 17 
 
 Salvarsan . 
 
 308 
 
 Sanatogen . 
 
 309 
 
 Sanitas 
 
 249 
 
 Santonica . 
 
 214 
 
 Santonin 
 
 214 
 
 Saponin 
 
 251 
 
 Sarsaparilla 
 
 251 
 
 Sarsaponin 
 
 251 
 
 Saturated Solution 
 
 13 
 
 Scammonice Radix 
 
 224 
 
 Scammony, Resin . 
 
 224 
 
 Scammony, Root . 
 
 224 
 
 Scilla . 
 
 250 
 
 Scoparius . 
 
 194 
 
 Scopolamine Hydrobro 
 
 
 mide 
 
 232 
 
 Sedatives . 
 
 8 
 
 Seidlitz Powder 
 
 53 
 
 Senega 
 
 184 
 
 Senna 
 
 197 
 
 Confection of 
 
 . 198 
 
 Fluidextract of . 
 
 . 198 
 
 Infusion, Compound 
 
 198 
 
 Syrup of . 
 
 . 198 
 
 Sera . _ . 
 
 . 282 
 
 Serpentaria . 
 
 240 
 
 Serum: 
 
 
 A ntidiphthericum 
 
 . 268 
 
 Siccum 
 
 269 
 
 Antiplague 
 
 . 285 
 
332 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Serum — Continued 
 
 
 Solubes . 
 
 
 Antipneumococcus 
 
 286 
 
 Soluble Gun Cotton 
 
 Antistreptococcus 
 
 286 
 
 Solution of: 
 
 Antitetanicum . 
 
 284 
 
 Ammonium Acetate . 
 
 Antityphoid 
 
 285 
 
 Arsenous Acid . 
 
 Antivenine 
 
 286 
 
 Arsenous and Mer- 
 
 Tubercular 
 
 285 
 
 curic Iodide . 
 
 Therapy . 
 
 281 
 
 Chlorinated Soda 
 
 Sherry 
 
 133 
 
 Ferric, Subsulphate . 
 
 Sialogogues 
 
 8,29 
 
 Sulphate 
 
 Silver 
 
 65 
 
 Formaldehyde . 
 
 Nitrate 
 
 65 
 
 Hydrogen Dioxide 
 
 Fused . 
 
 67 
 
 Iron and Ammonium 
 
 Mitigated 
 
 67 
 
 Acetate 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 66 
 
 Lead Subacetate 
 
 Symptoms of Poison 
 
 
 Magnesium Citrate 
 
 ing 
 
 66 
 
 Potassium Arsenite . 
 
 Simple Purgatives 
 
 31 
 
 Hydroxide 
 
 Simple Syrup 
 
 10 
 
 Solutions 
 
 
 Sinapis Alba and Nigra 
 
 183 
 
 Notes on . 
 
 
 Skin . 
 
 36 
 
 Problems . 
 
 
 Snake-Root . . I 
 
 84, 240 
 
 Somatose . 
 
 
 Soap Liniment 
 
 239 
 
 Somnal > . 
 
 
 Plaster . 
 
 65 
 
 Somnifacients 
 
 
 Suds 
 
 276 
 
 Soporifics 
 
 
 Soda . 
 
 50 
 
 Sorbefacients 
 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 51 
 
 Sozal . 
 
 
 Sources . 
 
 50 
 
 Sozoiodol . 
 
 
 Sodii: 
 
 
 Spanish Flies 
 
 
 Bicarbonas 
 
 52 
 
 Sparteine Sulphate 
 
 
 Boras 
 
 53 
 
 Specifics 
 
 
 Bromidum 
 
 100 
 
 Spermaceti . 
 
 
 Carbonas 
 
 52 
 
 Spigelia 
 
 
 Chloridum 
 
 5i 
 
 Spinal Depressants 
 
 Hydroxidum 
 
 50 
 
 Spinal Stimulants 
 
 Hypophosphis . 
 
 97 
 
 Spirit of: 
 
 Salicylas . 
 
 ■ 154 
 
 Camphor . 
 
 Sodium 
 
 41,50 
 
 Chloroform 
 
 Bicarbonate 
 
 52 
 
 Ether 
 
 Borate 
 
 53 
 
 Glyceril Trinitrate 
 
 Bromide . 
 
 100 
 
 Lavender . 
 
 Cacodylate 
 
 . 30 1 
 
 Mindererus 
 
 Carbonate 
 
 . 42, 52 
 
 Nitroglycerin 
 
 Chloride . 
 
 . 42, 51 
 
 Nitrous Ether . 
 
 Hydroxide 
 
 . 42, 50 
 
 Spirits . . 9, 
 
 Hypophosphite . 
 
 97 
 
 Spiritus 
 
 Salicylate 
 
 . 154 
 
 /Etheris . 
 
 . 
 
INDEX. 
 
 333 
 
 Spiritus — Continued 
 
 
 Sulphur 
 
 106 
 
 Compositus . 
 
 138 
 
 Liver of . 
 
 107 
 
 Nitrosi 
 
 138 
 
 Lotum 
 
 107 
 
 Ammonias, Aromaticus 
 
 56 
 
 Ointment . 
 
 107 
 
 Camphora 
 
 239 
 
 Sublimatum 
 
 107 
 
 Chloroformi 
 
 . 135 
 
 Sulphuric Acid 
 
 109 
 
 Frumenti 
 
 . 131 
 
 Aromatic . 
 
 no 
 
 Glycerilis Nitratis 
 
 147 
 
 Diluted 
 
 no 
 
 Lavandula 
 
 ■ 237 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 109 
 
 Tenuior . 
 
 . 131 
 
 Poisoning 
 
 109 
 
 Vini Gallici 
 
 . 131 
 
 Sulphurous Acid . 
 
 113 
 
 Spotted Hemlock. 
 
 . 203 
 
 Suppositoria 
 
 9 
 
 Squibb's Mixture. 
 
 , 180 
 
 Suppositories . . ( 
 
 h 12 
 
 Squill 
 
 . 250 
 
 Suprarenals, Dried 
 
 268 
 
 Staphisagria 
 
 . 168 
 
 Suprarenalum Siccum . 
 
 268 
 
 Starches 
 
 2 
 
 Sweet Spirit of Nitre 
 
 138 
 
 Stavesacre . 
 
 . 168 
 
 Sweet Wines 
 
 133 
 
 Sterules 
 
 12 
 
 Syrupi 
 
 9 
 
 Stimulants . 
 
 8 
 
 Syrup of: 
 
 
 Stomachics . 
 
 8 
 
 Calcium Lactophosphate 
 
 59 
 
 Stomach-tube 
 
 ■ 275 
 
 Ferrous Iodide . 
 
 76 
 
 Stout 
 
 . 133 
 
 Hypophosphites . 
 
 97 
 
 Stramonium 
 
 . 230 
 
 Ipecac 
 
 211 
 
 Strophanthin 
 
 . 225 
 
 Rhubarb . 
 
 238 
 
 Strophantus 
 
 . 225 
 
 Sarsaparilla, Compound 
 
 251 
 
 Strychnine . . 2 
 
 20, 279 
 
 Senega 
 
 185 
 
 Nitrate . 
 
 . 223 
 
 Senna 
 
 198 
 
 Precautions 
 
 222 
 
 Squill 
 
 251 
 
 Preparations 
 
 . 223 
 
 Tar 
 
 247 
 
 Sulphate 
 
 . 223 
 
 Syrups . . 9, 10, 20 
 
 Symptoms of Poisoni 
 
 ig 221 
 
 Syrupus: 
 
 
 Treatment of Poison- 
 
 
 Calcii Lactophosphatis 
 
 59 
 
 ing 
 
 222 
 
 Ferri Iodidi 
 
 76 
 
 Stypticin 
 
 . 309 
 
 Hypophosphitum 
 
 97 
 
 Styptics 
 
 • 8,37 
 
 Ipecacuanha 
 
 211 
 
 Styracol 
 
 . 152 
 
 Rhei 
 
 238 
 
 Sublimed Sulphur. 
 
 . 107 
 
 Rubi 
 
 199 
 
 Subnitrate of Bismuth 
 
 94 
 
 Sarsaparilla Composi- 
 
 
 Sudorifics . 
 
 8 
 
 tus 
 
 251 
 
 Sugar of Lead 
 
 • 64 
 
 Scillce 
 
 251 
 
 Sugar of Milk 
 
 262 
 
 Compositus . 93 
 
 ,251 
 
 Sugars 
 
 2 
 
 Senega 
 
 185 
 
 Sulphaminol 
 
 106 
 
 Senna 
 
 198 
 
 Sulphates . 
 
 41 
 
 
 
 Sulphonal . 
 
 . 144 
 
 Tabacum 
 
 233 
 
 Sulphonethylmethane 
 
 . 310 
 
 Tables: 
 
 
 Sulphonmethanum. 
 
 144 
 
 Apothecaries' Weight 
 
 23 
 
334 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 Tables — Continued 
 
 
 Arnica . 
 
 
 Approximate Equiv. 
 
 24 
 
 Asafatida 
 
 Capacity- 
 
 22 
 
 Belladonna Foliorum 
 
 Equivalents 
 
 • 23-25 
 
 Benzoini . 
 
 Length . 
 
 21 
 
 Composita . . 
 
 Weights . 
 
 21 
 
 Calumba . 
 
 Wine Measure . 
 
 23 
 
 Cannabis . 
 
 Tablets 
 
 12 
 
 Capsici . 
 
 Tasniacides 
 
 8 
 
 Chloroformi et Mor- 
 
 Taka-diastase 
 
 309 
 
 phinae . 
 
 Tamar-Indien 
 
 198 
 
 Cimicifugas 
 
 Tamarind . 
 
 197 
 
 Cinchonce 
 
 Tannalbin . 
 
 309 
 
 Composita 
 
 Tannic Acid 
 
 117 
 
 Colchici Seminis 
 
 Glycerite of 
 
 118 
 
 Digitalis . 
 
 Ointment . 
 
 118 
 
 Ferri Chloridi . 
 
 Physiological Actions 
 
 117 
 
 Gelsemii . 
 
 Preparations 
 
 118 
 
 Gentiana. Composita . 
 
 Troches . 
 
 . 118' 
 
 Hydrastis 
 
 Tar . 
 
 247 
 
 Hyoscyami 
 
 Ointment . 
 
 247 
 
 Iodi 
 
 Taraxacum 
 
 215 
 
 Ipecacuanhae et Opii 
 
 Tartar Emetic 
 
 91, 276 
 
 Lavandula Compo- 
 
 Tartaric Acid 
 
 117 
 
 sita 
 
 Tartrates . 
 
 41 
 
 Lobelia . 
 
 
 Tea Plant . 
 
 213 
 
 Nucis Vomica 
 
 
 Terebenum . 
 
 309 
 
 Opii 
 
 
 Terpin Hydrate . 
 
 309 
 
 Camphorata 
 
 
 Terpinol 
 
 309 
 
 Composita 
 
 
 Tetanus 
 
 222 
 
 Deodorati 
 
 
 Antitoxin . 
 
 284 
 
 Physostigmatis 
 
 
 Tetronal 
 
 309 
 
 Quassia . 
 
 
 Theine 
 
 212 
 
 Rhei 
 
 
 Theobromine Sodio-Sali- 
 
 
 Scilla 
 
 
 cylate 
 
 155 
 
 Serpentariae 
 
 
 Theophylline 
 
 . 310 
 
 Stramonii 
 
 
 Thiersch Powder . 
 
 155 
 
 Strophanthi 
 
 
 Thiophene . 
 
 106 
 
 Valeriana 
 
 
 Thoroughwort 
 
 215 
 
 Ammoniata 
 
 
 Thymacetin . 
 
 310 
 
 Veratri Viridis 
 
 
 Thymol 
 
 238 
 
 Zingiberis. 
 
 
 Iodide 
 
 310 
 
 Tincturae 
 
 
 Thyroideum Siccum 
 
 267 
 
 Tincture of: 
 
 
 Tinctura: 
 
 
 Aconite . 
 
 
 Aconiti . 
 
 168 
 
 Aloes 
 
 
 Aloes 
 
 252 
 
 and Myrrh 
 
 
 et Myrrhae . 
 
 252 
 
 Arnica . , 
 
 
INDEX. 
 
 335 
 
 Tincture of — Continued 
 
 Asafetida 
 
 Belladonna Leaves 
 
 Benzoin . 
 Compound 
 
 Calumba . 
 
 Cannabis . 
 
 Capsicum . 
 
 Chloroform and Mor- 
 phine . 
 
 Cimicifuga 
 
 Cinchona . 
 
 Colchicum Seed . 
 
 Digitalis . 
 
 Ferric Chloride . 
 
 Gelsemium 
 
 Ginger 
 
 Hydrastis . 
 
 Hyoscyamus 
 
 Iodine 
 
 Ipecac and Opium 
 
 Lavender Compound 
 
 Lobelia 
 
 Nux Vomica 
 
 Opium 
 
 Physostigma 
 
 Quassia . 
 
 Rhubarb . 
 
 Serpentaria 
 
 Squill 
 
 Stramonium 
 
 Strophantus 
 
 Valerian . 
 Ammoniated 
 
 Veratrum Viride 
 Tinctures . 
 Tobacco 
 Toleration . 
 Toluene 
 Tonics 
 Tragacanth . 
 Tragacantha . 
 Trinitrin 
 Trinitrophenol 
 Trional 
 
 Trituratio Elaterini 
 Troches 
 
 PAGE 
 
 206 
 229 
 217 
 218 
 172 
 246 
 232 
 
 181 
 170 
 
 207 
 258 
 236 
 
 75 
 220 
 
 245 
 171 
 231 
 103 
 180 
 
 237 
 217 
 223 
 179 
 197 
 192 
 238 
 240 
 250 
 231 
 225 
 214 
 214 
 
 255 
 9, 10 
 
 233 
 
 3 
 
 247 
 
 8/38 
 193 
 193 
 147 
 307 
 310 
 203 
 
 9, " 
 
 Trochisci 
 
 9 
 
 Acidi Tannici . 
 
 118 
 
 Tropical Fruit Laxative. 
 
 198 
 
 Tropococain. 
 
 3ii 
 
 Tubercular Serum 
 
 285 
 
 Tully's Powder . 
 
 181 
 
 Turpene 
 
 200 
 
 Tussol 
 
 3ii 
 
 Unclassified Drugs Alpha- 
 
 
 betically Arranged 298-311 
 
 Unguenta . 
 
 9 
 
 Unguentum: 
 
 
 Acidi Borici 
 
 114 
 
 Acidi Tannici . 
 
 118 
 
 Diachylon 
 
 65 
 
 Hydrargyri Ammoniati 
 
 85 
 
 Hydrargyri Nitratis . 
 
 86 
 
 Hydrargyri Oxidi Flavi 
 
 86 
 
 lodi 
 
 104 
 
 lodoformi . 
 
 105 
 
 Stramonii. 
 
 230 
 
 Sulphuris . 
 
 107 
 
 Veratrinag 
 
 256 
 
 Zinci Oxidi 
 
 70 
 
 Urethan 
 
 145 
 
 Urinary, Acidifiers 
 
 34 
 
 Alkalinizers 
 
 34 
 
 Organs 
 
 34 
 
 Urotropin ... 
 
 311 
 
 Uterine Depressants 
 
 35 
 
 Vaccine, Glycerinated 
 
 
 Virus . . 269 
 
 -285 
 
 Smallpox or Jennerian, 
 
 
 269 
 
 -285 
 
 Vaccines . . 282 
 
 285 
 
 Valerian 
 
 213 
 
 Vascular Sedatives 
 
 27 
 
 Vascular Stimulants 
 
 27 
 
 Vaseline 
 
 163 
 
 Vegetable Cathartic Pills 
 
 202 
 
 Vegetable Kingdom . 1 
 
 165 
 
 Veratrina 
 
 255 
 
 Veratrum Viride . 
 
 254 
 
 Veronal 
 
 3ii 
 
 Vescettes 
 
 12 
 
336 
 
 INDEX. 
 
 PAGE 
 
 PAGE 
 
 Vesical Sedatives . 
 
 35 
 
 Wines. 
 
 10, 132 
 
 Vesicants 
 
 ..8, 36 
 
 Wolfsbane . 
 
 . 165 
 
 Vesicating Collodion 
 
 189 
 
 Wood Charcoal . 
 
 108 
 
 Viburnum Apulus 
 
 206 
 
 Wood Spirit. 
 
 . 124 
 
 Viburnum Prunifolium. 206 
 
 Wool Fat . 
 
 264 
 
 Vinegars . . 9, 
 
 10, 115 
 
 
 
 Vinum: 
 
 
 X-Rays, the 
 
 290 
 
 Album 
 
 . 132 
 
 
 
 Antimonii 
 
 93 
 
 Yellow, Jessamine 
 
 219 
 
 Ipecacuanhas . 
 
 211 
 
 Mercurous Iodide 
 
 . 84 
 
 Portense . 
 
 . 132 
 
 Wash 
 
 86 
 
 Rubrum . 
 
 . 132 
 
 
 
 Xericum 
 
 • 133 
 
 Zinc . 
 
 68 
 
 Virus Vaccinicum . 
 
 269 
 
 Chloride . 
 
 . 69 
 
 
 
 Ointment . 
 
 70 
 
 Warburg's Tincture 
 
 210 
 
 Oxide 
 
 . 70 
 
 Washed Sulphur . 
 
 . 107 
 
 Physiological Action 
 
 3 68 
 
 Waters 
 
 • 9, 10 
 
 Poisoning. 
 
 68 
 
 Whisky 
 
 . 131 
 
 Preparations 
 
 . 69 
 
 White Arsenic 
 
 . 8 7 
 
 Sulphate . 
 
 • 69 
 
 Whitewash . 
 
 59 
 
 Treatment of Poison 
 
 
 White Wine 
 
 . 132 
 
 ing 
 
 . 69 
 
 Wild Cherry 
 
 . 199 
 
 Zinoi: 
 
 
 Wine of: 
 
 
 Chloridum 
 
 . 69 
 
 Antimony 
 
 93 
 
 Oxidum . 
 
 70 
 
 Colchicum Seed 
 
 • 258 
 
 Sulphas . 
 
 69, 276 
 
 Ipecac 
 
 211 
 
 Zincum 
 
 68 
 
 Wine Measure 
 
 23 
 
 Zingiber 
 
 . 245 
 
Jt Selection from the 
 Catalogue of 
 
 C. P. PUTNAM'S SONS 
 
 Complete Catalogue sent 
 on application 
 
Physics and Chemistry 
 for Nurses 
 
 By AMY ELIZABETH POPE 
 
 Formerly Instructor in the School of Nursing, Presby- 
 terian Hospital; Instructor in the School of Nursing, 
 St. Luke's Hospital, San Francisco. 
 
 Profusely illustrated. $1.75 net 
 
 Uniform with the other volumes in the 
 PUTNAM LIBRARY FOR NURSES 
 
 IN many States, Chemistry has been made a required 
 subject for Registered Schools of Nursing. There 
 are only one or two books on Chemistry for Nurses on the 
 market and these take for granted that pupils have some 
 knowledge of the subject. As a matter of fact, hardly 
 twenty-five per cent, of the college graduates who enter 
 Schools of Nursing have studied Chemistry and Physics. 
 An important feature of this volume is that it includes 
 not only elementary Chemistry but the Chemistry of 
 cooking and cleaning, a point that receives much em- 
 phasis in teaching in all modern training schools. The 
 material has been collected through a number of years 
 of actual experience as a teacher, and a selection has 
 been carefully made of only that portion which the 
 author finds most useful in her classes as an assistance 
 to the pupils in connection with their other studies. 
 
 G. P. Putnam's Sons 
 
 New York :-: London 
 
A History of Nursing 
 
 Vols. I. and II. The Evolution of the 
 Methods of Care for the Sick from the 
 Earliest Times to the Foundation of the 
 First English and American Training 
 School for Nurses. 
 
 By 
 
 LAVINIA L. DOCK, R.N. 
 
 and 
 
 M. ADELAIDE NUTTING, R.N. 
 
 6va 2 rots. With 80 Illustrations. S5X)0 net 
 By mail, $550 
 
 Vols. m. and IV. The Story of Modern 
 Nursing 
 
 Presenting an Account of the Development in Various Countries 
 of the Science of Trained Nursing, with Special Reference to the 
 Work of the Past Thirty Years. 
 
 By LAVINIA L. DOCK, R.N. 
 
 Sto. 2 vols* With 75 Illustrations, $5.00 net 
 By wail, $550 
 
 Beginning with the earliest available records of sanitary codes 
 which were built up into health religions, and coming down through 
 the ages wherever the care and rescue of the _ sick can be traced, 
 through the pagan civilizations, the early Christian works of mercy, 
 the long and glorious history of the religious nursing orders, military 
 nursing orders of the crusades, the secular communities of the later 
 Middle Ages, and the revival of the Deaconess order which cul- 
 minated in the modern revival under Miss Nightingale, this history 
 is the most serious attempt yet made to collect the scattered records 
 of the care of the sick and bring them all into one unified and sym- 
 pathetic presentation. 
 
 The story is not told in a dry, technical fashion, but presents its 
 pictures from the standpoint of general human interest in a subject 
 which has always appealed to the sympathies of men. 
 
 The history is amply illustrated, and contains a copious bibliog- 
 raphy of nursing and hospital history. 
 
 G. P. Putnam's Sons 
 New York London 
 
" A Brave, Wise Book."— Hartford Courant. 
 
 Hygiene and Morality 
 
 A Manual for Nurses and Others, giving an out- 
 line of the Medical, Social, and Legal 
 Aspects of the Venereal Diseases 
 
 By 
 
 Lavinia L. Dock 
 
 Resident Member of the Nurses' (Henry Street) Settlement, 
 
 Secretary of the International Council of Nurses ; 
 
 Author of " Materia Medica for Nurses," etc. 
 
 " The exceptional value of this volume may be 
 traced, first, to the distinctively social, as well as 
 medical, standpoint from which the author ap- 
 proaches the subject ; and, second, to the sincere 
 and earnest yet accurate and fair manner in which 
 the author presents her material. Many astound- 
 ing, but actual, facts which have not previously 
 been generally available are here presented in re- 
 gard to police and legislative fostering of the white 
 slave traffic. . . . 
 
 " It is a hopeful sign of the times when depend- 
 able books on this subject, which is of such vast 
 social importance, are written for popular reading 
 and information. 
 
 " It is a book which every one should read." 
 Chicago Record- Herald. 
 
 Cr. 8vo. $1.25 net. $1.35 by mail 
 
 Send for Descriptive Circular 
 
 G. P. Putnam's Sons 
 
 New York London 
 
A 
 
 Medical Dictionary 
 for Nurses 
 
 Giving: the Definition, Pronunciation, and Derivation 
 
 Of the principal terms used in medicine, together 
 
 with supplementary tables of weights, 
 
 measures, chemical symbols, etc. 
 
 arranged with special reference to 
 
 use by the nursing profession 
 
 By Amy E. Pope 
 
 Formerly Instructor In the Presbyterian Hospital School of 
 
 Nursing 
 
 Author of •« Anatomy and Physiology for Nurses," etc* 
 
 12°. Illustrated. 288 pages. $1.00 
 In full flexible Morocco^ Thumb Index. $1.60 
 
 No one could be better fitted to produce this 
 book, filling a long-felt want, than Miss Pope, 
 because of her large practical experience as a 
 nurse, instructor, and author. Without question 
 this volume must quickly be recognized as indis- 
 pensable to the students of her great profession. 
 
 Jill Booksellers 
 
 NEW YORK g~i t> n . 9 O LONDON 
 
 2-4-6 I*, r. rutnam s 3011s 24 Bedford st. 
 
 W. 45th St. Strand 
 
.;..-.>■ 
 
 
 LIBRARY OF CONGRESS 
 
 ODDEblDDHSfl 
 
 hjsiijjjiljjit-